Monier-Williams Sanskrit-English Dictionary
Version: 0.1 beta
Last updated: Sat 03/29/2003 06:11 PM
Based on the IITS - Cologne Digital Sanskrit Lexicon
Based on R.B. Mahoney's (r.mahoney@comnet.net.nz) HTML Version 0.1a
Copyright © by University of Cologne (Universität zu Köln)
This Unicode HTML version by Prem Pahlajrai: (prem@u.washington.edu)
t
ta 1
ta the 1st dental consonant
⋙ takāra
○kāra m. the letter t
-vipulā f. N. of a metre
⋙ tapara
○para mfn. followed by t Pāṇ. 1-1, 70
-karaṇa n. causing , to follow, vi, 1, 91 Kāś
⋙ tavarga
○varga m. the dental consonants collectively TPrāt
⋙ tavargīya
○"ṣvargīya mfn. belonging to the dental consonants, xiii, 15
ta 2
pronom. base, tád,
⋙ tatama
○tama mfn. (superl.) that one (of many) Pāṇ. 5-3, 93
• such a one BhP. x, 36, 28
• just that AitUp. iii, 12, 13 (= vyāpta-t○ Sch.)
⋙ tatara
○tara mfn. (compar.) that one (of two) Pāṇ. 5-3, 92
⋙ tatas
○tas (tá-), s.v
ta 3
ta m. a tail (esp. of a jackal), any tail except that of Bos gaurus L
•, the breast L
• the womb L
• the hip W
• a warrior L
• a thief. L
• a wicked man L
• a Mleccha L
• a Buddha L
• a jewel L
• nectar L
• n. crossing L
• virtue L
• (ā), f. Lakshmī L
taṃs
taṃs (cl. 1. P. ○sati, to decorate Dhātup. xvii, 31
• Ā. ○sate [aor. ataṃsiṣṭa] to decorate one's self Vop. xxiv, 12
• pf. tatasré) 'to move', pour out (fig. a wish) RV. iv, 23, 5: Caus. taṃsayati (cl. 10. 'to decorate' Dhātup. xxxiii, 56
• impf. ataṃsayat), to draw to and fro VS. xxiii, 24: Intens, irr. tantasyati, 'to afflict' or 'to be distressed' (cf. vi-√taṃs), g. kaṇḍv-ādi
• [fr. √tan?
• cf. tásara ; Goth. at-pinsan
• Old Germ. dinsan', to draw.']
taṃsu
taṃsu m. N. of a prince of the lunar race (son of Mati- or Ranti-nāra) MBh. i, 3704ff. ; 3779f. Hariv. 1716ff. VP.iv, 19, 1f
• (trasu) VāyuP.ī, 37, 125 and 128
⋙ taṃsurodha
○rodha m.id. BrahmaP
tak
tak cl. 2. ○kti (cl. 1. kati ['to laugh' or 'to bear' Dhātup.v, 2] Naigh. ii, 14
• inf. ○kitum Nir. ix, 3) to rush along RV. ix, 16, 1
• [cf. niṣ-ṭak, pari-takana, pra-takta ; Lith. tekú.]
≫ takavāna
tákavāna mfn. (fr. and ) = táku, i, 120, 6
≫ taku
táku mfn. rushing along, ix, 97, 52
≫ takta
taktá mfn. id., vi, 32, 5 ; ix, 32, 4 and 67, 15
≫ takya
takya mfn. fut. Pass. p. Pāṇ. 3-1, 97 Vārtt. 1 Pat, takvá mfn. quick RV. viii, 69, 13
≫ takvan
tákvan m. 'rushing', a bird, bird of prey ['a fleet horse' Sāy.], i, 66, 2
• a thief Naigh. iii, 24
⋙ takvavī
takva-vī́ m. (nom. sg. and pl. viís) a bird, bird of prey RV. i, x
⋙ takvavīya
takvavī́ya rapid flight (?), i, 134, 5
taka
taká m(nom. pl. ās) fn(ad). (dimin. of 2. ) that, 133, 4 and 191, 15 KātyŚr.xiii Bhadrab
takari
takari f. = ○rī Kāṭh. xiii, 9 f
≫ takarī
takarī́ f. a particular part of a woman's pudenda TS. iii, 3, 10, 1
• (tagarī) AV. Paipp, [Page 431, Column 3]
takavāna
tákavānatak
takila
takila mfn. fraudulent L
• (ā), f. 'a drug (auṣadha)' or 'N. of a herb (oṣadhi)' L
taku
tákutak
takkola
takkola m. Pimenta acris R. iii, 35
takman 1
tákman n. = tok○, offspring Naigh
takman 2
takmán m. (√tañc) 'shrinking', N. of a disease or of a class of diseases (accompanied by skin-eruptions) AV. i, iv-vi, ix, xi f. xix
⋙ takmanāśana
takmá-nāśana mfn. removing the takmán, v, 4, 1 f
≫ takra
takra n. (g. nyaṅkv-ādi) buttermilk mixed with (a third part of) water Mn. viii, 326 Yājñ. iii, 37 & 322 Hariv. &c
• (ā) (f.= ○krâkvā L
⋙ takrakurcikā
○kurcikā f. inspissated buttermilk Suśr
⋙ takrapiṇḍa
○piṇḍa m. curd Bhpr. v, 13, 30
⋙ takrabhaktā
○bhaktā f. = ○krâhvā L
⋙ takrabhid
○bhid the fruit of Feronia elephantum Npr
⋙ takramāṃsa
○māṃsa n. meat fried with ghee and eaten with buttermilk Bhpr
⋙ takrasāra
○sāra n. fresh butter L
⋙ takrāṭa
takrâṭa m. a churning-stick (cf. dadhi-cāra), Vāsav. 157
⋙ takrāhvā
takrâhvā f. N. of a shrub L
takva
takvá tákvan, kva-vií, &c. √tak
takṣ 1
takṣ cl. i. P. ○kṣati (ep. also Ā. impf. tákṣat, átakṣat RV
• rarely cl. 2, 3, pl. tákṣati [Pāṇ. 7-1, 39 Pat.] RV. i, 162, 6
• impf. [aor.?] atakṣma, 2. pl. ataṣṭa RV
• once cl. 5. [takṣṇoti Pāṇ. 3-1, 76], Pot. ○kṣṇuyur Lāṭy. viii
• also apa-
• aor, atakṣīt Pāṇ. 7-2, 7 Kāś
• 3. pl. ○kṣiṣur RV. i, 130, 6
• Subj. takṣiṣat [Pāṇ. 3-4, 7 Kāś.], ŚākhŚr. vii
• pf. tatákṣa, once Ā. ○kṣé RV. v, 33, 4 ; 3, pl. ○kskúr RV. (8 times) &c., once takṣur, ii, 19, 8
• 2. du. takṣathur, x, 39, 4
• pr. p. f. tákṣatī, i, 164, 41
• pf. Pass, p. taṣṭá, s.v.) to form by cutting, plane, chisel, chop RV. &c
• to cut, split MBh. Hariv. Hcar
• to fashion, form (out of wood &c.), make, create RV. AV
• to form in the mind, invent RV
• to make (any one young
• double acc.), make able or prepare for (dat.) RV
• (in math.) to reduce by dividing Gol. xiii, 14 ff
• Lil. &c
• = √tvac Dhātup. xvii, 13
• to, skin ib.: Caus. takṣayati (aor. atatakṣat) Pāṇ. 7-4, 93 Kāś
• cf. tvakṣ. 2. Taksh, 'paring'
kāṣṭha-
≫ takṣa 1
takṣa mfn. 'cutting through', tapas-
• m. ifc. = ○kṣan VarBṛS. lxxxvii, 20 and 24 (cf. kauṭa-, grāma-)
• N. of a Nāga (cf. ○kṣaka) Kauś
• of a son [of Bharata R. vii, 100 f. Ragh. xv, 89 BhP. ix, 11, 12
• (also ○kṣaka)
• of Vṛika, 24, 42]
≫ takṣa 2
takṣa in comp. for ○kṣan,
⋙ takṣakarman
○karman n. carpenter's work ĀśvŚr.ī, 1, 13 Sch
⋙ takṣarathakāra
○rathakārá (tâk○), m. du. a carpenter and a cartwright MaitrS. iv, 3, 8
⋙ takṣavat
○vat mfn. ? (for kṣata-v○?) MBh. ii, 23, 18,
⋙ takṣaśila
○śila m. pl. the inhabitants of ○lā VarBṛS. x, 8 and (in comp.) xvi, 26
• (ā), f. (Pāṇ. 4-3, 93
• g. varaṇâdi) ? city of the Gandhāras (residence of Taksha R. vii, 101, 11) MBh. R. Buddh. VarBṛS. Kathās. lxix
○lā-vatī f. N. of a locality, g. madhv-ddi
⋙ takṣāyaskāra
takṣâyaskāra n. sg. a carpenter and a blacksmith Pāṇ. 2-4, 10 Kāś
≫ takṣaka
takṣaká m. (Pāṇ. 8-2, 29 Kāś.) 'a cutter', kāṣṭha-, vṛkṣa-
• a carpenter L
• Viśvakarman L
• the Sūtra-dhāra or speaker in the prelude of a drama L. Sch
• N. of a tree L
• of a Nāga prince (cf. ○kṣa) AV. viii, 10, 29 TāṇḍyaBr. xxv, 15 ŚāṅkhGṛ. iv, 18, 1 Kauś. MBh. &c
• of a son of Prasena-jit BhP. ix, 12, 8
• also ○kṣa
≫ takṣakīyā
takṣakīyā f. N. of a place, g. 2. naḍâdi
≫ takṣaṇa
takṣaṇa m. a cutter, abrader W
• (in math.) the divisor employed to reduce a quantity W
• n. cutting, paring, peeling, abrading KātyŚr. xxii, 6 Gaut.i, 29 Mn.v, 115 &c
• (N. of a Kalā) Vātsyāy. i, 3, 17
• dividing in order to reduce a quantity, Lil
• (ī), f. an instrument for cutting or paring L
≫ takṣan
tákṣan m. (Ved. acc. ○kṣaṇam, class. ○kṣaṇam Pāṇ. 6-4, 9 Kāś.) a wood-cutter, carpenter, ? RV. ix, 112, 1 AV.x, 6, 3 VS. &c
• N. of a teacher ŚBr. ii, 3, 1, 31
• (kṣṇī), f. g. gaurâdi (not in Gaṇar.)
⋙ takṣiṇī
takṣiṇī f. = ○kṣaṇī L
≫ takṣitṛ
takṣitṛ mfn. a cutter Pāṇ. 8-2, 29 Kāś
≫ takṣya
tákṣya mfn. to be formed RV. viii, 102, 8
tagaḍavallī
tagaḍa-vallī for tagara-, q.v
≫ tagara
tagara n. (m. L.) = ○raka Kauś. 16 MBh. xiii, 5042 Buddh. Suśr. VarBṛS. lxxvii, 5 ff
• n. = -pura Romakas
• (ī), f. = takarī́, q.v
⋙ tagarapādika
○pādika n. = ○raka L
• (ā), f. id. L
⋙ tagarapādi
○pādí f. id. L
⋙ tagarapura
○pura n. N. of a town
⋙ tagaravalli
○vallí f. Cassia auriculata Npr
⋙ tagaraśikhin
○śikhin m. N. of a man Lalit. xiii. [Page 432, Column 1]
≫ tagaraka
tagaraka Tabernaemontana coronaria and a fragrant powder prepared from, it VarBṛS. li
⋙ tagarika
tagarika m
⋙ tagarikī
tagarikī f. a seller of Tagara powder, g. kisarâdi
taṅk
taṅk cl. 1.Pṭo live in distress, Dhā2tup
≫ taṅka
taṅka grief produced by separation from a beloved object L. Sch
• fear ib
• vḷ. for ṭaṅka (a chisel) L
• cf. ā-, tapas-
pra-taṅkam
taṅg
taṅg cl. 1. P, ○gati, to go Dhātup. v, 41
• to stumble ib
• to tremble ib
taṅgaṇa
taṅgaṇa m. pl. N. of a people (in the upper part of the valley of the Sarayū) MBh. ii f. vi f. xiv Hariv. VarBṛS. x, xvi f
• cf. ṭaṅk○
taṅgalva
taṅgalvá m. N. of an evil spirit AV. viii, 6, 21
tacchabdatva
tac-chabda-tva &c. tat
≫ tajja
taj-ja
⋙ tajjajaghanya
○jaghanyá &c. ib
tajvī
tajvī f. for tanvii, q.v
tañc 1
tañc (= √tvañc), cl. 1. ○cati, to go
tañc 2
tañc cl. 7. tanakti, to contract Bhaṭṭ. vi, 38
• cf. ā, abhy-ā-
upâtaṅkya
takmán and ○kra
⋙ tañj
tañj v. l. for √2. tañc Dhātup
tañjala
tañjala m. the Cātaka bird Gal
taṭ
taṭ cl. 1. P. ○ṭati, to rumble ṢaḍvBr. v, 7
• (derived fr. taṭa) to be raised Dhātup.ix, 21: Caus. tāṭayati, v. l. for tāḍay○, to strike, xxxii, 43
taṭa
taṭa m. (exceptionally n. Daśar. ī. 18/19) a slope, declivity, any part of the body which has (as it were) sloping, sides (cf. śroṇi-, stana-, &c.), a shore MBh. (said of Siva, xii, 10381) Hariv. &c. (ifc. f. ii Bhartṛ.)
• (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi Gaṇar. 49) id. Gīt. Prab. Sāh
• cf. a-, ut-
pura-taṭī
⋙ taṭadruma
○druma m. a tree standing on the shore
⋙ taṭabhū
○bhū f. the shore, Śis. viii, 19
⋙ taṭastha
○stha mfn. standing on a declivity or bank Naish. iii, 55
• = -sthita, Mālatim. Naish. iii, 55
• m. an indifferent person (neither friend nor foe) W
• n. a property distinct from the nature of the body and yet that by which it is known, spiritual essence, Vedântak
⋙ taṭasthita
○sthita mfn. 'standing aloof', indifferent Uttarar. (said of speech)
⋙ taṭāghāta
taṭâghāta m. the butting (of elephants) against banks &c. (vapra-krīḍā) Kum. ii, 50
≫ taṭaka
taṭaka n. a shore Inscr
≫ taṭāka
taṭāka n. (m. L.) a pool ṢaḍvBr. v, 12 R. &c
≫ taṭākinī
taṭākinī f. a large pond MBh. iii, 279, 44
≫ taṭāya
taṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to appear like a declivity Alaṃkārav
≫ taṭinī
taṭinī f. (g. puṣkarâdi) 'having a bank', a river Rājat. iii, 339 ; iv, 548 Śatr
⋙ taṭinīpati
○pati m. 'lord of rivers', the ocean, i, 50
≫ taṭya
taṭya mfn. living on slopes (Śiva) MBh. xii
taṭataṭa
taṭataṭa (onomat.) in comp
⋙ taṭataṭasvana
○svana mfn. rumbling, thundering VarBṛS. xxxiii, 5
taḍ
taḍ cl, 10. tāḍayati (perf. ○ḍayāmāsa Kathās., twice tatāḍa BhP. vi f
• Pass. tāḍyate) to beat, strike, knock, strike (with arrows), wound, punish Nir. iii, 10 Mn. iv, xi Yājñ. i MBh. &c
• to strike a musical instrument MBh. Hariv. 15092 Mṛicch. v Kum. &c
• (in astron.) to obscure or eclipse partially VarBṛS. xxiv, 34
• 'to speak' or 'to shine' Dhātup. xxxiii, 126
≫ taḍākā 1
taḍākā f. a stroke L
• splendour Uṇ. Sch
≫ taḍi
taḍi ?, iv, 117 Sch
≫ taḍit
taḍit ind. = ○ḍítas RV. i, 94, 7 (talit)
• f. stroke (vadha-karman Naigh. ii, 19)', lightning Nir. iii, 10f. Suśr. &c. (ifc. ○ḍita Vet. Introd. 20)
⋙ taḍitkumāra
○kumāra m. pl. = vidyut-k○ L
⋙ taḍitprabhā
○prabhā f. N. of one of the mothers attending on Skanda MBh. ix, 2635
⋙ taḍitvat
○vat mfn. having or emitting lightning R. v, 40, 4 Vikr.i, 14 VarBṛS. Kir. v, 4
• m. a cloud Vām. v, 1, 10 Sch
• akind of Cyperus W
≫ taḍitas
taḍítas (taḻít○), ind. closely, near (as if striking against) RV. ii, 23, 9
≫ taḍid
taḍid in comp. for ○ḍit
⋙ taḍidgarbha
○garbha m. 'containing lightning', a cloud ŚvetUp. iv, 4,
⋙ taḍidvāsas
○vāsas mfn. having lightning like garments BhP. i, 12, 8
≫ taḍin
taḍin in comp. for ○ḍit
⋙ taḍinmaya
○maya mfn. flashing like lightning Kum. v 25 Hcar. viii
⋙ taḍinmālā
○mālā f. a garland of lightning, śāntiś
○lâvalambin mfn. having garlands of lightning hanging down W
≫ taḍil
taḍil = ○ḍit
⋙ taḍillatā
○latā f. forked lightning, Ritus, ii, 20
⋙ taḍillekhā
○lekhā f. a streak of lightning Bhartṛ. iii
taḍaga
taḍaga m.= ○ḍāga, a pond L. [Page 432, Column 2]
taḍataḍiti
taḍataḍ-iti ind. (onomat.) crack! Bālar. viii, 77
• cf. taṭataṭa
≫ taḍatkārin
taḍat-kārin mfn. cracking, iv, 74 ; v, 11
taḍāka
taḍāka m. n. (= taṭāka), a tank, pool L
• 2. (ā), f. a shore L
⋙ taḍākini
taḍākini for taṭāk.○ (C)
≫ taḍāga
taḍāga n. (m., g. ardharcâdi) = ○ḍāka ŚāṅkhGṛ. v, 2 Mn. iv, vii ff. Yājñ. MBh. &c
• a trap L
⋙ taḍāgada
○da mfn. making a tank, xiii, 2987
⋙ taḍāgabhavanotsarga
○bhavanôtsarga m. N. of Smṛitit. xii Smṛitit. Introd. 3
⋙ taḍāgabhedaka
○bhedaka mfn. a tank-breaker Mn. ix, 279
⋙ taḍāgavat
○vat mfn. = -da MBh. xiii, 2973
taḍi
taḍi ○dít, ○dítas, √taḍ
taḍiti
taḍ-iti ind. (onomat.) = taḍataḍ-iti Bālar. iv, 59 ; vi, 69 ; viii, 67
• ix Vcar. xiii, 40
taṇḍ
taṇḍ (= √taḍ), cl. 1. Ā. oḍate, to beat Dhātup. viii, 28
≫ taṇḍa
taṇḍa m. N. of a man, g. gargâdi
⋙ taṇḍavataṇḍa
○vataṇḍa m. pl, the descendants of Taṇḍa and Vataṇḍa, g. kārtakaujapâdi
≫ taṇḍaka
taṇḍaka mṇ. (g. ardharcâdi) a complete preparation L., Sch,
• composition abounding in compound words L
• the upright post of a house L
• m. a juggler L
• the trunk of a tree L
• foam L
• a wagtail L
• cf. tāṇḍ○
≫ taṇḍā
taṇḍā f. in comp
• cf. taṇḍa
⋙ taṇḍāpracara
○pracara or m.? (a term relating to the SV.) Caraṇ
⋙ taṇḍāpratara
○pratara m.? (a term relating to the SV.) Caraṇ
⋙ taṇḍālakṣaṇa
○lakṣaṇa n. N. of a Sūtra of the SV
≫ taṇḍi
taṇḍi m. N. of a man Pravar., ii, 4, 1 ; vii, 2
• of a Ṛishi (who saw and praised Śiva) MBh. xiii, 607 and 1037ff. ŚivaP.ī, 2
• cf. sudivā-
tāṇḍi
⋙ taṇḍiputra
○putra m. N. of a teacher VāyuP. i, 61, 37
⋙ taṇḍivāha
○vāha m. a barber Gal
≫ taṇḍu
taṇḍu m. N. of an attendant of Śiva (Bharata's teacher in the art of dancing, cf. tāṇḍava)
taṇḍurīṇa
taṇḍurīṇa m. one not a citizen, a barbarian L
• a worm, insect L
• = ○ṇḍulâmbu L
taṇḍula
taṇḍulá m. (g. ardharcâdi) grain (after threshing and winnowing), esp. rice AV. x ff. ŚBr. AitBr. &c
• rice used as a weight Car. vii, 12 VarBṛS
• = ○līka L
• m. = ○lu L
• (ā), f.id. L
• (ī), f. a kind of gourd L
• = ○līka L
• the plant yava-tiktā L
⋙ taṇḍulakaṇa
○kaṇa m. a rice-grain Hit
⋙ taṇḍulakaṇḍana
○kaṇḍana n. bran Suśr
⋙ taṇḍulakiṇva
○kiṇva n. g. rāja-dantâdi
⋙ taṇḍulakusumabaliprakāra
○kusuma-bali-prakāra or ○li-vik○ m. pl. N. of a Kalā (q.v.)
⋙ taṇḍuladeva
○deva m. N. of a poet Bhojapr. 162/163
⋙ taṇḍulaphalā
○phalā f. long pepper L
⋙ taṇḍulavaitālika
○vaitālika n. N. of the 5th Prakīrṇaka of the Jaina canon
⋙ taṇḍulāmbu
taṇḍulâmbu n. rice-water or gruel
⋙ taṇḍulottha
taṇḍulôttha
⋙ taṇḍulodaka
taṇḍulôdaka n. id. L
⋙ taṇḍulaūgha
taṇḍulaū7gha m. a heap of grain W
• Bambus spinosa L
≫ taṇḍulika
taṇḍulika mfn. fr. ○la Pāṇ. 5-2, 115 Pat
⋙ taṇḍulikāśrama
taṇḍulikâśrama m. N. of a Tīrtha Vishṇ. lxxxv, 24 (v. l.) MBh. iii, 4084 (vv. ll. ○DUl○ and tandul○)
≫ taṇḍulin
taṇḍulin mfn. for ○la Pāṇ. 5-2, 115 Pat
≫ taṇḍulīka
taṇḍulīka m. Amaranthus polygonoides L
≫ taṇḍulīya
taṇḍulīya m. (g. apūpâdi) id. Suśr
• = ○lu L
• iron pyrites L
⋙ taṇḍulīyaka
taṇḍulīyaka m. = ○līka Suśr
• = ○lu L
• (ikā), f. id. L
⋙ taṇḍulu
taṇḍulu m. Embelia Ribes L
≫ taṇḍulera
taṇḍulera m. = ○līka L
≫ taṇḍūlikāśrama
taṇḍūlikâśrama ○Dul○
tat 1
tat for tád. col. 3
tat 2
tat I. tatá. √tan
tata 2
tatá m. (cf. tāta) chiefly Ved. a father (familiar expression corresponding to nanā́, mother) RV. viii, 91, 5 f. ; ix, 112, 3 AV. TS. iii TBr. &c. (voc. [like tāta] also term of affection addressed to a son AitBr.v, 14, 3 ; vii, 14, 8)
⋙ tatatata
○tata m. father of fathers W
⋙ tatadruh
○druh mfn. having hurt one's father BhP. i, 18, 37
⋙ tatāmaha
tatā-mahá m. (formed after and ) = pita-mahá AV. v, 24, 17 ; xviii, 4, 76 Kauś. PārGṛ. i, 5 BhP. vi
• cf. pra-
tatanuṣṭi
tatanúṣṭitan
tatama
ta-tama -tara, 2.
≫ tatas
tátas ind. (tâ-tas, correlative of yá-tas) used for the abl. (sg., du. and pl.) of tád (q.v. Pāṇ. 5-3, 7f.' ; vi, 3, 35) RV. AV. ĪśUp. Mn. &c
• from that place, thence RV. AV. &c,
• in that place, there MBh. &c
• thither Mn. vii, 188 R. i, 44, 34 Kathās
• thereupon, then, after that, afterwards (sometimes corresponding to preceding particles like ágre, puras, purvam, prathamam, prāk ŚBr. xiv Mn. ii, 60 Śak. Pañcat. &c
• corresponding to prathamá RV. i, 83, 5
• also correlative of yád [x, 85, 5 and 121, 7 AV. xii, 4, 7 ff.], yátra "ṣBr.i, yadā ṇal. xx ṛ., yadi [ChUp. Nal. &c.], cêd [TUp. ii, 6 Śak. v, 28/29 vḷ.] [Page 432, Column 3]
• often superfluous after an ind. p. or after tadā or atha Mn. &c.)
• from that, in consequence of that, for that reason, consequently AV. MBh. xii, 13626 R. vi Hit
⋙ tataḥ katham
tátaḥ katham but, how is it then that? Sāh. iii, 200/210
⋙ tataḥ kṣaṇam
tátaḥ kṣaṇam or immediately afterwards Kathās
⋙ tataḥ kṣaṇāt
tátaḥ kṣaṇāt immediately afterwards Kathās
⋙ tatah para
tátah pára mfn. beyond that AV. xviii, 2, 32
○raṃ, ind, besides that, further Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Kār
• thereupon, afterwards MBh. &c. (○taś ca param VP. iv)
⋙ tataḥ pascāt
tátaḥ pascāt id. Mn. iii, 116 f. MBh. &c
○taḥ-prabhṛti, thenceforth Nal. ii, i Pañcat. &c
⋙ tatas tatah
tátas tatah (in dram.) what then? what took place after that? Ratnāv. Hit
○tas-tataḥ, from that and that place, here and there, hither and thither, from all sides, to everyplace, everywhere PārGṛ. iii, 13, 6 MBh. R. BhP
• (correlative of yato-yataḥ, from whatever place, wherever) to that place Śak. i, 23 BhP
○to'nyatas, 'to another place than that', to some other place Mn. ii, 200
○to'nyatra = tasmād anyasmin L
⋙ tato param
táto'param afterwards, at another time AitBr. vii, 17, 4
• [cf. ?,?],
⋙ tatastya
○"ṣtya mf(ā)n. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 104 Pat.) coming from that, proceeding thence Kir. i, 27
• of or belonging to that W
≫ tati 1
táti nom. acc. pl. (Pāṇ. 1-1, 23 ff.) so many, Lat. tot AV. xii, 3
⋙ tatidhā
○dhā́ in, d. in-so many parts ib
≫ tatitha
tatithá mf(ī́)n. so maniest ŚBr. i, 8, 1, 5
≫ tato
tato in comp. for ○tas
⋙ tatonidāna
○nidāna mfn. caused by that Vajracch. 8 and 11
⋙ tatobṛhatīka
○bṛhatīka mfn. having the Bṛihatī metre at that place SāṅkhŚr. xi, 12, 1
⋙ tatobhavat
○bhavat m. His (or Your) Highness there (cf. tatra-bh○) Pāṇ. 5-3, 14 Kāś
tatāmaha
tatā-mahá 2. tatá
tati 2
tatitan
taturi
táturi mfn. (√tṝ, iii, 2, 171) conquering RV. i, 145, 3 iv, 39, 2, vi, 22, 2 ; 24, 2 ; 68, 7
• promoting ŚBr. i, 8, 1, 22 SāṅkhŚr. i, 11, 1
tat 1
tat in comp. for tád
⋙ tatkara
○kara mf(ā)n. doing that, doing any particular work Pāṇ. 3-2, 21
⋙ tatkartavya
○kartavya mfn. proper to be done with reference to any particular circumstance (cf. iti-k○) Rājat. vi, 269
⋙ tatkartṛ
○kartṛ m. 'creator of (that, i.e. of) the universe', N. of the supreme being (with Sikhs) W
⋙ tatkarmakārin
○karma-kārin mfn. doing the same work Mn. ix, 261
⋙ tatkārin
○kārin mfn. id., Kāvyád.ī, 20
⋙ tatkāla
○kāla mfn. happening (at that same time, i.e.) immediately KātyŚr. i, xxv
• of that duration BrahmaP
• m. that time (opposed to etat-k○, this time') Vedântas
• the time referred to KātyŚr. i VarBṛ. Laghuj
• (am), ind. at that time, at the same time, during that time Gobh. iii, 3, 28 PārGṛ. ii, 11, 5 f. VarBṛ. Kathās. &c
• immediately Pañcat. Kathās. (cf. tātkālika)
-dhī mfn. having presence of mind L
-lavaṇa n. a kind of salt Npr
○lêpanna-dhī mfn. = ○la-dhī L
⋙ tatkālīna
○"ṣkālīna mfn. of that time Daś. iii, 36
• simultaneous BhP. x, 12, 41
⋙ tatkulina
○"ṣkulína mfn. of that family MBh. v, 7102
⋙ tatkriya
○kriya mfn. =
⋙ tatkara
○kara L
⋙ tatkṣaṇa
○kṣaṇa m. the same moment L
• (am), ind. at the same moment, directly, immediately Pañcat. Kathās. &c. (incomp. ○ṇa- Ragh. i, 51 VarBṛS. Kathās. vi Hit.)
• (āt), abl. ind. id. Yājñ. ii, 14 R. &c
• (e), loc. ind., id. W
⋙ tattaddeśīya
○tad-deśīya mfn. belonging to this or that country Nyāyam. viii, 3, 7 Sch
⋙ tattulya
○tulya mfn. (said of a Prākṛit word) similar or equal to the original Sanskṛit word Vāgbh. ii, 2
⋙ tattritīya
○tritīya mfn. doing that for the 3rd time Pāṇ. 6-2, 162 Kāś
⋙ tattribhāgaka
○tribhāgaka mf(ikā)n. forming onethird of that VarBṛS. lviii
⋙ tattva
○tva n. true or real state, truth, reality ŚvetUp. Mn. Bhag. &c
• (in phil.) a true principle (in Sāṃkhya phil. 25 in number, viz. a-vyakta, buddhi, ahaṃ-kāra, the 5 Tan-mātras, the 5 Mahā-bhūtas, the 11 organs including manas, and, lastly, puruṣa, qq.vv.) MBh. xii, 11840 ; xiv, 984 R. iii, 53, 42 Tattvas. ; 24 in number MBh. xii, 11242 Hariv. 14840 (m.) ; 23 in number BhP. iii, 6, 2 ff
• for other numbers xi,. 22, 1 ff. RāmatUp
• with Māheśvaras and Lokâyatikas only 5 viś. the 5 elements are admitted Prab. ii, 18/19
• with Buddh. 4, with Jainas 2 or 5 or 7 or 9 Sarvad. ii f
• in Vedânta phil. tattva is regarded as made up of tad and tvam, 'that art thou', and called mahā-vākya, the great word by which the identity of the whole world with the one eternal Brahma [tad] is expressed)
• the, number 25 Sūryas. ii
• the number 24 DevibhP. ŚBr. vii, 3, 1, 43 Sāy
• an element or elementary property W
• the essence or substance of anything W. [Page 433, Column 1]
• the being that Jaim. i, 3, 24 Sch
• = tata-tva L
• N. of a musical instrument L
• (ena), instr. ind. according to the true state or nature of anything, in truth, truly, really, accurately Mn. vii, 68 MBh. R
-kaumudī f. 'Tattva-moonlight', N. of a Comm. on Sāṃkhyak. Sarvad. xiv, 20
-candra m. 'truthmoon', N. of a Comm. on Prakriyā-kaumudī
• 'Tattva-moon', N. of a Comm. on -kaumudī
-cintāmaṇi m. N. of a philos. work by Gaṅgêśa
• of another work Nirṇayas. iii
-jña mfn. ifc. knowing the truth, knowing the true nature of, knowing thoroughly Mn.xii, 102 MBh. (a- neg., xii, 6623) R. &c
• m. a Brāhman Npr
-jñāna n. knowledge of truth, thorough knowledge, insight into the true principles of phil. Sarvad
-jñānin mfn. = -jña W
-taraṃgiṇī f. 'truth-river', N. of wk. by Dharmasāgara
-tas ind.= ○ttvena MuṇḍUp. i, 2, 13 Mn. MBh. &c
-tā f. truth, reality W
-tyaj mfn. mistaking the true state Viddh. iii, 19
-trayamaya mfn. consisting of the 3 realities Hcat. i, 11, 893
-darśa m. (= -dṛś) N. of a Ṛishi under Manu Deva-sāvarṇi BhP. viii, 13, 32
-darśin mfn. = -dṛś MBh. iii, 1149 Rāmag
• m. N. of one of Manu Raivata's sons Hariv. 433
• of a Brāhman, 1265
-dīpana n. 'Tattva-light', N. of wk
-dṛś mfn. perceiving truth Vedântas
-nikaṣa-grāvan m. the touchstone of truth Hit. i, 9, 12
-niścaya m. 'ascertainment of truth', right knowledge Sarvad. vi, 91 and 94
-niṣṭhatā f. veracity Hemac
-nyāsa m. 'application of true principles', N. of a ceremony in honour of Vishṇu (application of mystical letters &c. to parts of the body while prayers are recited), Tantr
-prakāśa m. 'light of true principles', N. of a Comm. Sarvad. vii
-prabodha-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk. by Haribhadra II (AḌ. 1200)
-bindu m. 'truthdrop', N. of a philos. treatise
-bodha m. knowledge or understanding of truth, xii, 46
• N. of wk. Tantras. ii
-bodhinī f. 'teaching true principles', N. of a Comm. on Saṃkshepa-śārīraka
• of a Comm. on Siddh. by Jñānêndra-sarasvatī
• truth-teaching, RTL. p. 492 and 509
-bhava m. true being or nature KaṭhUp. vi ŚvetUp. i
-bhūta mfn. true MBh. xii, 5290
-muktâvali f. 'necklace of truth', N. of wk. Sarvad. iv, 110
RTL. p. 123
-vat mfn. possessing the truth or reality of things MBh. xii, 11480
-vāda-rahasya n. N. of wk. Sarvad. v, 110
-vid mfn. knowing the true nature of(gen.) Bhag. iii, 28
-vivitsā f. desire of knowing the truth W
-viveka m. the sifting of established truth
• N. of wk. on astron. (also siddhânta-t○)
• of another work Sarvad. v, 6
○ka-dīpana n. 'light of truth-investigation', N. of a philos. work
-śambara n. N. of a Tantra Ānand. 31 Sch
• (○raka, Āryav.)
-śuddhi f. ascertainment or right knowledge of truth Kathās. lxxv, 194
-saṃgraha m. N. of wk. Sarvad. vii, 88
-satya-śāstra n. N. of a Buddh. work by Guṇaprabha
-samāsa m. 'Tattva-compendium', N. of Kapila's Sāṃkhya-sūtras Tattvas
-sāgara m. 'truth-ocean', N. of wk. Smṛitit. xi Nirṇayas. i, 318
-sāra m. 'truth-essence', N. of wk. Śāktân. ii
○vâkhyānôpamā f. a simile expressing or stating any truth Kāvyâd. ii, 36
○vâdhigata mfn. learnt thoroughly Suśr
○vâpahnava-rūpaka n. a metaphor denying a truth (as that two eyes are not eyes but bees) Kāvyâd. ii, 95
○vâbhiyoga m. a positive charge or declaration Yājñ. ii, 5/6, 4 ff
○vârtha m. the truth Sarvad. iii
○tha-kaumudī f. 'truth-light', N. of a Comm. on Prāyaśc. by (Govindânanda
○tha-vid mfn. knowing the exact truth or meaning of (in comp.) Mn.i, 3
• ( veda-)
○tha-sūtra n. N. of a Jaina work by Umā-svāti Sarvad. iii, 103
○vâvabodha m. perception of truth W
⋙ tatpada
○pada n. the place of that Daś. vii, 435
• the word tad Vedântas
• m. Ficus religiosa Npr
⋙ tatpara
○para mf(ā)n. following that or thereupon Megh
• having that as one's highest object or aim, totally devoted or addicted to, attending closely to, eagerly engaged in (loc. [Pāṇ. 6-2, 66 Kāś. Pārśvan.] or generally in comp.) ŚvetUp. i, 7 Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c
• m. 1/30 of an eye's twinkle W
• (ā), f. 1/60 of a second of a circle Āryabh. iii, 2 Sch
-tā f. scope, design, intention W
• entire devotion or addiction to (loc.) Hit
-tva n. id. W
• aiming at, tending to Daśar. iv, 38 (a- neg.)
• 'the state of following behind', inferiority KātyŚr. i, 4, 16 and 5, 5
⋙ tatparāyaṇa
○parāyaṇa mfn. addicted to W
⋙ tatpāṇini
○pāṇini ind, = iti-p○ Pāṇ. 2-1, 6 Kāś
⋙ tatpuruṣa
○puruṣa m. the original or supreme spirit (one of the 5 forms of Īśvara [also ○ṣa-vaktra] Sarvad. vii) Kāṭh. xvii, 1 TĀr., x, 1, 5 f. LiṅgaP. i, 13 [Page 433, Column 2]
• the servant of him KātyŚr. vii, 1, 8
• N. of a Kalpa period MatsyaP. liii, 41
• a class of compounds (formed like the word tat-puruṣa, 'his servant') in which the last member is qualified by the first without losing (as the last member of Bahu-vrīhi compounds) its grammatical independence (whether as noun or adj. or p.)
• two subdivisions of these compounds are called Karma-dhāraya and Dvi-gu (qq.vv.)
-vaktra m. before
⋙ tatpurva
○purva mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-2, 162) happening for the first time Mālav.iv, 8 Ragh. xiv
• (am), ind. that for the first time Kir. vii, 11 ; viii, 26
-tā f. happening for the first time, ix, 75
-saṅga mfn. then first restrained Ragh. ii, 42
⋙ tatpṛṣṭha
○pṛṣṭha mfn. combined with that arrangement of Sāmans ŚāṅkhŚr. xiv, 22, 6
⋙ tatprakāra
○prakāra mfn. of that kind W
⋙ tatprathama
○prathama mfn. doing that for the first time Pāṇ. 6-2, 162 Kāś
• (am), ind. = -pūrvam Kir. viii, 30 ; xvi, 27
-tas ind. id. Divyâv
-taram ind. that first of all, xxii, 4 ; xxx, 434
⋙ tatprabhāte
○prabhāte loc. ind. early on the next morning Vet. i, 18/19 and 23/24
⋙ tatprabhṛti
○prabhṛti mfn. beginning with that Lāṭy. ii, vii, ix
⋙ tatpravaravat
○pravara-vat mfn. having (his or) their line of ancestors KātyŚr. i, 6, 13 Sch
⋙ tatprepsu
○prêpsu m. a particular form of a Desid. Nir. vi, 28 APrāt. iv, 29
⋙ tatphala
○phala mfn. having that as a fruit or reward W
• having that as a result W
• the blue water-lily L
• the plant kuṣṭha L
• a kind of perfume L
⋙ tatsaṃskārārthatva
○saṃskārârtha-tva n. the state of helping to promote that Jaim. vi, 4, 45 (a- neg.)
⋙ tatsaṃkhyāka
○saṃkhyāka mfn. of that number Yājñ. ii, 6/7
⋙ tatsadṛśa
○sadṛśa mfn. 'fitting or corresponding to that', -sthāna
⋙ tatsama
○sama mfn. = -tulya
• ifc. synonymous with Uṇ. i, 3 Sch
⋙ tatsamanantaram
○samanantaram ind. immediately upon that Kathās. iv, 24
• cf. tadanant○
⋙ tatsādhukārin
○sādhu-kārin mfn. accomplishing that Pāṇ. 3-2, 134
⋙ tatsina
○sina (tát-), mfn. wishing to acquire or ordering that RV. i, 61, 4
⋙ tatstha
○stha mfn. being on or in that Pāṇ. 4-2, 134 ; ii, 2, 8 Vārtt. 2
• m. a particular mode of multiplication W
-tadañjana-tā f. assuming the colour of any near object Yogas. i, 41
⋙ tatsthāna
○sthāna mfn. (= -sadṛśa Sāy.) for tasthāná (q.v.) AitBr. vi, 5, 2
⋙ tatspṛṣṭin
○spṛṣṭin mfn. touching them Gaut. xiv, 30
≫ tac
tac in comp. for tád
⋙ tacchabdatva
○chabda-tva (śab○), n. = tācchabdya TāṇḍyaBr. iv, 8, 15 Sch
⋙ tacchīla
○chīla (śīla), mfn. accustomed to that Pāṇ. 3-2, 134
• = sadṛśa, similar Kāvyâd. ii, 64
• cf. tācchīlika
≫ taj
taj in comp. for tád
⋙ tajja
○ja mfn. sprung from (that, i.e. from) Sanskṛit (as Prākṛit or other words) Vāgbh. ii, 2
-lân mfn. produced, absorbed and breathing in that ChUp. iii, 14, 1
⋙ tajjaghanya
○jaghanyá mf(ā́)n. the worst among them TS. vii, 1, 6, 4
⋙ tajjaya
○jaya m. the conquest of that W
⋙ tajjalān
○ja-lân -ja
⋙ tajjātīya
○jātīya
⋙ tajjātīyaka
○jātīyaka mfn. of the same kind, (a- neg.) Pāṇ. 1-1, 7 Vārtt. 8 and Pat
⋙ tajjña
○jña mfn. knowing that, (m.) a knowing man BhP. iii, v (a-, q.v.) Rājat. v, 481
• ifc. familiar with Hariv.8427
≫ tatra
tátra (also ○trā RV.), ind. (tá-tra, correlative of yá-tra
• g. câdi, not in Kāś.) used for the loc. (sg., du. and pl.) of tád (q.v. Pāṇ. 5-3, 10 ; vi, 3, 35) RV. AV. Mn. &c
• in that place, there (in comp. Pāṇ. 2-1, 46) RV. &c
• thither, to that place ib
• in that, therein, in that case, on that occasion, under those circumstances, then, therefore, (also correlative of yád [vi, 57, 4 AV. xii, 1, 34 Nal. &c.], yadā [Pañcat. i, 19, 8], yadi ṃn. viii f. Cāṇ. ḥit., or ced [Mn. viii, 295 ; ix, 205]
tatra māsa, 'that month', i.e. the month that has been spoken of Kathās. xviii, 208)
⋙ tatra tatra
tátra tatra used for double loc. of tád Nal. v, 8
• in that and that place, here and there, everywhere Mn. vii, 87 MBh. BhP
• to every place MBh
⋙ yatra tatra
yatra tatra used for the loc. yasmiṃs tasmin, in whatever Mn. iii, 50 ; vi, 66 ; xii, 102
• in whatever place, anywhere MBh. xiii, 3686
• to any place whatever, v, 5997
• at any rate, indiscriminately, xiii, 514
yatra tatrâpi, to whatever place, v, 1084 Kathās. xxxvi, 101 ; [Goth. thathro1.]
⋙ tatracakṣurmanas
○cakṣurmanas mfn. directing one's eyes and mind on him Gaut. i, 47
⋙ tatratya
○tya mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 104 Pat.) of that place, being there BhP. Kathās. Rājat. i, 117 Hit
⋙ tatrabhava
○bhava mfn. employed with that ĀpŚr. xiv, 5, 1 Sch
⋙ tatrabhavat
○bhavat m
⋙ tatrabhavatī
○bhavatī f. (Pāṇ. 4-1, 166 and v, 3, 14 Kāś.) 'Your Honour there', (chiefly in dram.) respectful title given to absent persons (once to a present person Mṛicch. i, 55/56) R. ii, &c
• cf. atra-bh○
⋙ tatravāsin
○vāsin mfn. dwelling there, i, 25, 21. [Page 433, Column 3]
⋙ tatraskandha
○skandha m. N. of a deity, Tantr
⋙ tatrastha
○stha mfn. dwelling there, situated there, belonging to that place MBh. iii, 2683 R. ii, iv Kathās. vii, xxvi
≫ tathā
táthā ind. (tâ-thā, correlative of yá-thā Pāṇ. 5-3, 26
• g. câdi Kāś. and Gaṇar.) in that manner, so, thus (the correlative standing in the preceding or in the subsequent clause, e.g. yathā priyaṃ, tathâstu, 'as is agreeable, so let it be'
tathā prayatnam ātiṣṭhed yathâtmānaṃ na pīḍayet, 'he should so make effort as that he may not injure himself.' Mn. vii, 68
tathā tathā-yathā, so much that VP. iv
• also correlative of iva Mn. iii, 181 R. i, 4, 12
• of yena Kathās. iii, 18
• of yādṛśa Mn. i, 42
• used in forms of adjuration, e.g. yathâham anyaṃ na cintaye tathâyam patatāṃ kṣudraḥ parâsuḥ, 'as surely as I do not think on any other man, so surely let this wretch fall dead' Nal. xi, 36) RV. &c
• yes, so be it, so it shall be (particle of assent, agreement, or promise
• generally followed by iti) AV. iii, 4, 5 ŚBr. AitBr. &c. (tathêty uktvā, having said 'so be it' or 'yes' Nal. &c.)
• so also, in like manner (e.g. sukhaṃ seved duḥkhaṃ tathā, 'let him make use of prosperity and also adversity') Mn. MBh. &c
• = tathā hi Nal. xix, 25
⋙ tathā ca
táthā ca and likewise, accordingly (introducing quotations) Mn. ix, 19 and 45 Dhūrtas. Hit
⋙ tathāpi
táthâpi even thus, even so, nevertheless, yet, still, notwithstanding (correlative of yady api [R. iii, 3, 3 Dhūrtas. &c.], api āmar., api yadi Prab., kāmam "ṣak., varam) MBh. &c
tathâpi tu id. Śak
⋙ tathā hi
táthā hi (g. svar-ādi) for so, for thus (it has been said), for instance Ragh. Śak. &c
⋙ tathaiva
táthaiva exactly so, in like manner Mn. &c
• (with ca or api following) likewise Mn. &c
⋙ athotathā
atho-tathā id. ib
⋙ yathātathā
yathā-tathā in whatever way, in any way, by all means, iv, 17 MBh. i, 45, 17 ; vii, 6332 Nal. Naish.ix, 29
⋙ yathāyathātathātathā
yathā-yathā-tathātathā in whatever manner or degree-in that manner or degree the more-the more Mn. MBh. (Nal. viii, 14) VarBṛS. xi Vet
• cf. yathā-tatham, a- and vi-tatha
⋙ tathākaraṇa
○karaṇa n. proceeding thus ĀpŚr. xi, 21, 8 Sch. (a-, neg.)
⋙ tathākāram
○kāram ind. thus (correlative of yath○) Pāṇ. 3-4, 28
⋙ tathākṛta
○kṛta mfn. thus done or made W
• made true VarBṛS. xxxii, 4
⋙ tathākratu
○kratu (táth○), mfn. so intending ŚBr. xiv, 7, 2, 7
⋙ tathāgata
○gata mfn. being in such a state or condition, of such a quality or nature RPrāt. iii, 5 MBh. Mālav. v, 9/10
• 'he who comes and goes in the same way as the Buddhas who preceded him', Gautama Buddha Buddh. Sarvad
• a Buddhist SŚaṃkar. i, 70
• x
-kośa-paripālitā f. N. of a Kiṃnara virgin Kāraṇḍ. i, 83
-garbha m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh. L
-guṇa-jñānâcintya-viṣajyâvatāranirdeśa m. 'direction how to attain to the inconceivable subject of the Tathā-gata's qualities and knowledge', N. of a Buddh. Sūtra
-gukyaka n. 'Tathāgata-mystery', N. of a Buddh. work (highly revered in Nepāl)
-bhadra m. N. of a pupil of Nāgârjuna
⋙ tathāguṇa
○guṇa mf(ā)n. endowed with such qualities R. ii, 22, 19
⋙ tathājātīya
○jātīya mfn. of that kind, 15, 13
⋙ tathājātīyaka
○jātīyaka mfn. id. Pat. on Śivas. 3 f. Vārtt. 5
⋙ tathātā
○tā f. true state of things, true nature Vajracch. 17
⋙ tathātva
○tva n. the being so, such a state of things, such a condition Bhāshāp. Sāh. vii, 8/9 Sarvad
• = -tā Mn. x, 57 Sch. Sāṃkhyak. Sch
⋙ tathāprabhāva
○prabhāva mfn. having such power R. ii, 22, 30
⋙ tathābhavitavyatā
○bhavitavya-tā f. the necessity of being so Kād. iv, 139
⋙ tathābhāva
○bhāva m. the being so TPrāt. Sch
• the being of such a nature, true nature, accomplishment Jain. Siṃhâs
⋙ tathābhāvin
○bhāvin mfn. about to be of such a kind Śak. vii, 32/33
⋙ tathābhūta
○bhūta mfn. of such qualities or kind or nature R. i f. Amar. Kathās. Sāh
⋙ tathāmukha
○mukha mfn. 'so-facing', turning the face in the same direction Gobh. iv, 2, 5
⋙ tathāyatam
○"ṣyatam (○thây○), ind. in the same direction, 4
⋙ tathārāja
○rāja m. a Buddha (cf. -gata) or Jina W
⋙ tathārūpa
○rūpa mf(ā)n. so formed, thus shaped, looking thus, Lāty, ix, 12 MBh. &c
⋙ tathārūpin
○rūpin mfn. id., xii, 7344
⋙ tathārtha
○"ṣrtha (○thâr○), mfn. 'real', -tva n. the being real BṛĀrUp. Sch
⋙ tathāvādin
○vādin mfn. telling the exact truth Vishṇ. v, 27 Vajracch. 14
• professing to be so W
⋙ tathāvidha
○vidha (táth○), mf(ā)n. of such a sort or kind, being in such a condition or state, of such qualities TBr. ii, 1, 10, 1 Mn. i, viii f. (correlative of yādṛśa, ix, 9) MBh. &c
• (am), ind. in this manner Nal. vii, 15
• likewise Bhāshāp. 94
⋙ tathāvidhāna
○vidhāna mfn. following this practice Hit. iii, 9, 6/1
⋙ tathāvīrya
○vīrya mfn. of such a strength MBh. i
⋙ tathāvrata
○vrata mfn. = -vidhāna Mn. iv, 246
⋙ tathāśīla
○śīla mfn. behaving thus MBh. iv, 133
-samācāra mfn. of such a character and behaviour, v, 73, 14
⋙ tathāsvara
○svara mfn. uttered with the same accent Lāṭy. vii, 10, 20. [Page 434, Column 1]
⋙ tathotsāha
tathôtsāha mfn. making so great efforts W
⋙ tathopama
tathôpama mfn. similar to that MBh. xii, 285 ff
≫ tathya
tathya mfn. 'being really so', true MBh. R. Pañcat
• n. truth Śak. Bhartṛ
• (ena), ind. according to truth Mn. viii, 274
⋙ tathyatas
○tas ind. id. Rājat. i, 325
⋙ tathyavacana
○vacana n. a promise Pañcat. Introd. 10/11,
⋙ tathyavādin
○vādin mfn. speaking the truth BhP. viii, 11, 11
≫ tad
tád (nom. and acc. sg. n. of and base in comp. for 2. from which latter all the cases of this pron. are formed except nom. sg. m. sás or & f. sā́
• instr. pl. taís AV. &c
• Ved. tébhis RV. AV. &c.) m. he, f. she, n. it, that, this (often correlative of generally standing in the preceding clause, e.g. yasya buddhiḥ sa balavān, 'of whom there is intellect he is strong'
• sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, connected with the 1st and 2nd personal pronouns, with other demonstratives and with relatives, e.g. so'ham, 'I that very person, I myself' [tasya = mama Nal. xv, 10]
tāv imau, 'those very two'
tad etad ākhyānam, 'that very tale' AitBr. vii, 18
yat tat kāraṇam, 'that very reason which' Mn. i, 11
yā sā śrī, 'that very fortune which' MBh. vii, 427) RV. &c
• (tad), n. this world (cf. idam) R. vi, 102, 25
• = Brahma, tat-tva
• (tád), ind. there, in that place, thither, to that spot (correlative of yátra or yátas) AV. AitBr. ii, 11 ŚBr. i, x, xiv ChUp
• then, at that time, in that case (correlative of yadā́, yád AV
• of yátra ŚBr. xiv
• of yadi Nal. Bhag. &c
• of cêd Śak. &c.) RV. iv, 28, 1 AV. &c
• thus, in this manner, with regard to that, ix, xiii ŚBr. AitBr
• (tad etau ślokau bhavataḥ, 'with reference to that there are these two verses') PraśnUp
• on that account, for that reason, therefore, consequently (sometimes correlative of yatas, yad, yena, 'because' Daś. Pañcat. Kathās. &c.) Mn. ix, 41 MBh. &c
• now (clause-connecting particle) AV. xv ŚBr. AitBr
• so also, equally, and AV. xi, xv
⋙ tad tad
tad tad this and that, various, different (e.g. taṃ taṃ deśaṃ jagāma, 'he went to this and that place'
tāsu tāsu yoniṣu, 'in different or various birth-places' Mn. xii, 74)
• respective BṛNārP. xiii, 88
tenaiva tenaiva pathā, on quite the same path R. iii, 50, 28
⋙ yad tad
yad tad whosoever, whichsoever, any, every (also with Mn. xii, 68 [yad vā tad vā, 'this or that, any'] Hariv. 5940 Dhūrtas. Śak. Sch
• often both pronouns repeated or the interrogative pron. with cid added after the relative, e.g. yad-yat para-vaśaṃ karma tat-tad varjayet, 'whatever action depends on another, that he should avoid' Mn. iv, 159
yat kiṃ-cid-tad, 'whatever-that' Mn.)
⋙ tan na
tan na s.v. cêd
⋙ tad
tad (ind.)
⋙ api
api 'even then', nevertheless, notwithstanding Śak. (vḷ.) Bhartṛ. Prab. Siṃhâs
⋙ tad
tad (ind.)
⋙ yathā
yathā 'in such a manner as follows', namely, viz. Buddh. (cf. Pāli seyyathā
sá yáthā- ŚBr.) Jain. (in Prākṛit taṃ jahā
• cf. sejjahā) Pat. Śak
• [cf. ? ; Goth. sa, so, that-a ; Lat. [(is-te], [(is)-ta], [(is-)tud], tam, tum, tunc.]
⋙ tadatipāta
○atipāta mfn. transgressing that W
⋙ tadanantara
○anantara mf(ā)n. nearest to any one (gen.) Nal. xxii, 16
• (am), ind. immediately upon that, thereupon, then (corresponding to prāk, 'before' Śak. vii, 30
• to prathamam, 'first' Mn. viii, 129) MBh. &c
⋙ tadanu
○anu ind: after that, afterwards Megh. Ratnâv. Amar. Śrut. Subh
⋙ tadanukṛti
○anukṛti ind. conformably to that, accordingly AitBr. vi, 1, 2
⋙ tadanusaraṇa
○anusaraṇa n. going after that Sāh. i, 2/3, 58
-krameṇa instr. ind., s.v. kráma
⋙ tadanta
○anta (tád-), mfn. coming to an end by that TBr. i, 5, 9, 3 Hit
⋙ tadanna
○anna (tád-), mfn. accustomed to that food RV. viii, 47, 16
• eating (that i.e.) the same food R. ii, 103, 30 and 140, 13
⋙ tadanya
○anya mfn. other than that L
⋙ tadanvaya
○anvaya mfn. descended from him VP. iv, 2, 2
⋙ tadapatya
○apatya mfn. having offspring from him Mn. iii, 16 (-tā, f. abstr.)
-maya mfn. thinking of one's off spring only Subh
⋙ tadapas
○apas (tád-), mfn. accustomed to that work or to do that RV. ii, 13, 3 and 38, 1 ; viii, 47, 16
• ind. in the usual way, v, 47, 2
⋙ tadapekṣa
○apêkṣa mfn. having regard to that Gaut
⋙ tadartha
○artha mfn. intended for that Āp.ī, 14, 3 Pāṇ. 2-1, 36 ; i, 3, 72 Kāś
• serving for that Jaim. i, 2, 1 (a- neg.)
• having that or the same meaning Pāṇ. 2-3, 58
• m. (its or) their meaning Vedântas. 200
• (am), ind. on that account, with that object, for that end, therefore Pāṇ. 5-1, 12 R. i, 73, 4 VarBṛS. lxxiv Kāś. VP. iv
-tā f. = tādarthya ĀśvŚr. iii, 4, 12 Sch
⋙ tadarthaka
○arthaka mf(ikā)n. denoting that Naish. iv, 52
⋙ tadarthīya
○"ṣarthīya mfn. intended for that, undertaken for that end Bhag. xvii, 27. [Page 434, Column 2]
⋙ tadardhika
○"ṣardhika mfn. half as much Mn. iii, 1
⋙ tadarpaṇa
○arpaṇa n. delivery of that W
⋙ tadarha
○arha a-
⋙ tadavadhi
○avadhi ind. from that time Bhām. ii, 56
• up to that period W
⋙ tadavastha
○avastha mfn. so situated, thus circumstanced, in that condition MBh. iii, 69, 31 Ratnâv
• being in the same condition (as before), undamaged, iv, 19
⋙ tadahe
○ahe loc. ind. on that day Hemac
⋙ tadākāra
○ākāra mfn. having that appearance W
-parijñāna n. N. of an art Gal
⋙ tadātmaka
○ātmaka mfn. constituting its nature Car. vi, 12 Sarvad. xv
⋙ tadādi
○ādi ind. from that time forward Śiś. i, 45 Dharmaśarm
⋙ tadāmukha
○āmukha n. beginning of that L
⋙ tadidartha
○íd-artha mfn. intent on that particular object RV. viii, 2, 16 (cf.ī, 39, 1 ; ix, 1, 5 ; x, 106, 1)
⋙ tadidāsīya
○id-āsīya n. the hymn RV. x, 120 ŚāṅkhŚr. xi
⋙ tadiṣṭi
○iṣṭi (tád-), mfn. accompanied by such offerings AV. xi, 7, 19
⋙ tadekacitta
○eka-citta mfn. having all the thoughts fixed on that (person or thing) Hit
⋙ tadevopaniṣad
○evôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up. (beginning with the words tad eva)
⋙ tadokas
○okas (tád-), mfn. rejoicing in that RV. i, 15, 1 ; iii, 35, 7 ; iv, 49, 6 ; vii, 29, 1
⋙ tadojas
○ojas (tád-), mfn. endowed with such strength, v, 1, 8
⋙ tadgata
○gata mfn. directed towards him or her or them or that R. i f. Kathās. iii, 68
• ifc. intent on Vet. iv, 22
• m. (?) the continued multiplication of 4 or more like quantities W
⋙ tadguṇa
○guṇa mfn. possessing these qualities KātyŚr. xiv f
• m. the quality of that or those, xii f
• xvi
• xxiii f
• the virtue of (that or) those (persons) Ragh. i, 9
• (in rhet.) transferring the qualities of one thing to another (a figure of speech) Sāh. x, 90 Kuval. Kpr. x, 51
• also a- neg. 'a figure of speech in which a quality expected in any object is denied', 52
-tva n. the having its qualities Jaim. vi, 7, 16 (a- neg.)
-saṃvijñāna n. (a Bahuvrīhi compound) in which the qualities implied are perceived along with the thing itself (e.g. dīrghakarṇa, 'long-ear'
• opposed to a- e.g. dṛṣṭasāgara, 'one who has seen the ocean') Bādar. i, 1, 2 Sch. Sarvad
⋙ taddina
○dina n. that, day W
• (am), ind. on a certain day W
• during the day W
• every day W
⋙ tadduḥkha
○duḥkha n. grief for that or of that W
⋙ taddevata
○devata mfn. having that deity KātyŚr. xxiv, 6 ĀpŚr. vii PārGṛ. iii, 11, 10
⋙ taddevatāka
○devatāka mfn. id. RV. x, 18 Sāy
⋙ taddevatya
○devatya mfn. id. Lāṭy. iv, 4, 21
⋙ taddeśya
○deśya mfn. coming from the same country, (m.) a fellow-countryman MBh. xii, 168, 41 Kām. xiii, 77
⋙ taddaivata
○daivata mfn. = -dev○ Nir. vii, 1 PārGṛ. iii, 11, 10
⋙ taddaivatya
○daivatya mf(ā)n. id. VarBṛS. ic, 3
⋙ taddvitīya
○dvitīya mfn. doing that for the 2nd time Pāṇ. 6-2, 162 Kāś
⋙ taddhana
○dhana mfn. niggardly L
⋙ taddharman
○dharman mfn. practising that, iii, 2, 134
• accomplishing his business KātyŚr. i, 6, 12 Jaim. vi, 3, 26 (cf. tāddharmya)
○ma-tva n. the having his or its peculiarity KapS. i, 52 (a-, neg.)
⋙ taddharmin
○dharmin mfn. obeying his laws BhP. iii, 15, 32
⋙ taddharmya
○"ṣdharmya mfn. of that kind, v, 14, 2
⋙ taddhāraṇa
○dhāraṇa n. N. of an art Gal
⋙ taddhita
○dhita (hita), n. sg. and pl. his welfare Āp. ii BhP. ii, 9, 7
• m. (scil. pratyaya) an affix forming nouns from other nouns (opposed to 1. kṛt), noun formed thus, derivative noun (tad-dhita, mfn. 'good for that or him', is one of the meanings peculiar to derivative, nouns, cf. maudakika &c.) Nir.ī, 2 Prāt. Pāṇ. ŚāṅkhGṛ. PārGṛ. Gobh.ī, 8, 15 (also a- neg. mfn. 'having no Taddhita affix')
-ḍhuṇḍhī f. N. of a gloss on the Taddhita chapter in Hemachandra's grammar by Ānandagaṇi
⋙ tadbandhu
○bandhu (tád-), mfn. belonging to that family or race RV. x, 61, 18
⋙ tadbala
○bala m. or a kind of arrow L
⋙ tadbala
○bala f. a kind of arrow L
⋙ tadbahu
○bahu mfn. doing that often Pāṇ. 6-2, 162 Kāś
⋙ tadbahulavihārin
○bahula-vihārin mfn. id. Divyâv. xvii, 182 ; 463 ; 482
⋙ tadbhava
○bhava mfn. = tajja Mn. iv, 232, Medhāt
⋙ tadbhāva
○bhāva m. the becoming that KātyŚr. iv, 3, 13 Bādar. iii, 4, 40 (a- neg., 'the becoming not that i.e. something else')
• his intentions Kām. xi, 29 ; xviii, 3
• ifc. 'becoming', a-bhūta-
⋙ tadbhinna
○bhinna mfn. different from that
⋙ tadbhūta
○bhūta mfn. being in that Jaim. i, 1, 25
⋙ tadrasa
○rasa m. the spirit thereof W
⋙ tadraja
○raja m. (scil. pratyaya) an afīx added to the N. of a race for forming the N. of its chief Pāṇ. 2-4, 62 ; iv, 1, 174 ; v, 3, 119
⋙ tadrūpa
○rūpa mf(ā)n. thus shaped, so formed, looking thus KapS. v, 19 and Jaim. vi, 5, 3 (-tva n. abstr.) Pañcat. Pāṇ. 7-3, 86 Sch
• of the same quality Sarvad. xv, 354 Vām. iv, 3, 9 (a- neg. 'of different quality')
a-, 'reverse' Bādar. iii, 4, 40
⋙ tadvacaḥpratīta
○vacaḥpratī7ta mfn. believing his words
⋙ tadvat
○vat mfn. having or containing that VPrāt. Pāṇ. 4-4, 125 KapS. i, v Tarkas. &c
• ind. like that, thus, so (correlative of yad-vat Mn. x, 13 Bhag. Pañcat
• of yathā, 'as' ŚvetUp. ii, 14 [vḷ. for tad-vā] MBh. i, vii &c.) ŚāṅkhGṛ. v, 9, 3 &c. [Page 434, Column 3]
• in like manner, likewise, also, Śrut. Kathās. vi, xxvi
-tā f. conformity Vedântas. Bhāshāp
⋙ tadvan
○van m. pl. N. of a class of Ṛishis (cf. yad-van, tarvan, yarv○) Pat, Introd. on Vārtt. 9
⋙ tadvayas
○vayas mfn. of the same age KātyŚr. xxv, 9, 1
⋙ tadvaśa
○vaśá mfn. longing for that RV. ii, 14, 2 and 37, 1
⋙ tadvasati
○vasati mfn. dwelling there
⋙ tadvā
○vā ind. = -vat, q.v
⋙ tadvācaka
○vācaka mfn. signifying that,
⋙ tadvikāra
○vikāra m. a- neg. no variety of that Jaim. vi, 5, 47
⋙ tadvid
○víd mfn. knowing that, familiar with that AV. ix, 1, 9 ŚBr. xiv Gobh. Mn. &c. (also a- neg., xii, 115 MBh. v BhP. iv
na- neg., v, 4, 13)
• m. = -vidya VarBṛS. ii, 20 Sarvad
• f. the knowledge of that KaushUp. i, 2
⋙ tadvidya
○vidya mfn. a connoisseur, expert Nyāyad. iv, 2, 47 Car. i, 25 ; iii, 8
⋙ tadvidha
○vidha mf(ā)n. of that kind, conformable to that Mn. ii, 112
• his (or their) like Suśr. i, 34 Ragh. ii, 22 Kum. v, 73 Mālav
-tva n. conformity with that Mn. vii, 17 Sch
⋙ tadviṣaya
○viṣaya mf(ā)n. belonging to that category Pāṇ. 4-2, 66
• having that for its object BṛĀrUp. Sch
⋙ tadviṣayaka
○viṣayaka mfn. attending to that business W
⋙ tadviryavidvas
○vírya-vidvas mfn. a- neg., not knowing his manliness BhP. vi, 17, 10
⋙ tadvṛtti
○vṛtti mfn. living conformably to that Gaut
⋙ tadvrata
○vrata mfn. performing all duties towards (him or) her Mn. iii, 45
• performing the same religious observance Gaut
≫ tadam
tadam ind. ifc. for tad g. śarad-ādi
≫ tadā
tadā́ ind. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 15 and 19 ff.) at that time, then, in that case (often used redundantly, esp. after tatas or purā or before atha MBh. &c
• correlative of yád [AV. xi, 4, 4], yatra [ChUp.vi, 8, 1], yadā [Mn. MBh. &c.], yadi ṅīt. Vet. ḥit., yarhi [BhP. i, 18, 6], yatas, 'since', [MBh. xiii, 2231], cêd [Śak. v (vḷ.) Kathās. xi Śrut.])
⋙ tadātadā
tadā-tadā then and then Sāy. on RV. i, 25, 8
⋙ tadāprabhṛti
tadā-prabhṛti from that time forward, (correlative of yadāpr○ R. iii, 17, 21
• of yadā Śak. vi, 4/5) R. Ragh. ii, 38 Kathās. ii, 62
⋙ tarhi tadā
tarhi tadā (correlative of yadi) then Vet. iv, 24/25
⋙ yadātadā
yadā-tadā (both repeated or the verb being repeated), at any time when - then Hit
⋙ yadātadā
yadā-tadā at any time whatsoever, always MBh. i, 6373 Naish. viii, 39
⋙ tadātva
○tva n. (opposed to ā-yati) 'state of then', the present time Mn. vii MBh. ii f. v, vii R. v, 76, 16 and 90, 1
≫ tadānīṃ
tadānīṃ in comp. for ○nīm
⋙ tadānīṃtana
○tana mfn. then living Uttarar. i, 2/3
⋙ tadānīṃdugdha
○dugdhá mfn. (then i.e.) just milked ŚBr. xi, 1, 4, 3
≫ tadānīm
tadā́nīm ind. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 19) at that time, then (cf. id○) RV. x, 129, 1 AV. MBh. &c., (correlative of yadā VarBṛS. liv
• of yatra or yadi, Śrut.)
≫ tadīya
tadīya mfn. (Pāṇ. 1-1, 74 Kāś.) belonging or relating to or coming from him or her or that or them, his, hers, its, theirs MBh. viii, 675 R. iv, 21, 35 Ragh. &c
• such Daś. BhP. viii, 20, 33 (na "ṣyam aṇv api, 'not even as little as that, not a bit') &c
⋙ tadīyasaṅga
○saṅga m. a meeting with her Pañcat
≫ tadriyañc
tadríyañc m(nom. ○yaṅ)fn. extending thither TS. v, 5, 1
⋙ tadryañc
tadryañc mfn. id. Pāṇ. 6-3, 92, Kāś
≫ tan
tan in comp. for tád
⋙ tannāmika
○nāmika mfn. named thus, iv, 1, 114 Vārtt. 6
⋙ tannāśa
○nāśa m. destruction of that
⋙ tannimitta
○nimitta mf(ā)n. caused by that Gaut. Daś
• relating, to that R. ii, 64, 5
• conformable to that MBh. iii, 135, 48
-tva n. the being its cause Jaim. i, 1, 25
a- neg., 24
⋙ tanmadhya
○madhya n. 'the midst thereof', (āt), abl. ind. from among them
-stha mfn. situated in the midst of that
⋙ tanmanas
○manas mfn. absorbed in mind by that Car. i, 1
⋙ tanmaya
○maya mfn. made up of, that, absorbed in or identical with that MuṇḍUp. ŚvetUp. PārGṛ. MBh. &c
-tā f. the being absorbed in or identical with that Kād. BhP. Rājat. iii, 498
-tva n. id. MBh. v, 1622 &c
○yī-bhāva, m.id. Sāh
⋙ tanmātra
○mātra mfn. = ○traka MBh. ix, 1806 Pañcat
• = ○trika BhP. iii, 10, 15
• n. merely that, only a trifle Kathās. v, 15
• lxiii, 60 Rājat. vi, 1
• a rudimentary or subtle element (5 in number, viz. śabda-, sparśa-, rūpa-, rasa-, gandha-, from which the 5 Mahā-bhūtas or grosser elements are produced, RTL. p. 31 and 33) Yājñ. iii, 179 MBh. i, xiii Sāṃkhyak. KapS. &c
-tā f. the state of a Tan-mātra MārkP. vl, 46
-tva n. id. BhP. iii, 26, 33 ff
-sarga m. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) creation of the subtle elements, rudimentary creation
⋙ tanmātraka
○mātraka mfn. merely that, only so little Mcar. v, 25
⋙ tanmātrika
○"ṣmātrika mfn. consisting of Tan-mātras Sāṃkhyak. Sch. BhP.xi, 24, 8
⋙ tanmānin
○mānin mfn. implying that (which the base indicates, e.g. Nom. P. aghāya, 'to act wickedly', fr. aghá) APrāt. iv, 29
⋙ tanmukhikayā
○mukhikayā instr. ind. for this reason Divyâv
⋙ tanmūla
○mūla mfn. rooted in (i.e. caused by) that Daś. [Page 435, Column 1]
-tva n. the being based in that Gaut. vi, 22
• the being its √Kām. xvi, 37
≫ tallakṣaṇa
tal-lakṣaṇa n. his or her or its or their mark W
• a particular high number Lalit. xii, 165
tadurī
tadurī f. = tād○ AV. iv, 15, 15
tan 1
tan cl. 1. 10. ○nati, tānayati, to believe in Dhātup
• 'to assist' or 'to afflict with pain' ib
tan 2
tan (= √stan), cl. 4. ○nyati (aor. 2. sg. tatanas) to resound, roar RV. i, 38, 14 ; vi, 38, 2
• [cf. ? &c.]
⋙ tanayitnu
tanayitnú mfn. (= stan○) roaring, thundering, iv, 3, 1 ; x, 66, 11
≫ tanyatu
tanyatú m. thunder RV. (Ved. instr. ○tā́, i, 80, 12
• perhaps mfn. = tanayitnú, iv, 38, 8 ; vi, 6, 2 ; x, 65, 13 and 66, 10) AV. v, 13, 3
• wind ('a musical instrument' W.) Uṇ. iv, 2 Sch
• night ib
≫ tanyu
tanyú mfn. = ○nayitnú RV. v, 63, 2 and 5
tan 3
tan cl. 8. P. Ā. ○nóti, ○nuté (3. pl. ○nváte [ā́- and vi-tanvaté RV.] AV. xii, 1, 13
• Impv. ○nu [áva and ví-tanuhi RV
Pāṇ. 6-4, 106 Vārtt. 1 Pat.] RV. i, 120, 11
○nuṣva RV
• Subj. 2. sg. ○nuthās, v, 79, 9
• 1. du. ○navāvahai, i, 170, 4
• impf. 3. pl. átanvata, x, 90, 6 AV. vii, 5, 4
• pf. P. tatā́na, once tāt○ RV. i, 105, 12
• 2. sg. tatántha ṛV., class. tenitha [Pāṇ. 7-2, 64 Kāś.]
• Ā. 1. 2. 3. sg. [ā́-] tatane, [abhí-tatniSe], [ví-tatne] RV
• 3. sg. irr. tate, i, 83, 5
• 3. pl. tatniré [164, 5 ví- AV. xiv, 1, 45] or ten○ [iv, 14, 4 (vi-) &c
Pāṇ. 6-4, 99]
• aor. P. átan RV. vi, 61, 9
• [ā́-atAn], 67, 6 AV. ix, 4, 1
• [pári-, ví-atanat] RV
• [anv-ā́atAMsIt] VS. xv, 53
atānīt MaitrS
tatánat, [abhí-ŚtánAma], ○tánan RV
• 2. pl. ataniṣṭa Pāṇ. 2-4, 79 Kāś
• 3. du. atāniṣṭām Bhaṭṭ. xv, 91
• Ā. atata or ataniṣṭa, atathās or ataniṣṭhās Pāṇ. 2-4, 79
• 3. pl. átnata RV
tatánanta, i, 52, 11
• 1. sg. atasi pl. ataṃsmahi Br
• fut. 2nd taṃsyáte ŚBr
• fut. 1st [vi-tAyitA] BhP. viii, 13, 36
• p. pr. tanvát, ○vāná
• pf. tatanvás
• ind. p. tatvā, ○tvā́ya, -tátya Br
• [vi-] tāya BhP. vii, 10, 2
• inf. tantum Br
• Pass. tāyáte RV. i, 110, 1 & [p. ○yámāna] x, 17, 7 AV. &c
tanyate Pāṇ. 6-4, 44
• aor. atāyi Br.) to extend, spread, be diffused (as light) over, shine, extend towards, reach to RV. &c
• to be protracted, continue, endure RV
• to stretch (a cord), extend or bend (a bow), spread, spin out, weave RV. &c
• to emboss ŚBr. xiv, 7, 2, 5
• to prepare (a way for) RV. i, 83, 5
• to direct (one's way, gatim) towards Nalôd. i, 20
• to propagate (one's self or one's family, tanūs, tantum) Hariv. 2386 BhP. ii, 3, 8
• to (spread, i.e. to) speak (words) Daś. i, 87
• to protract RV. v, 79, 9 Kathās. li, 226
• to put forth, show, manifest, display, augment Ragh. iii, 25 Śak. Bhartṛ. &c. (Pass. to be put forth or extended, increase Bhaṭṭ.)
• to accomplish, perform (a ceremony) RV. VS. ii, 13 AV. iv, 15, 16 ŚBr. &c
• to sacrifice, xiii, 2, 5, 2 Kaul. 127
• to compose (a literary work) Hemac. Caurap. Sch
• to render (any one thirsty, double acc.) Kuval. 455: Desid. titaniṣati, ○taṃsati, ○tAMs○ Pāṇ. 6-4, 17 ; vii, 2, 49 Kāś.: Intens. tantanyate, tantanīti, vi, 4, 44 & vii, 4, 85 Kāś
• [cf. ?, ? &c.]
⋙ tanādi
○ādi mfn. beginning with √tan (the 8th cl. of roots)
≫ tat 2
tat mfn. ifc. parī-
• cf. purī-tát
≫ tata 2
tatá mfn. (vi, 4, 37) extended, stretched, spread, diffused, expanded RV. &c
• spreading over, extending to W
• covered over by (instr. or in comp.) Laghuj. ii, 16 Kir. v, 11 Śiś. ix, 23
• protracted W
• bent (a bow) MBh. i, 49, 25 ; iv, 5, 1
• spreading, wide L
• composed (a tale), i, 2455
• performed (a ceremony) RV. &c
• m. wind L
• n. any stringed instrument L
• a metre of 4 x 1 2 syllables
⋙ tatacihna
○cihna mfn. having marks drawn along, distinctly marked W
⋙ tatatva
○tva n. 'protractedness', slow time (in music) L. Sch
⋙ tatapattrī
○pattrī f. 'having spreading leaves', Musa sapientum L
⋙ tatavat
○vat mfn. containing a derivative of √tan ŚāṅkhBr. xxvi, 8 and 10
≫ tatanuṣṭi
tatanúṣṭi mfn. 'wishing to show one's self', fond of ornaments (Nir. vi, 19) RV. v, 34, 3
≫ tati 2
tati f. (Pāṇ. 6-4, 37. Kāś. vḷ
• cf. tantí) a mass, crowd Śak. ii, 6 Śiś. iv, 54 &c. (cf. tamas-)
• the whole mass (of observances, dharma-)
• a sacrificial act, ceremony (cf. punas-) ŚāṅkhŚr. vi, 1, 4
• a metre of 4 x 12 syllables, Vṛittaratn
≫ tan 4
tán (only dat, táne and instr. tánā) continuation, uninterrupted succession RV
• propagation, offspring, posterity RV. [tanvā tánā ca or tmánā tānā or tanve táne (ca), 'for one's own person and one's children'] [Page 435, Column 2]
• (tánā, once tanā, x, 93, 12), instr. ind. in uninterrupted succession, one after another, continually RV. i, 3 ; 38 ; 77 ; ii, 2, 1
• viii ff
≫ tana
tána n. offspring, posterity, i, 39, 7 ; viii, 18, 18 and 25, 2 AV. vii, 73, 5 (○nā́yā for ○nāya)
• (ā), f. sg. or Ved. n. pl. id. RV. iii, 25, 1 and 27, 9 ; ix, 62, 2
⋙ tanabāla
○bāla m. pl, N. of a people MBh. vi, 371
≫ tanaya
tánaya mfn. propagating a family, belonging to one's own family (often said of toká) RV. AitBr. ii, 7
• m. a son Mn. iii, 16 ; viii, 275 MBh. (du. 'son and daughter', iii, 2565) Śak. Ragh. ii, 64
• = -bhavana VarBṛS
• N. of a Vāsishṭha Hariv. 477 (vḷ. anagha)
• pl. N. of a people MBh. vi, 371
• n. posterity, family, race, offspring, child ('grandchild', opposed to toká, 'child' Nir. x, 7 ; xii, 6) RV. VarBṛS. (ifc. f. ā, ciii, 1 f.)
• (ā), f. (g. priyâdi) a daughter Mn. xi, 172 (vḷ.) Nal. R. &c
• the plant cakra-tulyā L
⋙ tanayabhavana
○bhavana n. the 5th lunar mansion VarBṛS. civ, 27
⋙ tanayasaras
○saras n. 'offspring-receptacle', a mother Divyâv. xxxviii, 18
≫ tanayīkṛta
tanayī-kṛta mfn. made a son Rājat. iv, 8
≫ tanas
tánas n. offspring RV. v, 70, 4
≫ tanikā
tanikā f. a cord Śiś. v, 61
≫ tanitṛ
tanitṛ m. an accomplisher RV. . x, 39, 14 Sāy
≫ taniman
tániman m. (fr. ○nú g. pṛthv-ādi
• oxyt.) thinness, slenderness Kād. Bhartṛ
• shallowness Vcar. xiii, 6
• weakness Bālar. iv, 60
• n. the liver TS. i, 4, 36, 1 ŚBr. iii, 8, 3, 17 and 25
≫ taniṣṭha
tániṣṭha mfn. superl. of ○nú, smallest, i, vii
≫ tanīyas
tánīyas mfn. compar. of ○nú, very thin or minute, ii, 2, 2, 9 ; viii, 7 TāṇḍyaBr. BhP. Rājat
≫ tanu
tanú mf(us, ū́s, vii)n. thin, slender, attenuated, emaciated, small, little, minute, delicate, fine (texture Ṛitus. i, 7) ŚBr. iii, 5, 4, 21 KātyŚr. viii, 5 MBh. &c. (in comp., g. kaḍārâdi
• also = -dagdha Sarvad. xv, 189)
• (said of a speech or hymn) accomplished (in metre) RV. viii, 1, 18 and (acc. f. ○nvám) 76, 12
• m. (g. 2. lohitâdi, not in Kāś.) N. of a Ṛishi with a very emaciated body MBh. xii, 4665
• (us), f. (once m. Bhām. ii, 79) = ○nū́ ( s.v.), the body, person, self (cf. duṣ-ṭanu, priyá-) AitBr. viii, 24, 4 (ifc.) Mn. (svakā t○, 'one's own person, iv, 184) MBh. Hariv. (acc. pl. irr. ○navas, 3813) &c. (iyaṃ tanur mama, 'this my self. i.e. I myself here' Ratnâv. iv, 4
○nuṃ-√tyaj or , 'to give up one's life' Mn. vi, 32 BhP. iii Kathās.)
• form or manifestation Śak. i, 1
• the skin L
• = -gṛha VarBṛ. Laghuj
• (vii), f. a slender or delicate woman Śak. Mālav. v Bhartṛ. &c
• Desmodium gangeticum L
• Balanites Roxburghī (vv. ll. tannī, ○nni, 'Hemionitis cordifolia'
tajvi) L
• a metre of 4 + 24 syllables
• N. of a wife of Kṛishṇa (?) Hariv. 6703
• [cf. ? ; Lat. tenuis &c.]
⋙ tanukūpa
○kūpa m. pore of the skin W
⋙ tanukeśa
○keśa mf(ī)n. delicate-haired Laghuj. ii, 13
• f. pl., kṣemavṛddhi
⋙ tanukṣīra
○kṣīra m. 'thin-sapped', Spondias mangifera L
⋙ tanugṛha
○gṛha n. the 1st lunar mansion, v, 12 VarBṛ. vi, 13
⋙ tanucchad
○cchad Vop. xxvi, 70
⋙ tanucchada
○cchada m. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-4, 96) = -tra (often ifc.) MBh. iii, vii, xii Ragh. ix, xii
• pl. feathers R. iv, 63, 2
⋙ tanucchāya
○cchāya m. 'shading little', a kind of Acacia Npr
⋙ tanuja
○ja m. = -ruh, Jāt. xxx
• a son Pañcat. BhP. v, 9, 6
• (ā), f. a daughter L
-tva n. sonship W
⋙ tanujanman
○janman m. = -ja HPariś. i f
⋙ tanutara
○tara mfn. = tánīyas Amar
⋙ tanutā
○tā f. thinness, tenuity, littleness Hariv. R. v Megh. Ragh. &c
⋙ tanutyaj
○tyaj mfn. giving up one's body, dying, i, 8
• = ○nU-t○ Āp. MBh. iv, 2354 Ragh. vii Mālav. v, 11/12 BhP
⋙ tanutyāga
○tyāga mfn. spending little Hit
• m. risking one's life R. ii, 40, 6
⋙ tanutra
○tra n. 'body-guard', armour MBh. iv, 1009 Suśr. BhP. Tantr
-vat mfn. having armour R. vi
⋙ tanutrāṇa
○trāṇa n. = -tra MBh. iii, vi f. R. ii
⋙ tanutrin
○"ṣtrin mfn. = -tra-vat Śiś. xix ; 99
⋙ tanutva
○tva n. = -tā MBh. xiii, 541 VarBṛS. iii, 16 Sarvad
⋙ tanutvakka
○tvak-ka mfn. thin-skinned Suśr
⋙ tanutvac
○tvac m. id., (ifc.) Nal. xii, 78
• the cinnamon tree Bhpr. v, 2, 66
• Cassiā Senna Npr
⋙ tanutvaca
○tvaca m. Premna spinosa L
⋙ tanudagdha
○dagdha mfn. (said of a Kleśa in Yoga phil.) Sarvad. xv, 192
⋙ tanudāna
○dāna n. offering the body (for sexual intercourse)
• a scanty gift
⋙ tanudhī
○dhī mfn. little-minded Bhaktâm. 8
⋙ tanupattra
○pattra m. 'thin-leaved', Terminalia Catappa Npr
• leafy orpiment Npr
⋙ tanupādakṣapāṭana
○pāda-kṣapâṭana n. N. of one of 18 ceremonies performed with particular Kuṇḍas Śārad. v
⋙ tanubala
○bala mf(ā)n. 'of small strength', a- neg., strong Mudr. vii, 19
⋙ tanubīja
○bīja m. 'smallseeded', the jujube L
⋙ tanubhava
○bhava m. = -ja VarBṛS. vii, 18
⋙ tanubhastrā
○bhastrā f. 'body-bellows', the nose L
⋙ tanubhāva
○bhāva m. = -tā Śak. vii, 8
⋙ tanubhūmi
○bhūmi f. 'stage of personality', N. of a period in a Śrāvaka's life Buddh. L. [Page 435, Column 3]
⋙ tanubhṛt
○bhṛt m. any being possessing a body, esp. a human being Pañcat. VarBṛS. Bhartṛ. BhP. Prab
⋙ tanumat
○mat mfn. embodied Kāvyâd. iii, 59
⋙ tanumadhya
○madhya n. 'body-middle', the waist ib
• mf(ā)n. = ○dhyama Nal. iii, 13
• (ā), f. a metre of 4x6 (- u u - -) syllables
⋙ tanumadhyama
○madhyama mf(ā)n. slender-waisted MBh. i, 959 Nal. R. i
⋙ tanumūrti
○mūrti mfn. thin-shaped VarBṛS. iv, 20
⋙ tanurasa
○rasa m. 'body fluid', sweat L
⋙ tanuruh
○ruh n. 'growing on the body', a hair of the body L
⋙ tanuruha
○ruha n. id. L
• a feather Śiś. vi, 45
⋙ tanulatā
○latā f. a slender body Prasannar. ii, 19
⋙ tanuvāta
○vāta m. a highly rarified atmosphere (constituting a kind of hell
• opposed to ghana-v○) Jain
⋙ tanuvraṇa
○vraṇa m. 'body-wound', elephantiasis L
⋙ tanuśarīra
○śarīra mfn. delicate-bodied
⋙ tanuśiras
○śiras f. 'small-headed', a kind of Ushṇih metre (of 2 x 11 and 1 x 6 syllables)
⋙ tanusatya
○satya n. a simple truth (?) Divyâv. xxxv, 183
⋙ tanusaṃcāriṇī
○saṃcāriṇī f. 'moving the body coquettishly (?)', a girl L
⋙ tanusthāna
○sthāna n. = -gṛha Romakas
⋙ tanuhrada
○hrada m. the rectum, anus L
⋙ tanūdara
tanū7dara mf(ī)n. thin-waisted HPariś. ii, 421
⋙ tanūdbhava
tanū7dbhava m. = ○nu-ja, xiii, 39
⋙ tanuna
tanúna m. 'bodiless', the wind W
⋙ tanūrja
tanū7rja m. N. of a son of the 3rd Manu Hariv
≫ tanuka
tanuka mfn. (g. yāvâdi) thin Car. vi, 2 and (said of a liquid) viii, 6
• small Suśr
• m. Grislea tomentosa Npr
• Terminalia bellerica ib
• the cinnamon tree ib
• (ā), f. Diospyros embryopteris ib
≫ tanula
tanula mfn. spread, expanded, Uṇ, vṛ
≫ tanus
tanus n. (Uṇ. ii, 113) the body R. v, 93, 23
≫ tanū 1
tanū in comp. for ○nú
⋙ tanūkaraṇa
○karaṇa n. making thin, attenuation Yogas. ii, 2
• paring Pāṇ. 3-1, 76
⋙ tanūkartṛ
○kartṛ m. making thin or emaciated, a destroyer RV. v, 34, 6 Sāy
⋙ tanūkṛ
○√kṛ to make thin Naish. vii, 82
• (ind. p. -kṛtya) to diminish, discard (lajjām) Ragh. vi, 80
⋙ tanūkṛta
○kṛta mfn. pared L
⋙ tanūbhūta
○bhūta mfn. become small, diminished Kathās
≫ tanū 2
tanū́ f. (of ○nú, q.v
• acc. ○nvám RV. &c. BhP. iii
○nuvam [Pāṇ. 6-4, 77 Vārtt.] BhP. vii, 9, 37
• instr, ○nuvā, iii f
• gen. abl. ○nvás RV. &c
• loc. ○nví & ○nvií RV
○nvā́m AV. &c
• du. ○nū́ [RV. x, 183, 2 AV. iv, 25, 5], ○nvā́ ṛV., ○núvau [TBr. i, 1, 7, 3], ○nvau [see gharma-]
• pl. nom. & acc. ○nvás RV. &c. BhP. i
• nom. ○núvas TBr. i, 1, 7, 3) the body, person, self (often used like a reflexive noon
• cf. ātmán) RV. &c
• form or manifestation RV. &c. (tṭtanū́ manyos, 'a sign of wrath' PārGṛ. iii, 13, 5)
⋙ tanūkṛt
○kṛ́t mfn. 'forming the person', preserving life RV. i, 31, 9
• forming a manifestation of (gen.) ŚāṅkhŚr. vii, 10, 14
• caused by one's self. RV. viii, 79, 3
⋙ tanūkṛtha
○kṛthá preservation of the person, 86, 1
⋙ tanūja
○já mfn. produced or born on or from the body AV. i, 23, 4
• belonging to the person, vi, 41, 3 (cf. AitBr. ii, 27)
• m. a son MBh. v, viii Hariv. &c
• N. of a Sādhya, 11536
• n. the plumage, wing MBh. v, 113, 4
• (ā), f. a daughter Hariv. 15774 Kum. i, 59
⋙ tanūjani
○jani m. a son W
⋙ tanūjanman
○janman m. id., Anargh. i, 7/8
⋙ tanūtala
○tala m. a measure of length equal to the arms extended, fathom L
⋙ tanūtyaj
○tyáj mfn. risking one's life RV. x, 4, 6 and 154, 3 (Nir. iii, 14)
⋙ tanūdūṣi
○dū́ṣi mfn. destroying the person AV. xiv, xvi PārGṛ. ii, 6, 10
⋙ tanūdevatā
○devatā f. a form (of fire) deified ŚāṅkhŚr. ii, 3, 14
⋙ tanūdeśa
○deśa m. a part of the body BhP. vii, 13, 12
⋙ tanūnapa
○napa n. (derived fr. -nápāt taken as -napâd, 'eating tanūnapa') ghee L
⋙ tanūnapāt
○nápāt (tánū-), m. 'son of himself, self-generated (as in lightning or by the attrition of the Araṇis, Nir. viii, 5)', a sacred N. of Fire (chiefly used in some verses of the Āprī hymns) RV. (acc. ○pātam, x, 92, 2) AV.v, 27, 1 VS. v, 5 (dat. ○ptre
• = TS.i, 2, 10, 2) AitBr. ii, 4 ŚBr. i, 5, 3
• iii (gen. ○ptur, 4, 2, 5, irr. nom. ○ptā [only etymological, 4,. 2, 5] 4, 2, 11) Hit
• fire (in general) Hcar
• N. of Śiva
• Plumbago zeylanica W
-vat mfn. containing the word tánū-nápāt Nir. viii, 22
⋙ tanūnaptṛ
○náptṛ (tánū-), base for the weak cases of ○pāt, q.v
• cf. tānūnaptrá
⋙ tanūpā
○pā́ m. protecting the person RV. iv, viff. AV. vi VS. iii f. ŚāṅkhŚr. i, 6, 11
⋙ tanūpāna
○pā́na mf(ī)n. id. AV. ii f. xix TS. v
• n. protection of the person AV. v, 8
• viii
⋙ tanūpāvan
○pāvan mfn. = -pā́ AitBr. ii, 27
⋙ tanūpṛṣṭha
○pṛṣṭha m. N. of a Soma sacrifice ŚāṅkhŚr. x, 8, 33
⋙ tanūbala
○balá n. strength of body, one's, own strength AV. ix, 4, 20
⋙ tanūbhava
○bhava m. = ○nu-ja
⋙ tanūruc
○rúc mfn. brilliant in person RV. ii, 1, 9 ; vi, 25, 4 ; vii, 93, 5
⋙ tanūruha
○ruha n. (m. L.) = ○nu-ruh MBh. Hariv. &c. (ifc. f. ā MārkP. xxix, 7)
• a feather, wing VarBṛS. lxiii, 1
• m. a son Śatr
⋙ tanūvaśin
○vaśín mfn. having power over the person, ruling (Agni, Indra) RV
⋙ tanūśubhra
○śubhra (○nū́-), mfn. decorating the person, v, 34, 3 (cf. ○nū́ṣu śubhrá, i, 85, 3 Nir. vi, 19)
⋙ tanūhavis
○havis n. an oblation offered to -devatā KātyŚr. iv, 5, 9 and 10, 7 ; iii, 8, 31 Sch. [Page 436, Column 1]
⋙ tanūhrada
○hrada m. = ○nu-h○ W
≫ tanti
tantí f. (Pāṇ. 6-4, 39 Kāś. on iii, 3, 174 and vii, 2, 9) a cord, line, string (esp. a long line to which a series of calves are fastened by smaller cords) RV. vi, 24, 4 BhP. Sch. on ŚBr. xiii and KātyŚr. xx (ifc.)
• (○ntī) Gobh. iii, 6, 7 and 9
• extension W
• m. a weaver W
2. tati
⋙ tanticara
○cará mfn. going with (i.e. led by) a cord TBr. iii, 3, 2, 5
⋙ tantija
○ja m. N. of a son of Kanavaka Hariv. i, 34, 38
⋙ tantipāla
○pāla m. 'guardian of (the calves kept together by) a tantí', a N. assumed by Saha-deva at Virāṭa's court MBh. iv, 68 and 289
• N. of a son of Kanavaka Hariv. i, 34, 38
⋙ tantipālaka
○"ṣpālaka m. = ○la, Saha-deva L
≫ tantī
tantī f. = ○ti, q.v
• also vatsa-
⋙ tantīyajña
○yajña m. a sacrifice performed for a tantí MānGṛ. ii, 10
≫ tantu
tántu m. a thread, cord, string, line, wire, warp (of a web), filament, fibre RV. &c
• a cobweb W
• a succession of sacrificial performances BhP
• any one propagating his family in regular succession KātyŚr. iii Āp. TUp. MBh. (cf. kula-) &c
• a line of descendants AitBr. vii, 17
• any continuity (as of thirst or hope) MBh. xii, 7877 Mālatīm
• N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
• = -nāga L
• (g. gargâdi) N. of a man Pravar. iv, 1
• cf. kāṣṭha-, vara-, saptá-
⋙ tantukaraṇa
○karaṇa n. spinning, Sud. on ĀpGṛ. viii, 12
⋙ tantukarttṛ
○karttṛ m. 'propagating the succession of a family (kula-)', = kula-tantu (q.v.) MBh. viii, 3393
⋙ tantukārya
○kārya n. 'thread-work', a web SarvUp
⋙ tantukāṣṭha
○kāṣṭha n. 'piece of fibrous wood', a weaver's brush L
⋙ tantukīṭa
○kīṭa m. a silk-worm L
⋙ tantukṛntana
○kṛntana n. cutting off the propagation of a family BhP. vi, 5, 43
⋙ tantukriyā
○kriyā f. spinning work Hār. on ĀpGṛ. x, 10
⋙ tantujāla
○jāla kṛmi-
⋙ tantutva
○tva n. the consisting of threads Sarvad. xi, 118
⋙ tantunāga
○nāga m. a shark L
⋙ tantunābha
○nābha m. 'emitting threads from its navel', a spider Bādar. ii, 1, 25 Sch
⋙ tantuniryāsa
○niryāsa m. 'having stringy exudations', the palmyra tree L
⋙ tantuparvan
○parvan n. 'thread-festival', the day of full moon in month Śrāvaṇa (anniversary of Kṛishṇa's investment with the Brāhmanical cord) Tithyād
⋙ tantubha
○bha m. 'threadlike', Sinapis dichotoma L
• a calf L
⋙ tantubhūta
○bhūta mfn. being the propagator of a family MBh. iii, 258, 11
⋙ tantumat
○mat mfn. forming threads, 'roping' (as a liquid) Car. vi f
• (a- neg.) Suśr. iii
• 'uninterrupted like a thread' (said of an Agni) ĀpŚr. ix, 8, 5 ŚāṅkhGṛ. v, 4, 2 AV. Prāyaśc. ii, 1
• (), f. an oblation offered to that Agni ĀpŚr. ix, 8, 5 Sch
• N. of Murâri's mother, Anargh. i, 7/8
⋙ tantumadhya
○madhya mf(ā)n. having a thread-like waist Priy.iv, 2
⋙ tantuvardhana
○vardhana m. 'race-increaser', Vishṇu MBh. xiii, 7033
• Śiva
⋙ tantuvādya
○vādya n. a stringed instrument W
⋙ tantuvāna
○vāna n. weaving Nyāyam. vii, 3, 21 Sch
⋙ tantuvāpa
○vāpa for -vāya L
⋙ tantuvāya
○vāya m. (Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 2 and vi, 2, 76) a weaver Mn. viii, 397 VarBṛS. VarBṛ. (cf. rajaka-)
• a spider Pāṇ. 6-2, 77 Kāś
• weaving L
-daṇḍa m. a loom Uṇ. iv, 149 Sch. (vḷ.)
-śālā f. a weaver's workshop Gal
⋙ tantuvigrahā
○vigrahā f. = tata-pattrī L
⋙ tantuśālā
○śālā f. = -vāya-ś○ L
⋙ tantusaṃtata
○saṃtata mfn. woven L
• sewn L
• n. wove cloth W
⋙ tantusaṃtati
○saṃtati f. sewing Vop. xi, 1
⋙ tantusaṃtāna
○saṃtāna m. weaving of threads Dhātup. xxvi, 2 KaushUp. i, 3 Sch
⋙ tantusāra
○sāra m. 'having a fibrous pith', the betelnut tree L
⋙ tantusāraka
○sāraka m. id. W
≫ tantuka
tantuka ifc. a thread, rope Bhartṛ. i, 95
• m. a kind of serpent Suśr
• the plant ○tu-bha L. Sch
• (ī), f. a vein L
⋙ tantuṇa
tantuṇa m. = ○tu-nāga L
≫ tantura
tantura n. the fibrous √of a lotus L
• m. pl. N. of a family Pravar. vii, 2 (vḷ. ○nnara)
≫ tantula
tantula mfn. roping (as slime) Bhpr. vii) 1, 66
• n. = ○tura, the fibrous √of a lotus L
≫ tantra
tántra n. (Pāṇ. 7-2, 9 Kāś.) a loom, v, 2, 70
• the warp RV. x, 71, 9 AV. x, 7, 42 TBr. ii TāṇḍyaBr. x, 5 ŚBr. xiv Kauś. MBh. i, 806 and 809
• the leading or principal or essential part, main point, characteristic feature, model, type, system, framework ŚBr. xii TāṇḍyaBr. xxiii, 19, 1 Lāṭy. KātyŚr. &c. (e.g. kulasya t○, 'the principal action in keeping up a family, i.e. propagation' MBh. xiii, 48, 6
• ifc. 'depending on', cf. ātma-, sva-, para-, &c.)
• doctrine, rule, theory, scientific work, chapter of such a work (esp. the 1st section of a treatise on astron. VarBṛS. i, 9
• Parāśara's work on astron., ii, 3 ; vii, 8) MBh. &c. (cf. ṣaṣṭi- &c.)
• a class of works teaching magical and mystical formularies (mostly in the form of dialogues between Śiva and Durgā and said to treat of 5 subjects, 1. the creation, 2. the destruction of the world, 3. the worship of the gods, 4. the attainment of all objects, esp. of 6 superhuman faculties, 5. the 4 modes of union with the supreme spirit by meditation [Page 436, Column 2]
RTL. pp. 63, 85, 184, 189, 205ff.) VarBṛS. xvi, 19 Pañcat. Daś. Kathās. xxiii, 63 Sarvad
• a spell HYog. i, 5 Vcar
• oath or ordeal L
• N. of a Sāman (also called 'that of Virūpa') ĀrshBr
• an army (cf. ○trin) BhP. x, 54, 15
• ifc. a row, number, series, troop Bālar. ii f. vi
• = rājya-t○, government Daś. xiii Śiś. ii, 88
• (para t○, 'the highest authority') Subh
• a means which leads to two or more results, contrivance Hariv. ii, 1, 31
• a drug (esp. one of specific faculties), chief remedy, cf. ○trâvāpa
• = paricchada L
• = anta L
• wealth L
• a house L
• happiness W
• (eṇa), instr. ind. so as to be typical or hold good KātyŚr. xvi, xx
• (ā), f. for ○ndrā Suśr
• (īs, Pāṇ. 5-4, 159 Kāś
ī L.) f. = ○ntī Gobh. iii, 6, 7 and BhP. iii, 15, 8 (vḷ. for ○ntī
• also vatsatantrī)
• the wire or string of a lute ŚāṅkhŚr. xvii Lāṭy. iv, 1, 2 Kauś. &c. (○tri R. vi, 28, 26)
• (fig.) the strings of the heart Hariv. 3210 (vḷ.)
• any tubular vessel of the body, sinew, vein Pāṇ. 5-4, 159
• the plant ○trikā L
• a girl with peculiar qualities L
• N. of a river L
• cf. ku-tantrī
⋙ tantrakāra
○kāra m. the author of any scientific treatise Mālav. i, 8/9 Daś. xiii, 87
⋙ tantrakāṣṭha
○kāṣṭha n. = ○ntu-k○ L
⋙ tantrakaumudi
○kaumudí f. N. of wk. Tantras. ii
⋙ tantragandharva
○gandharva n. N. of wk. Śāktân
⋙ tantragarbha
○garbha m. N. of wk., vii
⋙ tantracūḍāmaṇi
○cūḍāmaṇi m. N. of wk. Tantras. ii
⋙ tantraṭīkā
○ṭīkā f. N. of -vārttika i-iv W
⋙ tantratā
○tā f. the state of anything that serves as a tantra ĀśvŚr. xi, 1
• comprehending several rites in one, ceremony in lieu of a number W
⋙ tantratva
○tva n. dependance on (in comp.) Sarvad. i, 41
⋙ tantraprakāśa
○prakāśa m. N. of wk., Vratapr
⋙ tantrapradīpa
○pradīpa m. N. of a Comm. on Dhātup
⋙ tantrabheda
○bheda m. N. of a Tantra Ānand. 31 Sch
⋙ tantramantraprakāśa
○mantra-prakāśa m. N. of wk., Sāktân. iv
⋙ tantraratna
○ratna n. N. of wk. by Pārtha-sārathi
⋙ tantrarāja
○rāja m. N. of wk. Tantras. i Ānand. 99 Sch
⋙ tantrarājaka
○rājaka m. N. of a medical work by Jābāla BrahmaP.i, 16, 18
⋙ tantravāpa
○vāpa for -vāya L
⋙ tantravāya
○vāya m. (= ○ntu-v○) a weaver R. (G) ii, 90, 15
• a spider L
• m. n. weaving L
⋙ tantravārttika
○vārttika n. = mīmānsā-t○
⋙ tantraśāstra
○śāstra n. N. of wk., Pratāpar. Sch
⋙ tantrasāra
○sāra m. 'Tantra-essence', N. of a compilation
⋙ tantrahṛdaya
○hṛdaya n. N. of wk. Tantras. ii
⋙ tantrāntarīya
tantrântarīya m. pl. the Sāṃkhya philosophers Bādar. ii, 4, 9 Sch
⋙ tantrāvāpa
tantrâvāpa n. sg. 'attention to the affairs of both one's own and an enemy's country' [Daś. xiii, 92], and 'drugs and their preparation' Śiś. ii, 88
⋙ tantrottara
tantrôttara n. N. of wk. (vḷ. matôtt○) Ānand. 31 Sch
≫ tantraka
tantraka mfn. recently from the loom, new and unbleached Pāṇ. 5-2, 70
• ifc. for ○tra, doctrine, pañca-
• (ikā), f. Cocculus cordifolius Bhpr. v, 3, 7
• noise in the ears ŚārṅgS. vii, 142
• cf. apa-
⋙ tantraṇa
tantraṇa n. the supporting of a family MBh. v, 3751
≫ tantraya
tantraya Nom. (fr. ○tra) ○yati, to follow, as one's rule, xii, 215, 21
• to provide for (acc.) Śak. v, 5 (ind. p. ○yitvā vḷ
• Ā. 'to support a family' Dhātup. xxxiii, 5)
• Ā. to regulate Car.iv, 1 ; vi, 26
≫ tantrāyin
tantrāyín mfn. (said of the sun) drawing out threads or rays (of light) VS. xxxviii, 12
≫ tantri
tantri f. = ○trī, q.v
• vḷ. for ○ndri
⋙ tantrija
○ja vḷ, for ○nti-ja,
⋙ tantritā
○tā vḷ. for ○ndri-tā
⋙ tantripāla
○pāla vḷ. for ○nti-p○
⋙ tantripālaka
○pālaka m. N. of Jayad-ratha L
≫ tantrita
tantrita mfn. spoken (a spell) Kathās.xxiii, 63
• (ifc.) depending on BhP.xi, 18, 33
a- neg., 'independent' Gobh. i, 5, 26 Sch
• for a-tandrita MBh
≫ tantrin
tantrin mfn. having threads, made of threads, spun, wove W
• chorded (an instrument) W
• m. a musician W
• a soldier Rājat. v, 248-339
• vi
≫ tantrila
tantrila mfn. occupied with the affairs of government Mṛicch. vi, 15/16 Sch
≫ tantrillaka
tantrillaka m. N. of a man Rājat. viii, 2209
≫ tantrī
tantrī f. of ○tra, q.v
⋙ tantrībhāṇḍa
○bhāṇḍa n. 'chorded instrument', the Indian lute Sāh. vi, 214
⋙ tantrīmukha
○mukha m. a peculiar position of the hand PSarv
≫ tantv
tantv in comp. for ○tu
⋙ tantvagra
○agra n. the end of thread, g. gahâdi
⋙ tantvagrīya
○"ṣagrīya mfn. fr. ○gra ib
≫ tandra
tandrá n. a row (ŚBr. viii, 5, 2, 6) VS. xv, 5
⋙ tandravāya
○vāya m. for ○ntra-v○ L. Sch
≫ tanv
tanv in comp. for ○nú
⋙ tanvaṅga
○aṅga m. 'slenderlimbed', N. of a man Rājat. vii, 260 f. ; 635 and 641
• (ī), f. a delicate-limbed woman MBh. Śukas
≫ tanvin
tanvin m. 'possessed of a body', N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv. 429
tanaka
tanaka (for vet○?), a reward SaddhP
tanayitnu
tanayitnú √2. tan
tanas
tánas ○nikā, ○nitṛ, &c. √3. tan. [Page 436, Column 3]
tanonu
tanonu a kind of ṣaṣṭika rice Npr
tantasya
tantasya Intens. √taṃs, q.v
tanti
tantí ○tī, tántu, &c. col. 1
≫ tantra
tántra
⋙ tantraka
tántraka
⋙ tantraṇa
tántraṇa &c. cols. 1, 2
tanthī
tanthī ind. with √as, kṛ, bhū g. ūry-ādi (Gaṇap
• vḷ. tasthī)
tand
tand cl. 1. Ā. ○date, to become relaxed RV. i, 138, 1
• cf. á-tandra
≫ tandr
tandr cl. 1. P. ○drati, = √sad VS. xv., 5 Mahīdh
• (Subj. ○drat) to make languid RV. ii, 30, 7: Caus. ○dráyate, to grow fatigued AitBr. vii, 15, 5 (ŚāṅkhŚr. xv, 19) TĀr. iii, 14, 1 and 9 (with inf.)
≫ tandrayu
tandrayú mfn. fatigued, lazy RV. viii, 92, 30
≫ tandrā
tandrā f. lassitude, exhaustion, laziness Yājñ. iii, 158 MBh. iii, 3008 ; xiv, 874 R. Suśr. &c
≫ tandrālu
tandrālu mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 158) tired, wearied, sleepy Suśr
⋙ tandrāvin
tandrāvin mfn. id. TĀr. iv, 7, 18
≫ tandri
tandri = ○drā, (ifc.) MBh. xiif. and R. ii, 1, 18
• (instr. ○driṇā) BhP. iii, 20, 40
⋙ tandrija
○ja vḷ. for ○ntija
⋙ tandripāla
○pāla vḷ. for ○nti-p○
≫ tandrika
tandrika m. a kind of fever
• (ā), f. = ○drā W
≫ tandrita
tandrita mfn. = mūḍha L
a-
≫ tandrin
tandrin mfn. a-
• m. = ○drika Bhpr
⋙ tandritā
tandritā f. lassitude, sleepiness MBh. xii, 4997 and 7958
≫ tandrī
tandrī́ ī́s [AV. MBh. iii, xii], ī [iii, xiii], f. = ○drā AV. viii, 8, 9
• xi, 8, 19 MBh. (ifc. nom. ○drīs, i, 4474
• iii ; v, 1358 C
• xii) R. (ifc. nom. f. ○drī ; v, 28, 18) BhP
• cf. sambādha-tandrī́
tanni
tanni ○nnī vḷ. for ○nvii, q.v
tannimitta
tan-nimitta p. 434, col. 3
≫ tanmadhya
tan-madhya
⋙ tanmadhyamanas
○manas &c. ib
tanyatu
tanyatú ○nyú. Sae √2. tan
tanva
tanva m. N. of the author of a Sāman (cf. 2. tā́nva)
• (n., ?) a part of the body, Śulbas.ī, 37
tanvi
tanvi vḷ. for ○vii
○nvin
• col. 2
tap 1
tap (cf. √1. pat), cl. 4. Ā. ○pyate, to rule Dhātup. xxvi, 50
≫ tapatā
tapa-tā f. ifc. governing BhP. iv, 22, 37
tap 2
tap cl. 1. tápati (rarely Ā
• Subj. ○pāti RV. v, 79, 9
• p. tápat RV. &c
• cl. 4. p. tápyat VS. xxxix, 12
• pf. 1. sg. tatápa RV. vii, 104, 15
• 3. sg. ○tā́pa, x, 34, 11 AV. vii, 18, 2 &c
• p. tepāná RV
• fut. tapsyáti Br. &c.: ○te & tapiṣyati MBh.) to give out heat, be hot, shine (as the sun) RV. &c
• to make hot or warm, heat, shine upon ib
• to consume or destroy by heat ib
• to suffer pain MBh. viii, 1794 Gīt. vii, 31
• (with paścāt) to repent of MBh. viii, 39, 15
• to torment one's self, undergo self-mortification, practise austerity (tapas) TUp. ii, 6 Mn. i f. MBh. &c
• to cause pain to, injure, damage, spoil RV. AitBr. vii, 17 ŚBr. xiv &c.: Pass. or cl. 4. Ā. tapyáte (xiv
• or tápy○ TBr. ii
• p. ○pyámāna AV
tápy○, xix, 56, 5
• cf. á-
• aor. atāpi RV. vii, 70, 2
atapta Pāṇ. 3-1, 65 Kāś
• pf. tepe MBh. &c
• p. ○pāná ŚBr
• also P. tapyati, ○pyet, atapyat, &c. MBh. R. Kathās. x, 4) to be heated or burnt, become hot RV. &c
• to be purified by austerities (as the soul) Sarvad
• to suffer or feel pain RV. x, 34, 10 and 95, 17 AV. xix, 56, 5 ŚBr. xiv MBh. &c
• to suffer pain voluntarily, undergo austerity (tapas) AV. ŚBr. TBr. ṢaḍvBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. &c.: Caus. tāpayati, ○te (p. ○páyat AV
• Pass. ○pyate MBh. &c
• aor. atītape & ṣubj. tatápate RV.) to make warm or hot, iv, 2, 6 ; viii, 72, 4 Kauś. MBh. &c
• to consume by heat R. &c
• to cause pain, trouble, distress AV. xix, 28, 2 MBh. &c
• to torment one's self, undergo penance, iii, 8199: Intens. (p. tātapyamāna) to feel violent pain, be in great anxiety R. i, 11, 8 BhP. ii, 7, 24 ; [Lat. tepeo &c.]
≫ tap 3
tap mfn. 'warming one's self.' agni-táp
≫ tapa
tapa mfn. ifc. 'consuming by heat', lalāṭam-
• 'causing pain or trouble, distressing', janaṃ- and paraṃ-
• tormented by Hariv. i, 45, 37
• m. heat, warmth (cf. ā-) Pañcat. ii, 3, 5/6
• the hot season Śiś. i, 66
• the sun W
• = ○pas, religious austerity Car. Cāṇ. (cf. mahā- and su-)
• a peculiar form of fire (which generated the seven mothers of Skanda) MBh. iii, 14392
• Indra Gal
• N. of an attendant of Śiva L. Sch
• (ā), f. N. of one of the 8 deities of the Bodhi-vṛiksha Lalit. xxi, 404
• cf. a-
⋙ taparuj
○ruj f. the pain of bodily austerity W
⋙ tapartu
○rtu (ritu), m. the hot season Naish. i, 41
⋙ tapātyaya
tapâtyaya m. 'end of the heat', the rainy season MBh. iii Śak. iii, 9. [Page 437, Column 1]
⋙ tapānta
tapânta m. id. MBh. vi, viii R. vi, 37, 68
≫ tapaātaṅka
tapa-ātaṅka m. = ○pas-taṅka Gal
≫ tapaḥ
tapaḥ in comp. for ○pas
⋙ tapaḥkara
○kara m. the fish Polynemus risua or paradiseus L
⋙ tapaḥkṛśa
○kṛśa mfn. emaciated by austerities W
⋙ tapaḥkleśasaha
○kleśa-saha mfn. enduring the pain of austerities Hemac
⋙ tapaḥparārdha
○parârdha (táp○), mfn. finishing by t○ MaitrS. iii, 4
⋙ tapaḥpātra
○pātra n. a man whose austerities have made him a fit recipient of honour Siṃhâs. iii, 5/6
⋙ tapaḥprabhāva
○prabhāva m. supernatural power (acquired by) austerities Śak. vii
⋙ tapaḥśīla
○śīla mfn. inclined to religious austerities
⋙ tapaḥsamādhi
○samādhi m. the practice of penance W
⋙ tapaḥsādhya
○sādhya mfn. to be accomplished by austerities
⋙ tapaḥsiddha
○siddha mfn. accomplished by penance
⋙ tapaḥsuta
○suta m. 'austerityson', Yudhi-shṭhira MBh. iii, 313, 19
• (○pasaḥ suta Śiś. ii, 9.)
⋙ tapaḥsthala
○sthala n. a place of austerity Hāsy. i, 19
• (ī), f. Benares L
≫ tapat
tapat mfn. pr. p. √2. tap, q.v
• (), f. 'warming', N. of a daughter of the Sun by Chāyā (married to Saṃvaraṇa and mother of Kuru) MBh. i BhP. vi, viii f. VāmP
• = ○pantī Rasik. Kathârṇ
• (ntī), f. N. of a river Divyâv. xxx
• cf. tāpatya
⋙ tapatāmpati
tapatām-pati m. 'chief of burners', the sun W
≫ tapana
tápana mfn. warming, burning, shining (the sun) MBh. i, v R. vi, 79, 57
• causing pain or distress RV. ii, 23, 4 ; x, 34, 6 AV. iv, xix
• m. (g. nandy-ādi) the sun MBh. i, vi, xiii R. i, 16, 11 Ragh. &c
• heat L
• the hot season L
• N. of a hell (cf. mahā-) Mn. iv, 89 Buddh
• N. of an Agni Hariv. 10465
• Agastya (cf. āgneya) L
• Semecarpus Anacardium Npr
• = -cchada (or 'a white kind of it' Npr.) L
• Premna spinosa L
• Cassia Senna Npr
• the civet cat Gal
• = -maṇi L
• N. of a Yaksha MBh. i, 32, 18
• of a Rakshas R. vi
• n. (○ná) the being hot, burning, heat TBr. ii, 2, 9, 1 f
• pining, grieving, mental distress Kāṭh. xxviii, 4 Sāh. iii
• (ī́), f. heat RV. ii, 23, 14
• the √of Bignonia suaveolens Npr
• = ○panti Divyâv. xxx, 317 and 409
• a cooking vessel Baudh. (TS. Sch.)
• cf. gopāla-, tripúra, rāma-
⋙ tapanakara
○kara m. a sunbeam W
⋙ tapanacchada
○cchada m. the sunflower L
⋙ tapanatanaya
○tanaya m. 'Sun-son', Karṇa W
• (ā), f. = -sutā L
• = ○pantī W
• = ○pasvii7ṣṭā L
○yêṣṭā f. id. L
⋙ tapanadyuti
○dyuti mfn. brilliant like the sun Śiś. i, 42
• f. sunshine L
⋙ tapanamaṇi
○maṇi m. the sun-stone L
⋙ tapanasutā
○sutā f. 'sun-daughter', the Yamunā river Prasannar. v, 33
⋙ tapanātmajā
tapanâtmajā f. id. L
⋙ tapanāśman
tapanâśman m. the sun-stone (sūrya-kānta) Dharmaśarm. xvi, 37
⋙ tapaneṣṭa
tapanêṣṭa n. 'loved by sunbeams', copper L
⋙ tapanopala
tapanôpala m. = ○na-maṇi Rājat. iii, 296
≫ tapanīya
tapanīya mfn. to be heated W
• to be suffered (as self-mortification) W
• in. a sort of rice Car. i, 27
• n. gold purified with fire MBh. iv, vi R. vi Ragh. &c
⋙ tapanīyamaya
○maya mf(ī)n. golden MBh. vii Hcat
≫ tapanīyaka
tapanīyaka n. gold L
⋙ tapantaka
tapantaka mṆ. of a man Kathās. xxiii
⋙ taparloka
tapar-loka m. = ○po-l○ W
≫ tapaś
tapaś in comp. for ○pas
⋙ tapaścaraṇa
○caraṇa n. the practice of austerities MBh. R. i Sarvad
• (○pasaz c○ Mn. vi, 75)
⋙ tapaścaryā
○caryā f. id. MBh. vii, 1280 Hariv. 14907 f. MārkP
⋙ tapaścit
○cit m. pl. 'accumulating merit by austerities', N. of a class of deities TāṇḍyaBr. xxv, 5
○tām ayana n. = ta-paścitá Maś
≫ tapas
tápas n. warmth, heat (pañca tapāṃsi, the 5 fires to which a devotee exposes himself in the hot season, viz. 4 fires lighted in the four quarters and the sun burning from above Mn. vi, 23 R. BhP. iv BrahmaP
Ragh. xiii, 41) RV. AV. VS. SāṅkhŚr
• pain, suffering RV. vii, 82, 7
• religious austerity, bodily mortification, penance, severe meditation, special observance (e.g. 'sacred learning' with Brāhmans, 'protection of subjects' with Kshatriyas, 'giving alms to Brāhmans' with Vaiśyas, 'service' with Śūdras, and 'feeding upon herbs and roots' with Ṛishis Mn. xi, 236) RV. ix, 113, 2
• x (personified, 83, 2 f. & 101, 1, 'father of Manyu' RAnukr.) AV. &c
• (m. L.) N. of a month intervening between winter and spring VS. TS. i ŚBr.iv Suśr. Pāṇ. 4-4, 128 Vārtt. 2 Pat. Śiś. vi, 63
• the hot season L. Sch
• = ○po-loka Vedântas. 120
• the 9th lunar mansion (dharma) VarBṛ. i, 19 ; ix, 1 and 4
• N. of a Kalpa period, VāvuP. i, 21, 27
⋙ tapastakṣa
○takṣa m. 'destroying the power of religious austerity', Indra (as disturbing the austerities of ascetics lest they should acquire too great power) L
⋙ tapastaṅka
○taṅka m. 'afraid of austerities', id. L
⋙ tapastanu
○tanu mfn. = ○paḥ-kṛśa AitĀr. v, 3, 2, 1
⋙ tapastīrtha
○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha W
⋙ tapaspati
○pati (táp○), m. the lord of austerities VS. v, 6 and 40 BhP. iv, 24, 14
⋙ tapasvat
○vat (táp○), mfn. burning, hot RV. vi, 5, 4 AV. v, 2, 8 ŚāṅkhŚr. iii, 19, 15 [Page 437, Column 2]
• = ○po-v○ RV. x, 154, 4 f
⋙ tapasvin
○vín mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 102) distressed, wretched, poor, miserable TS. v, 3, 3, 4 (compar. -ví-tara) R. ii f. Śak. Mālav. BhP. Sāh
• practising austerities, (m.) an ascetic AV. xiii, 2, 25 Kāṭh. xx (compar.), xxiii (superl. -vi-tama) ŚBr. (compar. ī) &c
• m. a pauper W
• = ○paḥkara L
• a kind of Karañja tree L
• Nārada L
• N. of a son of Manu Cākshusha Hariv. 71
• of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara, 482 BhP. viii, 13, 29 VP
• (inī), f. a female devotee, poor wretched woman Nal. R. iii, 2, 7 Śak. Daś
• Nardostachys Jaṭā-māṃsī L
• Helleborus niger L
• = mahāśrāvaṇikā Bhpr
○svi-kanyakā or ○nyā f. the daughter of an ascetic Śak. i, 15/16 and 24
-tā f. devout austerity MBh. xiii, 2896 Śatr
-pattra m. Artemisia L
○svii7ṣṭā f. Prosopis spicigera Gal
≫ tapasa
tapasa m. = ○po-rāja Uṇ. iii Sch
• a bird ib
≫ tapasīvan
tapasīvan mf(varī)n. causing pain (?) Kāṭh
≫ tapasomūrti
tapaso-mūrti m. (= ○po-m○) N. of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara Hariv. 482
≫ tapasya 1
tapasya Nom. ○syati (Pāṇ. 3-1, 15) to undergo religious austerities ŚBr. xiv, 6, 8, 10 (táp○) MBh. i, iii, xiii (Ā., 2. tapasya) R. &c
≫ tapasya 2
tapasyá mf(ā)n. (fr. tápas) produced by heat KātyŚr. xxv
• belonging to austerity Baudh. ii, 5, 1
• m. (Pāṇ. 4-4, 128) the second month of the season intervening between winter and spring (= phālguna) VS. TS. i ŚBr. iv Car. viii, 6 Suśr. i
• Arjuna (= phālguna) L
• N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv. 428
• n. the flower of Jasminum multiflorum or pubescens L
• devout austerity (?, ○sye taken as 1. sg. Ā. of 1. tapasya by Nīlak.) MBh. xiii, 10, 13
• (ā), f. (fr. 1. tapasya) id. Hcar
≫ tapasyāmatsya
tapasyā-matsya m. = ○paḥ-kara W
≫ tapāgaccha
tapā-gaccha m. the 6th Gaccha of the Śvetâmbara Jains (founded by Jagac-candra, AḌ. 1229)
≫ tapita
tapita mfn. refined (gold) Hariv. 13035
≫ tapiṣṭha
tápiṣṭha mfn. (superl.) extremely hot, burning RV. AV.xi, 1, 16
⋙ tapiṣṇu
tapiṣṇu mfn. warming, burning (with deva, 'the sun') MBh. xii, 11726
≫ tapīyas
tapīyas mfn. (compar.) most devoted to austerities among (gen.) BhP. ii, 9, 8
≫ tapu
tápu mfn. burning hot RV. ii, 4, 6 ; ix, 83, 2
≫ tapur
tapur in comp. for ○pus
⋙ tapuragra
○agra (táp○), mf(ā)n. burning-pointed (a spear) RV. x, 87, 23
⋙ tapurjambha
○jambha (táp○), mfn. burning-jawed (Agni), i, 36, 16 and 58, 5 ; viii, 23, 4
⋙ tapurmūrdhan
○mūrdhan (táp○), mfn. burning-headed (Agni), vii, 3, 1 ; x, 183, 3
• m. N. of the author of RV. x, 183 (son of Bṛihaspati) RAnukr
⋙ tapurvadha
○vadha (táp○), mfn. having burning weapons RV. vii, 104, 5 AV. vi, 20, 1
≫ tapuṣi
tápuṣi mfn. burning (a weapon) RV. iii, 30, 17 (Nir.vi, 3) ; vi, 52, 3
• (m.or f.) a burning weapon, i, 42, 4
⋙ tapuṣī
tápuṣī f. heat of anger Naigh. ii, 13
≫ tapuṣpā
tapuṣ-pā́ mfn. drinking warm (beverages) RV. iii, 35, 3 ['protecting from pain' Sāy.]
≫ tapus
tápus mfn. burning, hot RV. ii, 30, 4 and 34, 9 ; vi, 52, 2
• m. fire Uṇ. Sch
• the sun ib
• 'paincauser', an enemy ib
• n. heat RV. AV. i, 13, 3
≫ tapo
tapo in comp. for ○pas
⋙ tapogaccha
○gaccha m. = ○pA-g○
⋙ tapojā
○jā́ mfn. born from heat VS. x, 6
• xxxvii, 16
• become (a god or saint) through religious austerity RV. x, 154, 5 AV. vi, 61, 1 MaitrS. iv, 9, 6, 7 AitBr. ii, 27
⋙ tapoda
○da n. 'granting religious merit', N. of a Tīrtha Hariv. 9524
⋙ tapodāna
○dāna n. id. MBh. xiii, 7650
⋙ tapodyuti
○dyuti m. 'brilliant with religious merit', N. of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara VP. iii, 2, 34
⋙ tapodhana
○dhana mf(ā)n. rich in religious austerities, (m.) a great ascetic Mn. xi, 242 MBh. Hariv. ii, 69, 62 &c
• m. N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa, i, 7, 23
• of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara VP. iii, 2, 34
• of a Muni Kathās. cxvii, 125
• = ○pasvipattra L
• (ā), f. Sphaeranthus mollis L
⋙ tapodharma
○dharma m. N. of a son of the 13th Manu Hariv. i, 7, 82 (vḷ. ○rma-bhṛtha)
⋙ tapodhāman
○dhāman n. 'place of austerities', N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xi, 37
⋙ tapodhṛti
○dhṛti m. N. of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara Hariv. 483 VP. iii, 2, 34
⋙ taponitya
○nitya mfn. devoting one's self incessantly to religious austerities MBh. iii, xiv
• m. N. of a man (with the patr. Pauruśishṭi) TĀr. vii, 9, 1
⋙ taponidhi
○nidhi m. 'austerity-treasury', an eminently pious man Ragh. i, 56 Śak. (vḷ.)
• [○pasAM n○ R. (G) i, 67, 3]
⋙ taponiṣṭha
○niṣṭha mfn. practising austerities Mn. iii, 134 Yājñ. i, 221
⋙ taponubhāva
○'nubhāva m. = ○paH-prabh○ W
⋙ tapobala
○bala m. the power acquired by religious austerities ŚāṅkhGṛ.iv, 5 ; 15 Mn. xi, 241 R. i
⋙ tapobhaṅga
○bhaṅga m. interruption of religious austerities Kāvyâd. ii, 325
⋙ tapobhṛt
○bhṛt mfn. undergoing austerities, (m.) an ascetic Hariv.4849. [Page 437, Column 3]
⋙ tapomaya
○maya mf(ī)n. consisting in or composed of religious austerities, 3990 ; 14430 R. i, 31, 11 BhP. ii
• practising religious austerities Hcat
⋙ tapomūrti
○mūrti f. an incarnation of religious austerity R. i, 31, 11
• m.= ○paso-m○ BhP. viii, 13, 29 VP. iii
⋙ tapomūla
○mūla mfn. founded on religious austerity Mn. xi, 235
• m. N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv. 428
⋙ tapoyajña
○yajña mfn. sacrificing by austerities Bhag. iv, 28
⋙ tapoyukta
○yukta mfn. engaged in austerities MBh. VarBṛS. lxxxv
⋙ taporata
○rata mfn. rejoicing in religious austerity, pious MBh. i, 36, 3
⋙ taporati
○rati mfn. id., i, 1838
• m. N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv. 429
• = -ravi VP. iii, 2, 34
⋙ taporavi
○ravi m. 'sun of ascetics', N. of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara Hariv. 482
⋙ taporāja
○rāja m. the moon (as presiding over austerities) L
⋙ taporāśi
○rāśi m. an accumulation of religious austerities (Purushôttama) R. i, 31, 11
⋙ taporthīya
○'rthīya mfn. destined for austerities MBh. xi, 760
⋙ tapoloka
○loka m. one of the 7 worlds (also called tapar-l○, situated above the jana-l○) ĀruṇUp. BhP. ii, 5, 39 KāśīKh. xxii
• pl. N. of a family Pravar. vi, 2
⋙ tapovaṭa
○vaṭa m. Brahmâvarta (in central India) L
⋙ tapovat
○vat mfn. engaged in austerities MBh. xii, 8548
⋙ tapovana
○vana n. a grove in which religious austerities are performed Nal. xii, 62 R. i Śak. Ragh
• (ifc. f. ā) Kathās. xxii
⋙ tapovāsa
○vāsa m. = ○paḥsthala Hariv. 5168
⋙ tapovidhāna
○vidhāna n
⋙ tapovidhi
○vidhi m. N. of two Jaina texts
⋙ tapovṛddha
○vṛddha mfn. rich in religious austerity MBh. (Nal. xii, 48)
⋙ tapovrāta
○vrāta m. a multitude of austerities W
⋙ tapośana
○'śana m. 'whose food is austerity', N. of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manvantara Hariv. 482
• of a son of Manu Tāmasa, 428
≫ tapta
taptá mfn. heated, inflamed, hot, made redhot, refined (gold &c.), fused, melted, molten RV. AV. &c
• distressed, afflicted, worn R. iii, 55, 15 Megh. Śak
• (in astrol.) opposed by VarYogay. ix, 16
• practised (as austerities) MBh. v, 7147 R. i, 57, 8
• one who has practised austerities ŚBr. ChUp
• 'inflamed with anger, incensed W
• n. hot water ŚBr. xiv, 1, 1, 29
• (ám), ind. in a hot manner, xi, 2, 7, 32
⋙ taptakumbha
○kumbha m. a heated or red-hot jar MārkP. xii, 34 f. ; xiv, 87
• N. of a hell ib. (cf. RTL. p. 232)
⋙ taptakūpa
○kūpa m. 'well of heated liquid', N. of a hell PadmaP. vi
⋙ taptakṛcchra
○kṛcchra m. n. a kind of religious austerity (drinking hot water, milk, and ghee for 3 days each, and inhaling hot air for 3 days) Mn. xi, 157 and 215 Yājñ. iii, 318
⋙ taptajāmbūnadamaya
○jāmbūnada-maya mf(ī)n. made of refined gold R. i, 15, 8
⋙ taptatapas
○tapas mfn. practising austerities, (m.) an ascetic W
⋙ taptatapta
○tapta mfn. made hot repeatedly Bhpr. v, 26, 3 and 45
⋙ taptatāmra
○tāmra n. red-hot or melted copper VarBṛS. vi, 13 BhP. vi, 9, 13
⋙ taptapāṣāṇakuṇḍa
○pāṣāṇa-kuṇḍa n. 'pit filled with red-hot stones', N. of a hell BrahmaP
⋙ taptamudrā
○mudrā f. (Vishṇu's) mark burnt (on the skin with red-hot iron)' W
⋙ taptarahasa
○rahasa n. Pāṇ. 5-4, 81
⋙ taptarūpa
○rūpa n. 'of refined shape', silver Npr
⋙ taptarūpaka
○rūpaka n. id. L
⋙ taptalomaśa
○lomaśa green vitriol Npr
⋙ taptaloha
○loha n. 'glowing iron', N. of a hell VP. ii, 6, 11 (cf. RTL. p. 232)
⋙ taptavāluka
○vāluka mfn. having hot gravel BhP. iii, 30, 23
• m. N. of a hell PadmaP. v, 159, 3
• (ās), f. pl. hot gravel Kathās. lxxii, 105
⋙ taptavrata
○vrata (○ptá-), mfn. using, hot milk for the initiatory rite TS. vi, 2, 2, 7 ĀpŚr. xi, 2, 2
⋙ taptasurākuṇḍa
○surā-kuṇḍa m. 'jar or hole filled with burning spirituous liquor', N. of, a hell BrahmaP
⋙ taptasūrmi
○sūrmi f. 'red-hot iron statue, N. of a hell (in which the wicked are made to embrace red-hot images) BhP.v, 26, 7 (cf. 20 and Mn. xi, 104)
-kuṇḍa n. id. BrahmaP
⋙ taptahema
○hema n. refined gold MBh. iii, 1722 R. i, iii VarBṛS. cvi, 3
-maya mfn. consisting of refined gold W
⋙ taptānna
taptânna n. hot food, hot rice W
⋙ taptābharana
taptâbharana n. an ornament made of refined gold R. iii, 58, 19
⋙ taptāyana
taptâyana mf(ī)n. dwelling-place of distressed people (the earth) VS.v, 9 (tiktây○ TS. i)
⋙ taptodakasvāmin
taptôdaka-svāmin m. N. of a Tīrtha SkandaP
≫ taptaka
taptaka n. a frying-pan Bhpr
≫ taptavya
taptavya mfn. to be practised (austerity) MBh
≫ tapti
tapti f. heat Bādar. ii, 2, 10 Sch
≫ taptṛ
taptṛ m. a heater MBh. i, 8414
≫ tapya
tapya mfn. to be refined Sarvad. Bādar. ii, 2, 10 Sch. (-tva n. abstr.)
• performing austerity (= sattva-maya Sch
• said of Śiva) MBh. xii, 10381
≫ tapyati
tapyatí f. heat TS. i, 4, 35, 1 (vḷ. ○tú)
≫ tapyatu
tapyatú mfn. hot RV. ii, 24, 9
• f. ○tí
tabalākṛti
tabalâkṛti f. N. of a creeper
tabha
tabha m.= st○, a he-goat L. Sch. [Page 438, Column 1]
tam
tam cl. 4. tā́myati (Pāṇ. 7-3, 74
• rarely Ā. R. ii, 63, 46 Gīt. v, 16
• pf. tatāma ŚBr. iv
• aor. Pass. atami Pāṇ. 7-3, 34 Kāś
• Ved. inf. támitos, with ā́ preceding, 'till exhaustion' TBr. i, 4, 4, 2 TāṇḍyaBr. xii Lāṭy. Āp
• pf. Pass. p. -tāntá, q.v.) to gasp for breath (as one suffocating), choke, be suffocated, faint away, be exhausted, perish, be distressed or disturbed or perplexed RV. ii, 30, 7 (ná mā tamat aor. subj. 'may I not be exhausted') Kāṭh. TBr. &c
• to stop (as breath), become immovable or stiff Suśr. Mālatīm. Amar. Rājat. v, 344
• to desire (cf. 2. ○ma, ○mata) Dhātup. xxvi, 93: Caus. tamáyati (aor. Pass. atāmi Pāṇ. 6-4, 93 Kāś.) to suffocate, deprive of breath ŚBr. iii, 3, 2, 19 and 8, 1, 15 KātyŚr. vi, 5, 18
• cf. á-tameru
≫ tama 1
tama m. (Pāṇ. 7-3, 34, Kāś.) = tamas ('the ascending node' VarBṛ. [?] Jyot.) L. Sch
• (= ○māla) Xanthochymus pictorius L
• = ○makā L
• n. (= ○mas) darkness L
• the point of the foot L
• (ā), f. night L
• Xanthochymus pictorius L
• (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi Gaṇar. 47) night Śiś. ix, 23 BhP. x, 13, 45 Gol. vii, 10 Naish. vii, 45
⋙ tamaprabha
○prabha m. = ○maH-pr○ ŚivaP.: (ā), f. v. l. for ○maH-pr○ L
⋙ tamarāja
○rāja m. = tava-r○ L
⋙ tamāhvaya
tamâhvaya m. the plant tālīśa-pattra Npr
≫ tamaḥ
tamaḥ in comp. for ○mas
⋙ tamaḥprabha
○prabha m. N. of a hell L. (vḷ.)
• (ā), f. id. L
⋙ tamaḥpraveśa
○praveśa m. groping in the dark W
• mental perplexity W
⋙ tamaḥsthita
○sthita n. 'situated in darkness', N. of a hell W
⋙ tamaḥspṛś
○spṛś mfn. connected with darkness Kād
≫ tamaka
tamaka m. (Pāṇ. 7-3, 34 Kāś.) oppression (of the chest), a kind of asthma Suśr. i, 43 and 45 ; vi, 40 and 51
• cf. pra-
• (ā), f. Phyllanthus emblica Npr
≫ tamata
tamata mfn. desirous of. Uṇ. iii, 109 Sch
≫ tamana
tamana n. the becoming breathless ŚāṅkhŚr. ii, 7, 7
• iv KātyŚr. iv, 1, 13
• cf. nāga-tamanī
≫ tamam
tamam ind. so as to faint away Pāṇ. 6-4, 93
≫ tamas
támas n. darkness, gloom (also pl.) RV. (○maḥ, práṇīta, 'led into darkness, 'deprived of the eye's light or sight, i, 117, 17) &c
• the darkness of hell, hell or a particular division of hell Mn. iv, viii f. VP. ii, 6, 4 MārkP. xii, 10
• the obscuration of the sun or moon in eclipses, attributed to Rāhu (also m. L.) R. VarBṛS. v, 44 VarBṛ. ii VarYogay. Sūryas
• mental darkness, ignorance, illusion, error (in Sāṃkhya phil. one of the 5 forms of a-vidjā MBh. xiv, 1019 Sāṃkhyak. &c
• one of the 3 qualities or constituents of everything in creation [the cause of heaviness, ignorance, illusion, lust, anger, pride, sorrow, dulness, and stolidity
• sin L
• sorrow Kir. iii
guṇa and RTL.
• p. 45] Mn. xii, 24 f. and 38 Sāṃkhyak. &c.) RV. v. 31, 9 R. ii Śak. Rājat. v, 144
• N. of a son (of Śravas MBh. xiii, 2002
• of Daksha, i Sch
• of Pṛithu-śravas VP. iv, 12, 2)
• [cf. timira ; Lat. temere &c.]
⋙ tamaskalpa
○kalpa mfn. like darkness, gloomy W
⋙ tamaskāṇḍa
○kāṇḍa m. (g. kaskâdi, not in Kāś.) great or spreading darkness Śiś
⋙ tamastati
○tati f. id. L
⋙ tamasvat
○vat (tam○), mf(atī)n. gloomy AV. xix, 47, 2 Naigh. i, 7
• (), f. night L. Sch
• turmeric T
⋙ tamasvan
○van (tám○), mf(arī)n. = -vat TS. ii, 4, 7, 2
• cf. ám○
⋙ tamasvinī
○vinī f. = -vatī MBh. iv, 732 Kād
≫ tamasa
tamasá mfn. dark-coloured AV. xi, 9, 22
• m. darkness Uṇ. Sch. a well Uṇ. vṛ
• n. ifc. for ○mas, 'darkness', andha-, ○dhā-, ava-, vi-, saṃ-
• a city Uṇ. vṛ
• (ā), f. N. of a river (falling into the Ganges below Pratishṭhāna) MBh. iii, 14231 ; vi, 338 Hariv.12828 R. if. ; iv, 40, 24 Ragh.ix, 16
≫ tamasākṛta
tamasā-kṛta mfn. Pāṇ. 6-3, 3 Kāś
≫ tamasāvana
tamasā-vana n. N. of a grove Divyâv. xxvii
≫ tamaska
tamaska ifc. = ○mas, darkness ChUp. vii, 11, 2 SaṃhUp
• mental darkness BhP. vii, 1, 11
• the quality tamas (q.v.), NṛiSUP. (a-)
• cf. nis-, vi-, sa-
≫ tamāla
tamāla m. 'dark-barked (but white-blossomed)' Xanthochymus Pictorius MBh. Hariv. 12837 R. Suśr. Mṛicch. &c
• a sort of black Khadira tree L
• Crataeva Roxburghī L
• tobacco, Sikshāp
• sectarial mark on the forehead (made with the juice of the Tamāla fruit) L
• a sword L
• m. n. (g. ardharcâdi) the bark of the bamboo L
• n. = -patra L
• (ī), f. = tamakā Npr
• Crataeva Roxburghī L
• = tāmra-vallī L
⋙ tamālapattra
○pattra n. the leaf of Xanthochymus pictorius Mṛicch. Ragh. vi, 64
• the leaf of Laurus Cassia L
• Xanthochymus pictorius L
• 'a sectarial mark on the forehead', śrīkhaṇḍa-
-candana-gandha m. 'smelling like Tamāla leaves and sandal wood', N. of a Buddha
≫ tamālaka
tamālaka (m., n. L.) Xanthochymus pictorius R. ii, 91, 48 (ifc.)
• the bark of a bamboo L
• n. the leaf of Laurus Cassia L. [Page 438, Column 2]
• Marsilea quadrifolia L
• (ā, ī), f. = tamakā Npr
• (ikā), f. id. L
• = tāmra-vallī L
• = tāmra-lipta L
• N. of a woman Kād. v, 427 and 432 (vḷ. taral○) Vāsav. 573
≫ tamālinī
tamālinī f. a place overgrown with Tamāla trees, g. puṣkarâdi
• = tāmra-lipta L
• = tamakā L
⋙ tami
tami f. = ○mī (s.v. ○ma) L
• turmeric W
≫ tamin
tamin mfn. Pāṇ. 3-2, 141
⋙ tamiṣīcī
támiṣīcī īs irr. ayas, Ved. f. pl. (fr. tamiṣy-ac) oppressing, stunning, confusing RV. viii, 48, 11 AV. ii, 2, 5
≫ tamisra
támisra m. = -pakṣa W
• n. darkness, dark night (also pl.) MBh. iv, 710 BhP. v, 13, 9 Gīt. xi, 12
• a dark hell, hell (in general) BhP. iv, 6, 45
• anger L
• (ā), f. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 114) a dark night RV. ii, 27, 14 TBr. ii, 2, 9, 6 MBh. iii Rāgh. &c
• cf. su-
tāmisra
⋙ tamisrapakṣa
○pakṣa m. the dark half of the month, vi, 34 VarBṛS. ix, 36
• xxiv
≫ tamīśvara
tamī7śvara m. the moon Dharmaśarm. x, 15
≫ tamo
tamo in comp. for ○mas
⋙ tamogā
○gā́ mfn. roaming in the darkness (Śushṇa) RV. v, 32, 4
⋙ tamoguṇa
○guṇa m. the quality of darkness or ignorance ( támas) W
⋙ tamoguṇin
○"ṣguṇin mfn. having the quality of tamas predominant, ignorant, proud W
⋙ tamoghna
○ghna m. 'destroying darkness', the sun MBh. iii, 193 ; vii, 6296
• the moon L
• fire L
• Vishṇu L
• Śiva
• a Buddha ('bodha, knowledge' T.) L
⋙ tamojyotis
○jyotis m. 'light in darkness', a fire-fly L
⋙ tamonud
○nud mfn. dispersing darkness, xiii, 7298
• m. light R. v, 32, 23
• the sun (for acc. ○dam, ○da) L
• the moon (for acc. ○dam, ○da) L
• fire L
• a lamp L
⋙ tamonuda
○nuda mf(ā)n. dispersing darkness Mn. i, 6 & 77 MBh. (sarva-, iii, 17114) &c
• m. the sun, 11892
• (acc. ○dam) 17099 and vi, 5765
• the moon Ragh. iii, 33 (acc. ○dam)
⋙ tamontakṛt
○'nta-kṛt m. 'darkness-finisher', N. of an attendant of Skanda MBh. ix, 2560
⋙ tamontya
○'ntya m. one of the 10 ways in which an eclipse may happen VarBṛS. v, 43 and 52
⋙ tamondhakāra
○'ndhakāra N. of a mythical place Kāraṇḍ. xii
-bhūmi, or ○rA bh○ f. id. ib
⋙ tamopaha
○'paha mfn. removing darkness Pāṇ. 3-2, 50
• removing ignorance Daś. Kir. v, 22
• m. the sun L
• the moon Ragh. iii, 33 (vḷ.)
• fire L
• a Buddha ('bodha, knowledge' T.) L
⋙ tamobhāga
○bhāga mfn. one whose portion is darkness Nir. xii, 1
⋙ tamobhid
○bhid m. 'dispersing darkness', a fire-fly L
⋙ tamobhūta
○bhūta mfn. 'become darkness', covered with darkness Mn. i, 5 Bhartṛ. i, 14
• ignorant Mn. xii, 115
⋙ tamomaṇi
○maṇi m. 'darkness-jewel', a kind of gem L
• a fire-fly, Vāsav. 442
⋙ tamomaya
○maya mf(ī)n. consisting or composed of or covered with darkness VarBṛS. v, 3 BhP. iii MārkP. &c
• m. the mind enveloped with darkness (one of the 5 forms of avidyā in Sāṃkhya phil.), vlī, 15
○yī-√kṛ, to cover with darkness Naish. viii, 65
⋙ tamori
○'ri m. 'darkness-enemy', the sun Rājat. ii, iv
-vivara, 'sunhole', a window, vii, 775
⋙ tamorūpa
○rūpa mf(ā)n. consisting of mental darkness or ignorance NṛisUp
⋙ tamorūpin
○"ṣrūpin mfn. id. ib. Sch
⋙ tamoliptī
○liptī f. = tāma-l○ L
⋙ tamovat
○vat mfn. = ○mas-v○ R. iv, 44, 115
⋙ tamovāsas
○vāsas n. darkness as a cover Kād. viii, 162
⋙ tamovikāra
○vikāra m. 'modification of the Guṇa tamas', sickness L
⋙ tamovṛta
○vṛta mfn. obscured W
• overcome with any effect of the Guṇa tamas, as rage, fear, &c. W
⋙ tamovṛdh
○vṛ́dh mfn. rejoicing in darkness RV. vii, 104, 1
⋙ tamovairin
○vairin m. 'darkness-enemy', fire Gal
⋙ tamohan
○hán mfn. striking down or dispersing darkness, i, 140, 1 ; iii, 39, 3
• m. fire Gal
• Vishṇu ib
• Śiva ib
⋙ tamohara
○hara m. 'removing darkness', the moon L
≫ tamra
tamrá mf(ā́)n. oppressing, darkening, x, 73, 5
tama 2
tama an affix forming the superl. degree of adjectives and rarely of substantives (káṇva-, &c.) Suśr. i, 20, 11
• mfn. most desired Kir., ii, 14
• (ām), added (in older language) to adverbs and (in later language) to verbs, intensifying their meaning
• ind. in a high degree, much Naish. viii
tamaṅga
tamaṅga ○gaka m. a platform L
tamara
tamara n. tin L
tamas
támas ○sá, &c. col. 1
≫ tamāla
tamāla &c.,
⋙ tami
tami
⋙ tamin
tamin &c. ib. & col. 2
tamuṣṭuhīya
tamuṣṭuhīya the, hymn RV. vi, 18 (beginning with tám u ṣṭuhi) ŚāṅkhŚr.x, 11, 29
tampā
tampā f. a cow (cf. ○mbā) L
tamb
tamb cl. l. ○bati, to go Vop
tambā
tambā (fr. tāmrā), f. = ○mpā L
tambīra
tambīra = ?, (in astrol.) the 14th Yoga. [Page 438, Column 3]
tamra
tamrá col. 2
tay
tay cl. 1. ○yate (pf. teye), to go towards (acc.) or out of (abl.) Bhaṭṭ. xiv, 75 and 108
• (= tāy) to protect Dhātup. xiv, 6
≫ taya
taya m. g. vṛṣâdi
• cf. tāya
tara 1
tara an affix forming the compar. degree of adjectives and rarely (cf. vṛtra-tára) of substantives Suśr. i, 20, 11
• (ām), added (in older language) to adverbs ( ati-tarā́m &c.) and (in later language) to verbs (Pañcat. i, 14, 7 Ratnâv. iii, 9 Kathās.), intensifying their meaning
• ind. with na, not at all BhP. x, 46, 43
⋙ taratamatas
○tama-tas ind. more or less, 87, 19
• cf. tāratamya
tara 2
tára mfn. (√tṝ
• g. pacâdi) carrying across or beyond, saving (?, said of Śiva) MBh. xii, 10380
• ifc. passing over or beyond W
• 'surpassing, conquering', śoka-tará, cf. rathaṃtará
• excelling, w
• m. crossing, passage RV. ii, 13, 12 ; viii, 96, 1 Mn. viii, 404 and 407 Yājñ. (ifc.) MBh. xii
• (a- mfn. 'impassable') Bhaṭṭ. vii, 55 (cf. dus-)
• 'excelling, conquering', duṣ-ṭára, su-tára, dus-
• = -paṇya Mn. viii, 406
• a raft W
• a road L
• N. of a magical spell (against evil spirits supposed to possess certain weapons) R. i, 30, 4
• fire W
• N. of a man Rājat. vii, 809
• (ī
• also īs L.) f. (g. gaurâdi Gaṇar. 48), a boat, ship (cf. ○ri) MBh. i, 4228 f. BhP. iv Śiś. iii, 76 (cf. nis-tarīka)
• a clothes-basket (also ○ri) L
• the hem of a garment (also ○ri) L
• = ○raṇi-peṭaka L
• a club L
• for starī (smoke) W
⋙ tarapaṇya
○paṇya n. ferry-money, freight Divyâv
⋙ tarapaṇyika
○"ṣpaṇyika m. one who receives ferry-money or freight Buddh. L
⋙ taravaṭa
○vaṭa Cassia auriculata L
⋙ taravāri
○vāri (m. L
• for tala-v○?) a one-edged sword Hcar. vi Kalyāṇam. Pañcad. ii, 77
• cf. tala-vāraṇa
⋙ taravālikā
○vālikā f. (for tala-v○?) = kar○ id. L. Sch
⋙ tarasārika
○sārika tala-s○
⋙ tarasthāna
○sthāna n. a landing-place L
⋙ tarāndhu
tarândhu m. a large flat-bottomed boat L
⋙ tarālu
tarâlu m. id. L
≫ taraṃga 1
taraṃ-ga m. (fr. taram, ind, √tṝ) 'acrossgoer', a wave, billow R. iv, 41, 29ff. Jain. Suśr. Śak. &c. (ifc. f. ā Pañcat. Kathās. lxxii)
• a section of a literary work that contains in its N. a word like 'sea' or 'river' (e.g. of Kathās. and Rājat.)
• a jumping motion, gallop, waving about, moving to and fro Hariv. 4298 Gīt. xii, 2o
• cloth, clothes Uṇ. Sch
• cf. ut-, carma-
⋙ taraṃgabhīru
○bhīru m. '= ○gâpatrasta', N. of a son of the 14th Manu Hariv. 495
⋙ taraṃgamāliṇ
○māliṇ m. 'wave-garlanded', the sea Prasannar. vii, 9/10
⋙ taraṃgavatī
○vatī f. 'having waves', a river Vcar. vi, 72
• N. of a female servant, Vāsav. 374
⋙ taraṃgāpatrasta
taraṃgâpatrasta mfn. afraid of waves Pāṇ. 2-1, 38 Kāś
≫ taraṃga 2
taraṃga Nom. ○gati, to move like a billow, wave about, move restlessly to and fro Kād. vi, 1644 (Pass. p. ○gyamāṇa) Gīt. ii, 8
• cf. ut-
≫ taraṃgaka
taraṃgaka m. a wave, Bālabodh
• (ikā), f. N. of a female servant Viddh. ii, 0/1
• cf. nārī-
≫ taraṃgaya
taraṃgaya Nom. ○yati, to cause to move to and fro Bālar. iii, 25 (= Viddh. iii, 27) Sāh. vi
≫ taraṃgiṇī
taraṃgiṇī f. of ○gin
⋙ taraṃgiṇīnātha
○nātha m. 'river-lord', the sea Bālar. Vcar. xiii
⋙ taraṃgiṇībhartṛ
○bhartṛ m. id., 53
≫ taraṃgita
taraṃgita mfn. (g. tārakâdi) having (folds, vali-) as waves Kathās. lxxxiv, 7
• wavy, waving, overflown (by tears), moving restlessly to and fro MBh. vi, 3851 Mālatīm
• Śāntiś. Kathās. Prasannar. &c
• n. waving, moving to and fro Gīt.iii, 13
≫ taraṃgin
taraṃgin mfn. wavy, waving, moving restlessly to and fro MBh. vi R. ii, iv Kathās. Gīt. v, 19
• (iṇī), f. (g. puṣkarâdi) a river Bhartṛ. iii, 65
• N. of a river Kathās. lxxii, 336
• N. of several works Śaktir. Nirṇayas. ii, 7
• ifc. kṣīra- &c
≫ taraṇa
taraṇa m. a raft, boat L
• 'final landing-place', heaven L
• n. crossing over, passing (ifc.) KātyŚr. i, 7, 13 R. Vikr. Rājat. Hit
• overcoming (as of misfortune, gen.) MBh. i, 6054
• carrying over W
• an oar (?) Kauś. 5 2
• (ī), f. = ○ṇi, a boat Hariv. 14078 (vḷ. ○riṇī)
• Hibiscus mutabilis L
• = ṇī-vallī L
• cf. ūrdhva-, dus-
pra-tár○, su-
≫ taraṇi
taráṇi mfn. moving forwards (as the sun &c.), quick, untired, energetic RV. AV. xiii, 2, 4 and 36
• carrying over, saving, helping, benevolent RV. TBr. ii, 7, 13, 2
• m. the sun KapS. iii, 13 BhP. v, viii, x Rājat. ŚārṅgP
• Calotropis gigantea L
• a ray of light L
• f. = ○ṇī, a boat Prab. Vop. Śatr
• Aloe perfoliata L. (also ○ṇī Sch.)
• cf. go-, saṃsāra-
⋙ taraṇitanayā
○tanayā f. 'sun-daughter', the river Yamunā Bhām. iv, 7 and 35
⋙ taraṇitva
○tvá n. zeal RV. i, 110, 4 and 6 (Nir.xi, 16)
⋙ taraṇidhanya
○dhanya m. Śiva
⋙ taraṇipeṭaka
○peṭaka m. a baling-vessel L
⋙ taraṇiratna
○ratna n. 'sun-jewel', a ruby L. [Page 439, Column 1]
≫ taraṇīya
taraṇīya mfn. to be crossed (a river) R. ii
≫ taraṇīvallī
taraṇī-vallī f. Rosa glandulifera L
≫ taraṇḍa
taraṇḍa m. N. of a place L
• (m. n. L.) the float of a fishing line, float made of bamboos and floated upon jars or hollow gourds inverted L
• an oar W
• a raft, boat HPariś. ii, 220
• (ā, ī), f. id. L
⋙ taraṇḍapādā
○pādā f. 'oar-footed', a boat L
≫ taraṇḍaka
taraṇḍaka vḷ. for ○rantuka, q.v
≫ taraṇya
taraṇya Nom. (fr. ○ṇa) ○ṇyati, to go, g. kaṇḍv-ādi (not in Kāś.)
≫ tarat
tárat pr. p. and Subj. √tṝ, q.v
⋙ taratsama
○sama m. conflagration of chaff (cf. taratsala) Gal
• m. or f. pl. = ○mandī Vas. xxviii, 11
⋙ taratsamandī
○samandī f. pl. the hymn RV. ix, 58 (beginning with tárat sá mandī́) Gaut
⋙ taratsamandīya
○samandīya n. (scil. sū7kta) id. Mn. xi, 254
≫ taratha
taratha deva-
⋙ tarad
tarad f. (Siddh.puṃl. 74) a raft L
• a kind of a duck L
⋙ taraddveṣas
tarád-dveṣas mfn. conquering enemies (Indra) RV. i, 100, 3
≫ taranta
tarantá m. the ocean L
• a hard shower Uṇ. k
• a frog ib
• N. of a man (with the patr. Vaidadaśvi) RV. v, 61, 10 TāṇḍyaBr. xiii, 7 (author of a Sāman)
• (ī), f. a boat, ship Uṇ. iii, 128 Sch
≫ tarantuka
tarantuka n. N. of a Tīrtha MBh. iii, 5085 ; 6022 (vvḷl. arant"ṣ and taraṇḍaka) and 7078 ; ix, 3032
≫ taras
táras n. rapid progress, velocity, strength, energy, efficacy RV. MBh. xii, 5172 R. v, 77, 18 Ragh. xi, 77
• a ferry RV.i, 190, 7
• (fig.) v, 54, 15 AV. x, 10, 24
• a symbolical N. of the stoma of the gods TāṇḍyaBr. viii, xi, xv
• a bank L
• = plava-ga L
• (), instr. ind. (g. svar-ādi, not in Kāś.) speedily, directly MBh. R. Ragh. BhP. Śiś. ix Kathās. Prab. iv, 24
• (○rás), mfn. quick, energetic SV. i, 4, 2, 4, 1
⋙ tarasmat
○mat for -vat, q.v
⋙ tarasvat
○vat (tár○), mfn. = -vín (Indra) TBr. ii, 8, 4, 1
• m. N. of a son of the 14th Manu Hariv. i, 7, 87 (vḷ. ○s-mat)
• f. pl. 'the swift ones', the rivers Naigh. i, 13
⋙ tarasvin
○vín mfn. quick, violent, energetic, bold RV. viii, 97, 10 and 12 (Indra) VS. xix, 88 MBh. R. Śak. &c
• m. a courier, runner, hero W
• Śiva
• the wind L
• a falcon Gal
• Garuḍa L
• N. of a man Pravar. ii, 2, 2
≫ tarasāna
tarasāna m. a boat Uṇ. ii, 86 Sch
≫ tarāyaṇa
tarāyaṇa tār○
≫ tari
tari f. = ○rī, a boat MBh. i, 4014 ; xii, 1682 Prab. vi, 7
• also ○rī s.v. ○ra
⋙ tariratha
○ratha m. 'boat-wheel', an oar L
≫ tarika
tarika m.= ○kin Yājñ. ii, 263
• a raft, boat L
• (ā), f. id. L
• the skin on the milk VS.xxxix, 5/6 KātyŚr. xxvi, 7, 50/51
⋙ tarikin
tarikin m. a ferry-man W
≫ taritavya
taritavya n. impers. it is to be crossed or passed over AśvGṛ. i, 12, 6 MānGṛ. i, 13
≫ taritā
taritā f. 'leader', the fore-finger L
• garlic (or 'hemp' ?) Kulârṇ
• a form of Durgā (cf. tvar○), Tantr
⋙ taritādhāraṇayantra
○dhāraṇa-yantra n. N. of a mystical diagram ib
⋙ taritāpūjāyantra
○pūjā-yantra n. another diagram ib
≫ taritṛ
taritṛ mfn. one who crosses (a river) or who carries over Pāṇ. 7-2, 34 Kāś
≫ taritra
taritra m. 'a helmsman' (Sch.) or n. 'an oar' MBh. v, 2436 (a- mfn. without a t○)
≫ tarin
tarín mfn. AV. v, 27, 6 (for sá īm VS. xxvii, 15)
• (iṇī), f. vḷ. for ○raṇī, q.v
≫ tarī
tarī f. ○ra
⋙ tarīpa
○pa dus-, nis-
≫ tarītṛ
tarītṛ mfn. = ○ritṛ Pāṇ. 7-2, 34 Kāś
≫ tarītu
tarītu^ duṣ-ṭár○
⋙ tarīyas
tárīyas mfn. (compar.) easily passing through (acc.) RV. v, 41, 12
≫ tarīṣa
tarīṣa m. a raft, boat L
• the ocean L
• a fit or competent person Uṇ. vṛ
• a fine shape or form ('decorating' W.) L
• resolution L
• also taviiṣa
⋙ tarīṣaṇi
tarīṣáṇi Ved. inf. √tṝ, q.v
≫ taru 1
táru mfn. 'quick' or subst. 'speediness', (pl.) RV. v, 44, 5 (cf. ii, 39, 3)
≫ tarutṛ 1
tárutṛ mfn. winning, i, 27, 9 ; 129, 2
≫ tarutṛ 2
tarutṛ́ m. (Pāṇ. 7-2, 34) a conqueror RV. i ; vi, 66, 8
• viii
• an impeller (of carts), x, 178, 1 (Nir. x, 28)
• (trī), f. adj. a help MānGṛ. i, 22
≫ tarutra
tárutra mfn. carrying across (as a horse) RV. i, 117, 9
• conquering, triumphant, 174, 1 ; ii, 11, 15f. ; iii, vi f
• granting victory, superior, iv, vi, viii, x
≫ taruṣ
taruṣ one base of √tṝ (taruṣante &c.), q.v
≫ taruṣa
táruṣa m. a conqueror, overcomer, vi, 15, 3 ; x, 115, 5
• (ī), f. victory SV. i, 4, 1, 4, 5
≫ taruṣyat
taruṣyát mfn. (pr. p.) attacking RV. viii, 99, 5 (Naigh. iv, 2 Nir. v, 2)
⋙ tarus
tárus n. battle RV. vi, 25, 4
• superiority, i, 122, 13 ; iii, 2, 3
≫ tarūtṛ
tarūtṛ mfn. = ○ritṛ Pāṇ. 7-2, 34
≫ tarūṣas
tárūṣas mfn. superior RV. i, 129, 10
≫ tarṇi
tarṇi m.= ○raṇi, a boat L
• the sun L
≫ tartarīka
tartarīka mfn. (fr. Intens.) being in the habit of crossing (a river) L
• n. a boat L
≫ tartavya
tartavya mfn. = ○raṇīya MBh. vii, 4706. [Page 439, Column 2]
≫ tarman
tarman n. 'passage', su-tárman ; m. n. the top of the sacrificial post (cf. Lat. terminus) L
≫ tarya
tárya m. N. of a man RV. v, 44, 12
≫ tarṣa 1
tarṣa m. = ○rīṣa, a raft Uṇ. iii, 62 Sch
• the ocean ib
• the sun Uṇ. vṛ
tarakṣa
tarakṣa m. = ○kṣu VarBṛS. xii, 6
• a wolf Npr
≫ tarakṣu
tarákṣu m. a hyena VS. xxiv, 40 MaitrS. iii, 14, 21 GopBr. i, 2, 8 MBh. Hariv. 9373 R. Suśr
≫ tarakṣuka
tarakṣuka m. id. L
taraṃga
taraṃ-ga &c. p. 438, col. 3
taraṭa
taraṭa N. of a medicinal plant Npr
• (ī), f. N. of a thorny plant (cf. tār○) L
taraṇa
taraṇa ○ráṇi, &c. p. 438, col. 3
taratsala
taratsala m. = ○rat-sama W
taradī
taradī vḷ. for ○raṭī
taranta
tarantá ○ntuka, col. 1
tarambuja
tarambuja n. (borrowed fr. ?) a water-melon (cf. kharbūja), Tantr
tarala
tarala mf(ā)n. (√tṝ?, cf. taraṃga) moving to and fro, trembling, tremulous MBh. &c
• glittering R. vi, 4, 33 Ragh. xiii, 76 Śak
• unsteady, vain Bhartṛ. Amar. Rājat. iii, 515
• libidinous L
• liquid W
• hollow L
• m. a wave BhP. xf
• the central gem of a necklace MBh. viii, 4913 Hariv
• a necklace L
• a ruby L
• iron L
• a level surface (tala) L
• the thorn-apple Npr
• N. of a poet Bālar. i, 13 ŚārṅgP
• pl. N. of a people MBh. viii, 237
• (ā), f. spirituous liquor L
• a bee L
• N. of a Yoginī Hcat. ii, 1, 709
• rice-gruel VarBṛS. lxxvi, 11 (○la n. ?)
⋙ taralatā
○tā f. = -tva Pañcat
• unsteady activity Kād
⋙ taralatva
○tva n. tremulousness, unsteadiness Kpr. x, 33/34
⋙ taralanayanī
○nayanī f. 'tremulouseyed', a metre of 4 X 12 short syllables
⋙ taralalekhā
○lekhā f. N. of a woman Rājat. viii, 1445
⋙ taralalocanā
○locanā f. a tremulous-eyed woman W. (cf. R. vi, 4, 34.)
≫ taralaya
taralaya Nom. ○yati, to cause to tremble Hcar. v, 205 Amar. 87
≫ taralāya
taralāya Nom. ○yate, to tremble Hcat. ii, 1, 709
≫ taralāyita
taralāyita mfn. made tremulous, agitated W
• m. a large wave W
• n. fickleness W
≫ taralikā
taralikā f. N. of a female servant Kād. ( tamāl○) Vāsav. 565
≫ taralita
taralita mfn. shaking, dangling, undulating, tremulous Gīt. vii, xi ŚārṅgP
• n. impers. it has been trembled Gīt. xii, 15
⋙ taralitahāra
○hāra mf(ā)n. having a tremulous garland, vii, 14
taravī
taravī (in astrol.) ?, quadrature
taras
táras ○rás, col. 1
tarasa
tarasa m. n. sg. and pl. meat Nyāyam. Sch. on KātyŚr. ii, v
⋙ tarasapuroḍāśa
○puroḍāśa mfn. offering a cake of meat TāṇḍyaBr. xxy, 7
⋙ tarasamaya
○maya mfn. consisting of meat (a cake) KātyŚr. xxiv, 5, 20
tarasat
tarásat for trás○, √tras, q.v
tarasāna
tarasāna &c. col. 1
tarām
tarām 1. tara
tari
tari ○rika, ○rikin, &c. col. 1
taru 2
taru m. (g. vyāghrâdi not in Kāś., cf. nabhas-) a tree Nal. xii, 75 R. vi, 82, 115 Suśr. Ragh. &c
• N. of a son of Manu Cākshusha MatsyaP
⋙ tarukūṇi
○kūṇi m. a kind of bird L
⋙ tarukoṭara
○koṭara n. the hollow of a tree Hit
⋙ tarukhaṇḍa
○khaṇḍa m. n. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 38 Kāś. vḷ.) = -ṣaṇḍa Kād
⋙ tarugahana
○gahana n. the thicket of woods, SārṅgP
⋙ tarucchāyā
○cchāyā f. the shade of a tree Kathās. lxiii, 9 (ifc. f. ā)
• īc, 36
⋙ taruja
○ja mfn. produced by a tree (a flower, fruit &c.) W
⋙ tarujīvana
○jīvana n. (vital organ, i.e.) the √of a tree L
⋙ tarutala
○tala n. the level ground round the foot of a tree Kathās. Hit
⋙ tarutā
○tā f. the state of a tree MārkP. xxxi, 9 Kathās. lxxii, 235
⋙ tarutūlikā
○tūlikā f. the flying fox (suspending itself from branches like a tūlikā, q.v.) L
⋙ tarudulikā
○dulikā vḷ. for -tūl○ W
⋙ tarunakha
○nakha m. 'tree-nail', a thorn L
⋙ tarupaṅkti
○paṅkti f. a row of trees, avenue W
⋙ tarubhuj
○bhuj m. 'tree-eater', the parasitical plant Vanda Roxburghī L
⋙ tarumaṇḍapa
○maṇḍapa a bower Kathās. xx, 55
⋙ tarumahiman
○mahiman m. 'glory of tree-planting', N. of a section of the Vṛikshâyurveda (on the future rewards of those who plant trees) W
⋙ tarumūla
○mūla n. the √of a tree Kathās. ic, 2
⋙ tarumṛga
○mṛga m. 'tree-animal', an ape L
⋙ tarurāga
○rāga m. n. 'tree-charm', a bud L. [Page 439, Column 3]
⋙ tarurāja
○rāja m. 'tree-king', the palmyra-tree Hcat. ii, 1, 317
⋙ tarurājan
○rājan m. 'tree-king', the Pārijāta Hariv. 7153 f
⋙ taruruhā
○ruhā f. 'growing on trees', = -bhuj L
⋙ tarurohiṇī
○rohiṇī f. id. L
⋙ taruvara
○vara m. 'best of trees', = -rājan W
⋙ taruvallī
○vallī f. a creeper Kathās. liii, 59
• a kind of Oldenlandia (dyeing red) L
⋙ taruviṭapa
○viṭapa m. a branch W
⋙ taruśāyin
○śāyin m. 'sleeping on trees', a bird L
⋙ taruśreṣṭha
○śreṣṭha m. the best of trees W
⋙ taruṣaṇḍa
○ṣaṇḍa n. (cf. -khaṇḍa) a group of trees R. iv, 13, 13 Pañcat
⋙ tarusāra
○sāra m. 'tree-essence', camphor L
-maya mfn. consisting of heart-wood Suśr. iv, 35
⋙ tarusthā
○sthā f. = -ruhā L
≫ taruśa
taruśa mfn. abounding in trees, g. lomâdi
tarukṣa
tárukṣa m. (g. 2. lohitâdi, not in Kāś.) N. of a man RV. viii, 46, 32
• cf. talukṣa
taruṇa
táruṇa mf(ī [Pāṇ. 4-1, 15 Vārtt. 6 Pat.] RV.)n. (√tṝ
• g. kapilakâdi Gaṇar. 447) 'progressive', young, tender, juvenile RV. AV. &c
• new, fresh, just risen (the sun, cf. bālâditya), just begun (heat or a disease) MBh. R. Kum. iii, 54 Suśr
• tender (a feeling) Bhartṛ
• m. a youth MBh. &c. (cf. tarṇa)
• Ricinus communis L
• large cumin seed L
• N. of a particular section in a Tantra work treating of various stages in a Tāntrika's life Kulârṇ. viii
• of a mythical being MBh. ii, 7, 22
• of a Ṛishi in the 11th Manv-antara Hariv.477
• m. n. the blossom of Trapa bispinosa L.'
• n. = ○ṇâsthi Suśr
• a sprout (ifc., kuśa-) KātyŚr. PārGṛ. ii, 1, 10
• (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi) a young woman, girl R. Suśr. &c
• a kind of pot-herb, i, 46, 4, 39
• Aloe perfoliata L
• Rosa glandulifera or alba Npr
• Croton polyandrum or Tiglium L
• [vip,. ?.]
⋙ taruṇajvara
○jvara m. 'slight fever', a fever that lasts a week W
○râri m. 'enemy of ○ra', N. of a drug
⋙ taruṇatā
○tā f. freshness, vigour Kād
⋙ taruṇadadhi
○dadhi n. coagulated milk five days old W
⋙ taruṇapītikā
○pītikā f. red arsenic Npr
⋙ taruṇābhāsa
taruṇâbhāsa m. a kind of cucumber ib
⋙ taruṇāsthi
taruṇâsthi n. 'soft-bone', cartilage Suśr
⋙ taruṇendu
taruṇêndu m. the increasing moon Bhartṛ. iii, 84
≫ taruṇaka
taruṇaka m. N. of a Nāga MBh. i, 2160
• n. a sprout, (○rū́ṇ○) AV. x, 4, 2
darbha-
• cf. tarṇ○
≫ taruṇaya
taruṇaya Nom. ○yati, to make young or fresh Mālatīm. v, 6
≫ taruṇāya
taruṇāya Nom. ○yati, to bring forth W
○yate, to become or remain young or fresh Hariv. 4745 Suśr. iv, 26, 27 Pañcat. v, i, 14 Bhartṛ. iii, 9
≫ taruṇiman
taruṇimán m. youth, juvenility MaitrS. i, 10, 10 Kāṭh. xxxvi, 5 Śāntiś. Prasannar. ii, 11
≫ taruṇī
taruṇī f. and ind. of ○ṇa
⋙ taruṇīkaṭākṣakāma
○kaṭâkṣa-kāma or m. Clerodeesdrum phlomoides L
⋙ taruṇīkaṭākṣakṣamāla
○kaṭâkṣa-kṣa-māla m. Clerodeesdrum phlomoides L
⋙ taruṇīgaṇa
○gaṇa m. a number of young women W
⋙ taruṇījana
○jana m. a young woman W
⋙ taruṇībhū
○√bhū to become a youth Hcar. iv
⋙ taruṇībhūta
○bhūta mfn. become a maiden Daś. vii, 156
⋙ taruṇīratna
○ratna n. = ○raNi-r○ Gal
tarutṛ
tárutṛ ○tṛ́, &c. col. 1
tarūṭa
tarūṭa m. the √of a lotus L
tarūṇaka
tarū́ṇaka ○ruN○
tarūtṛ
tarūtṛ tárūṣas, col. 1
tark
tark cl. 10. ○kayati (ep. also ○te), to N. conjecture, guess, suspect, infer, try to discover or ascertain, reason or speculate about MBh. &c
• to consider as (with double acc.), = ib
• to reflect, think of, recollect, have in one's mind, intend (with inf. MBh. iii Mṛicch. Megh.) MBh. Hariv. BhP. iii, 13, 20
• to ascertain R. iii, 25, 12, to speak' or 'to shine' Dhātup. ; [cf. torqueo, &c.]
≫ tarka
tarka m. conjecture MBh. &c
• reasoning, speculation, inquiry KaṭhUp. ii, 9 PārGṛ. ii, 6, 5 Gaut. Mn. xii, 106 MBh. &c
• doubt W
• system or doctrine founded on speculation or reasoning, philosophical system (esp. the Nyāya system, but applicable also to any of the six Darśana, q.v.) BhP. ii, vii f. Prab. Vop. Caraṇ. Madhus
• the number 6 Sūryas. xii, 87
• logic, confutation (esp. that kind of argument which consists in reduction to absurdity) Tarkas. Sarvad. Madhus
• wish, desire L
• supplying an ellipsis L
• cause, motive L
• n. a philosophical system Hcat. i, 7
• (ā), f. reasoning, inquiry ('= kāṅkṣā' Sch.) MBh. iv, 892
• cf. a-, ku-, dus-, rūpa-
⋙ tarkakarkaśa
○karkaśa m. N. of a family Dhūrtan. i
⋙ tarkakarman
○karman for ○rku-k○ BhP. x, 45, 36/37 (cf. -sādhya)
⋙ tarkakārikā
○kārikā f. N. of a Vaiśeshika work by Jīva-rāja Dīkshita
⋙ tarkakaumudī
○kaumudī f. N. of a Vaiśeshika work
⋙ tarkagrantha
○grantha m. a treatise on reasoning, manual of logic Suśr. vi, 19, 15
⋙ tarkacandrikā
○candrikā f. N. of an elementary exposition of the Nyāya phil. [Page 440, Column 1]
⋙ tarkajñāna
○jñāna n. knowledge obtained by reasoning or philosophical inquiry Bādar. ii, 1, 11/12
⋙ tarkajvālā
○jvālā f. 'flame of speculation', N. of a Buddh. work
⋙ tarkataraṃgiṇī
○taraṃgiṇī f. N. of wk. by Guṇa-ratna
⋙ tarkadīpikā
○dīpikā f. N. of a Comm. on Tarkas
⋙ tarkapañcānana
○pañcânana m. N. of several writers on Nyāya phil
⋙ tarkaparibhāṣā
○paribhāṣā f. = -bhāṣā
-vṛtti f. N. of a Comm. by Vimmi-bhaṭṭa
⋙ tarkaprakāśa
○prakāśa m. N. of a Comm. by Śrī-kaṇṭha
• = -bhāṣā-sāra-mañjarī
⋙ tarkapradīpa
○pradīpa m. N. of a Vaiśeshika manual by Koṇḍabhaṭṭa
⋙ tarkabhāṣā
○bhāṣā f. N. of a Nyāya manual by Keśava-bhaṭṭa
-prakāśa m. N. of a Comm. by Go-vardhana
-prakāśikā f. another Comm
-bhāva-prahāśikā f. another Comm
-sāra-mañjarī f. another Comm. by Mādhava (of Kāśī)
⋙ tarkamañjarī
○mañjarī f. N. of a Comm. on -kārikā by its author
⋙ tarkamudrā
○mudrā f. a particular position of the hand BhP. iv, 6, 38
⋙ tarkayukta
○yukta mfn. conjectured, suspected R. (G) ii, 109, 16
• together with the philosophical systems MBh. ii, 11, 35
⋙ tarkaratna
○ratna n. N. of a Vaiśeshika disquisition by Koṇḍa-bhaṭṭa
⋙ tarkarahasya
○rahasya n. N. of wk
-dīpikā f. another N. of Guṇâkara's Ṣaḍ-darśana-samuccaya-ṭīkā
⋙ tarkavāgīśa
○vāg-īśa m. N. of several writers on Nyāya phil
⋙ tarkavid
○vid m. 'knowing logic', a philosopher Bādar. ii, 1, 11/12
⋙ tarkavidyā
○vidyā f. 'science of reasoning', a manual of logic, philosophical treatise MBh. xiii, 2195 Prab
⋙ tarkaśāstra
○śāstra n. id. MBh. xii, 9678 f. Hariv. 1506 Prab
⋙ tarkasaṃgraha
○saṃgraha m. N. of a manual of the Vaiśeshika branch of the Nyāya phil. by Annam-bhaṭṭa
-dīpikā f. N. of a Comm. on that work by its author
⋙ tarkasamaya
○samaya m. N. of wk. Bādar. i, 1, 4/5
⋙ tarkasādhya
○sādhya n. N. of a Kalā (cf. ○rku-karman) Gal
⋙ tarkāṭa
tarkâṭa m. 'inquiry-walker', a beggar L
⋙ tarkānubhāṣā
tarkânubhāṣā f. = ○rka-bhāṣā-prakāśa
⋙ tarkābhāsa
tarkâbhāsa m. apparent reasoning, or confutation W
⋙ tarkāmṛta
tarkâmṛta n. 'logic-nectar', N. of an elementary Vaiśeshika manual by Jagad-īśa Tarkâlaṃkāra Bhaṭṭâcārya
-caṣaka, N. of a Comm. on that manual by Gaṅgārāma Jaṭī
-taraṃgiṇī f. another Comm. on the same by Mukunda Bhaṭṭa Gāḍegila
⋙ tarkālaṃkāra
tarkâlaṃkāra m. N. of several philosophers
≫ tarkaka
tarkaka m.= ○rkâṭa MBh. xii, 1537
≫ tarkaṇa
tarkaṇa n. conjecturing Sāh
• reasoning W
≫ tarkaṇīya
tarkaṇīya mfn. to be suspected MBh. v, 1093
≫ tarkita
tarkita mfn. considered as R. iv, 11, 9
• investigated W
a-
• n. conjecture Hariv. 9467
≫ tarkin
tarkin mfn. skilled in speculation Mn. xii, 111
≫ tarku
tarku (m. n. L. ; √3. kṛt Nir. ii, 1, but cf. niṣ-ṭarkyá, ?& torqueo &c. s.v. √tark) a spindle PārGṛ. i, 15/16
⋙ tarkukarman
○karman n. 'spindlework', N. of a Kalā (q.v.)
⋙ tarkupāṭhī
○pāṭhī vḷ. for -pīṭhī
⋙ tarkupiṇḍa
○piṇḍa m. a ball (of clay &c.) at the lower end of a spindle to assist in giving it a rotatory motion L
⋙ tarkupīṭha
○pīṭha m. id. L
• (ī), f. id. L
⋙ tarkulāsaka
○lāsaka m. a concave shell or saucer serving to hold the lower end of a spindle when whirled round L
⋙ tarkuśāna
○śāna m. a small whetstone for sharpening spindles L
≫ tarkuka
tarkuka m. = ○rkaka Rājat. iii, 254
• cf. para-, piṇḍa-
⋙ tarkuṭa
tarkuṭa n. spinning L
• (ī), f. = ○rku L
≫ tarkya
tarkya mfn. a-
niṣ-ṭarkyá
tarkāri
tarkāri f. = ○rī Suśr. vi, 17, 49
≫ tarkārī
tarkārī f. (g. gaurâdi) Sesbania aegyptiaca, i, vi
• Premna spinosa VarBṛS. xliv, 9/10
• a kind of gourd Npr
⋙ tarkiṇa
tarkiṇa m. Cassia Tora L. (vḷ. ○kila)
tarkṣu
tarkṣu m. = tarákṣu L
tarkṣya
tarkṣya m. saltpetre L
tarj
tarj cl. 1. ○jati (ep. also Ā
• pf. tatarja Bhaṭṭ.) to threaten MBh. R
• to scold MBh. viii, 1543 Bhaṭṭ. xiv, 80: Caus. tarjayati (ep., also Ā.) to threaten R. iii (Pass. p. ○rjyamāna) Śak. Ragh
• to scold Hariv. 11166 Daś. BhP. &c
• to frighten MBh. R. Suśr. Rājat
• to deride MBh. v, 2485 Bhaṭṭ. vii, 36
• for √tark, Caus. MBh. iv, 567 ; [Germ. drohen &c.]
≫ tarjaka
tarjaka mfn. one who threatens Pañcar. iv, 3
≫ tarjana
tarjana n. threatening, scolding R. iii, v Ragh. xix, 17 Kum. vi, 45 &c
• (ifc.) frightening MBh. iii, 12569
• derision W
• putting to shame, surpassing W
• anger W
• (ā), f. scolding Sāh
• (ī), f. 'threatening finger', the fore-finger Kathās. xvii, 88 KātyŚr. Sch
• = ○nikā Hcat. ii, 1
≫ tarjanikā
tarjanikā f. a kind of weapon (?), ii, 1, 953
≫ tarjanīya
tarjanīya mfn. to be threatened or scolded
≫ tarjita
tarjita mfn. threatened R. vi Ragh. xi, 78
• scolded, reviled Bhaṭṭ. Rājat. iii, 34: Sāh
• frightened Hariv. 3911 Suśr. Rājat.v, 398
• n. threat R. [Page 440, Column 2]
tarjika
tarjika m. pl. = tāj○ L
tarṇa
tarṇa m. (for ○ruṇa?) a calf L
≫ tarṇaka
tarṇaka m. id. Kād. Hcar. ii, 11 (ifc.) Hcat. Rājat. v, 431
• any young animal Dhūrtan. i, 19
tarṇi
tarṇi ○rtarīka, p. 439, col. 1
tard
tard (= √tṛd), cl. 1. P. ○rdati, to injure, kill Dhātup. iii, 21
⋙ tarda
tardá m. a kind of bird (cf. Lat. turdus) AV. vi, 50, 1 f
⋙ tardāpati
tardā-pati m. lord of the female Tarda bird, 3 (voc.)
≫ tardana
tardana n. opening, hole ŚBr. iii, 2, 1, 2 Sāy
• sewing with stitches AitĀr. iii, 2, 5, 4 Sch
≫ tardū
tardū f. (√tṝ Uṇ.) a wooden ladle L
≫ tardma
tardma ifc. (nava-, śata-) for ○dman KātyŚr. xv, 5, 27
⋙ tardmavat
○vat mfn. 'furnished with (openings, i.e.) stitches', bound tight AitĀr. iii, 2, 5, 4
⋙ tardmasamuta
○samutá mfn. sewed with stitches ŚBr. iii, 2, 1, 2
≫ tardman
tárdman n. (√tṛd) a hole, cleft AV. xiv, 1, 40 Kauś. 50 and 76 KātyŚr. vi, 1, 30 ; vii, 3, 20
tarpaka
tarpaka mfn. ifc. satiating, satisfying BhP. vii, 15, 10 Sch
≫ tarpaṇa
tárpaṇa mf(ī)n. id. Suśr. (cf. ghrāṇa-)
• (m. or n.) N. of a plant, iv, 5, 13 and 18 ; 16, 3
• n. satiety MBh. xiv, 673
• satiating, refreshing (esp. of gods and deceased persons [cf. ṛṣi-, pitṛ-] by presenting to them libations of water
• a particular ceremony performed with a magical Mantra Sarvad
RTL. p. 394 and 409) PārGṛ. iii, 3, 11 Mn. iii, 70 Yājñ. i, 46 MBh. xiii &c
• gladdening (ifc.) BhP. iii, 1, 27
• refreshment, food AV. ix, 6, 6 MBh. xviii, 269 and 275 Car. Pāṇ. 2-3, 14 Kāś. Hcat. (ifc. f. ā)
• fuel L
• (satiating, i.e.) filling the eyes (with oil &c.) Suśr
• (ī), f. N. of a plant L
⋙ tarpaṇavidhi
○vidhi m. a ch. of Smṛity-artha-sāra
⋙ tarpaṇecchu
tarpaṇêcchu m. 'desirous of a Tarpaṇa libation', Bhīshma L
≫ tarpaṇīya
tarpaṇīya mfn. to be satisfied, Kaṭhup. i, 27
≫ tarpayitavya
tarpayitavya mfn. id. Kāṭh. xxxii, 1
≫ tarpita
tarpita mfn. satisfied MBh. v R. i, 53 (su-)
≫ tarpin
tarpin mfn. satisfying W
• offering oblations (to the manes) W
• (iṇī), f. Hibiscus mutabilis L
tarpara
tarpara m. a bell hanging down from the throat of cattle, g. kapilakâdi (Gaṇar. 446)
tarphitṛ
tarphitṛ mfn. (√tṛph) One who kills W
• cf. turphári &c
tarb
tarb cl. i. P. ○bati, to go Vop
tarbaṭa
tarbaṭa m. a year L
• for ○ra-vaṭa L
tarman
tarman tárya, p. 439, col. 2
tarvan
tarvan wrong pronunciation for tad-van Pat. on Pāṇ. Introd. Vārtt. 9
tarṣa 2
tarṣa m. (√triṣ) thirst', wish, desire for (in comp.) MBh. xii R. ii, 100, 3 BhP. v, 8, 12 (ati-, 'excessive desire')
• Desire (son of Arka the sun and Vāsanā), vi, 6, 13
• (ā), f. thirst, desire, xi, 9, 27
⋙ tarṣacetas
○cetas mfn. eagerly desirous of (arthe ifc.), viii, 8, 38
≫ tarṣaṇa
tarṣaṇa n. thirst L
• desire, iii, 25, 7
≫ tarṣam
tarṣam ind. (Pāṇ. 3-4, 57). dvy-aha-
≫ tarṣita
tarṣita mfn. thirsty BhP. ix, 6, 27
• ifc. desirous of R. ii, 104, 1
• cf. ṭriṣ○
≫ tarṣuka
tarṣuka mfn. thirsty Gal
≫ tarṣula
tarṣula mfn. 'desiring', a-tarṣulam ind. without desire MBh. xii, 7762
≫ tarṣyāvat
tarṣyā́-vat mfn. = tṛṣ○ RV. x, 28, 10
tarsa
tarsa n. Pāṇ. 8-3, 59 Vārtt. 1 Pat
tarha
tarha śata-tarhá and -tárham
≫ tarhaṇa
tárhaṇa mf(ī)n. (√tṛh) crushing RV. vii, 104, 4 AV. ii, 31, i
• cf. dasyu-tárh○
tarhi
tárhi ind. (fr. tád-hí
tarvan Pāṇ. 5-3, 20 f.) at that time, then, at that moment, in that case (correlative of yád [TBr. ii, 1, 10, 1], yadā́ [AV. iii, 13, 6 BhP.], yárhi [TS. i AitBr. i, 27], yátra "ṣBr. ii BhP. v, yadi [Śak. vḷ. Pañcat. Kathās. &c.], ced Prab. ṣāh.
• often connected with an Impv. [Śak. Pañcat. &c.] or interrogative pron. Pat. Kāś. ṣiddh. ṣāh.) RV. x, 129, 2 AV. &c. (not in MBh. &R.)
• cf. etár○, kár○
tal
tal cl. 1. 10. talati, tālayati (fr. tarati, tāray○, √tṝ) to accomplish (a vow) L
• to establish, fix (derived fr. 1. talita) Dhātup. xxxii, 58
tala
tala (m. L.) n. (√stṛ) surface, level, flat roof(of a house) MBh. &c. (chiefly ifc. [f. ā R. v, 13], cf. nabhas-, mahī- &c.)
• the part underneath, lower part, base, bottom Mn. ii, 59 VarBṛS. Pañcat. &c. (cf. adhas-, taru- &c.) [Page 440, Column 3]
• (m. n.) the palm (of the hand, kara-, pāṇi-) R. ii, 104, 17 Śak. Ragh. vi, 18
• the sole (of the foot, aṅghri-, pāda-) MBh. i VarBṛS
• (without kara- &c.) the palm of the hand (anyo'nyasya, or parasparaṃ talaṃ or ○lān-√dā, to slap each other with the palms of the hands) MBh. Hariv. R. Suśr
• (n. L
• m.) the sole of the foot R. v, 13, 47
• (m.) the fore-arm L
• = tāla (a span L
• the handle of a sword L
• the palmyra tree Viddh. ii, 13)
• pressing the strings of a lute with the left hand MBh. viii
• m. N. of a hell ĀruṇUp. ŚivaP. (cf. talâtala)
• Śiva MBh. xiii, 17, 130
• N. of a teacher, g. śaunakâdi
• n. = -hṛdaya L
• = talka L
• = talaka (q.v.) L
• = talla (q.v.) L
• the √or seed of events L
• = -tra ĀśvGṛ. iii, 12, 11 (tala) MBh. R
• (ā), f. id. L
• N. of a daughter of Raudrâśva VāyuP. ii, 37, 122
• cf. a-, jihvā-, ni-, nis-, pra-, mahā-, rasā-, vi-, su-
⋙ talakoṭa
○koṭa N. of a plant Suśr. vi, 51, 43 (vḷ.)
⋙ talagata
○gata mfn. 'being in one's palm', ○taṃ-√kṛ, to call together Vcar.xiv, 11
⋙ talaghāta
○ghāta m. a slap with the palm or paw Hariv. 16027
⋙ talatas
○tas ind. from the bottom
⋙ talatāla
○tāla m. clapping the hands MBh. iii f. Jain
⋙ talatra
○tra 'arm-guard', a leathern fence worn by archers on the left arm, iii, vi Hariv. 13373
-vat mfn. furnished with that fence, 14465
⋙ talatrāṇa
○trāṇa = -tra MBh. iii, vii
⋙ talaniṣpeṣa
○niṣpeṣa m. striking (of the bow-string) against the tala (-tra), v, 48, 52
⋙ talapuṣpapuṭa
○puṣpa-puṭa n. a particular position in dancing
⋙ talaprahāra
○prahāra m. = -ghāta R. vi, 76, 37ff. Pañcat. iv
• N. of a hero (also ○raka, ○ri) Vīrac. ix, xvif., xx. -baddha, mfn. = baddha-tala, having fastened round one's arm the tala (-tra) MBh. vi, 621 Hariv.12529 and 13246
⋙ talamīna
○mīna m. vḷ. for nal○ L. Sch
⋙ talamukha
○mukha m. a particular position of the hands in dancing
⋙ talayukta
○yukta mfn. furnished with a handled W
⋙ talayuddha
○yuddha n. 'palm-fight', -śabda
⋙ talaloka
○loka m. 'the lower world', -pāla m. a guardian of that world BhP. ii, 6, 42
⋙ talavara
○vara m. = ○lârakṣa Jain
⋙ talavāraṇa
○vāraṇa n. = -tra Kir. xiv, 29
• = tara-vāri W
⋙ talaśabda
○śabda m. = -tāla Hariv. 15742 VarBṛS. xliii, 28 (vḷ. ○la-yuddha)
⋙ talasampāta
○sampāta m. = -tāla R. vi, 70, 44
⋙ talasāraka
○sāraka n. a horse's food-receptacle L
⋙ talasāraṇa
○sāraṇa n. id. Gal
⋙ talasārika
○sārika m. id. or = uraḥ-paṭṭikā (Sch.) Hcar. vii
⋙ talastha
○stha mfn. remaining beneath W
⋙ talasthita
○sthita mfn. id. W
⋙ talahṛdaya
○hṛdaya n. the centre of the sole of the foot L
⋙ talāṅgulitravat
talâṅguli-tra-vat mfn. furnished with and tala (-tra) and aṅguli-tra R. ii, 87, 23
⋙ talācī
talâcī f. 'spread on the ground', a mat L
⋙ talātala
talâtala n. N. of a hell ĀruṇUp. BhP. ii, 1 and 5
• v BrahmôttKh. xviii Vedântas. 121
⋙ talātali
talā-tali ind. (to fight) with the palms of the hands Bālar. x, 19
⋙ talārakṣa
talârakṣa m. a body-guard (= aṅga-r○?) Campak. 286
⋙ talāsi
talâsi m. pl. strokes with the palms and with swords MBh. ii, 70, 17
⋙ talāhvaya
talâhvaya m. Flacourtia cataphracta L
⋙ talekṣaṇa
talêkṣaṇa m. 'looking downwards', a hog L
⋙ talodara
talôdara vḷ. for til○
⋙ talodā
talôdā f. 'whose water flows downwards', a river L
≫ talaka
talaka m. a small cart with burning coals Hcar. vii
• a pot of clay HPariś. ii, 473
• N. of a prince BhP.xii, 1
• n. = taḍaga, a pond (also tala and talla) L
• a kind of salt Gal
• (ikā), f. = ○la-sāraka L
≫ talita 1
talita mfn. 'bottomed', fixed, placed W
≫ talin
talin mfn. = ○la-tra-vat MBh. v, 5367
• xiv
talabha
talabha n. Siddh.puṃl. 47
talava
talavá m. a musician VS. xxx, 20
⋙ talavakāra
○kāra m. pl. N. of a school of the SV
-kalpa m. the ritual of the Talava-kāras ĀpŚr. i, 20, 13
-brāhmaṇa n. another N. of JaimBr
○rôpaniṣad f. another N. of JaimUp. or KenUp
talāśā
talā́śā f. a kind of tree AV. vi, 15, 3 Kauś. 8
talita 2
talita mfn. fried Bhpr
talina
talina mf(ā)n. thin, fine (cf. ○luna) Vcar. xi, 80
• 'slender, meagre', in comp
• small, little L
• separate, having spaces L
• clear L
• ifc. (fr. ○la) covered with, xiv, 61
• m. N. of a man Pravar. i, (vḷ. nal○)
• n. a couch Dharmaśarm. v, vii
⋙ talinodarī
talinôdarī f. a slender-waisted woman Vcar. x, 88
talima
talima n. (fr. ○la?) ground prepared for the site of a dwelling (kuṭṭima) Viddh
• a couch L
• an awning L
• a sword (cf. ○la-vāraṇa) L
talīdya
talīdyá n. a particular part of the body AV. vii, 76, 3. [Page 441, Column 1]
talukṣa
talukṣa m. N. of a man (cf. tárukṣa), g. 2. lohitâḍi (not in Kāś.)
taluna
taluna mfn. (= taruṇa Pāṇ. 4-1, 15 Vārtt. 6 Pat
• g. kapilakâdi Gaṇar. 447) young. L
• m. (g. utsâdi) a youth L
• ind L
• (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi
• proparox. Pāṇ. 4-1, 15 Vārtt. 6 Pat.) a maiden L
talka
talka n. a forest (cf. tala) L
talpa
tálpa (n. L.) m. (√tṛp) a couch, bed, sofa AV. TS. vi TBr. &c. (ifc. f. ā Rājat. ii, 166
○lpam ā-√vas, 'to defile any one's marriage-bed' ChUp. v, 10, 9
○lpam-adhi-√gam, 'to have sexual intercourse with' in comp. Mn. iii, 250)
• the seat of a carriage MBh. iii, 14917 ; vii, 1626
• an upper story, room on the top of a house, turret, i, 7577
• = guru- Gaut. xxiii, 12
• a raft, boat L
• a wife L
• (ā), f. a couch AV. xiii, 1, 17
⋙ talpakīṭa
○kīṭa m. 'bed insect', a bug BrahmaP
⋙ talpaga
○ga mfn. having sexual intercourse with Gaut. MBh. xiii, 4281, guru-
⋙ talpagiri
○giri m. N. of a mountain W
⋙ talpaja
○ja mfn. born (on a marriage-bed, i.e.) of a wife (by an appointed substitute) Mn. ix, 167 and 170
⋙ talpaśīvan
○śī́van mf(varī)n. resting or lying on a couch RV. vii, 55, 8
⋙ talpaśadya
○śádya n. resting on a couch TBr. i, 2, 6, 5 f
≫ talpaka
talpaka m. (for kalp○, a barber?) Kām. xii
≫ talpana
talpana n. the exterior muscles of an elephant's back L
⋙ talpala
talpala m. (g. kapilakâdi Gaṇar.446 Hemac.) id. Śiś. xviii, 6
≫ talpīkṛta
talpī-kṛta mfn. made into a couch Rājat. iii
≫ talpe
talpe loc. of ○pa
⋙ talpeja
○ja mf(ā)n. produced on a bed or couch TĀr. iv, 39, 1
⋙ talpeśaya
○śayá mf(ā́)n. = ○paśī́van AV. iv, 5, 3
≫ talpya
tálpya mfn. belonging to a bed VS. xvi, 44
• worthy of a couch TāṇḍyaBr. xxiii, 4, 5 ; xxv, 1, 10
• = tālpa ŚBr. xiii, 1, 6, 2
talla
talla (Vām. ii, 1, 7) m. = talaka (q.v.) L
• n. '= ālavāla' or 'a pit' L. (also tala)
• (ī), f. a young woman L
• Varuṇa's wife L
• a boat W
tallakṣaṇa
tal-lakṣaṇa p. 435, col. 1
tallaja
tallaja m. ifc. an excellent specimen of. e.g. kumārī-, 'an excellent maiden' L. Sch
• cf. go-
matallikā
tallikā
tallikā f. = tālī, a key W
talva
talva n. scent arising from the rubbing of fragrant substances W
tavaka
tavaka a grammatical base formed for tāvaka and ○kīna Pāṇ. 4-3, 3 Vop. vii, 22
tavakṣīra
tava-kṣīra m. (for tvak-kṣ○) manna of bamboo (commonly Tabāshīr) L
• (ī), f. a kind of Curcuma (○rī eka-pattrikā, 'one-leaved Tavakshīrī', Curcuma Zedoaria) Npr
tavapriya
tava-priya n. the bark cf Laurus Cassia Gal
tavara
tavara a particular high number L
tavarāja
tava-rāja = -kṣīra L
tavaśravīya
tavaśravīya n. N. of a Sāman (made of RV. x, 140, 1, beginning with ágne táva śrávo) SāmavBr. ii, i, 8
tavas
tavás mfn. (√tu) strong, energetic, courageous RV. (compar. ○vás-tara [cf. táviiyas], i, 30, 7 superl. ○vás-tama, 190, 5 ; ii, 33, 3)
• m. power, strength, courage RV. iii, 1, 1 and 30, 8 AV. xi, 1, 14
• cf. prá-, svá-
⋙ tavasvat
○vat (táv○), mfn. strong RV. ix, 97, 46
⋙ tavastavāgā
○tavā-gā́ mfn. or (acc. -gā́m) 'strong (a bull)' or 'a strong bull', iv, 18
⋙ tavasgo
○gó m. (acc. -gā́m) 'strong (a bull)' or 'a strong bull', iv, 18
≫ tavasya
tavasyá n. strength, ii, 20, 8
≫ taviṣa
taviṣá mfn. strong, energetic, courageous RV
• m. the ocean Uṇ. Sch
• heaven ib
• n. power, strength (also pl.) RV. i, 166, 1 and 9 ; iii, 12
• viii
≫ taviṣī
táviṣī f. power, strength, violence, courage (also pl
• instr. ind. ○ṣībhis, 'powerfully, violently') RV
• the earth Uṇ. Sch
• a river ib
• a heavenly virgin ('N. of a daughter of Indra' L.) ib
⋙ taviṣīmat
○mat (táv○), mfn. strong, violent RV. v, 58, 1
⋙ taviṣīvat
○vat (táv○), mfn. id., iv, 20, 7 ; vii, 25, 4 ; x, 105, 3
≫ taviṣīya
taviṣīya Nom. P. Ā. (2. sg. ○yáse, p. ○yát, ○yámāṇa) to be strong or violent or courageous, ii, 30, 8 ; v, 85, 4 ; viii, 6, 26
≫ taviṣīyu
taviṣīyú mfn. spirited (a horse), 23, 11
• violent (the Maruts), 7, 2
≫ taviṣya
taviṣya Nom. ○yáte (p. ○yámāna) = ○ṣīya, ix, 76, 3 and 86, 45 ; x, 11, 6 AV.xx, 34, 16 (MS. stav○). [Page 441, Column 2]
⋙ taviṣyā
taviṣyā́ f. violence RV. ix, 70, 7
≫ tavīyas
távīyas mfn. compar. of ○vás, stronger RV. (tavásas táviiyān, 'stronger than the strong')
≫ tavīṣa
tavīṣa m. (= tāv○) the ocean (cf. tarīṣa) L
• heaven (vḷ. tarīṣa) L
• gold L
• (ī), f. = ○viṣī, N. of a daughter of Indra (vḷ. tarīṣī) L
≫ tavya
távya mfn. strong RV. i, 54, 11
• (○vyá) TS. ii, 3, 13, 1
⋙ tavyas
távyas mfn. = ○viiyas RV
• cf. á-
taślī
taślī f. in astron. = ? trigon
taṣṭa
taṣṭá mfn. (√takṣ) pared, hewn, made thin L
• fashioned, formed in mind, produced RV. AV.xi, 1, 23
• cf. sú-, stóma-
vibhva-taṣṭá
≫ taṣṭi
taṣṭi f. vḷ. for tvaṣṭi, q.v
≫ taṣṭṛ
táṣṭṛ m. a carpenter, builder of chariots RV. i, 61, 4 ; 105, 18 ; 130, 4
• iii f. vii, x
• Viśva-karman (cf. tváṣṭṛ) L
• N. of one of the 12 Ādityas L
tas 1
tas cl. 4. ○syati, to fade away, perish Dhātup. xxvi, 103
• (cf. √taṃs) to cast upwards (or 'to throw down') ib. (Vop.)
• to throw Pāṇ. 3-4, 61 Kāś. 2
⋙ tas
tas mfn. 'throwing'
sukha-
≫ tasara
tásara (m. L.) n. (√taṃs?) a shuttle RV. x, 130, 2 VS. xix, 83 ('the cloth in the loom' TBr. Sch.)
≫ tasarikā
tasarikā f. weaving Divyâv. vii, 64
tasīra
tasīra in astron. = tāś○, ?
taskara
táskara m. (for tat-k○ Nir. iii, 14 VPrāt. iii, 51) a thief, robber RV. AV. VS. &c. (ifc. f. ā Hariv. 5180 Kām. iv, 53
• cf. a-taskará
• ifc. used as a term of contempt [Kathās. ci, 140] Gaṇar. 114)
• Trigonella corniculata Suśr. iv, 37, 15
• Vanguiera spinosa L
• Ardisia humilis (?) L
• the ear (derived fr. Ragh. i, 27) W
• pl. N. of particular Ketus VarBṛS. xi, 20
• (ī), f. a passionate woman L
• a kind of Mimosa Npr
⋙ taskaratā
○tā f. thievishness, thieving Ragh. i, 27
⋙ taskaratva
○tva n. id. Daś
⋙ taskaravat
○vat ind. like a thief W
⋙ taskaravṛtti
○vṛtti m. a purse-cutter Bhpr. vii, 59, 15
⋙ taskarasnāyu
○snāyu m. Leea hirta L
≫ taskarāya
taskarāya Nom. ○yate, to behave like a thief Kathās. lvi, 13
tastuva
tastúva n. N. of an antidote against poison (?) AV. v, 13, 11
tasthāna
tasthāná mfn. (pf. p. Ā. √sthā) pliable, suiting ŚBr. iii, 9, 4, 14f. ; xii, 5, 1, 1 f. and 2, 2
• (AitBr. vi, 5, 2 tat-sth○
vii,. 18, 8)
• cf. á-
≫ tasthivas
tasthivás mf(○thúṣī)n. pf. p. P. √sthā, q.v
⋙ tasthu
tasthu mfn. stationary BhP. vii, 7, 23
tasthī
tasthī tanthī
tasdī
tasdī in astron.= ?, hexagon
tasmāt
tásmāt ind. (abl. of 2. ) from that, on that account, therefore (correlative of yád, yasmāt) AV. ŚBr. AitBr. Mn. Nal. &c
≫ tasyāśitīya
tasyâśitīya mfn. beginning with tasyâśita (an Adhyāya) Car. i, 6
tākṣaka
tākṣaka mfn. relating or belonging to Takshakīyā, g. bilvakâdi
≫ tākṣaṇya
tākṣaṇya m. (fr. tákṣan) a carpenter's son Pāṇ. 4-1, 153 Vārtt. 2
⋙ tākṣaśila
tākṣaśila mf(ī)n. coming from Taksha-śilā, g. takṣaśilâdi
≫ tākṣṇa
tākṣṇa mf(ī)n. fit for a carpenter (tákṣan) SāṅkhŚr. ii, 3, 14
• m. = ○kṣaṇya g. śivâdi Pāṇ. ; iv, 1, 153 Vārtt. 1
tācchabdya
tācchabdya n. the having that form of a word (tad śabda), 2, 60 Pat. Anup
≫ tācchīlika
tācchīlika mfn. (an affix) denoting a particular disposition or custom (śīla) Pāṇ. 3-1, 94 Paribh. 1
≫ tācchīlya
tācchīlya n. the being accustomed to that, 2, 11 ; i, 3, 21 Vārtt. 5
a- neg., iii, 2, 79 Kāś
tājak
tāják ind. (g. câdi) suddenly TS. Kāṭh. MaitrS. i f. ; iv, 8, 9 TāṇḍyaBr. xvii, 12
≫ tājat
tāját ind. (Naigh. ii, 15) id. AV. viii, 8, 3 (○jádbháṅga m. = eraṇḍa Kauś. Sch.)
tājaka
tājaka n. N. of certain astronomical books translated or derived from translations from the Arabic and Persian (e.g. -kalpa-latā, -keśavii, -kaustubha, -cintāmaṇi, -tantra, -tilaka, -dīpaka, -paddhati, -bhāva, -bhūṣaṇa, -muktâvali, -yoga-sudhâkara, -ratna-mālā, -śāśtra, -sarvasva-sāra, -sāra, -sudhā-nidhi, ○kâlaṃkāra)
≫ tājika
tājika m. a Persian, pl. the Persians (cf. tarj○ and tāyika) Kathās. xxxvii, 36 Romakas. (also ○jīka)
• n. = ○jaka (e.g. -jyotir-maṇi, -praśnâdhyāya, -śāstra, ○kâlarṃkāra). [Page 441, Column 3]
tāṭaṅka
tāṭaṅka (m. L.) n. a kind of ear ornament Prasannar. ii, 0/1
≫ tāṭaṅkin
tāṭaṅkin mfn. decorated with ○ka, iii, 1
tāṭasthya
tāṭasthya n. (fr. taṭa-stha) standing aloof, indifference Sch. on KapS.i, 135 and Yogas. i, 33
• proximity W
tāḍa
tā́ḍa mfn. (√taḍ) 'beating', ghaṇṭā-
• m. a blow AV.xix, 32, 2
• whipping W
• sound, noise L
• a handful of grass &c. L
• a mountain L
• Lipeocercis serrata W
• (ī), f. a kind of ornament L
• = ○ḍi Rājat. iii, 326
• (am), ind. udara-, so as to beat the stomach or breast Prab. v, 28
⋙ tāḍagha
○gha m. a kind of artificer (blacksmith?) Pāṇ. 3-2, 55
⋙ tāḍaghāta
○ghāta mfn. beating or hammering ib. Kāś
⋙ tāḍapattra
○pattra n. = taṭaṅka L
⋙ tāḍavakra
○vakra N. of a district Inscr. (380 AḌ.)
⋙ tāḍāvacara
tāḍâvacara n. a kind of musical instrument Lalit.vii, 73 and 298 ; viii, 12
• xiii
≫ tāḍaka
tāḍaka m. a murderer Vcar. xviii, 57
• a kind of key Divyâv. xxxvii
• (ā), f. N. of a Yakshiṇī (changed into a Rākshasī by Agastya for having disturbed his devotions, afterwards killed by Rāma) R. i, 26, 26ff. (G 27, 25 ff.) Hariv. 218 Ragh. xi, 14ff. VāyuP. ii, 6, 72 f. (wife of Mārīca)
• the large dark-green pumpkin Npr
• (ikā), f. the middle part of the handle of a sword Gal
≫ tāḍakāphala
tāḍakā-phala n. large cardamoms L
≫ tāḍakāyana
tāḍakāyana m. N. of a Ṛishi MBh. xiii, 255
≫ tāḍakeya
tāḍakeya m. metron. fr. ○kā Bālar. iii, 7/8 ; 17/18
≫ tāḍaṅka
tāḍaṅka m. = tāṭaṅka Rājat. vii, 750
⋙ tāḍaṅkīkṛ
tāḍaṅkī-√kṛ to make an ear-ornament out of Kād.v, 815
≫ tāḍana
tāḍana mfn. beating, striking, hitting, hurting R. (G) i, 30, 17 BhP. viii, 11, 9
• n. striking, beating, thumping, whipping, chastising, hammering (of gold &c.) Yājñ. i, 155 MBh. &c. (often ifc. with the instrument, once Pañcat. with the object)
• (in astron.) touching, partial eclipse VarBṛS. xxiv, 34
• a kind of solemn act (performed with Kuṇḍas, Sārad, v, 3
• or with Mantras Sarvad.)
• (ī), f. a whip L
≫ tāḍanīya
tāḍanīya mfn. to be beaten or whipped Pañcat. VarBṛS. xliv, 7
⋙ tāḍayitṛ
tāḍayitṛ mfn. one who strikes any one (gen.) Yājñ. ii, 303
⋙ tāḍi
tāḍi f. Corypha Taliera L
≫ tāḍita
tāḍita mfn. struck, beaten, chastised R. v, 26, 12 VarBṛS. Kum. v, 24 Śak. ii, 6 Ragh. &c
≫ tāḍī
tāḍī f. of ○da, q.v
⋙ tāḍīdala
○dala n. a kind of ear-ornament Vcar. xii, 12
⋙ tāḍīpuṭa
○puṭa a palm-leaf Kād
• = tālī-p○, q.v
⋙ tāḍula
tāḍula mfn. beating, Uṇ
• vṛ
≫ tāḍya
tāḍya mfn. to be beaten or chastised Mn. viii, 299 Yājñ. ii, 161
• n. = tāmya Gal
tāḍāga
tāḍāga mfn. (water) being in or coming from ponds (tad○) Suśr. i, 45, 1, 1 and 22
tāṇḍa
tāṇḍa m. (cf. taṇḍa) N. of an old sage (supposed author of ○ṇḍi) L
• n. = ○ṇḍaka Lāṭy. vii, 10, 17/18
⋙ tāṇḍaka
tāṇḍaka n. part of a Brāhmaṇa ib
≫ tāṇḍava
tāṇḍava (m. n. g. ardharcâdi
• fr. taṇḍu?) dancing (esp. with violent gesticulation), frantic dance (of Śiva and his votaries) Mālatīm. Kathās. BhP. x MatsyaP. Rājat. &c. (cf. RTL. p. 84)
• (in prosody) a tribrach
• Saccharum procerum L
⋙ tāṇḍavatālika
○"ṣtālika m. 'dancing and clapping the hands (fr. tāla)', Śiva's door-keeper Nandin L
⋙ tāṇḍavapriya
○priya m. 'fond of the Tāṇḍava dance', Śiva L
≫ tāṇḍavayitṛ
tāṇḍavayitṛ mf(trī)n. ifc. one who causes to dance with violent movements Viddh. ii, 3/4
≫ tāṇḍavikā
tāṇḍavikā f. a dancing, mistress Naish. xxii
≫ tāṇḍavita
tāṇḍavita mfn. 'moving round in a wild dance', fluttering Prab. ii, 5/6 ; v, 5/6 Prasannar. i, 3/4
≫ tāṇḍi
tāṇḍi n. N. of a manual of the art of dancing (said to be composed by ○ṇḍa) L. Sch
⋙ tāṇḍin
tāṇḍin m. N. of a writer on prosody Chandaþs
• pl. (Pravar. ii, 2, 2) N. of a school of the SV. (founded by a pupil of Vaiśampāyana Pāṇ. 4-3, 104 Kāś
2,. 66 Kāś.) Sch. on Bādar. iii, 3, 24-28 and (○nāmūp. = ChUp.)36
⋙ taṇḍibrāhmaṇa
taṇḍi-brāhmaṇa n. = ○NDya-br○
≫ tāṇḍya
tā́ṇḍya m. (fr. taṇḍa g. gargâdi) patr. of a teacher ŚBr. vi, 1, 2, 25 VBr. MBh. ii, xii
• n. = -brāhmaṇa
⋙ tāṇḍyabrāhmaṇa
○brāhmaṇa n. N. of a Brāhmaṇa of the SV
⋙ taṇḍyāyana
taṇḍyāyana m. patr. fr. ○ṇḍya Prasannar. iv, 6/7 ff
• (ī), f. of ○ṇḍya g. 2. lohitâdi
tāt
tā́t ind. (obs. abl. of 2. ) thus, in this way RV. vi, 21, 6 ; x, 95, 16
• obs. acc. pl. [!] of 2. Pāṇ. ; vii, 1, 39 Kāś
• cf. adhás-tāt &c
tāta
tāta m. (cf. 1. tatá) a father MBh. i R. Vikr. Śak. iv, 4/5 (in comp.) &c
• (tā́ta), voc. a term of affection addressed to a junior [ŚBr. xiv AitBr. vii ChUp. MBh. &c.] or senior [i, 6796 Ragh. &c.], addressed to several persons MBh. i, 6825 ; v, 5435 (C) [Page 442, Column 1]
• in the latter use also (ās), voc. pl. ib. (B) ; i, 6820 f. ; iv, 133
• [cf. ? ; Lat. tata &c.]
⋙ tātagu
○gu mfn. agreeable to a father L
• m. a paternal uncle L
⋙ tātajanayitrī
○janayitrī f. du. father and mother W
⋙ tātatulya
○tulya mfn. like a father, fatherly L
• m. a paternal uncle W
⋙ tātārya
tātârya m. N. of a prince
≫ tātala 1
tātala m. a fatherly relative L
⋙ tāti
tāti a son L
≫ tātya
tātyá mf(ā́)n. fatherly RV. i, 161, 12 ; vii, 37, 6
tātana
tātana m. a wagtail L
tātala 2
tātala mfn. hot L
• an iron club L
• disease L
• cooking, maturing L
• heat W
tātṛpi
tā́tṛpi mfn. (√tṛp, Intens.) satisfying or delighting much, iii, 40, 2
tātṛṣāna
tātṛṣāná pf. p. √tṛṣ, q.v
tātkarmya
tātkarmya n. (fr. tat-karman) sameness of occupation Sāh. ii, 9 a/b
≫ tātkālika
tātkālika mf(ā, ī g. kāśy-ādi)n. lasting (that time tat-kāla i.e.) equally long Yājñ.i, 151 MBh. xii, 12785
• happening at that time Sūryas. vii, 12 Gol. vii, 27 (-tva n. abstr.) R. vii, 36, 45/46
• happening at the same time or immediately, simultaneous, instantly appearing Daśar. ii, 38 Pratāpar. Mn. vii, 163/164
• relating to or fit for a particular moment of time MBh. iii, 22, 20
≫ tātkālya
tātkālya n. simultaneousness Anup. iii, 2
≫ tāttvika
tāttvika mfn. conformable to or in accordance with reality (tat-tva), real, true Sch. on KapS. and Prab
• knowing the Tattvas or principles (esp. those taught in Jainism) Subh
⋙ tāttvikatva
○tva n. reality MBh. xii, 308, 1 Sch. Sāh. x, 38 a/b
• (a- neg.) Naish. Sch
≫ tātparya
tātparya mf(ā)n. (fr. tat-para) aimed at Sāh
• n. devoting one's self to Pāṇ. 2-3, 40 Kāś
• reference to any object (loc.), aim, object, purpose, meaning, purport (esp. of speech or of a work) Bhāshāp. Vedântas. &c
• (eṇa), instr. ind. = -tas W
⋙ tātparyatas
○tas ind. with this intention Rājat. i, 369
⋙ tātparyanirṇaya
○nirṇaya m. ascertainment of meaning or purport Vedântas. 254
⋙ tātparyapariśuddhi
○pariśuddhi f. N. of wk. by Udayana
⋙ tātparyabodhinī
○bodhinī f. N. of a Comm. on the philosophical work Citra-dīpa
⋙ tātparyavid
○vid mfn. knowing the meaning Kathās. lxii, 212 (a-, neg.)
⋙ tātparyārtha
tātparyârtha m. the meaning of a sentence W
≫ tātparyaka
tātparyaka mfn. aiming at Jaim. i, 14 Sch
tātya
tātyá tāta
tātstomya
tātstomya n. the being formed in that (tad) Stoma Anup. iv, 9 ; vii, 3
≫ tātsthya
tātsthya n. (fr. tat-stha) the residing or being contained in that Pāṇ. 3-1, 144 Kāś. Kām. ii, 15
≫ tāthābhāvya
tāthābhāvya mfn. (fr. tathā-bhāva) a N. for the Svarita accent put after an Ava-graha between two Udātta syllables VPrāt. i, 120 MāṇḍŚ. vii, 10
≫ tādarthika
tādarthika mfn. intended for that Kauś. 60
≫ tādarthya
tādarthya n. (g. caturvarṇâdi) the being intended for that Jaim. vi, 1 f. Anup. iii, 8 Pāṇ. 2-3, 13 Vārtt. 1 Kāś
• the having that meaning, sameness of meaning, iv, 2, 60 Pat
• 'reference to that', (ena), instr. ind. with this intention L
≫ tādavasthya
tādavasthya n. the remaining in the same (avasthā) condition Sāh. vii, a/b
≫ tādātmaka
tādātmaka mf(ikā)n. (fr. tad-ātman) denoting the unity of nature RāmatUp. i, 19
≫ tādātmya
tādātmya n. sameness or identity of nature or character with (instr., loc., or in comp.) BhP. Sāh
≫ tādāyani
tādāyani m. patr. fr. tád Pāṇ. 4-1, 93 Vārtt. 13 Pat
⋙ tādītnā
tādī́tnā ind, (fr. tadi-tna fr. tadi, correlative of yádi) at that time RV. i, 32, 4
tādurī
tādurī f. (for tāturi fr. √tṝ, Intens. 'swimmer' Nir. ix, 7 Sch
• but cf. dardura) N. of a female frog AV. iv, 15, 14
tādṛkṣa
tādṛkṣa mfn. (for tad-d○ Siddh. Vop. xxvi, 83 f.) such a one, like that Kāraṇḍ. xi, 70 Vcar. xvi, 53 Rājat. iv, 242
≫ tādṛg
tādṛg in comp. for ○dṛ́s
⋙ tādṛgguṇa
○guṇa mf(ā)n. of such qualities Mn. ix, 22
⋙ tādṛgbhāva
○bhāva m. such a condition MBh. v, 44, 22
⋙ tādṛgrūpa
○rūpa mf(ā)n. of such a shape, such like Pañcat
-vat mf()n. of such beauty Nal. i, 13
⋙ tādṛgvidha
○vidha mfn. such like Kathās
≫ tādṛś
tādṛ́ś mfn. (for tad-d○ Pāṇ. 3-2, 60 ; vi, 3, 91
• nom. m. and f. ○dṛ́ṅ [ŚBr
Pāṇ. 7-1, 83] or ○dṛ́k) such like, such a one RV. v, 44, 6 (nom. n. ○dṛ́k) &c
• (○dṛk), ind. in such a manner Amar
≫ tādṛśa
tādṛ́śa mf(ī)n. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 60 ; vi, 3, 91) = ○dṛ́ś ŚBr. xi, 7, 3 Mn. &c
yādṛśa t○ [Pañcat.) or śa-t○ [MBh. xiii, 5847], anybody whosoever
≫ tāddharmya
tāddharmya n. (fr. tad-dharman) sameness of law, analogy L. [Page 442, Column 2]
⋙ tāddhita
tāddhita mfn. formed with a Tad-dhita affix Nir. ii, 5
≫ tādrūpya
tādrūpya n. sameness of (rūpa) form, identity Pāṇ. 6-1, 85 Vārtt. 26 (a- neg.) Vām. ii, 2, 17
• truth Kaṇ. Sch
⋙ tādvidhya
tādvidhya n. the being such like (tad-vidha) Bādar. iii, 3, 52/53
tāna
tāna m. (√3. tan) a fibre Suśr. i, 25
• a tone MBh. ii, 133 and 391 ; xiii, 3888 Kum. i, 8
• 'a monotonous tone (in reciting, eka-śruti) KātyŚr. i, 8, 18 Vait. Bhāshik. Nyāyam. VPrāt. Sch
• an object of sense (or = tātparya) L. (cf. eka-)
• [?.]
⋙ tānakarman
○karman n. tuning the voice previously to singing W
• running over the notes to catch the key W
⋙ tānabhaṭṭa
○bhaṭṭa m. N. of a man Uttarar. Sch
⋙ tānasvara
○svara mfn. uttered monotonously, Pratijñās
≫ tānava
tānava n. (fr. tanú g. pṛthv-ādi) thinness, meagreness, smallness Amar. Rājat. iv, 25
⋙ tānavakṛt
○kṛt mfn. ifc. diminishing, Bharṭr
• excelling Bālar. i
≫ tānavya
tānavya m. patr. fr. tanú g. 2. lohitâdi (not in Kāś.)
⋙ tānavyāyanī
tānavyāyanī f. of ○vya ib
≫ tānuka
tānuka stri-tānuka-roga
≫ tānūnapāta
tānūnapāta mf(ī)n. relating or addressed to Tanū-napāt Lāṭy. vi, 4, 13 Anup. iv, 6 Nidānas
≫ tānūnaptra
tānūnaptrá n. a ceremony in which Tanū-napāt (-náptṛ) is invoked and the oblation touched by the sacrificer and the priests as a form of adjuration TS. iii, 1, 2, 2 Kapishṭh. xxxviii, 2 (-tva, n. abstr.) AitBr. i, 24 (also -tva) ŚBr. iii
• used in that ceremony KātyŚr. viii ŚāṅkhŚr. v Lāṭy. v ĀpŚr
⋙ tānūnaptrapātra
○pātra n. a vessel used in that ceremony Vait
≫ tānūnaptrin
tānūnaptrin m. a coadjutor in the Tānūnaptra ceremony ĀpŚr. xi
sá- id. MaitrS. iii, 7, 10 AitBr. i, 24 ŚBr. iii, 4, 2, 9 KātyŚr. viii, 1, 26
tānūra
tānūra m. = tālūra L
tānta 1
tânta m. 'end of ta', a mystical N. of the letter th RāmatUp. i, 78
⋙ tāntānta
tântânta m. 'end of tânta', a mystical N. of the letter d ib
tānta 2
tāntá mfn. (√tam) breathing with difficulty, fainted away, languishing, drooping TBr. ii, 3, 8, 1 ŚBr. iv, 2, 2, 11
• languid (the eye) Amar
• wearied, fatigued, distressed W
• faded W
≫ tānti
tānti f. suffocation ĀpŚr. xii, 11, 8/9
tāntava
tāntava mf(ī)n. made of threads (tántu) BhP. x, 64, 4
• (a- neg.) Lāṭy. ii, 8, 24
• (ifc.) Mn. ii, 42
• m. a son Kum. xvii, 13
• n. a woven cloth Gaut. Mn. Gṛihyās. Pāṇ. 7-3, 45 Vārtt. 7 Suśr
• weaving W
• a web W
≫ tāntavya
tāntavya m. patr. fr. tántu g. 2. lohitâdi
≫ tāntavyāyanī
tāntavyāyanī f. of ○vya ib
≫ tāntuvāyya
tāntuvāyya m. the son of a weaver (tantuvāya) Pāṇ. 4-1, 152 Kāś
≫ tāntra
tāntra mf(ī)n. having wires (tántra), stringed (a musical instrument) W
• regulated by a general rule ĀpŚr. xiv, 12, 5 f
• relating to the Tantras W
• n. the music of a stringed instrument R. i, 3
≫ tāntrika
tāntrika mf(ā Suśr. i, 3
ī)n. taught in a scientific manual Tattvas. (○kī saṃjñā, 'a technical N.)
• taught in the Tantras. mystical Hār. (Mn. ii, 1/2) Suśr. &c
• m. one completely versed in any science or system Bhāshāp
• a follower of the Tantra doctrine BhP. xii, 11, 2 SŚaṃkar
≫ tānva 1
tā́nva mf(ā)n. woven, spun RV. ix, 14, 4 and 78, 1
• (fr. tanu) one's own son, iii, 31, 2
≫ tānvaṅga
tānvaṅga m. patr. fr. tanv- Rājat. vii, 898
tānva 2
tā́nva m. patr. fr. tanva (author of RV. x, 93), 93, 15
• n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
tāpa
tāpa m. (√2. tap
• g. uñchâdi) heat, glow Mn. xii, 76 Śak. &c. (ifc. f. ā Kum. vii, 84)
• heating Nyāyam. x, 1, 22
• testing (gold) by heat MBh. xii, 12357 Subh. (○pana, GarP.)
• pain (mental or physical), sorrow, affliction MBh. &c
• fever W
• (ī), f. the Taptī river ('also the Yamunā river' L.) Hariv. ii, 109, 30 BhP. v, 19, 18 ; x, 79, 20
• cf. paścāt-
⋙ tāpakṣetra
○kṣetra n. the range of heat (caused by the sun) Sūryapr
⋙ tāpada
○da mfn. ifc. causing pain VarBṛS. v, 69
⋙ tāpabhṛt
○bhṛt mfn. a- neg., not containing heat Naish. iv, 78
⋙ tāpasveda
○sveda m. sweat caused by heat Suśr. iv, 32
⋙ tāpaharī
○harī f. 'removing heat', a sort of soup of pulse and grain (first fried with ghee and turmeric and afterwards boiled with salt and sugar) Bhpr. v, 11, 13 f
⋙ tāpeśvaratīrtha
tāpêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh. ccxxi
≫ tāpaka
tāpaka mfn. heating, inflaming, refining Sarvad. xv, 14 and 16
• causing pain RV. iii, 35, 3 Sāy
• m. fever L
• a cooking stove Hcar. vii
• (ikā), f. a frying-pan ib
⋙ tāpatya
tāpatya mfn. relating to Tapatī MBh. i, 387 [Page 442, Column 3]
• m. metron. fr. Tapatī (N. of Kuru, 6505
• of Arjuna, 6509 ; 6514ff. ; 6632ff.)
≫ tāpana
tāpana mf(ī)n. ifc. illuminating BhP. ii, 9, 8
• burning, causing pain, distressing MBh. Hariv. 9427 R. (cf. indra-, candra-)
• m. the sun MBh. v, 1739
• the hot season Npr
• the sun-stone L
• one of Kāma's arrows L
• n. burning Suśr. i, 41, 3
• pain, torment MBh. xiii, 1098
• (in dram.) helplessness, perplexity Sāh. v, 91
• N. of a hell Yājñ. iii, 224
• gold Npr
• (ā), f. austerity HPariś. i, 68
• (ī), f. N. of several Upanishads
• of a river L
≫ tāpanīya
tāpanīya mf(ā)n. golden MBh. i, vii Hariv. R
• m. pl. N. of a school of the VS. (to which several Upanishads belong) Caraṇ. (vḷ. ○pāyana)
⋙ tāpanīyopaniṣad
tāpanīyôpaniṣad f. N. of several Upanishads
≫ tāpayitṛ
tāpayitṛ mfn. causing pain Vcar. ix, 22
≫ tāpayiṣṇu
tāpayiṣṇú mfn. id. RV. x, 34, 7
≫ tāpaścita
tāpaścitá n. (fr. tapaś-cit), N. of a Sattra ĀśvŚr. xii, 5 ŚāṅkhŚr. xiii KātyŚr. Lāṭy
• mfn. used in that Sattra (an Agni) ŚBr.x, 2, 5, 3 KātyŚr
≫ tāpasa
tāpasá mfn. (g. chattrâdi Pāṇ. 5-2, 103) a practiser of religious, austerities (tápas) ŚBr. xiv Mn.vi, 27 &c
• relating to religious austerity or to an ascetic R. (G) ii, 52, 5
• m. an ascetic Mn. Nal. &c
• the moon Gal
• Ardea nivea L
• = ○sêkṣu Suśr. i, 45, 9, 2 and 6
• = -pattra L
• patr. of Agni, Gharma, and Manyu RAnukr
• of a Hotṛi TāṇḍyaBr. xxv, 15
• n. = -ja L
• (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi Gaṇar. 49) a female ascetic MBh. i, 3006 Śak. iv, 4/5 Vikr. Dhūrtas
• Curcuma Zedoaria Npr
• Nardostachys Jaṭā-māṃsī ib
⋙ tāpasaja
○ja n. the leaf of Laurus Cassia ib
⋙ tāpasataru
○taru m. 'tree of ascetics', Terminalia Catappa or Putramjīva Roxburghī L
⋙ tāpasadruma
○druma m.id. L
-saṃnibhā, f. N. of a shrub L
⋙ tāpasapattra
○pattra m. Artemisia indica Npr
• (ī), f. id. L
⋙ tāpasapriya
○priya m. 'dear to ascetics', Buchanania latifolia L
• (ā), f. a kind of sugar-cane Npr
• a grape L
⋙ tāpasavṛkṣa
○vṛkṣa m. = -taru Suśr. i, 38 ; iv, 18
⋙ tāpasādhyuṣita
tāpasâdhyuṣita mfn. inhabited by ascetics
⋙ tāpasāraṇya
tāpasâraṇya n. a wood of ascetics
⋙ tāpasekṣu
tāpasêkṣu m. a kind of sugar-cane Bhpr. v, 22, 8
⋙ tāpasehṭa
tāpasêhṭa m. = ○sa-priya, 6, 82
≫ tāpasāyani
tāpasāyani m. patr. fr. ○sa Pāṇ. 4-1, 158 Vārtt. 4 Pat
⋙ tāpasya
tāpasya n. ascetism Mn. i, 114 MBh. R
⋙ tāpāyana
tāpāyana m. pl., vḷ. for ○panīya, q.v
≫ tāpika
tāpika jala-
⋙ tāpiccha
tāpiccha m. the Tamāla plant Mālatīm. v Gīt. xi, 11
⋙ tāpiñcha
tāpiñcha m. id. Kathās. civ, 90
⋙ tāpiñja
tāpiñja m. id. L
• = ○pyaka L
≫ tāpita
tāpita mfn. heated, inflamed VarBṛS. liv, 115
• pained, tormented, distressed BhP. viii, 5, 13 Gīt. Rājat. iii f. Bhaṭṭ
• roused, converted Divyâv. xxvii
≫ tāpin
tāpin mfn. ifc. causing pain
• exciting Kir. ii, 42
• oppressed by heat, suffering from disease (moral or physical) W
• glowing W
• (inī), f. = ○panī
• a mystical N. of the letter v RāmatUp. i, 79
≫ tāpī
tāpī f. of ○pa, q.v
⋙ tāpīja
○ja mfn. found near the Taptī river Suśr. iv, 13, 15
• (m.?) a kind of gem Npr
• (n.?) = -samudbhava ib
⋙ tāpītaṭa
○taṭa m. 'bank of the Taptī', N. of a place Romakas
-deśa m. id., Ratnak
⋙ tāpīmāhātmya
○māhātmya n. 'glory of the Tapti', N. of part of SkandaP
⋙ tāpīsamudbhava
○samudbhava (n.?) pyrites or another mineral substance Npr
⋙ tāpyutthasaṃjñaka
tāpy-utthasaṃjñaka n. id. ib
≫ tāpya
tāpya (fr. √tap) regret Divyâv. xviii
• m. n. (fr. ○pī) = ○pī-samudbhava Car.vi, 18 and 24 Bhpr. v, 26, 160
⋙ tāpyaka
tāpyaka n. = ○pī-samudbhava L
tābuva
tābúva n. an antidote against poison (?) AV. v, 13, 10
tāma
tāma m. (√tam) = bhīṣaṇa L
• = doṣa L
• anxiety, distress W
• (ī), f. = tamī, night L. Sch
• also ○mi
⋙ tāmarasa
○rasa n. a day-lotus MBh. iii, 11580 Hariv. 5771 R. iii Ragh. (ifc. f. ā, ix, 36) &c
• gold L
• copper (cf. tāmra) L
• a metre of 4 x 12 syllables
• m. Ardea nivea L
• (ī), f. a lotus pond MBh. iv, 220
○sêkṣaṇā f. a lotus eyed woman Bhām. ii, 153
⋙ tāmalipta
○lipta m. pl. (= ○mral○) N. of a people and its country AV. Pariś. lvi, 4
• n. N. of a city of that people L
• (ī), f. id. VarBṛS. x, 14 HPariś. ii, 315 Pañcad. iii, 1 and 37
⋙ tāmaliptaka
○"ṣliptaka n. = ○ptī VarBṛS. xiv, 7 (vḷ. ○ptika)
≫ tāmam
tāmam ind.= tam○ Pāṇ. 6-4, 93
≫ tāmara
tāmara n. water L
• ghee L
≫ tāmala
tāmala mf(ī)n. made of the bark of the Tamāla plant Āp. i, 2, 37
⋙ tāmalakī
tāmalakī f. Flacourtia cataphracta Suśr. vi, 39, 197 and 203 ; 51, 25
≫ tāmasa
tāmasa mf(ī)n. (fr. támas) dark L
• appertaining to or affected by the quality tamas (q.v.), ignorant, various Mn. xii Bhag. &c. (○sī tanū, the form assumed by the deity for the destruction of the world' [Page 443, Column 1]
○sī śakti, 'the faculty of tamas')
• relating to Manu Tāmasa BhP. viii, 1, 28
• m. a malignant person L
• a snake L
• an owl L
• N. of a demon causing diseases Hariv. 9562
• of the 4th Manu Mn. i, 62 Hariv. BhP. v, viii
• of an attendant of Śiva L. Sch
• of a man Pravar. i, 1 (J)
• n. 'darkness', andha-
• (ī), f. night L
• sleep L
• Durgā L
• N. of a river MBh. vi, 339
⋙ tāmasakīlaka
○kīlaka m. pl. (in astron.) N. of particular Ketus VarBṛS. iii, 7
• xi, 22
⋙ tāmasaguṇa
○guṇa m. the quality of tamas (q.v.) W
⋙ tāmasatapaḥśīla
○tapaḥ-śīla m. N. of a Daitya Gal
⋙ tāmasalīnā
○līnā f. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) one of the forms of dissatisfaction Tattvas
⋙ tāmasika
tāmasika mfn. relating to the quality tamas (q.v.) VarBṛ. ii, 7/8
≫ tāmāleya
tāmāleya mfn. fr. tamāla g. sakhy-ādi
≫ tāmi
tāmi or f. restraining the breath until exhaustion is produced Kauś. 88
⋙ tāmī
tāmī f. restraining the breath until exhaustion is produced Kauś. 88
≫ tāmisra
tāmisra (fr. tam○ and támisrā g. jyotsnâdi) mfn. (with pakṣa) or m. the dark half of the month Lāṭy.ix Gobh. iii f. MBh. iii, 11813
• m. 'nightwalker', a Rākshasa Ragh. xv, 2
• (in Sāṃkhya phil.) indignation, anger (one of the 5 forms of A-vidyā) MBh. xiv, 1019 Sāṃkhyak. Tattvas. BhP. iii (also n.) MārkP. iii l
• N. of a hell Mn. iv, xii Yājñ. iii, 222 BhP.iii, v MārkP
• cf. andha-
tāmu
tāmu m. a praiser Naigh.iii (vḷ. st○)
tāmbala
tāmbala mf(ī)n. made of hemp Gobh. ii, 10, 10
• m. a kind of hemp ib. Sch
tāmbūla
tāmbūla (= Prākṛit ○bôla fr. tāmragula) m. = ○bala W
• n. betel, (esp.) its pungent and aromatic leaf (chewed with the areca-nut and catechu and sometimes caustic lime and spices as a carminative and antacid tonic) Hariv. 8454 and 8457 Suśr. VarBṛS. &c
• the areca-nut L
• (ī), f. Piper Betel Ragh. iv, 42 Kād. &c
⋙ tāmbūlakaraṅka
○karaṅka m. a betel-box (Pān-dān) Vcar. ix, 82
-vāha m. a servant carrying his master's betel-box Hcar. Vcar. ix
-vāhinī f. a female servant carrying her master's betel-box Kād
⋙ tāmbūlaja
○ja mfn. 'coming from Piper Betel', with pattra, betel-leaf. Suśr. iv, 24, 19
⋙ tāmbūlada
○da m. = -karaṅka-vāha L
⋙ tāmbūladāyaka
○dāyaka m. id. Kām. xii, 46
⋙ tāmbūladāyinī
○dāyinī f. = -karaṅka-vāhinī Kād. v, 432
⋙ tāmbūladhara
○dhara m. = -da Rājat. viii, 1738
⋙ tāmbūlapattra
○pattra m. Dioscorea globosa L
• n. betel-leaf Suśr. i, 46
⋙ tāmbūlapeṭikā
○peṭikā f. = -karaṅka W
⋙ tāmbūlabhakṣaṇa
○bhakṣaṇa n. the eating of betel-leaf W
⋙ tāmbūlarāga
○rāga m. Ervum lens L
⋙ tāmbūlavallikā
○vallikā f. the betel-plant L
⋙ tāmbūlavallī
○vallī f. id. Bhartṛ
⋙ tāmbūlavāhaka
○vāhaka m. = -da Pañcat. iii, 67/68
⋙ tāmbūlavāhinī
○vāhinī f. = -karaṅka-v○ Hcar. viii
⋙ tāmbūlavīṭikā
○vīṭikā f. an areca-nut wrapped in a betel-leaf. Kād. v
⋙ tāmbūlākta
tāmbūlâkta mfn. smeared with the juice of chewed betel Sāh.iii, 60/61
⋙ tāmbūlādhikāra
tāmbūlâdhikāra m. the office of carrying the betel-box for persons of rank Pañcat. i, 10, 2/3
≫ tāmbūlika
tāmbūlika m. a seller of betel R. (G) ii, 90, 23 Kād. iii, 825 Sāh. iii, 40/41
⋙ tāmbūlikasarpa
○sarpa m. a kind of snake Uttamac. 188
⋙ tāmbūlin
tāmbūlin mfn. having betel W
• m. = ○lika, DharmaP
• = ○la-da W
tāmya
tāmya n. = kloman L
tāmra
tāmrá mf(ā)n. (√tam Uṇ.) of a coppery red colour VS. xvi (Naigh. iii, 7) MBh. &c. (tāmrā tvac, the 4th of the 7 membranes with which an embryo is covered Suśr. iii, 4, 2)
• mf(ī)n. made of copper R. iii, 21, 17 Suśr. Mn.vi, 53/54 BhavP
• m. a kind of leprosy with large red spots, Karmavip
• N. of a son of Naraka Bhauma BhP. x, 59, 12
• = -dviipa MBh. ii, 1172 Romakas
• n. = -tā L
• copper Kauś. Mn. &c
• a coppery receptacle MBh. ii, 61, 29
• = -dru W. (cf. R. ii, 83, 17)
• (ā), f. Rubia Munjista Npr
• a red kind of Abrus ib
• a kind of pepper L
• N. of a daughter of Daksha (one of the wives of Kaśyapa and mother of various birds) MBh. i, 2620 Hariv. R. iii BhP. vi, 6, 25 ff. VP
• N. of a river MBh. iii, 12909 ; vi, 335
• (ī), f. a kind of clepsydra (cf. ○mra-pātra) L
⋙ tāmrakaṇṭaka
○kaṇṭaka m. 'red-thorned', a kind of Acacia Npr
⋙ tāmrakarṇī
○karṇī f. 'red-eared', N. of the female of the quarter-elephant Añjana or Śesha L
⋙ tāmrakāra
○kāra m. a copper-smith L
⋙ tāmrakili
○kili m. a small worm of a red colour L
⋙ tāmrakuṭṭa
○kuṭṭa m. = -kāra R. (G) ii, 90, 25
• (ī), f. a female copper-smith Parāś., Paddh
⋙ tāmrakuṭṭaka
○kuṭṭaka m. = ○ṭṭa L
• = -kūṭa W
⋙ tāmrakuṇḍa
○kuṇḍa n. a copper bason Uṇ. i, 114/115. =
⋙ tāmrakūṭa
○kūṭa m. or n. N. of a shrub (tobacco W.) Kulârṇ
⋙ tāmrakṛmi
○kṛmi m. cochineal L
⋙ tāmrakrami
○krami m. id. L
⋙ tāmragarbha
○garbha n. sulphate of copper L
⋙ tāmraguhā
○guhā f. N. of a mythical cave Kāraṇḍ. xi
⋙ tāmracakṣus
○cakṣus m. 'red-eyed', a kind of pigeon Npr
⋙ tāmracūḍa
○cūḍa mfn. red-crested (a cock) MBh. iii, ix [Page 443, Column 2]
• m. a cock Suśr. iv, vi VarBṛS. lxxxviii, 44 Daś
• Blumea lacera L
• = ○daka PSarv. Mantram. xix
• N. of a Pari-vrājaka Pañcat. ii, 1, 0/1
• (ā), f. N. of one of the mothers attending on Skanda MBh. ix, 2636
-bhairava m. a form of Bhairava
⋙ tāmracūḍaka
○"ṣcūḍaka m. a particular position of the hand
⋙ tāmraja
○ja mf(ā)n. made of copper VarYogay. vi, 4
○jâkṣa m. 'copper-eyed', N. of a son of Kṛishṇa by Satya-bhāmā Hariv. 9184
⋙ tāmratanu
○tanu mfn. having a ruddy body W
⋙ tāmratapta
○tapta m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP. x, 61, 18
⋙ tāmratā
○tā f. a coppery red Kād. vi, 1175
⋙ tāmratuṇḍa
○tuṇḍa m. 'copper mouthed', a kind of monkey Npr
⋙ tāmratrapuja
○trapu-ja = ○mrârdha ib
⋙ tāmratva
○tva n. 'copper-colour', redness R. v, 85, 2
⋙ tāmradugdhā
○dugdhā
⋙ tāmradugdhī
○dugdhī f. N. of a small shrub L
⋙ tāmradru
○dru red sandal-wood Npr
⋙ tāmradvīpa
○dvīpa m. 'copper-island', Ceylon Divyâv. xxxvi
⋙ tāmradvīpaka
○"ṣdvīpaka mfn. ceylonic ib
⋙ tāmradhātu
○dhātu m. red chalk Npr
• (dhātu tāmra, 'red metal', copper R. iii, 21, 17)
⋙ tāmradhūmra
○dhūmrá mf(ā)n. dark-red AV. x, 2, 11
⋙ tāmradhvaja
○dhvaja m. 'red-bannered', N. of a man JaimBh
⋙ tāmranetra
○netra mfn. red-eyed
⋙ tāmrapakṣa
○pakṣa m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa VP. v, 32, 2 (vv. ll. -varṇa and pra-pakska)
• (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Kṛishṇa Hariv. 9184 (vḷ. -parṇī)
⋙ tāmrapaṭṭa
○paṭṭa m. a copper plate Yājñ. i, 318 (used for inscribing land-grants &c.) Divyâv. xxxv
⋙ tāmrapattra
○pattra n. a copper plate W
• m. 'red-leaved', N. of a pot-herb L
⋙ tāmrapattraka
○"ṣpattraka m. 'red-leaved', Bauhinia tomentosa Npr
• Capparis aphylla ib
⋙ tāmraparṇa
○parṇa n. N. of part of Bhārata Varsha (= -dviipa) Gol. iii, 41
• (○mra-varṇa) VP. ii, 3, 6
• (ī), f. Rubia Munjista Npr
• a kind of pond L
• N. of a river (rising in Malaya
• celebrated for its pearls
RTL. p. 324) MBh. iii, 8340 ; vi, 252 Hariv. VarBṛS. (once metrically ○rṇi, lxxxi, 2) Ragh. iv, 50 BhP. iv f. &c
• (g. varaṇâdī) N. of a town in Ceylon W
○rṇī-taṭāka, N. of a locality Śaṃkar. lxiii
⋙ tāmraparṇi
○parṇi for ○rṇī, q.v
⋙ tāmraparṇīya
○parṇīya m. an inhabitant of Ceylon, esp. a Buddhist
⋙ tāmrapallava
○pallava m. 'red-budded', Jonesia Aśoka L
⋙ tāmrapākin
○pākin m. Thespesia populneoides L
⋙ tāmrapātra
○pātra n. = -kuṇḍa MBh. xiii, 6026 f. Suśr. vi, 12, 38
• (used as a kind of clepsydra) Sūryas. xiii, 23
-maya mfn. formed with copper vessels Hcat. i, 7, 133
⋙ tāmrapādī
○pādī f. 'red-footed', Cissus pedata L
⋙ tāmrapuṣpa
○puṣpa mfn. decorated with red flowers Hariv. 12003
• m. Kaempferia rotunda L
• = ○ṣpaka L
• (ī), f. Bignonia suaveolens L
• Grislea tomentosa L
• Ipomcea Turpethum L
⋙ tāmrapuṣpaka
○"ṣpuṣpaka m. Bauhinia variegata Npr
• (ikā), f. Bignonia suaveolens ib
• Grislea tomentosa L
• Ipomcea Turpethum Npr
⋙ tāmraphala
○phala m. 'red-fruited', Alangium hexapetalum L
⋙ tāmraphalaka
○phalaka n. = -paṭṭa W
⋙ tāmrabīja
○bīja m. 'red-seeded', Dolichos uniflorus L
⋙ tāmramaya
○maya mf(ī)n. coppery. Suśr. iv, 29 VarBṛSḷx, 5 Pañcat. BhP. MārkP
⋙ tāmramāraṇa
○māraṇa n. the decomposition of copper and its application as a remedy W
⋙ tāmramukha
○mukha mfn. copper-faced W
• fair-complexioned W
• m. a European W
⋙ tāmramūlā
○mūlā f. 'red-rooted', Rubia Munjista Npr
• Alhagi Maurorum ib
• Mimosa pudica ib
⋙ tāmramṛga
○mṛga m. the red deer W
⋙ tāmramṛṣṭānulepin
○mṛṣṭânulepin mfn. smeared with coppery red unguents R. ii, 83, 17
⋙ tāmrarajas
○rajas n. copper filings Car. vi, 25
⋙ tāmraratha
○ratha mfn. having a dark red carriage TĀr. i, 12, 4
⋙ tāmrarasā
○rasā f. N. of a daughter of Raudrâśva VāyuP. ii, 37, 122
⋙ tāmrarasāyanī
○rasâyanī f. = -dugdha L
⋙ tāmralipta
○lipta m. pl. N. of a people (living near the western mouth of the Ganges) and its country (vv. ll. tāma-l○ &c.) MBh. ii, 1874 Romakas
• a prince of the Tāmra-liptas MBh. i, 6993 ; ii, 1098
• (ā), f. their capital Kathās. xiii, 54
• (ī), f. id. (= tāma-l○) Kathās
○pta-rṣi m. N. of a prince Siṃhâs
⋙ tāmraliptaka
○"ṣliptaka m. pl. the Tāmra-lipta people MBh. vi f. Hariv. 12838
• (ikā), f. = ○ptī Kathās. xviii
⋙ tāmravarṇa
○varṇa mfn. copper-coloured, darkred TĀr.i, 12, 4 MBh. i
• = ○rṇaka L
• = -parṇa, q.v
-pakṣa
• (ā), f. the China rose L
• (ī), f. the blossom of sesamum W
⋙ tāmravarṇaka
○"ṣvarṇaka m. a kind of grass L
⋙ tāmravallī
○vallī f. Rubia Munjista Bhpr. vii, 83, 92/93
• = sūkṣma-v○ L
⋙ tāmravṛkṣa
○vṛkṣa m.= -bīja L
• = -dru L
⋙ tāmravṛnta
○vṛnta m. = -bīja L
• (ā), f. another kind of Dolichos L
⋙ tāmraśāṭīya
○śāṭīya m. pl. 'red-clothed', N. of a Buddh. school
⋙ tāmraśāsana
○śāsana n. an edict (or grant &c.) inscribed on copper Daś. ii, 48
⋙ tāmraśikhin
○śikhin m. 'red-crested', a cock L
⋙ tāmrasāgara
○sāgara m. N. of an ocean Romakas
⋙ tāmrasāra
○sāra n. = -dru L
⋙ tāmrasāraka
○"ṣsāraka n. id. L
• m. a redblossoming Khadira L
⋙ tāmrasena
○sena m. N. of a king Siṃhâs
⋙ tāmrākṣa
tāmrâkṣa mf(ī)n. = ○mra-netra MBh. viii Nal. xxvi, 17 (ifc.) R. BhP
• a crow MBh. viii, 1908 [Page 443, Column 3]
• the Indian cuckoo L
• N. of a serpent Divyâv. viii
⋙ tāmrākhya
tāmrâkhya mfn. called red (a kind of pearl) VarBṛS. lxxxi, 3
⋙ tāmrāṭavī
tāmrâṭavī f. 'copperwood', N. of a mountain Divyâv. viii
⋙ tāmrābha
tāmrâbha n. = ○mra-dru L
⋙ tāmrāyasa
tāmrâyasa n. 'copper-iron', a kind of weight, ŚulbPariś. vii, 27
⋙ tāmrāruṇa
tāmrâruṇa m. a coppery red dawn Buddh. L
• n. N. of a Tīrtha MBh. iii, 8132
• (ā), f. N. of a river, xiii, 7647
⋙ tāmrārdha
tāmrârdha n. 'half-copper, bellmetal L
⋙ tāmrāvatī
tāmrā-vatī f. 'containing copper', N. of a river, iii, 14231
⋙ tāmrāśman
tāmrâśman m. a red stone, ruby W
⋙ tāmrāśva
tāmrâśva mfn. having red horses TĀr. i, 12, 4
⋙ tāmropajīvin
tāmrôpajīvin m. = ○mra-kāra R. (G) ii, 90, 27
⋙ tāmroṣṭha
tāmroṣṭha (oṣ○), m. du. red lips Kum. i, 45 MārkP. xxiii, 41
• mfn. having red lips MBh. i, 6073 (su-)
• m. N. of a Yaksha, iii, 298
≫ tāmraka
tāmraka m. N. of a Gandharva Gal
• n. copper Yājñ. i, 296 VarBṛS. civ, 15
• (ikā), f. (= ○mrī) a kind of clepsydra L
• Abrus precatorius L
⋙ tāmrāku
tāmrāku m. N. of an Upa-dviipa (cf. ○mra-dviipa) L
≫ tāmrāyaṇa
tāmrāyaṇa m. patr. fr. ○mra, N. of a pupil of Yājñavalkya VāyuP. i, 61, 25
• pl. N. of a family Pravar.i, 3
⋙ tāmrika
tāmrika mfn. coppery Mn.viii, 136 Yājñ. i, 364
• = ○mra-kāra L
• (ā), ○mraka
≫ tāmriman
tāmriman m. = ○ra-tā g. dṛḍhâdi
≫ tāmrīkṛ
tāmrī-√kṛ to dye dark-red MBh. vii, 8458
≫ tāmrya
tāmrya n. = ○ra-tā g. dṛḍhâdi
tāy
tāy (derived fr. ○yate Pass. √tan, q.v.), cl. 1. ○yate (aor. atāyi, or ○yiṣṭa Pāṇ. 3-1, 61), to spread, proceed in a continuous stream or line Dhātup. xiv, 18
• (= √trai) to protect ib
• cf. vi-, saṃ-
⋙ tāya
tāya m. g. vṛṣâdi (not in Kāś.)
≫ tāyana
tāyana n. proceeding well, successful progress Pāṇ. 1-3, 38
⋙ tāyādara
tāyādará mfn. ? AV. vi, 72, 2
≫ tāyin
tāyin m. (for trāy○) a protector (said of Mahāviira Jain
• of Buddha Buddh.)
tāyika
tāyika m. pl. = tājika L
tāyu
tāyú m. = st○, a thief RV. i, iv-vii
tāra
tārá mfn. (√tṝ) carrying across, a saviour, protector (Rudra) VS. xvi, 40 ŚiraUp
• (Vishṇu) MBh. xiii, 6986
• high (a note), loud, shrill, (m. n.) a high tone, loud or shrill note TāṇḍyaBr. vii, 1, 7 (compar. -tara and superl. -tama) TPrāt
• Śikshā MBh. vii Mṛicch. &c
• mfn. (ft. stṛ́?) shining, radiant Megh. Amar. Kathās. lxxiii Sāh
• clean, clear L
• good, excellent, well flavoured L. Sch
• m. 'crossing', dus-, su-
• 'saving', a mystical monosyllable (as om) RāmatUp. ŚikhUp. Sarvad. Tantr
• Andropogon bicolor L
• N. of Maṇi-rāma (author of a Comm. on Bhām.)
• of a Daitya (slain by Vishṇu) Hariv
• of one of Rāma's monkey generals (son of Bṛihas-pati, husband of Tārā) MBh. iii, 16372 R. i, iv, vi
• pl. a class of gods in the 12th Manv-antara VP. iii, 2, 33
• m. [n. and (ā), f. L.] the clearness or transparency of a pearl, clear pearl Suśr. v, 3, 19 Gīt. xi, 25
• (m. n. L.) = ○râbhra L
• m. n. a star L
• the pupil of the eye L
• n. descent to a river, bank (cf. tīra, tīrthá) AV. iv, 37, 3 Pāṇ. 6-3, 109 Vārtt. 1
• silver BhP. iv, 6, 27 Bhpr. v, 26, 43
• (ā), f. (g. bhidâdi) a fixed star, asterism (cf. stṛ́) Yājñ. iii, 172 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. ā Mṛicch. iii, 10)
• the pupil of the eye (chiefly ifc.) VarBṛS. lviii, 11 &c
• a kind of meteor, vli, 86 and 94
• (in Sāṃkhya phil.) one of the 8 Siddhis Tattvas
• (in music) N. of a Rāga of six notes
• a kind of perfume L
• a form of Dākshāyaṇi (worshipped on the mountain Kishkindha MatsyaP. xiii, 46
• protectress of the Gṛitsa-madas BrahmaP. ii, 18, 8
• cf RTL. p. 187)
• N. of a Buddh. goddess, Vāsav, 433
• of Bṛihaspati's wife (carried off by Soma) MBh. v, 3972 Hariv. 1340 ff. BhP. &c
• of the wife of Buddha Amoghasiddha Buddh
• of a Śakti Jain
• of a Yoginī Hcat. ii, 1, 710
• of a female monkey (daughter of Susheṇa, wife of Bālin and mother of Aṅgada) MBh. iii, 16110 ff. R. i, iv, vi
⋙ tārakṣiti
○kṣiti f. N. of a country VarBṛS. xiv, 21
⋙ tāraja
○ja mfn. made of silver Hcat. i, 5
• n. = -mākṣika Npr
⋙ tārataṇḍula
○taṇḍula m. 'silvergrain', a kind of Sorghum L
⋙ tāratama
○tama mfn. very loud TāṇḍyaBr. VPrāt. i
⋙ tāratāra
○tāra n. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) N. of one of the 8 Siddhis Sāṃkhyak. 51/52
⋙ tāradīrgha
○dīrgha mfn. loud and lasting long (a tone) Kathās. ci, 57
⋙ tāranātha
○nātha m. N. of a Tibetan (living in the beginning of the 17th century
• author of a history of Buddhism)
⋙ tāranāda
○nāda m. a loud or shrill sound
⋙ tārapaṭṭaka
○paṭṭaka m. a kind of sword Gal
⋙ tārapatana
○patana n. the falling of a meteor W
⋙ tārapāla
○pāla m. N. of a lexicographer
⋙ tārapuṣpa
○puṣpa m. jasmine L. [Page 444, Column 1]
⋙ tāramākṣika
○mākṣika n. a kind of mineral substance Bhpr. i f
⋙ tāramūla
○mūla n. N. of a locality Rājat. vii f
⋙ tāravimalā
○vimalā f. 'silver-clean', a kind of mineral substance L
⋙ tāraśuddhikara
○śuddhi-kara ḻ.,
⋙ tārakṛt
○kṛt ṅal., n. 'silver-refiner', lead
⋙ tārasāra
○sāra m. 'essence of (saving i.e.) mystical syllables', N. of an Up
⋙ tārasthāna
○sthāna n. the place in the gamut for the treble notes W
⋙ tārasvara
○svara mfn. sounding loud Pañcat. i Kathās. vi, 58
⋙ tārahemābha
○hemâbha n. 'shining like silver and gold', N. of a metal Gal
⋙ tārābha
tārâbha m. 'resembling silver', quicksilver Npr
⋙ tārābhra
tārâbhra m. camphor L
⋙ tārāri
tārâri m. 'silver-enemy', a pyritic ore of iron L. 1
⋙ tārāvalī
tārâvalī f. 'row of tones', N. of a composition
≫ tāraka
tāraka mf(ikā [Pāṇ. 7-3, 45 Vārtt. 6] R. ī)n. causing or enabling to pass or go over, carrying over, rescuing, liberating, saving MBh. xii (Śiva) JābālUp. ŚivaP. &c. (a particular prayer, brahman)
• belonging to the stars VS. xxiv, 10 (○ká)
• m. a helmsman L
• N. of a Daitya (conquered by Indra with the assistance of Skanda) MBh. vi ff. (pl. the children of that Daitya, viii, 1553), xiii Hariv. Kum. &c
• of an enemy of Vishṇu L
• of a friend of Sīmanta BrahmôttKh. xxx
• m. n. a float, raft L
• n. a star MBh. v, 5390 Gīt.vii, 24
• the pupil of the eye L
• the eye L
• a metre of 4 X 13 syllables
• (tā́rakā), f. (Pāṇ. 7-3, 45 Vārtt. 6) a star AV. TBr. i, 5, 2, 5 Yājñ. i MBh. &c. (ifc. f. ā)
• a meteor, falling star AV. v, 17, 4
• the pupil of the eye MBh. i, 2932 R. iii Mṛicch. &c
• the eye L
• coloquintida L
• = laghu-vṛndāvana Npr
• (= ○rā) N. of Bṛihas-pati's wife VP. iv, 6, 9
• (ikā), f. the juice of palms Kulârṇ
⋙ tārakajaya
○jaya m. 'conquest of Tāraka', N. of PadmaP. i, 41
⋙ tārakajit
○jit m. 'Tārakaconqueror', Skanda L
⋙ tārakatīrtha
○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha KāśīKh. xxxiii f
⋙ tārakatva
○tvá n. the condition of a star TBr. i, 5, 2, 5
• the being saving RāmatUp. ii, 2, 6
⋙ tārakadvādaśī
○dvādaśī f. a particular 12th day BhavP. ii
⋙ tārakamantra
○mantra m. 'saving text', N. of a Mantra RTL. p. 297
⋙ tārakaripu
○ripu m. = -jit Mcar. ii, 35
⋙ tārakavadha
○vadha m. 'Tāraka-slaughter', N. of ŚivaP. ii, 18
⋙ tārakavairin
○vairin m. = -jit Gal
⋙ tārakasūdana
○sūdana m. id. Prasannar. iv, 16
⋙ tārakāntaka
tārakântaka m. id. Kathās.i
⋙ tārakāri
tārakâri m.id. L
⋙ tārakopaniṣad
tārakôpaniṣad f. 'saving Up.', N. of an Up
≫ tārakā
tārakā f. of ○ka, q.v
⋙ tārakākṣa
○"ṣkṣa (○kâk○), mfn. 'star-eyed' MBh. ix, 2586
• m. N. of a Daitya (son of Tāraka) MBh. vii f. MatsyaP. cxxviii
• cxxxvii
○râkṣa
⋙ tārakādi
○"ṣdi (○kâd○), a Gaṇa of Pāṇ. 5-2, 36 Gaṇar. 388-391)
⋙ tārakāmaya
○maya mfn. on account of (Bṛihas-pati's wife) Tārakā (or Tārā
• said of the war waged by gods and demons for her rescue) MBh. i f
• vi f. Hariv. R. vf. BhP. ix, 14, 7
• m. 'full of stars', Śiva MBh. xii, 10424
⋙ tārakāmāna
○māna n. sidereal measure, sidereal time VarBṛS. īc, 2
⋙ tārakārāja
○rāja m. 'star-king', the moon Kād. v, 106 Hcar. v, 381
• viii
⋙ tārakeśvara
tārakêśvara m. id., iv
≫ tārakāyana
tārakāyana m. pl. the descendants of Tāraka Hariv. 1466
• N. of a family Pravar. iv, 1
≫ tārakiṇī
tārakiṇī f. 'starry', night L
≫ tārakita
tārakita mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 36) star-spangled (i.e. filled) with (in comp.) Daś. Kād. Naish. iv, 49
≫ tāraṇa
tāraṇa mf(ī)n. causing or enabling to cross, helping over a difficulty, liberating, saving MBh. xiii, 1232 (Siva) and 6986 (Vishṇn) Hariv.7022 and 7941 Kathās. lxvii, 1
• m. a float, raft L
• n. crossing, safe passage
• conquering (difficulties) MBh. iv, xiv R. &c
• carrying across, liberating, saving MBh. i, iii, ix
• N. of a Sāman
• the 3rd year of the 4th Jupiter cycle VarBṛS. viii, 3 Sūryas. Jyot
• pl. N. of a family Pravar. ii, 3, 6
⋙ tāraṇi
tāraṇi f. = tar○, a boat L
≫ tāraṇeya
tāraṇeya m. patr. of Yāja and Upa-yāja ('born of a virgin' Sch.) MBh. i, 6363
⋙ tārayantī
tārayantī f. (p. Caus. √tṝ) one of the 8 Siddhis (in Sāṃkhya phil.) Tattvas
⋙ tārayitṛ
tārayitṛ mfn. a promoter Nir. x, 28
≫ tārā
tārā f. of ○ra, q.v
⋙ tārākavaca
○kavaca n. N. of a ch. of Tantras. iii
⋙ tārākāruṇya
○kāruṇya n. 'the compassion of Tārā', N. of R. iv, 20
⋙ tārākṣa
○"ṣkṣa (○râk○), m. 'star-eyed', N. of a Daitya (= ○rakâkṣa) MBh. viii, 1395
• of a king of the Nishadhas (uncle of Dhūmrâksha), SambhMāh. ii
• of a mountain (also ○rakâkṣa) Divyâv. viii
⋙ tārāgaṇa
○gaṇa m. a multitude of stars Hariv. 2661
• a caparison (of a horse or elephant) ornamented with stars Hcat. i, 8, 215 and 9, 2
⋙ tārāguru
○guru m. pl. N. of particular authors of Mantras (with Śāktas) Śaktir. v
⋙ tārāgraha
○graha in. 'star-planet', one of the 5 lesser planets exclusive of the sun and moon VarBṛS. lxix, 1
⋙ tārācakra
○cakra n. N. of a mystical circle Rudray. ii, 3, 3
⋙ tārācandra
○candra m. N. of a commentator
• of a king Inscr
⋙ tārācchāya
○cchāya mfn. reflecting the stars W
⋙ tārātīrtha
○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha W
⋙ tārādharma
○dharma m. N. of a prince of -pura Kathās
⋙ tārādhipa
○"ṣdhipa (○râdh○), m. = ○rakā-rāja MBh. i, iii, xiii R. Kum. Bhartṛ. [Page 444, Column 2]
⋙ tārādhipati
○"ṣdhipati (○râdh○), m. id. W
⋙ tārādhīśa
○"ṣdhī7śa (○râdh○), ○râpīḍa
⋙ tārāpajjhaṭikā
○pajjhaṭikā f. N. of a hymn by Śaṃkara Tantras. iii
⋙ tārāpati
○pati m. = ○râdhipa MBh. Hariv. 10052 R. Ragh. AmṛitUp
• 'husband of Tārā', Bṛihas-pati
• Śiva
• the monkey Bālin MBh. iii, 16130
• N. of a prince Kshitîś. ii, 18
⋙ tārāpatha
○patha m. 'star-path', the sky Bālar. viii, 82
⋙ tārāpaharaṇa
○"ṣpaharaṇa (○râp○), n. N. of BrahmaP. iv, 81
⋙ tārāpīḍa
○"ṣpīḍa (○râp○), m. 'star-crowned', the moon L
• N. of several princes Kād. LiṅgaP. (i, 66, 4i) &c. [○râdhêśa, KūrmaP. i, 21, 59] Rājat. iv
⋙ tārāpura
○pura n. N. of a town Kathās. lvi, 41
⋙ tārāpramāṇa
○pramāṇa n. = ○rakā-māna VarBṛS. īc, 2
⋙ tārābhūṣā
○bhūṣā f. 'star-decorated', night L
⋙ tārāmaṇḍala
○maṇḍala n. 'star-circle', the zodiac W
• 'eye-circle', the pupil of the eye W
• m. a particular kind of Śiva-temple L
⋙ tārāmantra
○mantra m. N. of R. iv, 12
• of Mantram. iv
⋙ tārāmaya
○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of or representing stars, Śāntiś. iv, 14 Sāh. x, 58/59
⋙ tārāmṛga
○mṛga m. 'star-antelope', the Nakshatra Mṛiga-śīrsha MBh. iii, 16020 R. iii
⋙ tārāramaṇa
○ramaṇa m. = tārâdhipa Kād. viii 3
⋙ tārārūpa
○rūpa mfn. star-shaped W
⋙ tārāvatī
○vatī f. a form of Durgā Śaktir. v
• N. of a daughter of Kakutstha (wife of king Candra-śekhara) KālP
• of the wife of Dharmadhvaja Vet. -2
⋙ tārāvalī
○"ṣvalī (○râv○), f. a multitude of stars Kathās. lxxiii, 340
• N. of a figure (in rhetoric), Pratāpar
• of a daughter of the Yaksha prince Maṇibhadra Daś. ix, 43
• of other mythical women Kathās. lxix, lxxxv
• cxxiii, 82
⋙ tārāvarṣa
○varṣa n. 'star-rain', falling stars ṢaḍvBr. vi, 9
⋙ tārāvaloka
○"ṣvaloka (○râv○), m. N. of a prince Kathās. cxiii
⋙ tārāvākya
○vākya n. 'speech of Tārā', N. of R. iv, 13
⋙ tārāvilāpa
○vilāpa m. 'lamentation of Tārā', N. of R. iv, 17f
⋙ tārāvilāsa
○vilāsa m. N. of wk
⋙ tārendra
tārêndra m. 'star-prince', N. of an author
≫ tārāyaṇa
tārāyaṇa m. Ficus religiosa Lalit.xxiv, 165 and 226 ; xxv, 1 and 71
• pl. N. of a family Pravar. vi, 2 (vḷ. tar○)
⋙ tārika
tārika m. a ferry-man Vishṇ.v, 131
• (n.?) freight Mn. viii, 407
• (ā), f. ○raka
≫ tāriṇī
tāriṇī in comp
⋙ tāriṇīkalpa
○kalpa m. N. of a text Tantras. ii
⋙ tāriṇītantra
○tantra n. N. of a Tantra Śaktir. ii
• iv
≫ tārita
tārita mfn. conveyed across MBh. v, 3921
≫ tāritṛ
tāritṛ mfn. (fut. p. Caus. √tṝ) being about to save Hcat. i, 7, 779
≫ tārin
tārin mfn. enabling to cross over, saving (said of Durgā) MBh. vi, 797
• (iṇī), f. a form of Durgā Tantras. ii
• (= ○rā) N. of a Buddh. goddess L
≫ tāreya
tāreya m. 'son of Tārā', the monkey Aṅgada R. v, 1, 9 and 2, 4 ; vi, 6, 21 ; 26, 75 and 87
≫ tārya
tārya mfn. = taraṇīya MBh. xii R. iii, 30, 40
• to be conquered or defeated BhP. i, 15, 14 (a- neg.)
• n. impers. it is to be crossed Pāṇ. 4-4, 91
• n. freight Mn. viii, 405
tāraṭī
tāraṭī f. = tar○ L
tāratamya
tāratamya n. (fr. 1. tara and 2. tama) gradation, proportion, difference Mṛicch. x, 5/6 Sāh. i, 2/3, 31 Udbh. Kulad
• (ena), instr. ind. in different degrees BhP. v, vii
• cf. tara-tama-tas
tāradī
tāradī vḷ. for ○raṭī
tārala
tārala mfn. = tar○, unsteady, libidinous L
⋙ tāralya
tāralya n. unsteadiness Kād. vi, 470
tārava
tārava mf(ī)n. belonging to a tree (taru) Bālar. vi, 40
tārāj
tā-rāj f. a kind of Vi-rāj RPrāt. xvii, 4f Sch
tārika
tārika ○rita, &c. above
tārukṣāyaṇi
tārukṣāyaṇi m. patr. fr. tárukṣa Pravar. iv, 8 (Kāty
• ○rkSyAy○, VRJ.)
≫ tārukṣya
tārukṣya m. (g. 2. lohitâdi) id. AitĀr. iii, 1, 6, 1
⋙ tārukṣyāyaṇī
tārukṣyāyaṇī f. of ○kṣya g. 2. lohitâdi
tāruṇa
tāruṇa mfn. fr. tar○ g. utsâdi
≫ tāruṇya
tāruṇya n. youth, youthfulness MBh. xii &c
tārka
tārka m. pl. N. of a family Pravar. i
tārkava
tārkava mfn. fr. tarku Pāṇ. 4 Kāś
tārkika
tārkika mfn. (fr. tarka) related or belonging to logic W
• m. a dialectician, logician, philosopher Gāthāsaṃgr. Vedântas. &c
⋙ tārkikakārikā
○kārikā f. N. of wk
⋙ tārkikacūḍāmaṇi
○cūḍāmaṇi m. 'crest-jewel of philosophers', a honorific N. given to Raghu-nātha and others
⋙ tārkikatva
○tva n. scepticism, philosophy Prasannar. i, 17/18
⋙ tārkikarakṣā
○rakṣā 'philosopher's guard', N. of a work Sarvad. v, 130
⋙ tārkikaśiromaṇi
○śiromaṇi m. = -cūḍām○
tārkṣa
tārkṣa m. (for ○kṣya?) a kind of bird Suśr. iii, 4, 74 [Page 444, Column 3]
• for ○kṣya (N. of a Garuḍa, of Kaśyapa, and of a tree)
• (ī), f. a kind of creeper L
⋙ tārkṣaja
○ja
⋙ tārkṣaputra
○putra
⋙ tārkṣasuta
○suta ○kṣya-
⋙ tārkṣaka
tārkṣaka (ifc.) the fruit of ○kṣya-prasava Car. i, 27, 128
≫ tārkṣāka
tārkṣāka m. patr. fr. tṛkṣ○ g. śivâdi
≫ tārkṣya
tā́rkṣya m. N. of a mythical being (originally described as a horse with the epithet áriṣṭa-nemi [RV. i, 89, 6 ; x, 178, 1 Naigh. i, 14 Kauś. 73], later on taken to be a bird [RV. v, 51, interpol. ĀśvŚr. x, 7] and identified with Garuḍa [MBh. Hariv. &c.] or called his elder brother ḻ. or father [BhP. vi, 6, 2 and 21
• also -putra]
• mentioned with Arishṭa-nemi, V8. xv, 18
• with Arishṭa-nemi, Garuḍa, Aruṇa and Āruṇi as offspring of Kaśyapa by Vinatā MBh. i, 2548 and 4830 Hariv. 12468 and 14175
• called a Yaksha VP. ii, 10, 13
• a Muni with the N. Arishṭa-nemi MBh. iii, 12660 and 12665 ; xii, 10615
• pl. a class of demi-gods grouped with the Gandharvas, Yakshas, and Cāraṇas R. i, 16, 9)
• N. of the hymn RV. x, 178 (ascribed to Tārkshya Arishṭanemi) ĀśvŚr. ix SāṅkhŚr. xi f. Lāṭy. i
• a horse Naigh. i, 14
• a cart L
• a bird MBh. vi, 71 Suśr. iv, 28, 5
• a snake L
• = -prasava, vi, 51, 19 (○kṣa ed.)
• a sort of antidote, v, 5, 66
• gold L
• = netrâñca keśa Npr
• Śiva
• N. of a man Pravar. ii, 3, 6 (Āp. and Āśv.)
• pl. N. of a people MBh. ii, 1871
• n. = -ja Suśr. iv, 9, 45
⋙ tārkṣyaja
○ja n. a sort of collyrium, vi, 12, 16 (○kṣa-ja) Bhpr. v, 1, 204
⋙ tārkṣyadhvaja
○dhvaja m. 'Garuḍa-symboled', Vishṇu L
⋙ tārkṣyanāyaka
○nāyaka m. 'bird-leader', Garuḍa L
⋙ tārkṣyanāśaka
○nāśaka m. 'bird-destroyer', a kind of falcon Npr
⋙ tārkṣyaputra
○putra m. = -suta Suparṇ. xxx, 4 BhP. iii, 2, 24
• N. of Suparṇa (author of certain hymns) RAnukr
⋙ tārkṣyaprasava
○prasava m. Vatica robusta L
⋙ tārkṣyaratna
○ratna n. a kind of dark jewel Kathās
-maya mfn. consisting of that jewel, cxxiii, 131
⋙ tārkṣyalakṣaṇa
○lakṣaṇa m. 'Garuḍa-marked', Kṛishṇa (= Vishṇu) MBh. xii, 43, 8
⋙ tārkṣyaśaila
○śaila n. = -ja Suśr. iv, 9
⋙ tārkṣyasāman
○sāman n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy. i, 6, 19
⋙ tārkṣyasuta
○suta m. 'son of Kaśyapa', Garuḍa BhP
≫ tārkṣyāyaṇa
tārkṣyāyaṇa m. = ○ṇi pl. N. of a family Pravar. i, 6
• (ī), f. of ○kṣya g. 2. lohitâdi
⋙ tārkṣyāyaṇabhakta
○bhakta mfn. inhabited by the Tārkshyāyaṇas, g. aiṣukāry-ādi
⋙ tārkṣyāyaṇi
tārkṣyāyaṇi patr., ○rukSAy○
tārcha
tārcha N. of an amulet Kauś. 48
tārṇa
tārṇa mfn. made of grass (tṛ́ṇa) MBh. i, v Suśr. i, 26, 8
• levied from grass (a tax), g. śuṇḍikâdi
• m. and (ī), f. patr. fr. tṛṇa g. śivâdi
≫ tārṇaka
tārṇaka mfn. fr. tṛṇakīyā g. bilvakâdi
≫ tārṇakarṇa
tārṇakarṇa m. patr. fr. tṛṇa-k○ g. śivâdi
≫ tārṇakarṇīputra
tārṇakarṇī-putra m. the son of a female descendant of Tṛiṇa-karṇa Pāṇ. 6-1, 13 Vārtt. 3 Pat
≫ tārṇabindavīya
tārṇabindavīya mfn. fr. tṛṇa-bindu, iv, 2, 28 Vārtt. 1 Pat
⋙ tārṇāyana
tārṇāyana m. patr. fr. tṛṇa g. 1. naḍâdi
⋙ tārṇi
tārṇi pl. id. Pravar. vi, 3 (vḷ. ○ṇeya)
tārtīya
tārtīya mfn. belonging to the 3rd (tṛt○) ĀśvŚr. x, 2 BhP. iii, 6, 29
• the 3rd, viii, 19, 34
• n. a 3rd part KātyŚr. iv, 7, Paddh
≫ tārtīyaka
tārtīyaka mfn. belonging to the 3rd, mentioned in the 3rd kāṇḍa Siddh.puṃl. 17 Sch. (vḷ. jātīy○)
≫ tārtīyasavana
tārtīyasavana mfn. belonging to the 3rd Savana, Śikshā
⋙ tārtīyasavanika
tārtīyasavanika mf(ī)n. id. ĀpŚr. xiv, 19 ŚāṅkhŚr. v, 3, 7
⋙ tārtīyāhnika
tārtīyâhnika mfn. belonging to the 3rd day (ahan), xv, 8, 3
≫ tārtīyīka
tārtīyīka mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 7 Pat.) the 3rd Mālatīm. i, 2
⋙ tārtīyīkatā
○tā f. the being the 3rd Naish.iii, 136
tārpya
tārpyá n. a garment made of a particular vegetable substance (tṛpā Sāy. on ŚBr.) AV. xviii, 4, 31 (○pyá) TS. ii TBr. i, iii ŚBr.v, 3, 5, 20 TāṇḍyaBr. xxi KātyŚr. xv ŚāṅkhŚr
tārya
tārya col. 2
tārṣṭāgha
tārṣṭâgha m. (fr. tṛṣt○?) N. of a tree Kauś. 25 (= sarṣapa Sch.)
• mf(ī́)n. coming from that tree AV. v, 29, 15 Śāntik. 21
tāla
tāla m. (Siddhnapuṃs. 25 Sch.) the palmyra tree or fan-palm (Borassus flabelliformis, producing a sort of spirituous liquor
• considered as a measure of height R. iv ; vi, 2, 6 Lalit. iii, xxii
• forming a banner MBh. iv, vi, xvi Hariv
• to pierce seven fan-palms with one shot is held to be a great feat R. i, 1, 64 AgP. viii, 2) Mn. viii, 246 MBh. &c
• (fr. tāḍa) slapping the hands together or against one's arm, xiii, 1397 R. &c
• the flapping of an elephant's ears Ragh. ix, 71 Kathās. xii ; xxi, 1 Prab. i, v
• musical time or measure MBh. &c. (cf. -jña & -śīla)
• a dance Sāh. vi, 277
• a cymbal Pañcat. BhP. viii, 15, 21
• (in prosody) a trochee
• a span measured by the thumb and middle finger Hcat. i, 3, 855 and 6, 171 [Page 445, Column 1]
• (= tala) the palm (of the hand) L
• a lock, bolt W
• (= tala) the hilt of a sword L
• a goldsmith Gal
• Śiva MBh. xiii, 1243
• pl. N. of a people (cf. -vana and apara-) VarBṛS. xiv, 22
• m. n. orpiment L
• N. of a hell VP. ii, 6, 2 and 10 ŚivaP
• n. the nut of the fan-palm MBh. iii, 8718 Hariv. 3711 (cf. kākatālīya)
• the throne of Durgā (cf. manas-) L. (vḷ.)
• mf(ī Pāṇ. 4-3, 152) n. made of palmyra wood Mn.xi, 96/97
• (ā), f. (g. kuṇḍâdi), māsa-
• (ī), f. (g. kuṇḍâdī) N. of a tree (Corypha Taliera, Corypha umbraculifera, Flacourtia cataphracta, Curculigo orchioides L.) Hariv. 6407 R. Suśr. &c
• toddy W
• a fragrant earth L
• = tallikā L
• a metre of 4 x 3 long syllables
• cf. ucca-, ut-, eka-, kara-, kāṃsya-, kāma-, krośa-
⋙ tālaketu
○ketu m. 'palm-bannered', Bhīshma MBh. v f
• Bala-Rāma VP. iv, 1, 37
• N. of an adversary of Kṛishṇa MBh. iii, 492 Hariv. 9141
• 'having the tāla hell as a banner', N. of a Dānava (younger brother of Patāla-ketu) MārkP. xxii, 6
⋙ tālakṣīra
○kṣīra n. = tava-kṣ○ Npr
⋙ tālakṣīraka
○kṣīraka n. id. L
⋙ tālagarbha
○garbha palm-juice, toddy VarBṛS. l, 24
⋙ tālacara
○cara m. pl. N. of a people MBh. v, 4751
⋙ tālaja
○ja mfn. coming from the fan-palm Suśr. i, 46, 3, 41
• n. = -garbha L
⋙ tālajaṅgha
○jaṅgha mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 114 Kāś.) having legs as long as a palm-tree R. v, 12, 35 Hariv. 9553 Tantr
• belonging to the Tāla-jaṅgha tribe MBh. xiii, 7223
• m. a prince of that tribe, iii, 17014
• a Rakshas VarYogay. iii, 21
• N. of a Rakshas R. vi, 84, 12
• of a Daitya Hariv. 12940
• of a chief of the Bhūtas Kathās. cviii, 90
• of the ancestor of the Tāla-jaṅgha tribe (descendant of Śaryāti MBh. xiii, 1946
• son of Jaya-dhvaja VP. iv, 11, 5 BhP. ix, 23, 27)
• pl. N. of a warrior-tribe MBh. Hariv. R. BhP
⋙ tālajaṭā
○jaṭā f. the fibres of the palm-tree under the outer bark W
⋙ tālajña
○jña mfn. knowing the measure (in music) Yājñ. iii, 115
⋙ tāladruma
○druma m. the palmyra-tree
⋙ tāladhāraka
○dhāraka m. 'keeping the measure', a dancer L
⋙ tāladhvaja
○dhvaja m. '= -ketu', Bala-Rāma MBh. ix
• N. of a mountain Śatr. i
• (ā), f. of a town PadmaP. vi
• (ī), f. of a river Śatr. i, 54
⋙ tālanavamī
○navamī f. the 9th day of the light half of month Bhādra (sacred to Durgā), GarP
⋙ tālapattra
○pattra n. 'a palm-leaf', and 'a kind of ear-ornament' Kād. ii, 28
• Trigonella foenum graecum Npr
• (ī), f. another plant (Salvinia cucullata L
• Anethum graveolens Npr
• = ○la-mūlī ib.) Suśr. i, 11, 3 and 36, 29
⋙ tālaparṇa
○parṇa n. = ○lâkhyā L
• (ī), f. id. L
• Anethum graveolens L
⋙ tālapuṣpaka
○puṣpaka n. N. of a plant L
⋙ tālapralamba
○pralamba m. = -jaṭā L
⋙ tālaphala
○phala n. the fruit of the fan-palm Suśr. i
• iv Gīt. ix, 3
⋙ tālabaddha
○baddha mfn. measured, rhythmical W
⋙ tālabhaṅga
○bhaṅga m. loss of the measure (in music) Pañcar. i, 12, 9 f
⋙ tālabhaṭa
○bhaṭa m. N. of a warrior Kathās. xiii, 24
⋙ tālabhṛt
○bhṛt m. (= -dhvaja) Bala-Rāma L
⋙ tālamaya
○maya mfn. made of the palm W
⋙ tālamardaka
○mardaka
⋙ tālamardala
○mardala m. a cymbal L
⋙ tālamātra
○mātra mfn. as big as a palm MBh. i, iv f
• (am), ind. as high as a palm R. iii, 50, 19
⋙ tālamūlikā
○mūlikā f. Curculigo orchioides Suśr. iv, 7, 16
⋙ tālamūlī
○mūlī f. id. Npr
⋙ tālayantra
○yantra n. a particular surgical instrument, small pair of pincers, Susr. i, 7, 1 f. and 7
• a lock, lock and key W
⋙ tālarecanaka
○recanaka m. 'distinguishing the measure (in dancing)', a dancer L. (vḷ. -vec○)
⋙ tālalakṣman
○lakṣman m. = -bhṛ́t L
⋙ tālavana
○vana n. a grove of palmyra-trees MBh. vi, 5441 Hariv. 3704 BhP. v (in a hell)
• m. pl. N. of a people MBh. ii ; 1175
⋙ tālavalī
○valī f. a kind of musical composition
⋙ tālavādya
○vādya n. clapping the hands together Kathās. xxv, 136
⋙ tālavṛnta
○vṛnta n. a palm-leaf used as a fan, fan (in general) MBh. R. Suśr. &c
• m. a kind of Soma plant, iv, 29, 4
-nivāsin m. N. of a scholiast
○ntī-√bhū, to become a fan Bālar. iii, 13
⋙ tālavṛntaka
○vṛntaka n
• a fan L
⋙ tālavecanaka
○vecanaka -rec○
⋙ tālaśabda
○śabda m. the noise caused by the falling of a palm-fruit Hariv. 3715
• = -vādya, 4111 f
⋙ tālaśīla
○śīla mfn. accustomed to beat time in music Gaut. xv, 18
⋙ tālaśuddha
○śuddha mfn. = -baddha W
⋙ tālasvana
○svana m.= -vādya Hariv. 3715
⋙ tālākhyā
tālâkhyā f. a kind of perfume L
⋙ tālaṅka
tālaṅka m. = ○la-lakṣman L
• Śiva L
• a man marked with auspicious marks L
• a palm-leaf (used for writing) W
• a book L
• a saw L
• a kind of vegetable L
⋙ tālāṅga
tālâṅga m. Cyprinus Rohita L
⋙ tālādi
tālâdi a Gaṇa of Pāṇ. 4-3, 152 Gaṇar. 261264 including rajakâdi, palāśâdi and bilvâdi)
⋙ tālādhyāya
tālâdhyāya m. 'time-chapter', N. of Saṃgita-darpaṇa vi (treating of musical instruments)
⋙ tālāpacara
tālâpacara m. = ○la-dhāraka R. ii, 3, 17
⋙ tālāvacara
tālâvacara m. (cf. tādâv○) id., vii, 91, 15
⋙ tālāvacaraṇa
tālâvacaraṇa m. id. Rājat. iii, 335
⋙ tālodghāṭinī
tālôdghāṭinī f. a spell used for opening locks HPariś. ii, 173 and 182. [Page 445, Column 2]
⋙ tālopaniṣad
tālôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up
≫ tālaka
tālaka (Siddh.puṃl. 29) m. N. of a venomous insect Suśr. v, 8, 13
• N. of a teacher VāyuP. i, 61, 45 (vḷ. ○lika)
• n. orpiment Bhpr.v, 26, 48 and 221
• a fragrant earth L
• a lock, bolt L
• a kind of ornament Buddh. L
• (ī), f. = ○la-garbha L
• (ikā), f. the palm of the hand Hariv. 9920
• = ○la-vādya Pañcat. ii, 5, 6
• a sign with the hand (?) Bālar. iii, 75
• Curculigo orchioides L
• = tāmra-vallī L
⋙ tālakābha
tālakâbha mfn. 'orpiment-like', green L
⋙ tālakeśvara
tālakêśvara m. N. of a medicinal unguent Bhpr
≫ tālaṅkīkṛ
tālaṅkī-√kṛ tāḍaṅk○
≫ tāli
tāli f. = tāḍi L
• Flacourtia cataphracta L. Sch
≫ tālika
tālika m. the palm of the hand L. (vḷ. for ○kā s.v. ○laka)
• a cover for binding a parcel of papers or a manuscript L
• vḷ. for ○laka, q.v
≫ tālita
tālita n. = tulita-paṭa (dyed or coloured cloth W.) L
• a string L
• a musical instrument L
⋙ tālitanagara
○nagara n. N. of a town. 1
⋙ tālin
tālin mfn. furnished with cymbals (Śiva), Bh. xiii, 1172
≫ tālī 1
tālī f. of ○la, q.v
⋙ tālīpaṭṭa
○paṭṭa a kind of ear-ornament Kād. v, 294
⋙ tālīpattra
○pattra n. a leaf of the Tālī plant VarBṛS. xxvii, 3
• = ○lī7śa-p○ L
⋙ tālīpuṭa
○puṭa (= tāḍī-p○) = -paṭṭa Kād. iii, 973
⋙ tālīrasaja
○rasa-ja m. sugar made of palm-juice Gal
⋙ tālīśa
tālī7śa m. Flacourtia cataphracta (the leaves of which are used in med.) R. iv, 44, 55 Suśr. i, iv ff
• n. = -pattra L
⋙ tālīśapattra
tālī7śa-pattra n. the leaf of Flacourtia cataphracta W. = ○lI-p○ and ○lī7śa L
• Pinus Webbiana L
⋙ tālīśaka
tālī7śaka m. Flacourtia cataphracta L
≫ tālīyaka
tālīyaka a cymbal R. v, 13, 54
tālavya
tālavya ○lu below
tālākaṭa
tālākaṭa = ○lik○ MBh. ii, 1169
≫ tālikaṭa
tālikaṭa m. pl. N. of a people and its country VarBṛS. xiv, 11
tālāna
tālāna m. pl. N. of a family Pravar. ii, 4, 1
tālin 2
tālin mfn. (√tal) placing upon Śiś. vi, 66
tālin 3
tālin m. pl. the pupils of Tala, g. śaunakâdi
tāliśa
tāliśa m. a mountain Uṇ. k
tālī 2
tālī ind. (= dhūlī or colour [varṇa, Śākaṭ.] or uttamârtha or vistāra Bhoj. Gaṇar. 96 Sch.) with √as, kṛ, bhū g. ūry-ādi
tālīśa
tālī7śa 1. ○lī
tālu
tā́lu n. rarely m. [MBh. xiv, 568 Hariv. 14273 BhP. ī] the palate VS. xxv, 1 Kauś. RPrāt. Suśr. &c
⋙ tālukaṇṭaka
○kaṇṭaka 'palate-thorn', N. of a disease of the palate with children Npr
⋙ tālugalapraśoṣa
○galapraśoṣa m. morbid dryness of palate and throat Suśr. ii, 11, 22
⋙ tāluja
○ja mfn. palatal, iv, 22, 57
⋙ tālujihva
○jihva m. a crocodile L
• the uvula W
⋙ tālujihvikā
○jihvikā f. 'uvula', N. of a Yoginī Hcat. ii, 1, 716
⋙ tālunāśa
○nāśa m. 'destroying the palate (by thorny food)', a camel Gal
⋙ tālupāka
○pāka m. an abscess in the palate Suśr. ii, 16, 38 ; iv, 22, 56
⋙ tālupāta
○pāta m. 'falling in of the palate', N. of a disease with children Npr
⋙ tālupīḍaka
○pīḍaka another disease of the palate with children ib
⋙ tālupuppuṭa
○puppuṭa m. an indolent swelling of the palate Suśr. ii, 16, 38 ; iv, 22, 55
⋙ tālumūla
○mūla n. the √of the palate, ii, 16, 39
⋙ tāluvidradhī
○vidradhī f. = -puppuṭa Car. vi, 17
⋙ tāluviśoṣaṇa
○viśoṣaṇa n. the drying of the palate (through much talking) MBh. viii, 4760
⋙ tāluśoṣa
○śoṣa m. morbid dryness of the palate Suśr. ii, 16
⋙ tālusthāna
○sthāna mfn. palatal (a letter) RPrāt. SāṅkhŚr
≫ tālavya
tālavya mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-1, 6) relating to the palate Suśr. iii, 8, 15
• palatal (the letters i, e and ai [called kaṇṭha-t○, 'belonging to throat and palate' Śiksh.], c, ch, j, jh, ñ, y, ś) Śiksh. RPrāt. VPrāt
≫ tāluka
tāluka n. (g. yāvâdi) = ○lu Hcat. i, 9, 414 (ifc. f. ā)
• a disease of the palate Npr
• (ā), f. = ○lu W
• (e), f. du. the two arteries of the palate TUp. i, 6, 1
⋙ tālūṣaka
tālūṣaka = ○lu Yājñ. iii, 87
tālukṣya
tālukṣya m. patr. fr. talukṣa
≫ tālukṣyāyaṇī
tālukṣyāyaṇī f. of ○kṣya g. 2. lohitâdi
tāluna
tāluna mfn. fr. tal○ g. utsâdi
tālura
tālura m. = ○lūra W
≫ tālūra
tālūra m. a whirlpool Hāl. 37
tāluvi
tāluvi nāluhi. [Page 445, Column 3]
tālūṣaka
tālūṣaka ○lu
tālpa
tālpa mfn. (= tálpya) born in a marriage-bed (tálpa) Kauś. 17
tāvaka
tāvaká mf(ī)n. (fr. táva [gen. of 1. tvá] Pāṇ. 4-3, 3) thy, thine RV. i, 94, 11 MBh. iii, 14621 R. iii, 13, 15 Kum.v, 4 BhP. Kathās. &c
≫ tāvakīna
tāvakīna mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-3, 3) id. Bhām.i, 4
tāvac
tāvac in comp. for ○vat
⋙ tāvacchata
○chata (śata), mf(ī)n. containing so many hundreds Mn. i, 69 MBh. iii, 188, 23 Hariv. 511 ; 11309
⋙ tāvacchas
○chás (śas), ind. (Vop.) so manifoldly TS. i, 5, 9, 2
≫ tāvajjyok
tā́vaj-jyok ind. so long ŚBr. xi, 5, 1, 2
≫ tāvat
tā́vat mf(atī)n. (fr. 2. ta Pāṇ. 5-2, 39 ; vi, 3, 91) so great, so large, so much, so far, so long, so many (correlative of yā́vat
• rarely of ya or yathôkta Nal.&c.) RV. &c. (yāvatā kṣaṇena tāvatā, 'after so long time, in that time', as soon as Rājat. v, 110)
• just a little Kir. ii, 48
• (in alg.) an unknown quantity (also with yāvat)
• ind. (correlative of yā́vat) so much, so greatly, to such an extent, in such a number, so far RV. AV. &c. (tā́vat-tāvat ŚBr. i, 8, 1, 6)
• so long, in that time RV. x, 88, 19 ŚBr. i Mn. &c
• meanwhile, in the mean time (the correlative yāvat being often connected with a neg., e.g. tāvac chobhate mūrkho yāvat kiṃ-cin na bhāṣate, 'so long a fool shines as long as he says nothing' Hit
śocayiṣyāmy ātmānaṃ tāvad yāvan me prâptam brāhmaṇyam, 'so long I will emaciate myself, as long as i.e. until I have obtained the state of a Brāhman' R. i, 64, 19) ŚBr. xiv, 4, 2, 30 ChUp. vi, 14, 2 Mn. MBh. &c. (also correlative of purā [R. i, 28, 21], of yāvatā na, of yāvat preceded by purā [MBh. xiii, 4556], or without any correlative 2727 Kathās. ḥit.)
• at once, now, just, first (followed by anantaram ḥit., aparam Pañcat., api ib., idānīm ḥit., uta "ṣak., ca ḍaś. Prab., tatas [Mn. iv, 174 Ragh. vii, 4f.], tad-anu ṃegh., tu ḍaś.vii Vedântas., paścāt ṛ. ī, punar Pañcat.,
• very often connected with an Impv., rarely [MBh. iv, 888 R. ii, 56, 13] with a Pot., often with the 1st person of pr. or fut. MBh. &c
• the Impv. is sometimes to be supplied [itas tāvat, 'just come hither'
mā tāvat, 'by no means, God forbid!'] Śak. Mālav. Vikr. Prab
• sometimes arhasi with the inf. is used instead R. i f.)
• (with na or a-) not yet MBh. &c. (followed by yāvat, 'while' Kathās. xxvi, 23
tāvan na-ap4i na, 'not only not-but also not' Kād.)
• very well, all right Hcar
• indeed, truly (e.g. dṛḍhas tāvad bandhaḥ, 'the knot is tight I must admit' Hit
gatā tāvat, 'she is indeed gone' Kathās. xviii, 241) R. &c
• already (opposed to 'how much more' or 'how much less') R. iv f. Śak
• really (= eva, sometimes connected with this particle, e.g. vikrayas tāvad eva saḥ, 'it is really a sale') Mn. iii, 53 Hariv. 7110 R. &c
• (), instr. ind. to that extent RPrāt. xiii, 13 BhP. v, viii
• in that time, in the mean time, meanwhile Daś. Kathās. x, 24 Bharaṭ
• (ti), loc, ind. so far ŚBr. viii, 6, 2, 8
• so long, in that time TS. ii, 4 ; [Lat. tantus.]
⋙ tāvatkālam
○kālam ind. for so long Kauś. 141 MBh. iii Hit
⋙ tāvatkṛtvas
○kṛtvas ind. (Pāṇ. 1-1, 23 Kāś.) so many times ŚBr. ix, 1, 1, 41 (tā́vat-kṛ́t○) Mn. v, 38
• with √kṛ, (in math.) to square
⋙ tāvattāt
○tāt (tā́v○), just so much MaitrS. iii
⋙ tāvatpriya
○priya (tā́v○), mfn. dear to that extent, i
⋙ tāvatphala
○phala mfn. having such results Śak. vi, 10
⋙ tāvatsūtra
○sūtra n. sg. so many threads Yājñ
≫ tāvatika
tāvatika mfn. bought for or worth so much Pāṇ. 5-1, 23
⋙ tāvatitha
tāvatitha mfn. (2, 53 and 77) the so manieth KātyŚr. iii, 1, 9
⋙ tāvatka
tāvatka mfn. = ○tika Pāṇ
≫ tāvad
tāvad in comp. for ○vat
⋙ tāvadguṇa
○guṇa mfn. having so many qualities Mn. i, 20
⋙ tāvadguṇita
○guṇita mfn. (in math.) squared
⋙ tāvaddvayasa
○dvayasa mfn. so large, so long Pāṇ. 5-2, 37 Vārtt. 1
⋙ tāvaddhā
○dhā ind. in that number, in such a number Bālar. ix, 49
⋙ tāvadvarṣa
○varṣa mfn. so many years old Lāṭy. ix, 12, 12
⋙ tāvadvīryavat
○vīrya-vat (tā́v○), mfn. having so great force or efficacy ŚBr. i, 2, 3, 7
⋙ tāvadvyakta
○vyakta (in alg.) a known number annexed to an unknown quantity
≫ tāvan
tāvan in comp. for ○vat
⋙ tāvanmātra
○mātrá mf(ī́)n. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 37 Vārtt. 1) so much, so many ŚBr. v Hariv. 1204 BhP. iv
• (e), loc. ind. in that distance, v, 24, 4
⋙ tāvanmāna
○māna (tā́v○), mfn. of that measure TS. ii, 3, 11, 5
⋙ tāvanta
tāvanta n. so much Divyâv. i, 5 ; xxii, 50
tāvara
tāvara n. a bow-string L
tāviṣa
tāviṣa m. (= tav○) the ocean L
• heaven L
• gold L
• (ī), f. = tav○ L. [Page 446, Column 1]
≫ tāvīṣa
tāvīṣa m. (= tav○) the ocean L
• heaven L
• gold L
• (ī), f. N. of a daughter of Indra (or 'of the moon', candra- for cêndra-?) L
tāvura
tāvura m. the sign Taurus
⋙ tāvuri
tāvuri m. id. (borrowed fr. ?) VarBṛ.i
⋙ tāvuru
tāvuru m.id
tāsīra
tāsīra = tas○ Hāyan
tāsūna
tāsūna mf(ī)n. made of hemp Gobh. ii, 10, 10 (vḷ.)
• m. a kind of hemp ib. Sch
tāskarya
tāskarya n. = taskara-tā Mn. ix
tāspandra
tāspandra m. N. of a Ṛishi ĀrshBr
• n. N. of two Sāmans ib
≫ tāspindra
tāspindra n. N. of two Sāmans ib
ti
ti for íti (after kā́) ŚBr. xi, 6, 1, 3 ff
tik
tik cl. 1. tekate, to go Dhātup. iv, 31: cl. 5. tiknoti (also tignoti fr. √tig), id. (cf. √stigh), xxvii, 19
• to assail ib
• to wound ib
• to challenge L
tika
tika m. N. of a man, g. 1. naḍâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 154
⋙ tikakitava
○kitava m. pl. the descendants of Tika and Kitava, ii, 4, 68
○vâdi, N. of a Gaṇa of Pāṇ. (ib. Gaṇar. 32-34)
⋙ tikādi
tikâdi another Gaṇa of Pāṇ. 4-1, 154 Gaṇar. 229-231)
≫ tikīya
tikīya mfn. fr. ○ka g. utkarâdi
tikta
tikta ○ktaka, below
tig
tig cl. 5. ○gnoti, √tik
tigita
tigitá ○gmá, col. 2
tigh
tigh cl. 5. ○ghnoti, to hurt, kill (= √tik) Vop. (Dhātup. xxvii, 26)
tiṅ
tiṅ a collective. N. for the personal terminations Pāṇ
⋙ tiṅanta
○anta n. 'ending with tiṅ', an inflected verbal base
⋙ tiṅsubantacaya
○sub-anta-caya m. 'collection of verbs and nouns (sub-anta)', a phrase Gal
tij
tij cl. 1. téjate (○ti Dhātup. xxiii, 2
• p. téjamāna
• Ved. inf. téjase) to be or become sharp RV. i, 55, 1 ; iii, 2, 10 and 8, 11 (tétijāna, 'sharp' VS. v, 43)
• to sharpen, x, 138, 5: Caus. tejayati id. Dhātup. xxxii, 109
• to stir up, excite R. iii, 31, 36 Ragh. ix, 38: Desid. títikṣate (Pāṇ. 3-1, 5
• 1. pl. ○kṣmahe MBh. v, 3427
• fut. ○kṣiṣyate ŚBr. iii
• ep. also P., e.g. p. ○kṣat BhP. iii) 'to desire to become sharp or firm', to bear with firmness, suffer with courage or patience, endure RV. ii, 13, 3 ; iii, 30, 1 AV. viii &c.: Intens. tétikte (Pāṇ. 7-4, 65
• p. ○tijāna, above) to sharpen RV. iv, 2 3, 7
• [cf. ? ; Lat. dis-tinguo, &c.]
≫ tikta
tikta mfn. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste, rasa), pungent MBh. xii, xiv Suśr. &c
• fragrant Megh. Śiś. v, 33
• m. a bitter taste, pungency W
• fragrance W
• Wrightia antidysenterica L
• Capparis trifoliata L
• Agathotes Chirayta Npr
• = pari- ib
• Terminalia Catappa ib
• a sort of cucumber ib. (cf. anārya-, kirāta-, cira-, mahā-)
• n. N. of a medicinal plant L
• a kind of salt Npr
• (ā), f. N. of a plant (= -rohiṇī L
• Clypea hernandifolia L
• a water-melon L
• Artemisia sternutatoria Bhpr
• = yava- L
• cf. kāka-) Suśr. iv, 5, 12
⋙ tiktakandakā
○kandakā
⋙ tiktakandikā
○kandikā f. Curcuma Zedoaria L
⋙ tiktagandhā
○gandhā f. 'having a pungent smell', mustard Npr
⋙ tiktaguñjā
○guñjā f. Pongamia glabra L
⋙ tiktaghṛta
○ghṛta n. ghee prepared with bitter herbs, vi, 11, 2 (cf. ○ktaha)
⋙ tiktataṇḍulā
○taṇḍulā f. long pepper L
⋙ tiktatuṇḍī
○tuṇḍī f. = katu-t○ L
⋙ tiktatumbī
○tumbī f. a bitter gourd (kaṭu-t○) L
⋙ tiktadugdhā
○dugdhā f. 'having a bitter milky sap', Odina pinnata L
• = kṣīriṇi L
• = svarṇakṣīrī L
⋙ tiktadhātu
○dhātu m. 'bitter elementary substance (of the body)', bile L
⋙ tiktapattra
○pattra m. 'bitter-leaved', Momordica mixta L
⋙ tiktaparvan
○parvan f. Cocculus cordifolius L
• Hingcha repens L
• Panicum Dactylon L
• liquorice W
⋙ tiktapuṣpā
○puṣpā f. 'bitter-flowered', Clypea hernandifolia L
• 'fragrant-flowered', Bignonia suaveolens Npr
⋙ tiktaphala
○phala m. 'bitter-fruited', = -marica L
• (ā), f. a water-melon L
• = yavatiktā L
• = vārtākī L
⋙ tiktabījā
○bījā f. 'bitter-seeded', = -tumbī L
⋙ tiktabhadraka
○bhadraka m. Trichosanthes dioeca L
⋙ tiktamarica
○marica m. Strychnos potatorum L
⋙ tiktayavā
○yavā f. Andrographis paniculata L
⋙ tiktarohiṇikā
○rohiṇikā f. = ○ṇī L
⋙ tiktarohiṇī
○rohiṇī f. Helleborus niger, iv, 5, 10 and 16, 15
⋙ tiktavallī
○vallī f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L
⋙ tiktaśāka
○śāka n. a bitter (or a fragrant) pot-herb Rājat. v, 49
• m. Capparis trifoliata L
• Acacia Catechu L
• = pattra-sundara L
⋙ tiktasāra
○sāra m. Acacia Catechu L
• n. a kind of fragrant grass L
⋙ tiktākhyā
tiktâkhyā f. = ○kta-tuṇḍī L
⋙ tiktāṅgā
tiktâṅgā f. a kind of creeper L. [Page 446, Column 2]
⋙ tiktāmṛtā
tiktâmṛtā f. Menispermum glabrum Npr
⋙ tiktāyana
tiktấyana mf(ī)n. 'possessing the radiance of fire', taptấy○
⋙ tiktāsya
tiktâsya mfn. having a bitter (taste in the) mouth, ŚārṅgS. vii, 116 ( f. abstr.)
≫ tiktaka
tiktaka mfn. bitter, (n.) anything having a bitter flavour R. ii Suśr. (with sarpis = ○kta-ghṛta, iv, 9, 9)
• m. Terminalia Catappa Bhpr
• Trichosanthes dioeca L
• Agathotes Chirayta L
• a sort of Khadira L
• (ā), f. Cardiospermum halicacabum Npr
• = karañja-vallī ib
• = ○kta-tumbī L
• (ikā), f. id. L
⋙ tiktāya
tiktāya Nom. ○yate, to have a bitter flavour Naish. iii, 94
≫ tigita
tigitá mfn. sharp RV. i, 143, 5 ; ii, 30, 9
≫ tigma
tigmá mfn. sharp, pointed (a weapon, flame, ray of light) RV. AV. iv, 27, 7, xiii ŚāṅkhGṛ. &c
• pungent, acrid, hot, scorching RV. &c
• violent, intense, fiery, passionate, hasty ib
• m. Indra's thunderbolt W
• = ○gmâtman VP. iv, 21, 3
• pl. N. of the Śūdras in Krauñca-dviipa, ii, 4, 53 (vḷ. tiṣya)
• n. pungency L
⋙ tigmakara
○kara m. = -dīdhiti L
• the number '12' Līl
⋙ tigmaketu
○ketu m. N. of a son of Vatsara by Svarviithi BhP. iv, 13, 12
⋙ tigmaga
○ga mfn. going or flying swiftly R. iii, 34, 16
⋙ tigmagati
○gati mfn. of (violent i.e.) cruel practices BhP. iv, 10, 28
⋙ tigmagu
○gu mfn. hot-rayed, x, 56, 7
⋙ tigmajambha
○jambha (○má-), mfn. having sharp teeth (Agni) RV. i, iv, viii
⋙ tigmatā
○tā (○má-), f. sharpness ŚBr. ix, 2, 2, 5
⋙ tigmatejana
○tejana mfn. sharp-edged (an arrow) MBh. vi, 3187
⋙ tigmatejas
○tejas (○má-), mfn. id. Hariv. 10703 R. iv, 7, 21
• of a violent character VS. i, xii AV.xix, 9, 10 MBh
• m. the sun Kathās. xxix, 121
⋙ tigmadīdhiti
○dīdhiti m. 'hot-rayed', the sun VarBṛ. xi, 17 Kād
⋙ tigmadyuti
○dyuti m. id. Śiś.xx, 28
⋙ tigmadhāra
○dhāra mfn. = -tejana MBh. vii, 47, 15 (vḷ. tiryag-dh○)
⋙ tigmanemi
○nemi mfn. having a sharp-edged felly BhP. x, 57, 21
⋙ tigmabhās
○bhās m. = -dyuti Śiś. xx, 45
⋙ tigmabhṛṣṭi
○bhṛṣṭi (○má-), mfn. sharp-pointed (Agni) RV. iv, 5, 3
⋙ tigmamanyu
○manyu mfn. of a violent wrath (Śiva) MBh. xiii, 1161
⋙ tigmamayūkhamālin
○mayūkha-mālin m. 'garlanded with hot rays', the sun VarYogay. iv, 7
⋙ tigmamūrdhan
○mūrdhan (○má-), mfn. = -tejana RV. vi, 46, 11
⋙ tigmayātana
○yātana mfn. causing acute pain or agony (a hell) BhP. vi, 1, 7
⋙ tigmaraśmi
○raśmi m. = -dīdhiti VarBṛ. VarYogay. iv, 11 Śiś. ix, 11
⋙ tigmaruc
○ruc mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 116 Siddh.) shining brightly, hot W
• m. = ○ci W
⋙ tigmaruci
○ruci m. = -dīdhiti Gaṇit. i, 5, 15 Sarasv
⋙ tigmarocis
○rocis m. id. Prasannar.iv, 46
⋙ tigmavat
○vat (○má-), mfn. containing the word tigmá ŚBr. ix, 2, 2, 5
⋙ tigmavīrya
○vīrya mf(ā)n. violent MBh. i, iii
⋙ tigmavega
○vega mf(ā)n. id. MBh
⋙ tigmaśṛṅga
○śṛṅga (○má-), mfn. sharp-horned RV. vi f. ix f. AV. xiii TBr. iii
⋙ tigmaśocis
○śocis (○má-), mfn. sharp-rayed (Agni) RV. i, 79, 10
⋙ tigmaheti
○heti (○má-), mfn. having sharp weapons (Agni), iv, 4, 4 ; vi, 74, 4
• forming a sharp weapon (Agni's horn) AV. viii, 3, 25
⋙ tigmāṃśu
tigmâṃśu m. = ○ma-dīdhiti MBh. Sūryas. Kathās. Gīt
• fire MBh. i, 8421
• Śiva
⋙ tigmātman
tigmâtman m. N. of a prince MatsyaP. l, 85
⋙ tigmānīka
tigmấnīka mfn. = ○má-bhṛṣṭi RV. i, 95, 2
⋙ tigmāyudha
tigmấyudha mfn. having or casting sharp weapons, ii, v-vii, ix
⋙ tigmeṣu
tigmếṣu mfn. having sharp arrows, x, 84, 1
≫ tijila
tijila m. the moon Uṇ. Sch
• a Rakshas Uṇ.vṛ
≫ titikṣa
titikṣa m. (fr. Desid.) N. of a man, g. kaṇvâdi
• (ā), f. endurance, forbearance, patience MBh. Pāṇ. 1-2, 20 Suśr. &c
• Patience (daughter of Daksha
• wife of Dharma
• mother of Kshema) BhP. iv, 1, 19ff
⋙ titikṣita
titikṣita mfn. endured W
• patient L
≫ titikṣu
titikṣú mfn. bearing, enduring patiently, forbearing, patient AV. xii, 1, 48 ŚBr. xiv MBh. BhP
• m. N. of a son of Mahā-manas, ix, 23 Hariv
tiṭibha
tiṭibha a particular high number Buddh. L
⋙ tiṭilambha
tiṭilambha n. id. Lalit. xii, 158f
tiṇisa
tiṇisa m. = tiniśa KātyŚr. Sch
tiṇṭī
tiṇṭī f. Ipomoea Turpethum L
titau
tita (m. L
• n. Nir. iv, 9) a sieve, cribble RV. x, 71, 2 Kauś. 26
• n. a parasol Uṇ. Sch
titaniṣu
titaniṣu mfn. (√tan Desid.) desirous of developing (one's property) Nir. vi, 19
titikṣa
titikṣa &c. above
titibha
titibha m. cochineal L
titiri
titiri for titt○, a partridge L
titila
titila n. sesamum cake L
• one of the 7 Karaṇas (in astron.) L
• a bowl or bucket L
titīrṣā
titīrṣā f. (√tṛ Desid.) desire of crossing (ifc.) BhP. ix, 13, 19
• desire of final emancipation W
⋙ titīrṣu
titīrṣu mfn. desirous of crossing (with acc. or ifc.) MBh. i, 4647 Hariv. 5182 R. Ragh. i, 2 &c. [Page 446, Column 3]
• desirous of final emancipation W
titīla
titīla m. a bat Buddh. L
tittiḍa
tittiḍa and ○ḍīka, tint○
tittira
tittirá m. (onomat. fr. the cry titti) a partridge MaitrS. iii, 14, 17 MBh. v, 267 ff. VP. iii, 5, 12 (cf. BhP. vi, 9, 1 ff.)
• pl. N. of a people MBh. vi, 2084
⋙ tittiraja
○ja mfn. coming from the Tittiras (horses), 3975
⋙ tittiravallara
○vallara m. a kind of sword Gal
⋙ tittirāṅga
tittirâṅga n. a kind of steel W
≫ tittiri
tittíri m. a partridge VS. xxiv TS. ii (○ttirí) Kāṭh. xii, 10 ŚBr. Nir. Mn. &c
• a kind of step (in dancing)
• the school of the Taittirīyas Uṇ. k
• N. of a pupil of Yāska (first teacher of the Taittiriya school of the black YV.) ĀtrAnukr. Pāṇ. 4-3, 102 MBh. ii, 107
• of a Nāga, i, 1560 ; v, 3629
• f. a female partridge Pāṇ. 4-1, 65 Kāś
• [cf. ku-
• ?.]
⋙ tittiritva
○tva n. the condition of a partridge MārkP. xv
≫ tittirika
tittirika m. a partridge MBh. ix, 2587
≫ tittirīphala
tittirī-phala n. Croton Tiglium L
titha
titha m. fire Uṇ. ii, 12 Sch
• love ib
• time L
• autumn Uṇ. vṛ
tithi
tithi mf. (Siddhṣtry. 25) a lunar day (30th part of a whole lunation of rather more than 27 solar days
• 15 Tithis, during the moon's increase, constitute the light half of the month and the other 15 the dark half
• the auspicious Tithis are Nandā, Bhadrā, Vijayā, Pūrṇā VarBṛS. ic, 2) Gobh. i f. ŚāṅkhGṛ. Mn. &c
• the number 15 VarBṛS. VarBṛ. Laghuj. Sūryas
• cf. janma-, dus-, mahā-
⋙ tithikṣaya
○kṣaya m. = try-aha-sparśa W
• the day of new moon W
• pl. = -pralaya W
⋙ tithitattva
○tattva n. N. of Smṛitit. vii (commented on by Kāśi-rāma)
⋙ tithidāna
○dāna n. N. of BhavP. ii, 154
⋙ tithidevatā
○devatā f. the deity of a lunar day MānGṛ. i, 10 ; ii, 2
⋙ tithidvaita
○dvaita n. N. of a ch. of PSarv
⋙ tithidvaidhaprakaraṇa
○dvaidha-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk. by Śūla-pāṇi
⋙ tithiniyama
○niyama m. N. of a ch. of Tantras. i
⋙ tithinirṇaya
○nirṇaya m. 'disquisition on Tithis', N. of a work by Ananta-bhaṭṭa
-saṃkṣepa, -saṃgraha, -sāra m. other works on astron
⋙ tithipati
○pati m. the regent of a lunar day VarBṛS. ic, 1 f
⋙ tithipattrī
○pattrī f. an almanack W
⋙ tithipālana
○pālana n. observance of the rites appointed for the several lunar days W
⋙ tithiprakaraṇa
○prakaraṇa n. N. of a ch. of -sāraṇikā
• of Śrī-pati's Jyotisha-ratna-mālā
⋙ tithipraṇī
○praṇī f. 'Tithi-leader', the moon L
⋙ tithipralaya
○pralaya m. pl. difference between solar and lunar days in any particular period Āryabh. iii, 6
⋙ tithivārayoga
○vāra-yoga m. pl. N. of a ch. of PSarv
⋙ tithiviveka
○viveka m. N. of wk. Smṛitit
⋙ tithisāraṇikā
○sāraṇikā f. N. of wk. by Daśa-bala
⋙ tithīśa
tithī7śa m. = ○thi-pati
≫ tithī
tithī f. a lunar day MBh. xiii, 4238
≫ tithy
tithy in comp for ○thi
⋙ tithyantanirṇaya
○anta-nirṇaya m. N. of a ch. of the Smṛity-artha-sāra
⋙ tithyardha
○ardha m. n. half of a Tithi, i.e. a Karaṇa (in astron.)
tināśaka
tināśaka = ○niśa L
tinikā
tinikā f. Holcus Sorghum Npr
tiniśa
tiniśa m. Dalbergia Ujjeinensis R. iii, 17, 7 ; 21, 15 ; 79, 37 Suśr.i, iv, vi
• cf. timiśa
tintiḍa
tintiḍa m. (also titt○ L.) = ○dikā L
• N. of a Daitya L
• = kāla-dāsa L
• m. and (ī), f. sour sauce (esp. made of the tamarind fruit) L
• (ī), f. = ○ḍikā VarBṛS. lv, 21
• = ḍimba L
≫ tintiḍikā
tintiḍikā f. the tamarind tree Car. i, 27
≫ tintiḍī
tintiḍī f. of ○da, q.v
⋙ tintiḍīdyūta
○dyūta n. a kind of game (odd and even played with tamarind seeds) L
⋙ tintiḍīphala
○phala n. the sour skin of a Garcinia fruit L
≫ tintiḍīka
tintiḍīka m. (titl○ Pāṇ. 4-3, 156 Vārtt. 2 Pat
tittirīka Suśr. vi, 39, 272) the tamarind tree (also ā f. L. Sch.), (n.) its fruit Suśr. i, iv
• n. sour sauce (esp. made of the tamarind fruit) L
≫ tintilikā
tintilikā
⋙ tintilī
tintilī f. = ○tiḍikā L. Sch
≫ tintilīka
tintilīka n. the tamarind fruit Car. i, 26 (○tinīka vḷ.)
• (ā), f. = ○likā ĀpGṛ. vi, 5 Sch
tindinī
tindinī f. = ○du, q.v
tindiśa
tindiśa m. N. of a plant L
tindu
tindu m. Diospyros embryopteris L. (also ○dinī Gal.)
• Strychnos nux vomica (also ○duka) Npr
⋙ tindubilva
○bilva n. N. of a place Gīt. iii, 10 Sch
≫ tinduka
tinduka m. Diospyros embryopteris, (n.) its fruit (yielding a kind of resin used as pitch for caulking vessels &c.) MBh. R. Suśr. VarBṛS. &c
• m. = ○du, q.v
• n. a kind of weight (= karṣa
• = suvarṇa Car. vii, 12) ŚārṅgS. i, 21 Ashṭâṅg
• (ī), f. = ○ki Suśr. iv, 2, 42 and 21, 8 VarBṛSḷxxix Kāś. [Page 447, Column 1]
≫ tinduki
tinduki f. Diospyros embryopteris L
⋙ tindukinī
tindukinī f. the senna plant L
⋙ tindula
tindula m. = ○duki L
tip
tip cl. 1. P. tepati (Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Kār.) to sprinkle Dhātup. x, 1
tipya
tipya N. of a man Rājat. viii, 15, 5
tim
tim (= √stim), cl. 4. P. ○myati, to become quiet Hit
• to become wet (also tīmy○ fr. √tīm) Dhātup.: Intens. tetimyate Pāṇ. 7-4 Kāś
≫ timita
timita mfn. (= stim○) quiet, steady, fixed R. ii f. v
• wet L
⋙ tema
tema m. = st○, the becoming wet L
≫ temana
temana n. moisture L
• moistening L
• a sauce L
• (ī), f. a sort of fire-place L
tima
tima m. = ○mi, a kind of whale L. Sch
• (ī), f. a fish L
≫ timi
timi m. a kind of whale or fabulous fish of an enormous size MBh. Hariv. 4915 R. VarBṛS. &c
• a fish Kathās. v, lx
• the sign Pisces VarBṛ. Sch
• the figure of a fish produced by drawing two lines (one intersecting the other at right angles) Sūryas. iii, 3 f
• the ocean L
• N. of a son of Dūrva (father of Bṛihad-ratha) BhP. ix, 22, 41
• f. N. of a daughter of Daksha (wife of Kaśyapa and mother of the seamonsters), vi, 6, 25 f
⋙ timikośa
○kośa m. 'ṭTimi-receptacle', the ocean L
⋙ timighātin
○ghātin m. 'fish-killer', a fisherman Kathās. lx, 186
⋙ timiṃgira
○ṃ-gira m. 'Timi-swallower', N. of a Nāga Kāraṇḍ. i
⋙ timiṃgīla
○ṃ-gīla m. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 70 Vārtt. 7) 'id.', a large fabulous fish MBh. BhP. viii Vcar. vi
• N. of a prince MBh. ii, 1172
-gila m. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 70 Vārtt.7 Pat.) 'Timiṃgila-swallower', a large fabulous fish Bālar. vii, 53
○lâśana m. pl. 'eating Timiṃgilas', N. of a people VarBṛS. xiv, 16
⋙ timija
○ja mfn. coming from the Timi (sort of pearl), lxxxi, 23
⋙ timitimiṃgila
○timiṃ-gila m. a large fabulous fish MBh. iii, 12081 Divyâv. xxxv, 346
⋙ timidhvaja
○dhvaja m. 'Timi bannered', N. of the Asura Sambara (R. ii, 8, 12) or of one of his sons (R. ii, 44, 11)
⋙ timimālin
○mālin m. 'Timiṃgilas-garlanded', the ocean W
timira
timira mf(ā)n. (fr. tamar [Old Germ. demar] = támas) dark, gloomy MBh. vi, 2379 R. vi, 16, 104
• = -nayana VarBṛ. xx, 1 Sch
• m. a sort of aquatic plant (cf. -vana) VarBṛS. lv, 11
• n. darkness (also pl.) Yājñ. iii, 172 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. ā R. v, 10, 2 Kathās. xviii)
• darkness of the eyes, partial blindness (a class of morbid affections of the coats [paṭala] of the eye) Suśr. i, iii, v f. Ashṭâṅg.vi, 13 Rājat. iv, 314
• iron-rust Npr
• N. of a town R. iv, 40, 26
• (ā), f. another town Kathās. xvii, 33
• cf. vi-, sa-
⋙ timiracchid
○cchid m. 'darkness-splitter', the sun Kir.vi, 36
⋙ timiratā
○tā f. darkness of the eyes, partial blindness Hāsy. (vḷ. ○râkula-tā)
⋙ timiranayana
○nayana mfn. suffering from partial blindness VarBṛ. xx, 1
⋙ timiranāśana
○nāśana m. 'darkness-destroyer', the sun Hcat. i, 11
⋙ timiranud
○nud m. 'darkness-dispeller', sun, moon VarBṛS. iv, 45
⋙ timirapaṭala
○paṭala n. the veil of darkness Prab. vi
⋙ timirapratiṣedha
○pratiṣedha m. N. of Ashṭâṅg. vi, 13
⋙ timiramaya
○maya mfn. consisting of darkness Kād
• m. Rāhu VarBṛS. v, 48
⋙ timiraripu
○ripu m. 'darkness-enemy', the sun L
⋙ timiravana
○vana n. a multitude of timira plants, g. kṣubhnâdi Pāṇ. 8-4, 6 Pat
⋙ timirākula
timirâkula mfn. affected with partial blindness Hāsy. ii, 21
-tā f. ○ra-tā
⋙ timirāpagata
timirâpagata m. N. of a Samādhi Buddh. L
⋙ timirāpaha
timirâpaha mfn. dispelling darkness (fire) MBh. iii, 14113 ff
⋙ timirāri
timirâri m. = ○ra-ripu L. Sch
-ripu m. 'enemy of the sun', an owl Subh
⋙ timirodghāṭa
timirôdghāṭa m. 'removal of darkness', N. of a Śaiva treatise in verse
≫ timiraya
timiraya Nom. P. ○yati, to obscure BhP. iii, 15, 10 Hit
⋙ timirāya
timirāya Nom.Ā. ○yate, to appear dark Mahān. iv, 27
⋙ timirin
timirin m. the cochineal Npr
timiri
timiri m. a kind of fish L
timirgha
timirgha m. N. of a Nāga priest TāṇḍyaBr. xxv, 15, 3
timilā
timilā f. N. of a musical instrument Hcat. i, 6, 322
timiśa
timiśa m. N. of a tree R. ii, 94, 8
B iii, 15, 16
• cf. tiniśa
⋙ timiṣa
timiṣa m. N. of a plant (Beninkasa cerifera L
• water-melon L.) Hcat. i, 9, 134 (MatsyaP.)
• cf. rāja-
dīrgha-timiṣā
timīra
timīra m. N. of a tree (cf. ○mira) R. iii, 21, 19 ; v, 74, 3
timmaya
timmaya m. N. of a man
tiraḥ
tiraḥ in comp. for ○rás
⋙ tiraḥkṛ
○√kṛ ○rás-√kṛ. [Page 447, Column 2]
⋙ tiraḥprātiveśya
○prātiveśya m. a near neighbour Divyâv. xviii, 117
• (also tiraskṛta-pr○, 134)
≫ tiraya
tiraya Nom. P. (fr. ○rás) ○yati, to conceal, hide, prevent from appearing Mālatīm. ix, 30 Śiś. vi, 64 Ratnâv. &c
• to hinder, stop, restrain Mālatīm. i, 35 Ratnâv. &c
• to pervade Bālar. ii, 57
≫ tiraśc
tiraśc weak base of ○ryáñc, q.v
≫ tiraśca
tiraścá n. the cross-board of a bedstead AV. xv, 3, 5 (vḷ. ○ścyá)
⋙ tiraścatā
○tā (○ścá-), ind. transversely RV. iv, 18, 2 ; ix, 14, 6 Suparṇ. xxiii, 1
⋙ tiraścathā
○thā (○scá-), ind. aside, secretly ŚBr. iii, 7, 3, 7
≫ tiraści
tiraści loc. of ○ryáñc, q.v
⋙ tiraścirāji
○rāji (tír○), mfn. striped across (a serpent) AV. iii, 27, 2
• vi f. x, xii
≫ tiraścikā
tiraścikā f. = ○ryag-diś (?) ĀśvŚr. i, 2, 1
≫ tiraścī
tiraścī́ m. N. of a Ṛishi (descendant of Aṅgiras, author of a Sāman) RV. viii, 95, 4 (gen. ○ścyā́s) TāṇḍyaBr. xii, 6, 12 and ĀrshBr. (nom. ○scī)
≫ tiraścīna
tiraścī́na mf(ā)n. transverse, horizontal, across RV. x, 129, 5 AV. xix, 16, 2 (?) TS. &c. (cf. ā.)
⋙ tiraścīnanidhana
○nidhana n. N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. xiv, 3, 21 Lāṭy. vi
⋙ tiraścīnapṛsni
○pṛsni (○ścī́na-), mfn. spotted across VS. xxiv, 4
⋙ tiraścīnavaṃśa
○vaṃśa m. a bee-hive ChUp. iii, 1, 1
⋙ tiraścīnavāya
○vāya m. the cross-strap (of a couch) AitBr. viii, 12 ; 17
⋙ tiraścya
tiraścya n. vḷ. for ○ścá, q.v
≫ tiras
tirás ind. (g. svar-ādi
• √tṝ) through (acc.) RV. AV. xiii, 1, 36
• across, beyond, over (acc.) RV. AV. vii, 38, 5
• so as to pass by, apart from, without, against (acc.) RV. (○rás cittáni, 'without the knowledge', vii, 59, 8
○ró váśam, 'against the will', x, 171, 4)
• apart or secretly from (abl.) AV. xii, 3, 39 ŚBr. i, iii
• obliquely, transversely MārkP. xvii, 3
• apart, secretly TS. ii, 5, 10, 6 AitBr. ii ŚBr. ; [Zd. taro1 ; Lat. trans ; Goth. thairh ; Germ. durch ; Hib. tar, tair.]
⋙ tiraskara
○kara mf(ī)n. excelling (with gen.) BhP. i, 10, 27
⋙ tiraskaraṇi
○karaṇi f. (for ○riṇi = ○riṇī?) a curtain R. ii, 15, 20 (vḷ. ○rin)
⋙ tiraskarin
○karin m. ○raṇi
• (iṇī), f. id. Mālav. ii, 1 and 11 Kum. i, 4 Hcar. and c
• a magical veil rendering the wearer invisible Śak. vi Vikr
⋙ tiraskāra
○kāra m. placing aside, concealment W
• abuse, censure Hit. i, 2, 25/26
• iv
• disdain Pāṇ. 2-3, 17 Kāś. Kathās.xxxii, 55 SārṅgP
• a cuirass Kir. xvii, 49
⋙ tiraskārin
○kārin mfn. ifc. excelling Ratnâv. i, 25
• (iṇī), f. = -kar○ L. Sch
⋙ tiraskuḍya
○kuḍya mfn. reaching through a wall Buddh. L
⋙ tiraskṛ
○√kṛ -karoti (also ○rah k○ Pāṇ. 1-4, 72 ; viii, 3, 42
• ind. p. -kṛtya [also ○raḥ kṛtvā ib.] KātyŚr. vi Mn. iv, 49) to set aside, remove, cover, conceal ŚBr. &c
• to excel Ragh. iii, 8 Pañcat. Bhaṭṭ. &c
• to blame, abuse, treat disrespectfully, despise BhP. Hit
⋙ tiraskṛta
○kṛta mfn. concealed R. ii Amar. Bhaṭṭ
• eclipsed W
• excelled Pañcat
• censured, reviled, despised ib. (a- neg.)
-prātiveśya m. = tiraḥ-pr○, q.v
-sambhāṣa mfn. a- neg. speaking together without abusing each other MBh. iii, 233, 27
⋙ tiraskṛti
○kṛti f. reproach, disrespect (ifc.) Daśar. i, 41
⋙ tiraskriyā
○kriyā f. id. Pañcat
• concealment, shelter R. vi, 116, 27
⋙ tiraspaṭa
○paṭa m. = -kariṇī Caurap. 49
⋙ tirasprākāra
○prākāra mfn. = -kuḍya Buddh. L
≫ tirasya
tirasya Nom. P. ○syati, to disappear, g. kaṇḍv-ādi
⋙ tirīcīna
tirīcīna mfn. = ○razc○ ĀpŚr.ī, 18, 9
≫ tiro
tiro in comp. for ○rás
⋙ tiroahniya
○ahniya (○ró-), mfn. = ○hnya TS. vii, 3, 13, 1
⋙ tiroahnya
○ahnya (○ró-), mfn. (= ○ró4-h○) 'more than one day old', prepared the day before yesterday RV. i, iii, viii,
⋙ tirogata
○gata mfn. disappeared W
⋙ tirojanam
○janám ind. apart from men AV. vii, 38, 5. -1
⋙ tirodhā
○√dhā -dadhāti (pf. -dadhe), to set aside, remove, conquer RV. vii, ix AV. viii, xii MBh. i, 728 BhP. Sāh. iii, 175 (also Pass, -dhīyate Sch.): Ā. -dhatte (pf. -dadhe) to hide one's self from (abl.), disappear KenUp. Ragh. x f. BhP. &c. -2
⋙ tirodhā
○dhā́ f. concealment, secrecy AV. viii, 10, 28
⋙ tirodhātavya
○dhātavya mfn. to be covered or closed (the ear) Mn. ii, 100 Sch
⋙ tirodhāna
○dhāna n. concealing L
• a covering (sheath, veil, cloak, &c.) W
• disappearance Pāṇ. 1-2, 33 Kāś. BhP. iii, 20, 44
⋙ tirobhavitṛ
○bhavitṛ mf(trī)n. disappearing, 27, 23
⋙ tirobhāva
○bhāva m. disappearance ChUp.vii, 26, 1 Sāṃkhyak. and KapS. Sch. Sāh
⋙ tirobhū
○√bhū -bhavati, to be set aside, disappear, vanish, hide one's self AV. viii, 1, 7 ŚBr. Ragh. &c.: Pass. -bhūyate id. KapS. i, 121 Sch.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to cause to disappear, dispel R. i, 44, 9 Intens. (Subj. -bobhavat) to try to disappear with (instr.) or conceal anything (instr.) ŚBr. ii, 2, 3, 16
⋙ tirovarṣa
○varṣa mfn. protected from rain MBh. iv, 171
⋙ tirohita
○hita (○ró-), mfn. removed or with drawn from sight, concealed, hidden (a meaning) RV. iii, 9, 5 ŚBr. i AitBr. viii, 27 Mn. &c
• run away L
-tā f. disappearance, becoming invisible Kathās. xxi, 145
-tva n. id. RV. i, 113, 4 Sāy. [Page 447, Column 3]
⋙ tirohnya
○'hnya (○ró4-), mfn. = -ahnya ŚBr.xi TāṇḍyaBr. i, 6 KātyŚr. xii, 6, 10
• xxiv Lāṭy. ii
• cf. tair○
≫ tirya 1
tirya for ○yag in comp
⋙ tiryaga
○ga mfn. = ○ryag- VarBṛS
• m. 'air-goer', a Siddha MBh. xiii, 5755
≫ tiryak
tiryák ind., ○yáñc
• in comp. also for ○yáñc
⋙ tiryakkāram
○kāram ind. having laid aside (after the completion of any work), the work being done Pāṇ. 3-4, 60
• cf. tīraya
⋙ tiryakkṛtya
○kṛtya ind. id. ib
⋙ tiryakkṣipta
○kṣipta mfn. placed obliquely L
• said of a form of dislocation (when a part of the joint is forced outwards) Suśr. ii, 15, 2 f
⋙ tiryaktā
○tā f. animal nature Rājat. iii, 448
⋙ tiryaktva
○tva n. id. Mn. xii, 40 and 68 Yājñ. iii MārkP. Rājat
• = -pramāṇa KātyŚr. viii, 6, 7 Sch
⋙ tiryakpātana
○pātana n. a kind of process applied esp. to mercury
⋙ tiryakpātin
○pātin mfn. falling obliquely on (loc.) Śiś. x, 40
⋙ tiryakpratimukhāgata
○pratimukhâgata mfn. come from the side or in front of. Mn. viii, 291
⋙ tiryakpramāṇa
○pramāṇa n. measurement across, breadth KātyŚr. i f. Sch. (purastat-, 'breadth in front'
paścāt-, 'breadth behind.')
⋙ tiryakprekṣaṇa
○prêkṣaṇa mfn. = ○kṣin BhP. v, 26, 36
• n. an oblique, glance W
⋙ tiryakprekṣin
○prêkṣin mfn. looking obliquely MBh. ii, v
⋙ tiryakphalā
○phalā f. Oldenlandia herbacea L
⋙ tiryaksūtra
○sūtra n. a cross-line W
⋙ tiryaksrotas
○srotas mfn. (an animal) in which the current of nutriment tends transversely R. ii, 35, 19 Sch
• m. n. animals collectively VP. i, 5, 8 MārkP. vlī NarasP. iii, 25
≫ tiryag
tiryag in comp. for ○yák and ○yáñc
⋙ tiryaganūka
○anūka n. the breadth of the back part of the altar KātyŚr. xvii, 11, 1 Sch
⋙ tiryagantara
○antara n. = ○yak-pramāṇa L
⋙ tiryagapaccheda
○apaccheda m. separation made transversely, ii, 4, 37 Sch
⋙ tiryagapāṅga
○apâṅga mfn. having the outer corners of the eyes turned aside, Vṛishabh. i, 11/12
⋙ tiryagayana
○ayana n. 'horizontal course', the sun's annual revolution (opposed to its diurnal revolution in which it rises and sets vertically), tairyagayanika
⋙ tiryagāgata
○āgata mfn. lying across (at birth
• said of a particular position of the child) Suśr. iv, 15, 6
⋙ tiryagāyata
○āyata mfn. stretched out obliquely (a snake). MBh. i
⋙ tiryagīkṣa
○īkṣa mfn. = ○yak-prêkṣin, xii, 6575
⋙ tiryagīśa
○īśa m. 'lord of the animals', Kṛishṇa, vii, 6471
⋙ tiryagga
○ga mf(ā)n. going obliquely or horizontally Suśr. i, 14, 1 ; ii, 1 ; iii, 9
• going towards the north or south R. (G) ii, 12, 6
⋙ tiryaggata
○gata mfn. going horizontally (an animal), ii, 35, 17
• n. an animal, vii, 110, 19
⋙ tiryaggati
○gati f. the state of an animal in transmigration MBh. iii, 1166
-matin n. an animal, xiv, 1138
⋙ tiryaggama
○gama mfn. going obliquely, vii, 1162
⋙ tiryaggamana
○gamana n. motion sideways VPrāt. i Sch
⋙ tiryaggāmin
○gāmin m. '= -gama', a crawfish L
⋙ tiryagguṇana
○guṇana n. oblique multiplication
⋙ tiryaggrīvam
○grīvam ind. so as to have the neck turned aside Bhām.ī, 130
⋙ tiryagghātin
○ghātin mfn. striking obliquely (an elephant) L
⋙ tiryagja
○ja mfn. born or begotten by an animal Mn. x, 72
⋙ tiryagjana
○jana m. an animal BhP. ii, 7, 46
⋙ tiryagjāti
○jāti mfn. belonging to the race of animals W
• m. an animal Kād
• f. the brute kind W
⋙ tiryagjyā
○jyā f. an oblique chord W
⋙ tiryagḍīna
○ḍīna n. flying horizontally MBh. viii, 41, 26
⋙ tiryagdiś
○diś f. any horizontal region (opposed to nadir and zenith) Hemac
⋙ tiryagdhāra
○dhāra mfn. 'having oblique edges', tigma-dh○
⋙ tiryagnāsa
○nāsa mf(ā)n. wry-nosed R. v, 17, 32
⋙ tiryagbila
○bila (○ryág-), mfn. having its opening on the side AV. x, 8, 9
⋙ tiryagbhedā
○bhedā f. 'broken sideways', an oblong brick, Śulbas
⋙ tiryagyavodara
○yavôdara n. a barleycorn W
⋙ tiryagyāta
○yāta mfn. = -gama MBh. vii, 26, 36
⋙ tiryagyāna
○yāna m. = -gāmin L
⋙ tiryagyona
○yona m. (= tairy○) an animal ('bird' Sch.) Mn.vii, 149
⋙ tiryagyoni
○yoni f. the womb of an animal, animal creation, organic nature (including plants) Mn. iv, 200 MBh. xiii R. vii, &c
• mfn. born of or as an animal W
⋙ tiryaggamana
○gamana n. sexual intercourse with an animal, Prāyaśc
○nyanvaya m. the animal race W
• mfn. of the animal race W
⋙ tiryagvātasevā
○vāta-sevā f. 'attending the side-wind', urining or evacuation by stool Gaut. ii, 27
⋙ tiryagviddha
○viddha mfn. pierced obliquely (a vein in bleeding by an unskilful operator) Suśr. iii, 8, 17
⋙ tiryagvisaṃsarpin
○visaṃsarpin mfn. expanding sideways Ragh.vi, 15
≫ tiryaṅ
tiryaṅ in comp. for ○yák and ○yáñc
⋙ tiryaṅnāsa
○nāsa ○yag-n○
⋙ tiryaṅniraya
○niraya m. animal nature as a (hell or) punishment for evil deeds MBh. iii, 12626
⋙ tiryaṅmānī
○mānī f. = ○yak-pramāṇa, Śulbas. i, 38 ; iii, 174
≫ tiryañc
tiryáñc mfn. (fr. tirás + Pāṇ. 6-3, 94
• nom. m. ○ryáṅ n. ○ryák f. ○ráiścī, also ○ryañcī Vop. iv, 12) going or lying crosswise or transversely or obliquely, oblique, transverse (opposed to anv-áñc), horizontal (opposed to ūrdhvá) AV. VS. TS. &c
• going across ŚBr. xiv, 9, 3, 2 f
• moving tortuously W
• curved, crooked W
• meandering W
• lying in the middle or between (a tone), xi, 4, 2, 5 ff. VPrāt. i, 149
• m. n. 'going horizontally', an animal (amphibious animal, bird, &c.) Mn.v, 40
• xii, 57 Yājñ. MBh. &c. [Page 448, Column 1]
• the organic world (including plants) Jain
• n. = ○ryak-pramāṇa, Śulbas
• f. the female of any animal W
• (ryák), ind. across, obliquely', transversely, horizontally, sideways ŚBr. KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr. VPrāt. Mn. &c
• (○raścā́), instr. ind., id. RV. i, 61, 12 ; ii, 10, 4 ; x, 70, 4
• (○raścí), loc. ind., id. ŚBr. ii, 3, 2, 12 KātyŚr. xvii, 8, 14 and 12, 1
⋙ tiryadryañc
tiryadryañc mfn. = tiryáñc Gal
tirigicchi
tirigicchi m. N. of a plant L
≫ tirijihvika
tiri-jihvika N. of a plant Npr
≫ tiriṇīkaṇṭa
tiriṇī-kaṇṭa id. ib
tiriṭa
tiriṭa m.= ○ṭi W
≫ tiriṭi
tiriṭi m. the joint of the sugar-cane L
tirindira
tiríndira m. N. of a man RV. viii, 6, 46 ŚāṅkhŚr. xvi, 11, 20
tirima
tirima m. a kind of rice L
≫ tiriya
tiriya m. id. L
2. tiryá
tirīṭa
tirīṭa m. Symplocos racemosa Bhpr. iv
• n. a kind of head-dress, tiara, diadem (cf. kir○) L
• gold Uṇ. Sch
⋙ tirīṭaka
tirīṭaka m. Symplocos racemosa Car. vii, 9, 1
• a kind of bird R. iii, 78, 23
⋙ tirīṭin
tirīṭín mfn. furnished with a head-dress AV. viii, 6, 7
tiroahniya
tiró-ahniya &c. p. 447, col. 2
tirpirika
tirpirika for tilvirīka, q.v
tirya 2
tiryá mfn. for tilyá? prepared from sesamum seeds (? tíla) AV. iv, 7, 3
• cf. tiriya
tiryak
tiryák ○ryáñc, p. 447, col. 3
til 1
til cl. 1. telati, to go Dhātup
til 2
til (derived fr. tíla), cl. 6. 10. ○lati, telayati, to be unctuous ib
• to anoint ib
≫ tila
tíla m. Sesamum indicum (its blossom is compared to the nose Gīt. x, 14 Siṃhâs
• cf. -puṣpa), sesamum seed (much used in cookery
• supposed to have originated from Vishṇu's sweat-drops Hcat. i, 6, 137 & 142) AV. (○lá, xviii, 4, 32) VS. ŚBr. &c
• a mole Kālid
• a small particle MBh. &c
• the right lung ŚārṅgS. v, 42
• pl. N. of a ch. of PSarv. (cf. kṛṣṇa-, carma-, ṣaṇḍha-)
⋙ tilakaṭa
○kaṭa m. the farina of sesamum Pāṇ. 5-2, 29 Vārtt. 1
⋙ tilakaṇa
○kaṇa m. a sesamum seed Bhartṛ. (vḷ. -khali)
⋙ tilakalka
○kalka m. dough made of ground sesamum Suśr. i MārkP. xxxv, 10
-ja, sesamum oilcake Npr
• cf. tail○
⋙ tilakārṣika
○kārṣika mfn. cultivating sesamum Kathās. lxi, 7 and 9
⋙ tilakālaka
○kālaka m. a mole Suśr. i f. iv Pāṇ. 3-2, 52 Pat. ; 53 Kāś
• N. of a disease of the penis Suśr. ii, 14, 16 ; iv, 21, 16
• mfn. having a mole L. Sch
⋙ tilakiṭṭa
○kiṭṭa n. = -kalka-ja Bhpr. v, 11, 180
• cf. tail○
⋙ tilakhali
○khali m. id. ib
⋙ tilakhalī
○khalī f. id. Npr
⋙ tilagañji
○gañji or n. N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xi, 32
⋙ tilagañjin
○gañjin n. N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xi, 32
⋙ tilagrāma
○grāma m. N. of a village Rājat. viii, 2933
⋙ tilacaturthī
○caturthī f. the 4th day of the dark half of Māgha Vratapr. iv
⋙ tilacitrapattraka
○citra-pattraka m. N. of a bulbous plant L
⋙ tilacūrṇa
○cūrṇa n. ground sesamum Pañcat. ii, 3, 5/6
⋙ tilataṇḍulaka
○taṇḍulaka n. 'agreeable as rice mixed with sesamum', an embrace L
⋙ tilatejāhvā
○tejâhvā f. N. of a plant Suśr. iv, 2, 92
⋙ tilataila
○taila n. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 29 Vārtt. 4 Pat.) sesamum-oil Suśr. i ; iv, 31, 2
⋙ tiladeśvaratīrtha
○dêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh.cccxxx
• cf. tilakêś○
⋙ tiladroṇamaya
○droṇa-maya mfn. consisting of a Droṇa of sesamum, Hjat. i, 8, 378
⋙ tiladvādaśī
○dvādaśī f. the 12th day of a particular month (kept as a festival) Rājat. v, 394 BhavP. ii, 78
⋙ tiladhenu
○dhenu f. a sesamum cow (presented to Brāhmans) MBh. xiii, 64, 35 and 71, 40
-dāna n. 'presenting a tila-dhenu', N. of LiṅgaP. ii, 33 and VarP. ic
⋙ tiladhenukā
○dhenukā f. = ○nu MBh. iii, 84, 87
⋙ tilaṃtuda
○ṃ-tuda m. a sesamum-grinder Pāṇ. 3-2, 28 Vārtt
⋙ tilaparṇa
○parṇa m. the resin of Pinus longifolia L
• n. a sesamum leaf W
• sandal-wood Bhpr.v, 2, 16
• (ī), f. the resin of Pinus longifolia L
• Pterocarpus santalinus Suśr. i, 39, 8 and 46, 4, 29
• olibanum L
⋙ tilaparṇaka
○"ṣparṇaka n. sandalwood L. Sch
• (ikā), f. a kind of pot-herb Car. i, 27, 86
• Pterocarpus santalinus Suśr. i, 46, 4, 11
⋙ tilaparṇika
○"ṣparṇika n. sandal-wood, v, 7, 12
• the resin of Pinus longifolia Gal
• (ā), f. ○rṇaka
• cf. tail○
⋙ tilapiccaṭa
○piccaṭa n. = -kalka-ja W
⋙ tilapiñja
○piñja m. = -peja Pāṇ. 4-2, 36 Vārtt. 6
• white sesamum Npr
• (ī́), f. N. of a plant AV.ī, 8, 3
⋙ tilapīḍa
○pīḍa m. = -ṃ-tuda MBh. xii
• cf. tail○,
⋙ tilapuṣpa
○puṣpa n. 'sesamum-flower', the nose Kuval. 224
⋙ tilapuṣpaka
○puṣpaka m. Terminalia Bellerica Npr
⋙ tilapeja
○peja m. barren sesamum Pāṇ. 4-2, 36 Vārtt. 6
⋙ tilabhāra
○bhāra m. pl. N. of a people MBh. vi, 360
⋙ tilabhāvinī
○bhāvinī f. jasmine Npr
⋙ tilabhṛṣṭa
○bhṛṣṭa -sṛṣṭa
⋙ tilamaya
○maya mf(ī)n. (Pāṇ. 4-3, 149) consisting or made of sesamum-seeds Hcat. i, 6, 182 and 7, 37
⋙ tilamayūra
○mayūra m. a kind of peacock L
⋙ tilamāṣa
○mā́ṣa (○lá-), m. pl. sesamum and beans ŚBr. xiv, 9, 3, 22. [Page 448, Column 2]
⋙ tilamiśra
○miśra (○lá-), mf(ā)n. mixed with sesamum AV. xviii, 3, 69 (and 4, 26) Kauś
⋙ tilamiśla
○miśla mfn. id. MānGṛ. i, 21
⋙ tilarasa
○rasa m. = -taila L
⋙ tilavatsa
○vatsa (○lá-), mf(ā)n. having sesamum-seeds for children AV. xviii, 4, 33 f
⋙ tilavratin
○vratin mfn. fasting by eating only sesamum-seeds Pāṇ. 5-1, 94 Vārtt. 3 Pat
• cf. ○lôdara
⋙ tilaśas
○śas ind. in pieces as small as sesamum-seeds, Mbh. &c
⋙ tilaśikhin
○śikhin m. = -mayūra Gal
⋙ tilasambaddha
○sambaddha mfn. = -miśra Mn. iv, 75
⋙ tilasṛṣṭa
○sṛṣṭa food prepared with sesamum MBh. xiii, 104, 70 (○labhṛṣṭa, 'fried sesamum-seeds', C.)
⋙ tilasnāyin
○snāyin mfn. washing one's self with sesamum Hcat. i, 8, 297
⋙ tilasneha
○snehá m. = -taila L
⋙ tilahoma
○homa m. sesamum-oblation
⋙ tilahomin
○"ṣhomin mfn. offering sesamum-oblations Hcat. i, 8, 297
⋙ tilāṃśa
tilâṃśa m. a piece (of land) as small as a sesamum-seed Rājat. i, 38
⋙ tilāṅkitadala
tilâṅkita-dala m. a kind of bulb L
⋙ tilānna
tilânna n. rice with sesamum-seeds L
⋙ tilāpatyā
tilâpatyā f. Nigella indica L
⋙ tilāmbu
tilâmbu n. water with sesamum BhP.vii, 8, 44
⋙ tilottamā
tilôttamā f. N. of an Apsaras MBh. &c
• of a woman Rājat. vii, 120
• a form of Dākshāyaṇī MatsyaP. xiii, 53
○mīya Nom. P. to represent the Apsaras Tilôttamā Bhām. ii, 96
⋙ tilodaka
tilôdaka n. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 96 Kāś.) = ○lâmbu Gobh. iv Mn. MBh. MārkP
⋙ tilodakin
tilôdakin mfn. drinking ○ka Hcat. i, 8, 297
⋙ tilodana
tilôdana = ○lâud○ R. ii, 69, 10
⋙ tilodara
tilôdara mf(ā, ī)n. having the stomach filled with sesamum (cf. ○la-vratin) Pāṇ. 4-1, 55 Kāś
⋙ tilaudana
tilâudana n. a sesamum-dish ŚBr. xiv, 9, 4, 16 Kauś. 138
≫ tilaka
tilaka m. (g. sthūlâdi) Clerodendrum phlomoides (Symplocos racemosa L.) MBh. &c
• a freckle (compared to a sesamum-seed) VarBṛS. l, 9
• lī, 10 Kathās
• a kind of skin-eruption L
• (in music) N. of a Dhruvaka
• a kind of horse L
• N. of a prince of Kampanā Rājat. viii, 577 ff
• m. (n. Pañcad. ii, 57) a mark on the forehead (made with coloured earths, sandal-wood, or unguents, either as an ornament or a sectarial distinction) Yājñ. i, 293 MBh. iii, 11591 R. (ifc. f. ā, iii) &c
• the ornament of anything (in comp.) Pañcat. i, 1, 92 Kathās. &c. (ifc. f. ā Rājat. iii, 375)
• n. id. L
• the right lung L
• black sochal salt L
• alliteration Rājat
• a metre of 4 x 6 syllables
• = tri-ślokī L
• a kind of observance Kālanirṇ. Introd. 12
• (ā), f. a kind of necklace L
• cf. eṇa-, kha-, vasanta-
ūrdhva-tilakin
⋙ tilakamañjarī
○mañjarī f. N. of wk
⋙ tilakarāja
○rāja n. N. of a man Rājat. vii, 1319
⋙ tilakalatā
○latā f. N. of a woman Vāsant
⋙ tilakavatī
○vatī f. N. of a river Vām. v, 2, 75
⋙ tilakavrata
○vrata n. the Tilaka observance BhavP. ii, 8 Vratapr. i
⋙ tilakasiṃha
○siṃha n. N. of a man Rājat. viii
⋙ tilakācārya
tilakâcārya m. N. of a pupil of Śivaprabha (author of Pratyekabuddha-catushṭaya and of comments on Āvaśyaka, Śrāvaka- and Sādhu-pratikramaṇa)
⋙ tilakāvala
tilakāvala mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 118) furnished with marks ŚāṅkhŚr. xvi, 18, 18
⋙ tilakāśraya
tilakâśraya m. 'Tilaka-receptacle', the forehead L
⋙ tilakeśvaratīrtha
tilakêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh. cxiii
⋙ tilakottara
tilakôttara m. N. of a Vidyādhara Bālar. iv, 7
≫ tilakaka
tilakaka n. N. of a man Rājat. viii, 469
≫ tilakaya
tilakaya Nom. P. to mark with spots HPariś. viii, 210
• to mark Bālar. i, 1 ; vi, 37
• to adorn, i, 1 Viddh. ii, 13
⋙ tilakāyita
tilakāyita n. impers. it has been acted as an ornament to (gen.) Nalac. i, 20
≫ tilakita
tilakita mfn. (g. tārakâdi) marked Bālar. vi, 55 and 58
• adorned Kathās. xciii, 17 Rājat. ii, 40
≫ tilakin
tilakin mfn. marked with the Tilaka
≫ tilpiñja
tilpíñja m. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 36 Vārtt. 7) = ○lapeja AV. xii, 2, 54
Kauś. 80
≫ tilya
tilya mfn. suited for sesamum cultivation, grown with sesamum Pāṇ. 5-1, 7 and 2, 4
• n. a sesamum field ib
tiliṅga
tiliṅga N. of a country Romakas. Ratnak
tilitsa
tilitsa m. a kind of snake L
tilpiñja
tilpíñja tilya, above
tilpilika
tilpilika for tilvilīka, q.v
till
till cl. 1. P. to go Dhātup. xv, 27
tilva
tilva m. = tilvaka L
≫ tilvaka
tílvaka m. Symplocos racemosa ŚBr. xiii KātyŚr. xxi, 3, 20 Gobh. &c
• Terminalia Catappa Npr
tilvarīka
tilvarīka tilvilīka
tilvila
tílvila mf(ā)n. fertile RV. v, 62, 7 ĀśvGṛ. ii, 8, 16 ŚāṅkhGṛ. iii, 3, 1
• cf. ibhya-
≫ tilvilāya
tilvilāya Nom. ○yáte, to be fertile RV. vii, 78, 5
⋙ tilvilīka
tilvilīka or m.g. kapilakâdi
⋙ tilvilvīrīka
tilvilvīrīka m.g. kapilakâdi
tivya
tivya m. N. of a Brāhman Rājat
tiṣṭhad
tiṣṭhad = ○ṣṭhat, pr. p. √sthā, q.v. [Page 448, Column 3]
⋙ tiṣṭhadgu
○gu ind. (Pāṇ. 2-1, 17), when the cows (go) stand to be milked', after sunset Bhaṭṭ. iv, 14
⋙ tiṣṭhaddhoma
○dhoma mfn. (a sacrifice) at which the oblation (homa) is offered standing KātyŚr. i, 2, 6
tiṣya
tiṣyá m. N. of a heavenly archer (like Kṛiśānu) and of the 6th Nakshatra of the old or 8th of the new order RV. v, 54, 13 ; x, 64, 8 TS. (○ṣyá) &c
• the month Pausha L
• Terminalia tomentosa L
• = ○ṣyā L
• (Pāṇ. 4-3, 34
• i, 2, 63 Kāś.) 'born under the asterism Terminalia', a common N. of men Buddh. (cf. upa-)
• n. (m. L.) the 4th or present age MBh. vi Hariv. 3019
• mfn. auspicious, fortunate W
• (ā), f. Emblic Myrobalan L
⋙ tiṣyaketu
○ketu m. Śiva
⋙ tiṣyagupta
○gupta m. N. of the founder of schism 2. of the Jain community
⋙ tiṣyapunarvasavīya
○"ṣpunarvasavīya mfn. relating to the asterisms Terminalia and Punar-vasu Pāṇ. 4-2, 6 Kāś
⋙ tiṣyapunarvasu
○punarvasu m. du. the asterisms Terminalia and Pusha, i, 2, 63 and (n. sg.) Kāś
⋙ tiṣyapuṣpā
○puṣpā f. = tiṣyā L
⋙ tiṣyaphalā
○phalā f. id. L
⋙ tiṣyarakṣitā
○rakṣitā f. N. of Aśoka's 2nd wife Buddh. (Divyâv. xxvii)
⋙ tiṣyāpūrṇamāsa
tiṣyā-pūrṇamāsá m. the day of conjunction of the asterism Terminalia with full moon TS
≫ tiṣyaka
tiṣyaka m. the month Pausha L
tisṛ
tisṛ f. pl. of trí, q.v
• ifc. priya-
⋙ tisṛdhanva
○dhanvá n. a bow with 3 arrows TS. TBr. ŚBr
≫ tisṛkā
tisṛkā f. N. of a village Pāṇ. 7-2, 99 Vārtt. 1
⋙ tisraskāram
tisras-kāram ind. so as to change into 3 (Ṛic verses) ĀśvŚr. v, 15, 5
⋙ tisrā
tisrā f. Andropogon Npr
tihan
tihan m. sickness Uṇ. Vr
• = sadbhāva ib
• rice ib
• a bow ib
tīk
tīk cl. 1. Ā. to go Dhātup. iv, 32
tīkṣṇa
tīkṣṇá mf(ā́)n. (√tij) sharp, hot, pungent, fiery, acid RV. x, 87, 9 AV. &c
• harsh, rough, rude Mn. vii, 140 MBh. R. VarBṛS
• sharp, keen Śiś. ii, 109 Pāṇ. 5-2, 76 Kāś
• zealous, vehement L
• self-abandoning L
• (with gati, 'a planet's course', or nakṣatra 'asterism') inauspicious VarBṛS. vii, 8 and 10
• īc, 7 (asterisms Mūla, Ārdrā, Jyeshṭhā, Ā-śleshā)
• m. nitre L
• = -taṇḍulā Npr
• black pepper ib
• black mustard ib
• = -gandhaka ib
• = -sārā ib
• majoram ib
• white Kuśa or Darbha grass ib
• the resin of Boswellia thurifera ib
• an ascetic L
• (g. aśvâdi) N. of a man Rājat. viii, 1742 f
• of a Nāga Buddh. L
• n. pl. sharp language R. ii, 35, 33 MārkP. xxxiv, 46
• sg. steel (cf. -varman) Npr
• iron L
• any weapon L. Sch
• sea-salt L
• nitre L
• Galmei Npr
• poison L
• Bignonia suaveolens L
• Piper Chaba L
• Asa foetida Npr
• battle L
• pestilence L
• death L. Sch
• heat, pungency W
• haste W
• (ā), f. N. of several plants (Mucuna pruritus, Cardiospermum Halicacabum, black mustard, atyamla-parṇī, mahā-jyotiṣmatī, vacā, sarpakaṅkālikā) Npr
• a mystical N. of the letter p, Rāmat. i, 77
• cf. a-, su-
⋙ tīkṣṇakaṇṭa
○kaṇṭa m. Alhagi Maurorum L
⋙ tīkṣṇakaṇṭaka
○kaṇṭaka m. 'sharp-thorn', Capparis aphylla Suśr. i, 8, 2
• thorn-apple L
• Terminalia Catappa L
• Acacia arabica Npr
• Euphorbia tortilis ib
• = varvūra L
• (ā), f. a kind of Opuntia L
⋙ tīkṣṇakanda
○kanda m. 'pungent √', the onion L
⋙ tīkṣṇakara
○kara m. 'hot-rayed', the sun Kathās. civ, 203
⋙ tīkṣṇakarman
○karman n. a clever work L
• m. 'sharp in action', a sword L
○rma-kṛt mfn. acting in a clever manner L
⋙ tīkṣṇakalka
○kalka m. coriander L
⋙ tīkṣṇakāntā
○kāntā f. 'fond of cruelty', a form of Caṇḍikā KālP
⋙ tīkṣṇagandha
○gandha m. 'having a pungent smell', = ○dhaka L
• majoram L
• the resin of Boswellia thurifera L
• (ā), f. N. of several plants (= ○dhaka, = -kaṇṭakā, Sinapis ramosa, jīvantī, vacā, śveta-vacā L.) Suśr. vi, 23, 2
• small cardamoms L
⋙ tīkṣṇagandhaka
○gandhaka m. Moringa pterygosperma L
⋙ tīkṣṇataṇḍulā
○taṇḍulā f. long pepper L
⋙ tīkṣṇatara
○tara (○ṇá-), mfn. Compar. sharper AV. iii, 19, 4
• (speech) Mālav. iii, 2
• more hot (rays) Ṛitus. i, 18
⋙ tīkṣṇatā
○tā f. sharpness R. iii, 19, 7 BhP.vi, 5
⋙ tīkṣṇatuṇḍa
○tuṇḍa mf(ā)n. sharp-beaked Suśr. vi, 30, 8
⋙ tīkṣṇataila
○taila n. 'pungent oil', the resin of Ṣorea robusta L
• the milky juice of Euphorbia lactea L
• spirituous liquor L
⋙ tīkṣṇatva
○tva n. heat Sūryas. vi, 13
⋙ tīkṣṇadaṃṣṭra
○daṃṣṭrá mfn. having sharp teeth or tusks TĀr. x, 1, 6 MBh
• (sa-) VarBṛS
• m. a tiger L
• N. of a man Kathās.cix, 55
⋙ tīkṣṇadaṃṣṭraka
○daṃṣṭraka m. a leopard Npr
⋙ tīkṣṇadaṇḍa
○daṇḍa mfn. directing sharp punishment Mudr. i, 22/23
⋙ tīkṣṇadhāra
○dhāra mfn. sharp-edged MBh. R
• m. a sword MBh. xii, 6203
⋙ tīkṣṇadhāraka
○dhāraka m. a kind of weapon Gal
⋙ tīkṣṇanāsika
○nāsika mfn. pointed-nosed ib
⋙ tīkṣṇapattra
○pattra m. 'pungent-leaved', coriander L
• Terminalia Catappa Npr
• a kind of sugar-cane ib
⋙ tīkṣṇapuṣpa
○puṣpa n. 'pungent flower', cloves L
• (ā), f. Pandanus odoratissimus L. [Page 449, Column 1]
• the clove tree Npr
⋙ tīkṣṇapriya
○priya m. = -śūka Npr
⋙ tīkṣṇaphala
○phala m. 'pungentfruited', coriander L
• black mustard Npr
• = tejah-phala L
⋙ tīkṣṇabuddhi
○buddhi mfn. sharp-witted
⋙ tīkṣṇamañjarī
○mañjarī f. the betel plant Npr
⋙ tīkṣṇamārga
○mārga m. a sword Śiś. xviii, 20
⋙ tīkṣṇamūla
○mūla m. 'pungent-rooted', = -gandhaka L
• Alpinia Galanga L
⋙ tīkṣṇaraśmi
○raśmi mfn. hotrayed (the sun) Hariv. 3839
⋙ tīkṣṇarasa
○rasa m. 'pungent liquid', poison
• saltpetre L
-dāyin m. a poisoner Mudr. ii, 7/8
⋙ tīkṣṇarūpin
○rūpin mfn. looking cross Gaut. xxvi, 12
⋙ tīkṣṇalavaṇa
○lavaṇa mfn. pungent Suśr. i
⋙ tīkṣṇaloha
○loha n. 'sharp iron', steel Bhpr. v, 175
⋙ tīkṣṇavaktra
○vaktra mfn. sharp-pointed (arrow) MBh. vii, 123, 30
⋙ tīkṣṇavarman
○varman mfn. steel-cuirassed (?), xii, 4428
⋙ tīkṣṇavipāka
○vipāka mfn. pungent during digestion, i, 716
⋙ tīkṣṇaviṣa
○viṣa m. virulent poison, xiii, 268
• mfn. having virulent poison W
⋙ tīkṣṇavṛṣaṇa
○vṛṣaṇa m. 'strong-testicled', N. of a bull Pañcat. ii, 6, 0/1
⋙ tīkṣṇavega
○vega m. 'possessing great velocity', N. of a Rakshas R. vi, 69, 11
⋙ tīkṣṇaśastra
○śastra n. iron or steel L
⋙ tīkṣṇaśigru
○śigru m. = -gandhaka Gal
⋙ tīkṣṇaśūka
○śūka m. 'sharp-awned', barley L
⋙ tīkṣṇaśṛṅga
○śṛṅga (○ṇá-), mfn. sharp-horned AV. xix, 50, 2
• (f. ○gī́) iv, 37, 6 and viii, 7, 9
⋙ tīkṣṇasāra
○sāra m. Bassia latifolia Npr
• = ○rā L
• n. iron Npr
• (ā), f. Dalbergia Sissoo L
⋙ tīkṣṇasrotas
○srotas mfn. having a violent current R. iv
⋙ tīkṣṇahṛdayatva
○hṛdaya-tva n. hard-heartedness MBh. i, 787
⋙ tīkṣṇāṃśu
tīkṣṇâṃśu mfn. = ○ṇa-raśmi R. Suśr
• m. the sun VarBṛ. Laghuj. Sūryas
• fire MBh. i
-tanaya m. 'sun-son', Saturn VarBṛ. xi, 6
-deha-prabhava m. id., ii, 12 Sch
⋙ tīkṣṇāgni
tīkṣṇâgni m. 'acrid gastric juice', dyspepsia W
⋙ tīkṣṇāgra
tīkṣṇâgra mfn. = ○ṇa-vaktra R. iii
• (á-) ŚBr. v
• (su-) MBh. i
• m. Zingiber Zerumbet
⋙ tīkṣṇāyasa
tīkṣṇâyasa n. = ○ṇa-loha L
⋙ tīkṣṇārcis
tīkṣṇârcis mfn. = ○ṇa-raśmi
⋙ tīkṣṇeṣu
tīkṣṇếṣu mfn. having sharp arrows AV. iii, 19, 7 ; v, 18, 9 VS. xvi, 36
⋙ tīkṣṇopāya
tīkṣṇôpāya m. forcible means L
≫ tīkṣṇaka
tīkṣṇaka m. Bignonia suaveolens Npr
• black mustard ib
• = ○ṇa-taṇḍulā ib
⋙ tīkṣṇīyas
tī́kṣṇīyas mfn. Compar. sharper AV. iii, 19, 4
• cf. téhṣṇiṣṭham
tīm
tīm cl. 4. ○myati, √tim: Caus. tīmayati, to wet Divyâv. xix
⋙ tīmana
tīmana n. basil L
tīra 1
tīra m. tin (cf. tīvra) L
• n. a kind of arrow (cf. Pers. ?) Pañcad. ii, 76
• (ī), f. id. L
⋙ tīrikā
tīrikā f. id., ii, 76
tīra 2
tīra n. (√tṝ Siddh.puṃl. 56) a shore, bank AitBr. &c. (ifc. f. ā MBh. R. Ragh
• ifc., for derivatives Pāṇ. 4-2, 106 and 104 Vārtt. 2
• ifc. ind., for accent vi,. 2, 121)
• the brim of a vessel ŚBr. vi, xiv
⋙ tīragraha
○graha m. pl. N. of a people MBh. vi, 360
⋙ tīraja
○ja mfn. = -bhāj, v BhP
• m. a tree near a shore R. ii
⋙ tīrabhāj
○bhāj mfn. growing near a shore Kād. vi, 681
⋙ tīrabhukti
○bhukti m. Tirhut (province in the east of central Hindūstan) L
⋙ tīrabhuktīya
○"ṣbhuktīya mfn. coming from Tirhut Śak. i, 19/20 Sch
⋙ tīraruha
○ruha mfn. = -bhāj R. ii, 95, 4
• m. a tree near a shore, 104, 4 and 19 (G)
⋙ tīrastha
○stha mfn. = -bhāj W
⋙ tīrāṭa
tīrâṭa m. Symplocos racemosa W
⋙ tīrāntara
tīrântara n. the opposite bank W
≫ tīraṇa
tīraṇa m. Pongamia glabra Npr
≫ tīraya
tīraya Nom. P. ○yati, to finish Dhātup. xxxv, 58
⋙ tīrita
tīrita mfn. finished, settled Mn. ix, 233
≫ tīrṇa
tīrṇa mfn. one who has crossed MBh. R. (with acc., v, 15, 23)
• one who has gone over (acc.) Ragh. xiv, 6 Megh. 19
• one who has got through (grammar, vyākaraṇaṃ) Bādar. iii, 2, 32 Sch
• one who has escaped (with abl.) Hariv. 4066
• crossed R. vi Śak. vii, 33 Prab. v &c. (á neg., 'endless' RV. viii, 79, 6)
• spread W
• surpassed W
• fulfilled (a promise) R
• (ā), f. a metre of 4 x 4 long syllables
⋙ tīrṇapadī
○padī f. Curculigo orchioides L
⋙ tīrṇapratijña
○pratijña mfn. one who has fulfilled his promise Hariv. 7256 R. ii, 21, 46
• vi
⋙ tīrtvā
tīrtvā́ ind. p., √tṝ
≫ tīrtha
tīrthá n. (rarely m. MBh.) a passage, way, road, ford, stairs for landing or for descent into a river, bathing-place, place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams, piece of water RV. &c
• the path to the altar between the, Cātvāla and Utkara ṢaḍvBr. iii, 1 ĀśvŚr. iv, ix ŚāṅkhŚr. Lāṭy. KātyŚr
• a channel, iv, 8, Paddh
• the usual or right way or manner TS. ŚBr. xiv, (á-, xi) KātyŚr. MBh. iv, 1411
• the right place or moment ChUp. viii Anup. &c
• advice, instruction, counsel, adviser, preceptor MBh. v Mālav. i, 12/13 Kir. ii, 3
• certain lines or parts of the hand sacred to the deities Mn. ii Yājñ. &c
• an object of veneration, sacred object BhP
• a worthy person Āp. Mn. iii, 130 MBh. &c
• a person worthy of receiving anything (gen.) MānGṛ. i, 7
• N. of certain counsellors of a king (enumerated in Pañcat. iii, 67/68) MBh. ii, 171 Ragh. xvii Śiś. xiv [Page 449, Column 2]
• one of the ten orders of ascetics founded by Śaṃkarâcārya (its members add the word tīrtha to their names)
• a brāhman Uṇ. vṛ
• = darśana L
• = yoga L
• the vulva L
• a woman's courses L
• fire Uṇ. vṛ
• = nidāna ib
⋙ tīrthakamaṇḍalu
○kamaṇḍalu m. a pot with TṭTīrthá-water BhP. ix, 10, 43
⋙ tīrthakara
○kara mfn. creating a passage (through life) MBh. xiii, 7023 (Vishṇu)
• m. Śiva
• a head of a sect Sarvad. iv, vi, ix
• = -kṛt Jain
⋙ tīrthakāka
○kāka m. 'crow at a Tīrthá', an unsteady pupil Pāṇ. 2-1, 42 Vārtt. Pat
⋙ tīrthakāśikā
○kāśikā f. N. of wk. by Gaṅgā-dhara
⋙ tīrthakīrti
○kīrti mfn. one whose fame is a TṭTīrthá (i.e. carries through life) BhP. iii, 1, 45 and 5, 15
⋙ tīrthakṛt
○kṛt m. 'Tīrthá-maker', a Jain Arhat Jain. VarBṛ. xv, 4
⋙ tīrthagopāla
○gopāla n. N. of a Tīrthá, ŚambhMāh. xvi
⋙ tīrthaṃkara
○ṃkara m. = -kṛt Jain
⋙ tīrthacaryā
○caryā f. a visit to any TṭTīrthá, pilgrimage BhP. ix, 16, 1
⋙ tīrthacintāmaṇi
○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk. by Vācaspati-miśra Smṛitit. i, xxv
⋙ tīrthatama
○tama n. Superl. a Tīrthá more sacred than (abl.) MBh. iii, 7018
• an object of the highest sanctity BhP. v
⋙ tīrthadeva
○deva m. Śiva
-maya mf(ī)n. containing Tīrthas and gods Hcat. i, 7, 580
⋙ tīrthadhvāṅkṣa
○dhvāṅkṣa m. = -kāka Pāṇ. 2-1, 42 Vārtt
⋙ tīrthanirṇaya
○nirṇaya m. N. of wk
⋙ tīrthapati
○pati m. N. of the head of an ocean-worshipping sect Śaṃkar. xxxv
⋙ tīrthapad
○pad nom. pād mfn. having sanctifying feet (Kṛishṇa) BhP. iii, ix
⋙ tīrthapada
○pada mfn. id., iii, vi
⋙ tīrthapāda
○pāda mfn. id., i, iv, viii, xii
⋙ tīrthapādīya
○"ṣpādīya m. an adherent of Kṛishṇa, iv
⋙ tīrthapūjā
○pūjā f. washing Kṛishṇa's statue in holy water W
⋙ tīrthabhūta
○bhūta mfn. sanctified MBh. xiii BhP. i, 13
⋙ tīrthamahāhrada
○mahā-hrada m. N. of a TṭTīrthá MBh. xiii, 7654
⋙ tīrthamahiman
○mahiman m. N. of a ch. of Śūdradh
⋙ tīrthamāhātmya
○māhātmya n. N. of a ch. of PSarv
⋙ tīrthayātrā
○yātrā f. = -caryā MBh. BhP. Pañcat. &c
• N. of ŚivaP. ii, 20
-tattva n. N. of Smṛitit. xxx
-parvan n. N. of MBh. iii, chs. 80-156
-vidhi m. N. of wk
⋙ tīrthayātrin
○"ṣyātrin mfn. engaged in ○trā W
⋙ tīrtharājī
○rājī f. 'line of Tīrthas', Benares L
⋙ tīrthavat
○vat mfn. having water-descents, abounding in Tīrthas MBh. xiii R
• (), f. N. of a river BhP. v
⋙ tīrthavāka
○vāka m. the hair of the head L
⋙ tīrthavāyasa
○vāyasa m. = -kāka Pāṇ. 2-1, 42 Kāś
⋙ tīrthavāsin
○vāsin mfn. dwelling at a TṭTīrthá
⋙ tīrthavidhi
○vidhi m. the rites observed at a Tīrthá
⋙ tīrthaśilā
○śilā f. the stone steps leading to a bathing-place, Śṛiṅgār. 1
⋙ tīrthaśravas
○śravas mfn. = -kīrti BhP. ii, viii
⋙ tīrthaśrāddhaprayoga
○śrāddhaprayoga m. N. of a ch. of Śiva-rāma's Śrāddhacintāmaṇi
⋙ tīrthasad
○sad mfn. dwelling at Tīrthas (Rudra) MānGṛ. i, 13
⋙ tīrthaseni
○seni f. N. of one of the mothers in Skanda's retinue MBh. ix, 2625
⋙ tīrthasevā
○sevā f. = -caryā Cāṇ. Subh
• worship of the 24 saints HYog. ii, 16
⋙ tīrthasevin
○sevin m. 'visiting Tīrthas', Ardea nivea L
⋙ tīrthasaukhya
○saukhya n. N. of wk. or of part of a work
⋙ tīrthāsevana
tīrthâsevana n. = ○tha-caryā Rājat. vi, 309
⋙ tīrtheśvara
tīrthêśvara m. = ○tha-kṛt Kalyāṇam. 2
⋙ tīrthodāka
tīrthôdâka n. Tīrthá-water R. i, 48, 24
≫ tīrthaka
tīrthaka mfn. = ○tha-bhūta BhP. i, 19, 32
• m. = ○thika Buddh
• N. of a Nāga ib
• n. (ifc.) a Tīrtha Hariv
⋙ tīrthika
tīrthika m. an adherent or head of any other than one's own creed Buddh. Jain
≫ tīrthī
tīrthī in comp. for ○tha
⋙ tīrthīkaraṇa
○karaṇa mfn. sanctifying BhP. v
⋙ tīrthīkṛ
○√kṛ to sanctify, i, x
⋙ tīrthīkṛta
○kṛta mfn. sanctified, iii
⋙ tīrthībhūta
○bhūta mfn. id. Mn. xi, 197 Kull
≫ tīrthya
tī́rthya mfn. relating to a sacred Tīrtha VS. xvi, 42
• m. = ○thika Buddh
• cf. sa-
tairthya
tīv
tīv cl. 1. ○vati, to be fat Dhātup. xv
tīvara
tīvara m. a hunter (offspring of a Rājaputrī by a Kshatriya) BrahmaP. i
• a fisher (for dhīv○) L
• the ocean L
• (ī), f. a hunter's wife, i
tīvra
tīvrá mf(ā)n. (fr. tiv-ra, √tu) strong, severe, violent, intense, hot, pervading, excessive, ardent, sharp, acute, pungent, horrible RV. &c
• m. sharpness, pungency Pāṇ. 2-2, 8 Vārtt. 3. Pat
• for ○vara (?), g. rājanyâdi
• Śiva
• n. pungency W
• a shore (for 2. tīra ?) Uṇ. k
• tin (cf. 1. tīra) ib
• steel L
• iron L
• (am), ind. violently, impetuously, sharply, excessively W
• (ā), f. Helleborus niger L
• black mustard L
• basil L
gaṇḍa-dūrvā L
taradī L
mahā-jyotiṣmatī L
• (in music) N. of a Śruti
• of a Mūrchanā
• of the river Padmavatī (in the east of Bengal) L
⋙ tīvrakaṇṭha
○kaṇṭha or m. a pungent kind of Arum L
⋙ tīvrakanda
○kanda m. a pungent kind of Arum L
⋙ tīvragati
○gati mfn. moving rapidly W
• being in a bad condition Daś. i, 130
• f. rapid gait, 67
⋙ tīvragandhā
○gandhā f. cumin-seed or Ptychotis Ajowan L
⋙ tīvrajvālā
○jvālā f. Grislea tomentosa L
⋙ tīvratā
○tā f. violence, heat Rājat. i, 41 (a- neg.)
⋙ tīvradāru
○dāru m. N. of a tree, g. rajatâdi
⋙ tīvradyuti
○dyuti m. 'hotrayed', the sun Prasannar. vii, 82
⋙ tīvrapauruṣa
○pauruṣa n. daring heroism. [Page 449, Column 3]
⋙ tīvramada
○mada mfn. excessively intoxicating Car. i, 27
⋙ tīvramārga
○mārga m. = īkṣṇa-m○ Gal
⋙ tīvraruja
○ruja mfn. causing excessive pain Suśr. ii, 15, 3 (-tva, abstr.)
⋙ tīvraroṣasamāviṣṭa
○roṣa-samāviṣṭa mfn. filled with fierce anger MBh. iii, 2397
⋙ tīvravipāka
○vipāka v. l. for tīkṣṇa-v○
⋙ tīvravedanā
○vedanā f. excessive pain L
⋙ tīvraśokasamāviṣṭa
○śoka-samāviṣṭa mfn. filled with excessive sorrow, 2958
⋙ tīvraśokārta
○śokârta mfn. afflicted with poignant grief
⋙ tīvrasava
○sava m. N. of an Ekâha sacrifice ŚāṅkhŚr. xiv
⋙ tīvrasut
○sút mfn. being a pungent juice (Soma) RV. vi, 43, 2 ŚāṅkhŚr
• m. = -sava KātyŚr. Lāṭy. Maś. Vait
⋙ tīvrasoma
○somá m. a variety of the Ukthya libation TS. vii
• = -sava TāṇḍyaBr. xviii
⋙ tīvrātitīvra
tīvrâtitīvra mfn. excessively severe (penance) Bhartṛ. iii, 88
⋙ tīvrānanda
tīvrânanda m. Śiva
⋙ tīvrānta
tīvrânta mfn. having a strong effect (Soma) AitBr. ii, 20
≫ tīvraya
tīvraya ○yati, to strengthen TāṇḍyaBr. xviii
≫ tīvrī
tīvrī́ in comp. for ○vrá
⋙ tīvrīkṛ
○√kṛ to make sharp, strengthen ŚBr. i, 7, 1, 18 and 6, 4, 6 ; iii, 8, 3, 30
⋙ tīvrībhū
○√bhū to become stronger, increase Rājat. vi, 99
tīsaṭa
tīsaṭa m. N. of a med. author
tu 1
tu cl. 2. (tauti Dhātup
• fut. 2nd totā or tavitā Vop.) to have authority, be strong RV. i, 94, 2 (pf. tūtāva, Naigh. iv, 1 Pāṇ. 6-1, 7 Kāś.)
• to go Dhātup
• to injure ib.: Caus. (aor. tūtot, 2. sg. ○tos) to make strong or efficient RV. ii, 20, 5 ; vi, 26, 4
• cf. ut-, saṃ-
tavás, &c., tīvrá ; [Zd. tav, 'to be able' ; Lat. tumor, tueri, totus.]
tu 2
(never found at the beginning of a sentence or verse
• metrically also tū́ RV. ; Pāṇ. 6-3, 133) pray! I beg, do, now, then, Lat. dum used (esp. with the Imper.) RV
• but (also with evá or vaí following) AV. iv, 18, 6 TS. ŚBr. &c
• and Mn. ii, 22
• or, i, 68
• xi, 202
• often incorrectly written for nu MBh. (i, 6151 B and C)
• sometimes used as a mere expletive
⋙ cana tu
ca-na tu though-still not
⋙ na
na or not-but
⋙ na caapi tu
na ca-api tu not-but
⋙ kāmaṃ
kāmaṃ or though - still
⋙ kāmaṃ catu
kāmaṃ ca-tu or though - still
⋙ kiṃ tu
kiṃ tu or though - still
⋙ paraṃ tu
paraṃ tu though - still
⋙ kāmaṃ
kāmaṃ or it is true - but not, ere - than
⋙ bhūyas
bhūyas or it is true - but not, ere - than
⋙ varamna tu
varam-na tu it is true - but not, ere - than
⋙ kiṃ tu
kiṃ tu still, nevertheless
⋙ naparaṃ tu
na-paraṃ tu not-however
⋙ tutu
tu-tu certainly-but Hit. i, 2, 33
tuḥkhāra
tuḥkhāra = tukh○ Rājat. iv, 211
tuk
tuk m. (fr. túc) a boy L
tuka
tuka m. N. of an astronomer
tukākṣīrī
tukā-kṣīrī = tugā- Car. vi, 16
tukka
tukka m. N. of a man Rājat. vii f
tukkhāra
tukkhāra m. a Tukhāra horse Vcar. ix, 116 ; xviii, 93
tukṣa
tukṣa g. pakṣâdi
tukhāra
tukhāra (often spelt tuṣāra, also tuḥkh○ and tukkh○), m. pl. N. of a people (northwest of Madhya-deśa) AV. Pariś. li MBh. R. &c
tugā
tugā f. (derived fr. -kṣīrī) Tabāshīr (bamboo manna) Suśr. vi, 52, 20 and 57, 8
• (○gâkhyā) 45, 30
⋙ tugākṣīrī
○kṣīrī f. (fr. tvak-kṣ○) id., i, 12, 13 ; 38, 32
• vi (once metrically ○ri)
• cf. tukā-kṣ○
tugra
túgra m. N. of Bhujyu's father (saved by the Aśvins) RV. i ; vi, 62
• of an enemy of Indra, 20 and 26
• x
⋙ tugriya
tugriya Ved. = ○rya Pāṇ. 4-4, 115
≫ tugrya
túgrya m. (fr. ○ra, 115) patr. of Bhujyu RV. viii
• (ās), f. pl. (scil. víśas) Tugra's race ['the waters' Naigh. i, 12] RV. i, 33, 15
⋙ tugryāvṛdh
tugryāvṛ́dh mfn. favouring the Tugrya (Indra, Soma), viii
tugvan
túgvan n. a ford, viii, 19, 37
tuṅga
tuṅga mf(ā)n. prominent, erect, lofty, high MBh. &c
• chief. W
• strong W
• m. an elevation, height, mountain R. iv, 44, 20 (cf. bhṛgu-) Hit. ii (v. l.)
• top, peak W
• (fig.) a throne BhP. iii, 3, 1
• a planet's apsis VarBṛ. i, vii, x f. ; xxi, 1 Laghuj. ix, 20
• Rottleria tinctoria MBh. R. Suśr
• the cocoa-nut L
• = -mukha L
• Mercury L
• N. of a man Rājat. vi f
• n. the lotus stamina L
• (ā), f. Mimosa Suma L
• Tabāshīr L
• a metre of 4 x 8 syllables
• N. of a river in Mysore
• (ī), f. a kind of Ocimum L
• turmeric L
• night L
• Gaurī Gal
⋙ tuṅgakūṭa
○kūṭa N. of a Tīrtha VarP. cxl
⋙ tuṅgatva
○tva n. 'height' and 'passionateness' Śiś. ii, 48
⋙ tuṅgadhanvan
○dhanvan m. N. of a king of Suhma Daś. xi, 5
⋙ tuṅganātha
○nātha m. = bhṛgu-tuṅga MBh. i, 215, 2, Nīl
⋙ tuṅganābha
○nābha m. N. of a venomous insect Suśr. v, 8, 14
⋙ tuṅganāsa
○nāsa m. long-nosed Pāṇ. 1-3, 2 Pat. [Page 450, Column 1]
⋙ tuṅganāsikā
○nāsikā or f. a long-nosed woman, iv, 1, 55 Kāś
⋙ tuṅganāsikī
○nāsikī f. a long-nosed woman, iv, 1, 55 Kāś
⋙ tuṅgaprastha
○prastha m. N. of a mountain MārkP. lvii, 13
⋙ tuṅgabala
○bala m. N. of a warrior Hit. i, 8, 0/1
⋙ tuṅgabīja
○bīja n. quicksilver Sūryas. xiii, 17
⋙ tuṅgabha
○bha n. a planet's apsis VarBṛ. vii, 1 and 6
⋙ tuṅgabhadra
○bhadra m. a restive elephant L
• (ā), f. the Tumbudra river in Mysore (formed by the junction of the Tuṅgā and Bhadrā) BhP. v BṛNārP. vi, 32 Rasik. xi, 14 and 34
○drā-māhātmya n. N. of wk
⋙ tuṅgamukha
○mukha m. 'long-snouted', 'a rhinoceros L
⋙ tuṅgaveṇā
○veṇā f. N. of a river in the Deccan MBh. iii, vi
⋙ tuṅgaśekhara
○śekhara m. 'high-peaked', a mountain L
⋙ tuṅgaśaila
○śaila m. N. of a mountain with a temple of Śiva
-māhātmya n. N. of wk
⋙ tuṅgeśvara
tuṅgêśvara m. N. of a temple of Śiva Rājat. ii, 14
○râpaṇa m. N. of a market-place, vi, 190
≫ tuṅgaka
tuṅgaka m. Rottleria tinctoria L
• n. N. of a sacred forest (also ○kâraṇya) MBh
⋙ tuṅgin
tuṅgin mfn. being in the apsis (a planet) Jyot
• (inī), f. N. of a plant
≫ tuṅgiman
tuṅgiman m. height Pañcat. ii, 6, 6 Vcar. xviii
≫ tuṅgī
tuṅgī f. of ○ga
⋙ tuṅgīnāsa
○nāsa m. N. of a venomous insect Suśr
⋙ tuṅgīpati
○pati m. 'night-lord', the moon L
⋙ tuṅgīśa
tuṅgī7śa m. id. L
• the sun L
• Śiva, Kṛishṇa L
tuc
túc (only dat. ○cé), offspring, children RV. vi, 48, 9 ; viii, 18, 18 and 27, 14
• cf. túj, toká
tuccha
tuccha mfn. empty, vain, small, little, trifling BhP. NṛisUp. Prab
• n. anything trifling ŚārṅgP. xxxi, 15
• chaff Uṇ. k
• (ā), f. the 14th lunar day Sūryapr
⋙ tucchatva
○tva n. emptiness, vanity Kap. i, 134
⋙ tucchadaya
○daya mfn. unmerciful Naish. viii, 24
⋙ tucchadru
○dru m. Ricinus communis L
⋙ tucchadhānya
○dhānya
⋙ tucchadhānyaka
○dhānyaka n. chaff L
⋙ tucchaprāya
○prāya mfn. unimportant Prasannar
≫ tucchaka
tucchaka mfn. empty, vain L
≫ tucchaya
tucchaya Nom. P. to make empty Mṛicch. x
≫ tucchīkṛta
tucchī-kṛta mfn. despised BhP
⋙ tucchya
tucchyá mfn. empty, vain RV. v, 42
• n. emptiness, x, 129
tuj 1
túj f. (only acc. ○jam dat. ○jé) = túc, iii-v. 1
⋙ tuji
tují (only dat. ○jáye), propagation, v, 46, 7
tuj 2
tuj cl. 6. (3. du. Ā. ○jete
• p. P. ○ját
• inf. jáse and túje
• Pass. p. ○jyámāna), and tuñj (3. pl. P. ○jánti Ā. ○játe
• p. ○jāná, túñjāna, and túñjamāna), to strike, hit, push RV
• to press out ('túñjati, to give' Naigh. Nir.) RV. i, ix
• Ā. to flow forth, iii, 1, 16
• to instigate, incite, i, iii
• Pass. to be vexed, i, 11, 5: cl. 1. tojati, to hurt Dhātup. vii, 70: Caus. (p. tujáyat
• aor. Pot. tutujyā́t, p. tū́tujāna, q.v.) to promote RV. i, 143, 6
• to move quickly. vii, 104, 7
tuñjayati, 'to speak' or 'to shine' Dhātup. xxxiii, 82
tuñj○ or tojayati, to hurt, xxxii, 30
• to be strong ib
• to give or take ib
• to abide ib
• cf. ā-tují. 3
⋙ tuj
túj mfn. urging RV
• f. (only instr. ○jā) shock, impulse, assault RV
≫ tuja
tuja a thunderbolt Naigh. ii, 20 (v. l. tuñja)
≫ tuji 2
túji N. of a man protected by Indra RV. vi, x
≫ tujya
tújya mfn. to be pushed or impelled, iii, 62, 1
• x
≫ tuñja
tuñjá m. shock, assault, i, 7, 7 Nir
• cf. tuja
tuñjīna
tuñjīna m. N. of several kings of Kaśmīr Rājat. ii, 11 ; iii, 97 and 386 ; v, 277
tuṭ
tuṭ cl. 6. ○ṭati, to quarrel Dhātup
tuṭi
tuṭi (m. f. Siddhṣtrīpuṃs. 2, v. l. truṭi) small cardamoms VarBṛS. lxxviii, 1 Sch
tuṭituṭa
tuṭituṭa m. Śiva Hariv. 14882
tuṭuma
tuṭuma m. a mouse or rat L
tuḍ
tuḍ cl. 1. 6. tuḍati, toḍ○, to strike Dhātup
• to split ib
• to bring near (v. l.) ib.: Caus. ib
tuḍiga
tuḍiga m. N. of a prince Chandaþs. vii, 16 and 31, Halāy
tuḍī
tuḍī f. N. of a Rāgiṇī
tuḍḍ
tuḍḍ cl. 1. P. to disregard Dhātup
tuṇ
tuṇ cl. 6. P. to curve, xxviii, 42
tuṇi
tuṇi ○ṇika m. Cedrela Toona L
tuṇḍ
tuṇḍ cl. 1. Ā. to hurt, viii, 23
tuṇḍa
tuṇḍa n. a beak, snout (of a hog &c.), trunk (of an elephant) TĀr. x MBh. &c
• the mouth (used contemptuously) Bādar. ii, 2, 28 Śaṃk
• the point (of an arrow &c.), ayas-, dhūs-
• the chief, leader Dhūrtan. i, 4
• m. Cucumis utilissimus L
• Beninkasa cerifera L
• Śiva Hariv. 14882
• N. of a Rakshas MBh. iii, 16372
• (ī), f. a kind of gourd Cāṇ
• cf. asthi-, kaṅka-, kāka-, kṛṣṇa-, vāyasa-, sūkṣma-
kaṭu- and tikta-tuṇḍī
⋙ tuṇḍadeva
○deva m. N. of a race or of a class of men, g. aiṣukāryādi [Page 450, Column 2]
-bhakta mfn. inhabited by ○va ib
≫ tuṇḍakerikā
tuṇḍakerikā ḻ.,
⋙ tuṇḍakerī
tuṇḍakerī Bhpr. v, f. = ○Dik○
≫ tuṇḍi
tuṇḍi m. a beak, snout Uṇ. k
• f. (also tundi W.) emphysema of the navel (in infants) Suśr. iii, 10, 37
• a prominent navel L
⋙ tuṇḍicela
○cela n. a kind of costly garment Divyâv. xvii, 400
≫ tuṇḍika
túṇḍika mfn. furnished with a snout AV. viii, 6, 5
• (ā), f. the navel (cf. tund○) L
• = ○kerī L
≫ tuṇḍikera
tuṇḍikera pl. N. of a people MBh. vii, 691 ; viii, 138
• (tauṇḍ○ Hariv.)
• (ī), f. = ○keśī Suśr. ii, 2, 4 ; vi, 48, 25
• a large boil on the palate, i f. ; iv, 22, 55 and (metrically ○ri) 62
• the cotton plant L
≫ tuṇḍikerin
tuṇḍikerin m. N. of a venomous insect, v, 8, 3
≫ tuṇḍikeśī
tuṇḍikeśī f. Momordica monadelpha L
≫ tuṇḍibha
tuṇḍibha mfn. (Uṇ. iv, 117 Sch.) having a prominent navel L
tund○
⋙ tuṇḍila
tuṇḍila mfn. id. L
• talkative Uṇ. i, 55 Sch
tund○
≫ tuṇḍela
tuṇḍéla m. N. of a goblin AV. viii, 6, 17
tutāta
tutāta m. N. of Kumārila Prab. ii, 3 Sch
• cf. tautātika
tuturvaṇi
tuturváṇi mfn. (√1. tur) striving to bring near or obtain RV. i, 168, 1
tuttha
tuttha n. (m. L.) blue vitriol (used as an eye-ointment) Suśr
• fire L
• n. a collyrium L
• a rock Uṇ. k
• (ā), f. the indigo plant L
• small cardamoms L
⋙ tutthāñjana
tutthâñjana n. blue vitriol as an ointment L
≫ tutthaka
tutthaka n. blue vitriol Suśr. i, 38, 34
• vi
≫ tutthaya
tutthaya Nom. P. to cover Śiś. v, 11
tutha
tuthá m. VS. Kāṭh. TS. MaitrS. Kapishṭh. ŚBr. (= bráhman) TāṇḍyaBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
tud 1
tud cl. 6. P. ○dáti (p. f. ○datī or ○dantī Pāṇ. 6-1, 173 Kāś
• pf. tutóda
• fut. 2nd totsyati or tottā, vii, 2, 10 Kār
• aor. atautsīt) to push, strike, goad, bruise, sting, vex RV. &c
• Pass. to pain (said of a wound) Car. vi, 13: Caus., todita
• [cf. tóttra &c
• ? &c. ; Lat. tundo.]
⋙ tudādi
○ādi the roots of cl. 6 (beginning with tud) Pāṇ. 3-1, 77. 2
⋙ tud
tud mfn. ifc. 'pricking', vraṇa-
≫ tuda
tuda mfn. ifc. 'striking', aruṃ-, tilaṃ-, vidhuṃ-
• m. N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi
• cf. ut-
≫ tunna
tunná mfn. struck, goaded, hurt, cut RV. ix, 67, 19f. AV. &c
• m. = ○nnaka L
⋙ tunnavāya
○vāya m. a tailor Mn. iv, 214 Yājñ. i, 163 R
⋙ tunnasevanī
○sevanī f. the suture of a wound Suśr
• a suture of the skull Bhpr. ii, 279
⋙ tunnaka
tunnaka m. Cedrela Toona, v, 5, 44
tuna
túna v. l. for tána SV. i, 5, 1, 1, 5
tund
tund cl. 1. ○dati, to be active Dhātup. ii, 32 (v. l.)
• cf. ni-√tud
tunda
tunda n. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 117) a protuberant belly Siṃhâs. xxiii, 1
• the belly L
• mfn. having a protuberant belly, g. arśa-ādi
• m. the navel L
• (ī), f. id. W
⋙ tundakūpikā
○kūpikā
⋙ tundakūpī
○kūpī f. 'belly-cavity', the navel L
⋙ tundaparimārja
○parimārja mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 5 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) stroking one's belly HPariś. viii, 281
⋙ tundaparimārjaka
○parimārjaka mfn. = mṛja Gal. =
⋙ tundaparimṛja
○parimṛja mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 5) 'stomach-stroker', lazy, Anargh. vii, 110
⋙ tundavat
○vat mfn. corpulent Pāṇ. 5-2, 117 Kāś
⋙ tundādi
tundâdi a g. of Pāṇ. 5-2, 117
≫ tundi
tundi (v, 2, 139) m. N. of a Gandharva L
• f. tuṇḍi
⋙ tundikara
○kara m. the navel L
≫ tundika
tundika mfn. = ○da-vat, 117
• (ā), f. the navel L
⋙ tundita
tundita mfn. = ○dika L
⋙ tundin
tundin mfn. id., 117
⋙ tundibha
tundibha mfn. id., 139
• v. l. for tuṇḍ○
≫ tundila
tundila mfn. (117) id. ŚāṅkhGṛ. iv, 19, 3 (v. l. tuṇḍ○) MānGṛ. ii, 10 Hcar. (also a- neg.)
• = tuṇḍibha L
• m. Gaṇêśa Gal
-phalā f. Cucumis utilissimus L
⋙ tundilita
tundilita mfn. become corpulent Naish. iv, 56
⋙ tundilīkaraṇa
tundilī-karaṇa n. the act of causing to swell, increasing Bhām. iv, 9
tunna
tunná ○nnaka, √tud
tunyu
tunyu m. N. of a tree Kauś
tup
tup tuph, cl. 1. 6. topati, tup○, toph○, tuph○, to hurt Dhātup
• [cf. tubh, tump
• ?, ? ; Lat. stupeo ; Germ. stumpf.]
tubara
tubara mfn. astringent (also tūb○ L.) Suśr. i, 45
• m. n. an astringent taste W
• m. = -yāvanāla L
tūb○
• (ī), f. Cajanus indicus L
• alum or alum earth (also tumb○ L
tūb○ L. Sch.) Npr
• a bitch (also tumb○ and tumburī) L
tumburu
⋙ tubarayāvanāla
○yāvanāla m. a sort of grain L
⋙ tubaraka
tubaraka m. id. Suśr. i, 46, 1, 18
• N. of a tree, 45, 7, 11 ; iv, 9, 4 ; 13, 18 ; 31, 5
• (ikā), f. Cajanus indicus L. Sch. [Page 450, Column 3]
• alum or alum earth (also tūb○ Sch.) L
⋙ tubarīśimba
tubarī-śimba m. Cassia Tora L
tubh
tubh cl. 1. 4. tobhate, tubhyati, to hurt, kill Dhātup.: cl. 9. (impf. atubhnāt) id. Bhaṭṭ. xvii, 79 and 90
• [cf. stubh ; Goth. thiubs.]
tumala
tumala for ○mula MBh. Ragh
tumiñja
túmiñja m. N. of a man TS. i, 7, 2
tumura
tumura = ○mula L. Sch
≫ tumula
tumula mf(ā)n. tumultuous, noisy Lāṭy. ii, 3, 3 MBh. &c
• n. (Lat.) tumultus, tumult, clatter, confusion MBh. (once m. vii, 154, 21) &c
• m. Terminalia Bellerica L
tump
tump tumph, cl. 1. 6. ○pati, ○phati, to hurt Dhātup. xi ; xxviii, 26 f
• cf. pra-stump
tumb
tumb cl. 1. ○bati, to distress, xi, 38: cl. 10. ○bayati, 'id., or 'to be invisible', xxxii, 114
tumba
tumba m. the gourd Lagenaria vulgaris Hariv. 3479 R. i Suśr. iii
• (ī), f. id. Hariv. 802 Suśr. i, iv Śāntiś. Rājat
• Asteracantha longifolia L
• (ā), f. a milk-pail L
⋙ tumbavana
○vana N. of a place VarBṛS. xiv, 15
⋙ tumbavīṇa
○vīṇa m. 'having the Tumba for a lute', Śiva MBh. xiii, 1213
⋙ tumbaka
tumbaka m
⋙ tumbi
tumbi
⋙ tumbikā
tumbikā
⋙ tumbinī
tumbinī f. the Tumba gourd L
≫ tumbī
tumbī f. of ○ba
⋙ tumbīpuṣpa
○puṣpa n. the flower of the TṭTumbī gourd L
⋙ tumbīvīṇā
○vīṇā f. a kind of lute Hariv. 3618
-priya m. 'fond of that lute', Śiva MBh. xii, 10371
≫ tumbuka
tumbuka m. = ○baka (n., its fruit)
⋙ tumbukin
tumbukin mfn. (in music) puffing the cheeks in singing
• m. a kind of drum
tumbara
tumbara = ○raka Kauś. 76
• n. its fruit Madanav
• m. pl. N. of a people Hariv. 311 (v. l. ○bura)
• sg. for ○buru (Gandharva) Pañcad. i, 63
• (ī), f. a sort of grain Madanav. cvii, 46
• = tub○ (q.v.)
⋙ tumbaraka
tumbaraka m. N. of a tree, lxix, 72
tumbaru
tumbaru for ○buru MBh. i BhP
tumbuma
tumbuma m. pl. N. of a race MBh
tumbura
tumbura ○bara
• (ī), ○ru, tubarī
≫ tumburu
tumburu m. N. of a pupil of Kalāpin Pāṇ. 4-3, 104 Kāś. (Kār.)
• of a Gandharva MBh. &c. ('attendant of the 5th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī' Jain.)
• n. coriander or the fruit of Diospyros embryopteris (also ○rī and tubarī L.) Suśr. iv ; vi, 42, 67 and (metrically ○rū) 118 Pāṇ. 6-1, 143 Kāś
tumra
túmra mfn. big, strong RV. iii f. ; vi, 22, 5 ; x, 27 and 89
• [cf. tūtumá ; Lat. tumidus.]
tur 1
tur (cf. tṝ, tvar), cl. 6. to hurry, press forwards, vi, 18, 4 (p. ○rát) TS. ii (Ā. ○ráte): cl. 4 (Imper. tūrya) to overpower RV. viii, 99, 5
• Ā. to run Dhātup
• to hurt ib.: cl. 3. tutorti, to run ib.: Caus. turayate (p. ○ráyat) to run, press forwards RV. SV.: Desid. tū́tūrṣati, to strive to press forwards RV. x, 100, 12
• Intens. p. tárturāṇa, rushing, pressing each other (waves), ix, 95, 3
≫ tur 2
túr mfn. running a race, conquering, i, 112, 4 ; iv, 38, 7
• (túram acc. or ind. 'quickly') promoting, a promoter, v, 82, 1
• cf. ap-, āji-, pṛtsu-, pra-, mithas-, rajas-, ratha-, &c
⋙ turaspeya
turas-péya n. the racer's or conqueror's drinking, x, 96, 8
≫ tura 1
turá mfn. quick, willing, prompt RV. AV. vi, 102, 3
• strong, powerful, excelling, rich, abundant RV. AV. vii, 50, 2 TS. ii Kauś. 91
• m. N. of a preceptor and priest with the patr. Kāvasheya ŚBr. ix f. xiv AitBr. TāṇḍyaBr. BhP
• (túram), ind., 2. túr
⋙ turaga
○ga m. 'going quickly', a horse MBh. i Pañcat. Śak. &c
• (hence) the number 7 Chandaþs. vii, 1 Sch
• the mind, thought L
• (ī), f. a mare Śatr. xiv
• = ○ga-gandhā L
-kāntā f. 'horse-loved', a mare, ○tā-mukha m. 'mare's mouth', submarine fire (vaḍabā-mukha) Śiś. iii, 33
-kriyā-vat mfn. occupied with horses Dhūrtas. i, 12
-gandhā f. Physalis flexuosa L
-dānava or -daitya, 'horsetitan', Keśin Hariv. 4281 ff
-nīla-tāla m. N. of a gesture PSarv
-paricāraka m. = -rahṣa Kād. v, 804
-priya m. 'liked by horses', barley L
-brahmacaryaka n. 'sexual restraint of horses, compulsory celibacy L
-mukha m. 'horse-faced', a Kiṃnara, iii, 1474
-medha m. a horse-sacrifice R. vi BhP. ix
-rakṣa m. 'horse-guardian', a groom VarBṛS. xv
-ratha m. a cart drawn by horses Hcat. i, 5, 836
-līlaka m. N. of a time (in music)
-vāhyālī f. a riding-school Kād. iii, 499 (v. l. ○raMg○)
○gânana m. pl. 'horse-faced', N. of a people VarBṛS. xiv, 25
○gâroha m. a horseman, xv, 26
• _ ○gôpacāraka m. = ○ga-rakṣa, x, 3. [Page 451, Column 1]
⋙ turagātu
○gātu (○rá-), mfn. going quickly RV. i, 164, 30
⋙ turagin
○"ṣgin m. a horseman L
⋙ turaṃga
○ṃ-ga m. 'going quickly', a horse Suśr. Pañcat. Śak. &c
• (hence) the number 7 Sūryas. Śrut
• the mind, thought L
• (ī), f. a mare W
• N. of a shrub L
• = ○raga-gandhā L
-gandhā f. id. Suśr. vi, 41 and 48
-dveṣaṇī f. a she-buffalo L
-nātha m. N. of the head of a sect Śaṃkar. xliii
-priya m. = ○rag○ L
-mukha m. = ○rag○ Kād. iii, 1635
-medha m. = ○rag○ Ragh. xiii, 61
-yāyin mfn. going on horseback
-līla m. = ○ag○
-vaktra, -vadana m. = -mukha L
-sādin m. a horseman Ragh. vii, 34
-skandha m. a troop of horses Pāṇ. 4-2, 51 Kāś
-sthāna n. a horsestable Suśr. iv, 1, 5
○gâri m. 'horse-enemy', a buffalo W
• Nerium odorum L
○gâhvā f. the jujube Gal
○gī-bhūya ind. p. having become a horse Kād. vi, 1539
⋙ turaṃgama
○ṃ-gama m. a horse MBh. R. Ragh. &c
• (ī), f. a mare MBh. iv, 254
-ratha m. = ○raga-r○ Hcat. i, 5, 838
-śālā f. a horsestable VarBṛS. vl, 5
⋙ turaṃgin
○ṃ-gin m. a horseman W
• a groom W
• (iṇī), f. a kind of gait (in dancing)
⋙ turayā
○yā́ mfn. going quickly RV. iv, 23, 10
⋙ turaśravas
○śravas m. N. of a man TāṇḍyaBr. ix. 1
⋙ turāyaṇa
turâyaṇa n. 'Tura's way', N. of a sacrifice or vow (modification of the full-moon sacrifice) ŚāṅkhBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr. Pāṇ. MBh. xiii
• cursory reading Gal
⋙ turāṣāh
turā-ṣā́h nom. ṣāṭ, (Pāṇ. 3-2, 63) overpowering the mighty or overpowering quickly RV. and VS. xx (Indra) Hariv. 14114 (Vishṇu
• voc. -ṣāṭ)
• m. (acc. -sāham
Pāṇ. 8-3, 56) Indra Ragh. xv, 40 Kum. ii, 1 BhP. viii, 11, 26
≫ turaṇa
turáṇa mf(ā)n. swift RV. i, 121, 5
≫ turaṇya 1
turaṇya (g. kaṇḍv-ādi) Nom. ○yáti (p. ○yát) to be quick or swift, 1 ; iv, 40, 3
• to accelerate, 4 ; x, 61, 11. 2
⋙ turaṇya 2
turaṇya m. 'swift', one of the moon's horses VāyuP. i, 52, 53
⋙ turaṇyasad
○sád mfn. dwelling among, i.e. belonging to the quick RV. iv, 40, 2
⋙ turaṇyu
turaṇyú mfn. swift, zealous, i, 134, 5
• vii f
≫ turāyaṇa 2
turāyaṇa m. (fr. ○rá) N. of a man Pravar. ii, 2, 3 (Kāty.)
⋙ turi
turí f. (only dat. ○ryaí) = ○ryā́ RV. x, 106, 4
• 'swift', a weaver's brush (also tuli and ○lī) L
⋙ turī
turī f. id. Bādar. ii, 1, 19 and 3, 7 Śaṃk. Tarkas. 55
• a shuttle Naish. i, 12
• (for tūlī) a painter's brush (also tuli L. Sch.) W
• N. of a wife of Vasudeva Hariv. 9203 [= caturthī = śūdrā Sch.]
⋙ turīpa
turī́pa n. (fr. ○rí and áp) seminal fluid RV. i, iii ; vii, 2, 9 VS. xxvii
• mfn. spermatic (Tvashṭṛi), xxi, 20 ; xxii, 20. 1
⋙ turīya
turīya Nom. ○yáti, to go Naigh. ii, 14
⋙ turyā
turyā́ f. superior power TS.ī, 2, 12
tura 2
turá mfn. hurt RV. viii, 79, 2
• cf. ā-
turaka
turaka m. pl. the Turks Romakas
⋙ turakin
turakin mfn. Turkish Kshitîś. vii, 161
⋙ turakva
turakva = ○ka
⋙ turaṣka
turaṣka (= ○ruṣka) id. Romakas. Ratnak
turaspeya
turas-péya 2. túr
≫ turāyaṇa
turāyaṇa
⋙ turāṣāh
turā-ṣā́h
⋙ turi
turí
⋙ turī
turī
⋙ turīpa
turī́pa ib
turīya 2
turī́ya (for ktur○ [Zd. khtuiria] fr. catúr), mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 51 Vārtt. 1) Ved. 4th RV. &c
• consisting of 4 parts ŚBr. ix
• n. the 4th state of spirit (pure impersonal Spirit or Brahma) Up. (MaitrUp. NṛisUp. ii, 2, 1 &c. RTL. 35) Vedântas
• mfn. being in that state of soul NṛisUp
túr○, a 4th, constituting the 4th part, (n.) a 4th part AV. Kāṭh. &c. (with yantra, 'a quadrant' Śaṃkar. xxvii)
⋙ turīyakavaca
○kavaca n. N. of a spell
⋙ turīyabhāga
○bhāga m. a 4th part BhP. v, 16, 30 (v. l.)
⋙ turīyabhāj
○bhāj mfn. a sharer of a 4th AitBr. ii, 25 Mn. iv, 202
⋙ turīyamāna
○māna n. -bhāga
⋙ turīyavarṇa
○varṇa m. '4th caste man', a Śūdra L
⋙ turīyātīta
turīyâtīta N. of an Up
⋙ turīyādiṭya
túrīyâdiṭya for ○yam āditya RV. viii, 52, 7 VS. viii, 3
⋙ turīyārdha
turīyârdha m. n. 'half the 4th', an 8th part MBh. i, 3862
≫ turīyaka
turīyaka mfn. a 4th (part) Yājñ. ii, 124
≫ turya
turya mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 51 Vārtt. 1) 4th BhP. Vet. Srut
• forming a 4th part BhP
• n. the 4th state of soul ( ○rīya), vii, 9, 32 Haṭhapr. iv, 45 RāmatUp. ii, 4, 15 Sch
• mfn. being in that state of soul BhP. vi f
⋙ turyabhikṣā
○bhikṣā f. the 4th part of alms Pāṇ. 2-2, 3
⋙ turyayantra
○yantra n. a quadrant W
⋙ turyavah
○váh m. (in strong cases) vāh nom. vāṭ f. ○ryauhī́, an ox or cow 4 years old VS. TS. iv, 3, 3, 2 MaitrS. iii, 11, 11 and 13, 17
⋙ turyāśra
turyâśra mfn. fourcornered Hcat. i, 3, 909/910
⋙ turyauhī
turyauhī́ ○rya-váh
turuṣka
turuṣka m. pl. (= ○raṣka) the Turks Kathās. Rājat. Prab. &c
• sg. a Turk Kathās. xxxvii
• a Turkish prince W
• Turkestan W
• (m. n. L.) olibanum Jain. Suśr. VarBṛS
⋙ turuṣkakarpūra
○karpūra mfn. consisting of olibanum and camphor Hcat. i, 7, 165. [Page 451, Column 2]
⋙ turuṣkagaṇḍa
○gaṇḍa m. (in music) N. of a Rāga
⋙ turuṣkadatta
○datta m. N. of a man Inscr. (A. D. 1105)
turphari
turphári and ○phárītu mfn. = (kṣipra-) hantṛ (Nir. xiii, 5) RV. x, 106, 6 and 8
turya
turya ○yā́, col. 1
turv
turv (cf. √1. tur), cl. 1. P. (2. sg. tūrvasi du. Impv. ○vatam
• p. tū́rvat) to overpower, excel RV. (inf. turváṇe, vi, viii, x)
• to cause to overpower, help to victory, save, vi, viii
• cf. pra-
≫ turva
turvá m. = ○váśa, x, 62, 10
⋙ turvaṇi
turváṇi mfn. overpowering, victorious, i, iv f. x
⋙ turvaṇe
turváṇe Ved. inf
• √turv
⋙ turvaśa
turváśa m. N. of a hero and ancestor of the Āryan race (named with Yadu
• du. turváśā yádū, 'Turva and Yadu', iv, 30, 17
• pl. Turvá's race) RV
⋙ turvasu
turvasu m. (later form of ○śa) N. of a son of Yayāti by Devayānī and brother of Yadu MBh. i Hariv. 1604 and 16l7 BhP. &c
⋙ turvīti
turvī́ti m. N. of a man RV. i ; ii, 13, 12 ; iv, 19, 6
tul
tul cl. 10. tolayati, or tul○ (only tul○ also fig
• Ā. MBh.) to lift up, raise Hariv. R. Bhaṭṭ. (fut. Pass. tolayiṣyate)
• to determine the weight of anything by lifting it up, weigh, compare by weighing and examining, ponder, examine with distrust MBh. &c
• to make equal in weight, equal, compare (with instr., e.g. na brāhmaṇais tulaye bhūtam anyat, 'I do not compare any other being with Brāhmans' BhP. v
• or with an adv. terminating in -vat) R. VarBṛS. &c
• to counterbalance, outweigh, match, possess in the same degree, resemble, reach Megh. ŚārṅgP
• (pf. p. tulita) Bhartṛ. iii & Ragh. xiii, 75 ; [Lat. te-tul-i &c
• ? &c. ; Goth. thulan.]
⋙ tula
tula m. (for ○lā) the sign Libra, Utp. (on VarBṛ. xi, xvi, xxiii and VarYogay. iv, 55)
≫ tulaka
tulaka m. 'ponderer', a king's counsellor Divyâv. xvii
⋙ tulana
tulana n. lifting Mṛicch. ix, 20
• weighing, rating, iii, 20
• N. of a high number Buddh. L
• (ā), f. rating ib
• equalness with (instr. or in comp.) Prasannar. ii, 16
≫ tulā
tulā́ f. a balance, weight VS. xxx ŚBr. xi Mn. &c. (○layā dhṛ or ○lāṃ with Caus. of adhiruh, 'to hold in or put on a balance, weigh, compare'
○lāṃ with Caus. of adhi-ruh, 'to risk' Pañcat. i, 16, 9
○lām adhi- or ā- or sam-ā-ruh, 'to be in a balance', be equal with instr.
• the balance as an ordeal Yājñ. ii Mṛicch. ix, 43)
• equal measure, equality, resemblance Ragh. &c. (○lām i or gam or ā-yā or ā-lamb or dhā, 'to resemble any one or anything' instr. or in comp.
○lāṃ na bhṛ, 'to have no equal' Prasannar. i, 37
○lāṃ with Pass. of , 'to become equal to' gen.)
• = ○la Pañcat. i, 14, 14 VarBṛ. &c
• N. of a measure (= 100 Palas) MBh. iii, xiv VarBṛS. Suśr. Ashṭâṅg. ŚārṅgS. i, 31
• a kind of beam in the roof of a house VarBṛS. liii, 30
⋙ tulākoṭi
○koṭi m. (f. L.) the end of the beam ŚārṅgP. (-yaṣṭi Pañcat. i, 3, 20)
• a foot-ornament of women (also ○ṭī f. L. Sch.) Kād. Vcar. Prab. iii, 9
• N. of a weight L
• ten millions L
⋙ tulākoṣa
○koṣa m. weighing on a balance VarBṛS. xxvi, 10
⋙ tulāguḍa
○guḍa m. a kind of ball (used as a missile) MBh. iii, 1718
⋙ tulādāna
○dāna n. = -puruṣa-d○ W
⋙ tulādhaṭa
○dhaṭa m. a balance cup W
• an oar L
⋙ tulādhara
○dhara m. 'scale-holder', = ○la VarBṛ. Laghuj. i
⋙ tulādhāna
○"ṣdhāná (○lâdh○), n. 'putting on a balance', weighing ŚBr. xi
⋙ tulādhāra
○dhāra mfn. bearing a balance Yājñ. ii, 102/103
• m. = -pragraha L
• the beam W
• a merchant L
• the bearer of an ordeal balance Vishṇ. x, 8 f
• = ○la L
• N. of a merchant MBh. xii, 9277 ff
⋙ tulādhāraṇa
○dhāraṇa n. = ○lâdhāná Yājñ. ii, 100
⋙ tulādhiroha
○"ṣdhiroha (○lâdh○), m. risk Prasannar. vii, 33/34
⋙ tulādhirohaṇa
○"ṣdhirohaṇa (○lâdh○), mfn. resembling Ragh. xix, 8
⋙ tulāpaddhati
○paddhati f. N. of wk. by Kamalâkara
⋙ tulāparīkṣā
○parī7kṣā f. a balance ordeal W
⋙ tulāpuruṣa
○puruṣa m. & -dāna n. gift of gold &c. equal to a man's weight AV. Pariś. x Yājñ. iii (named as a penance) BhavP. ii MatsyaP. cclxxiii LiṅgaP. ii, 28 Hcat. i, 4 f
• Vishṇu or Kṛishṇa, i, 5, 108
⋙ tulāpragraha
○pragraha
⋙ tulāpragrāha
○pragrāha m. the string of a balance Pāṇ. 3-3, 52 Kāś
⋙ tulābīja
○bīja n. the Guñjā berry (used as a weight) L
⋙ tulābhavānī
○bhavānī f. N. of a town Śaṃkar. xix
⋙ tulābhāra
○bhāra m. = -puruṣadāna Hcat. i, 5, 619
⋙ tulābhṛt
○bhṛt m. = -dhara
• a balance bearer Bādar
⋙ tulāyaṣṭi
○yaṣṭi f. 'the beam', -koṭi
⋙ tulāvat
○vat mfn. furnished with a balance VarBṛ
⋙ tulāvarārdha
○"ṣvarârdha
⋙ tulāvarārdhya
○"ṣvarârdhya mfn. at least as much in weight SāmavBr. ii, 7, 9
⋙ tulāsūtra
○sūtra n. = -pragraha Pāṇ. 3-3, 52 Kāś
⋙ tulita
tulita mfn. lifted up Ragh. weighed VarBṛS
• equalled, compared, lxxx, 12
≫ tulima
tulima mfn. what may be weighed Nār. xi, 3. [Page 451, Column 3]
≫ tulya
tulya mf(ā)n. (in comp. accent Pāṇ. 6-2, 2) equal to, of the same kind or class or number or value, similar, comparable, like (with instr. or gen. [ī., 3, 72] or ifc
• e.g. tena [Mn. iv, 86] or etasya [KaṭhUp. i, 22] or etat- 24, 'equal to him') KātyŚr. Lāṭy. Pāṇ. &c
• fit for (instr.) Sūryas. xiv, 6
• even VarBṛ. iv, 21
• n. N. of a dance
• (am), ind. equally, in like manner Pāṇ. MBh. R. Hariv
• contemporaneously Dharmaśarm. xvii, 14
⋙ tulyakakṣa
○kakṣa mfn. equal to (in comp.) Veṇis. iii, 25
⋙ tulyakarmaka
○karmaka mfn. having the same object (in Gramm.) Pāṇ. 3-4, 48 Kāś
⋙ tulyakāla
○kāla mfn. contemporary with (instr.) ĀśvGṛ. i, 3, 9 MBh. iii, 134, 24
-tva n. contemporariness Pāṇ. 4-3, 105 Vārtt. 1
⋙ tulyakālīya
○"ṣkālīya mfn. = ○la BhP. x
⋙ tulyakulya
○"ṣkulya m. 'of the same family', a relative Bhartṛ. iii, 24
⋙ tulyaguṇa
○guṇa mfn. possessing the same qualities, equally good Āp. Suśr
⋙ tulyajātīya
○"ṣjātīya mfn. similar Pāṇ. 1 and 6, 1, 68 Vārtt. 1 Pat. ; iii, 3, 35 Kāś
⋙ tulyatarka
○tarka m. (in dram.) a guess coming near the truth Sāh. vi, 172 and 180
⋙ tulyatā
○tā f. = -tva MBh. R
• equality of place', conjunction (in astr.) Sūryas
⋙ tulyatejas
○tejas mfn. equal in splendour
⋙ tulyatva
○tva n. equality, resemblance with (instr. or in comp.) Sūryas. Prab. ii, 18
• (a- neg.) Jaim. ii f
⋙ tulyadarśana
○darśana mfn. regarding with equal or indifferent eyes BhP. i, 5, 24
⋙ tulyanaktaṃdina
○naktaṃ-dina mfn. having equal days and nights Hemac
• not distinguishing between day and night Kathās. ci, 289
⋙ tulyanāman
○nāman mfn. of the same name MBh. i, 101, 7
⋙ tulyanindāstuti
○nindā-stuti mfn. indifferent with regard to blame or praise Bhag. xii, 19
⋙ tulyapāna
○pāna n. compotation L
⋙ tulyabala
○bala mfn. of equal strength
⋙ tulyabhāvanā
○bhāvanā f. (in math.) combination of like sets
⋙ tulyamūlya
○mūlya mfn. of equal value
⋙ tulyayogitā
○yogi-tā f. 'combination of equal qualities (of unequal objects)', N. of a simile Sāh. x, 48 f. Kuval
⋙ tulyayogopamā
○yogôpamā f. id. Kāvyâd. ii, 48
⋙ tulyarūpa
○rūpa mfn. of equal form, analogous W
⋙ tulyalakṣman
○lakṣman mfn. having the same characteristic Sāh. x, 89
⋙ tulyavaṃśa
○vaṃśa mfn. of equal race with (gen.) Cāṇ. (Hit.)
⋙ tulyavayas
○vayas mfn. of the same age PārGṛ. iii, 8, 17
⋙ tulyavikrama
○vikrama mfn. of equal prowess
⋙ tulyavīrya
○vīrya mfn. of equal strength
⋙ tulyavṛtti
○vṛtti mfn. following the same occupation
⋙ tulyaśas
○śas ind. in equal parts Suśr. vi, 12
⋙ tulyaśikha
○śikha m. pl. 'equal-braided', N. of certain mythical beings L
⋙ tulyaśuddhi
○śuddhi f. equal substraction, Bīj
⋙ tulyaśodhana
○śodhana n. removal of like magnitudes (on both sides of an equation)
⋙ tulyaśruti
○śruti f. standing in the same nominal case Jaim. ii, 1, 10 (-tva, abstr.)
⋙ tulyākṛti
tulyâkṛti mfn. = ○ya-rūpa
⋙ tulyātulya
tulyâtulya mfn. like and unlike
⋙ tulyānumāna
tulyânumāna n. like inference, analogy
⋙ tulyāntaram
tulyântaram ind. in equal intervals Mṛicch. iii, 18
⋙ tulyārtha
tulyârtha mfn. equally rich Pañcat. i, 8, 33
• of the same meaning Pāṇ. 1-3, 42 Kāś
⋙ tulyāvastha
tulyâvastha mfn. being in the same condition with (gen.) Ragh. xii, 80
⋙ tulyodyoga
tulyôdyoga mfn. equal in labours
tulakuci
tulakuci m. N. of a prince (son of Sahalin) Divyâv. xxvi, 391
tulabha
tulabha ○bhīya, v.I. for ul○
tulasāriṇī
tula-sāriṇī f. a quiver L
tulasi
tulasi metrically for ○sī BhP. iii, 15, 49
⋙ tulasikā
tulasikā f. = ○sī, 19 ; v, 3, 6 and 7, 10
≫ tulasī
tulasī f. holy basil (small shrub venerated by Vaishṇavas
• commonly Tulsī) BhP. VāyuP. and PadmaP. (produced from the ocean when churned) BrahmaP. (produced from the hair of the goddess Tulasī, ii, 19.)
⋙ tulasīdveṣā
○dveṣā f. a kind of basil L
⋙ tulasīpattra
○pattra n. 'Tulasī leaf', a very small gift W
⋙ tulasīvivāha
○vivāha m. the marriage of Vishṇu's image with the Tulasī (festival on the 12th day in the 1st half of month Kārttika) W
⋙ tulasīvṛndāvana
○vṛndāvana n. a square pedestal (before a Hindū house-door) planted with Tulasī
tuli
tuli ○lī, turí and ○rī
tulikā
tulikā f. a wagtail L
tulinī
tulinī ○li-phalā, tūl○
tulima
tulima tulya, cols. 2, 3
tulvala
tulvala taulvali
tuvi 1
tuvi f. for tumbī (gourd) L
tuvi 2
tuví (√tu) = bahu Naigh. iii, 1
• only in comp
⋙ tuvikūrmi
○kūrmí mfn. powerful in working (Indra) RV. iii, vi, viii
⋙ tuvikūrmin
○kūrmin mfn. id., 66, 12
⋙ tuvikratu
○kratu mfn. id., 68, 2 (voc.)
⋙ tuvikṣa
○kṣá mfn. ? (Indra's bow), 77, 11 [= bahu- or mahā-vikṣepa Nir. vi, 33]. [Page 452, Column 1]
⋙ tuvikṣatra
○kṣatrá mf(ā́)n. ruling powerfully (Aditi) VS. xxi, 5 AV. vii, 6, 2
⋙ tuvigra
○grá mfn. swallowing much (Agni) RV. i, 140, 9
⋙ tuvigrābha
○grābhá mfn. seizing powerfully (Indra), vi, 22, 5
⋙ tuvigri
○grí mfn. = -grá (Indra), ii, 21, 2
⋙ tuvigrīva
○grī́va mfn. powerful-necked, i, v, viii
⋙ tuvijāta
○jātá mfn. of powerful nature (Indra, Varuṇa, &c.), i-vii, x
⋙ tuvideṣṇa
○deṣṇa (○ví-), mfn. giving much (Indra), viii, 81, 2
⋙ tuvidyumna
○dyumná mfn. very glorious, powerful (Indra, Agni, the Maruts), i, iii-vi, viii f
⋙ tuvinṛmṇa
○nṛmṇá mfn. very valiant (Indra), i, iv, vi, viii, x
⋙ tuviprati
○pratí mfn. resisting powerfully (Indra), i, 30, 9
⋙ tuvibādha
○bādhá mfn. oppressing many (Indra), 32, 6
⋙ tuvibrahman
○brahman (○ví-). mfn. very devoted, v, 25, 5
⋙ tuvimagha
○maghá mfn. = -deṣṇa, 33, 6
⋙ tuvimanyu
○manyu mfn. very zealous (the Maruts), vii, 58, 2
⋙ tuvimātra
○mātrá mfn. very efficacious (Indra), viii, 81, 2
⋙ tuvimrakṣa
○mrakṣá mfn. injuring greatly, vi
⋙ tuvirādhas
○rā́dhas mfn. = -deṣṇa, iv f. vii
⋙ tuvivāja
○vāja (○ví-), mf(ā)n. abounding in food, i, vi
⋙ tuviśagma
○śagma mfn. able to do much (Indra), 44, 2
⋙ tuviśuṣma
○śúṣma mfn. high-spirited (Indra, IndraVaruṇa), ii, vi, viii
⋙ tuviśravas
○śravas (○ví-), mfn. highly renowned (Agni), iii, v
⋙ tuviṣvaṇas
○ṣvaṇás mfn. loudsounding, iv f
⋙ tuviṣvaṇi
○ṣváṇi mfn. id., i f. v f. viii
⋙ tuviṣvan
○ṣván mfn. id., 166, 1
• i ; v, 16, 3 ; ix, 98, 9
≫ tuviṣ
tuviṣ for ○vis = tavás
⋙ tuviṣṭama
○ṭama (○víṣ-), mfn. Superl. strongest, i, v AV. vi, 33, 3
⋙ tuviṣmat
○mat (túv○), mfn. powerful RV. TS. ii, 3, 14, 4 TBr. iii, 1
≫ tuvī
tuvī = ○ví
⋙ tuvīmagha
○magha (○vií-), = ○vi-m○ RV
⋙ tuvīrava
○ráva mfn. making a terrible noise (in battle), x, 99, 6
⋙ tuvīravas
○rávas nom. ○vān (cf. Pāṇ. 7-1, 83 and 4, 48 Kār.), = ○vi-ṣvaṇás RV. x, 64, 4 and 16
≫ tuvyojas
tuvy-ójas mfn. very powerful, iv, 22, 8
tuś 1
tuś cl. 1. tośate, to drip, trickle, ix
tuś 2
tuś (= tuṣ), cl. 1. tośate (p. tóśamāna) to be satisfied or pleased with (instr.) AV. iii, 17, 5
• to appease RV. viii, 15, 11 and 50, 5
tuṣ
tuṣ cl. 4. ○ṣyati (metrically also ○te
• fut. tokṣyati, toṣṭā, and inf. toṣṭum [MBh. iv, 1562] Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Kār. ṣiddh.
• aor. atuṣat Bhaṭṭ. xv, 8
• pf. tutoṣa) to become calm, be satisfied or pleased with any one (gen., dat., instr., loc., or acc. with prati) or anything (instr.) ŚāṅkhŚr. i, 17, 5 MBh. &c
• to satisfy, please, appease, gratify, i, 4198: Caus. toṣayati (or metrically ○te), id. RV. x, 27, 16 (p. f. tuṣáyantī) MBh. &c
• Desid. tutukṣati W.: Intens. totuṣyate, totoṣṭi W
• cf. tūṣṇī́m
⋙ tuṣṭa
tuṣṭa mfn. satisfied, pleased MBh. &c
• m. N. of a prince VāyuP. ii, 34, 122
≫ tuṣṭi
tuṣṭi f. satisfaction, contentment Mn. MBh. &c. (9 kinds are reckoned in Sāṃkhyaphil. Kap. iii, 39 Sāṃkhyak. 47 and 50 Tattvas
• 'Satisfaction' personified ḥariv. 9498 as daughter of Daksha and mother of Saṃtosha or Muda VP. i, 7 BhP. iv, 1, 49 f. MārkP. l
• or as daughter of Paurṇamāsa VāyuP. i, 28, 8 LiṅgaP
• as a deity sprung from the Kalās of Prakṛiti' BrahmaP. ii, 1
• as a Mātṛikā, Bhavadev
• as a Śakti Hcat. i, 5, 197)
• N. of a Kalā of the moon BrahmaP. ii, 15
• the plant vṛddhi L
⋙ tuṣṭikara
○kara mfn. causing satisfaction Mn. xi, 234
⋙ tuṣṭijanana
○janana mfn. id
⋙ tuṣṭida
○da mfn. id
⋙ tuṣṭimat
○mat mfn. satisfied Hariv. iii, 86, 16, Nīl
• m. N. of a prince VP. iv, 14, 5 BhP. ix, 24, 23
≫ tuṣya
tuṣya mfn. = ○ṣṭi-mat (Śiva) Hariv. 14882
tuṣa
túṣa m. the chaff of grain or corn or rice &c. AV. ŚBr. AitBr. &c
• Terminalia Bellerica L
• cf. a-, ut-, nis-
⋙ tuṣakhaṇḍana
○khaṇḍana n. 'chaffgrinding', useless effort Hit. iv, 5, 3 (v. l.)
⋙ tuṣagraha
○graha m. 'husk-seizer', fire L
⋙ tuṣaja
○ja mfn. produced from chaff Pāṇ. 6-2, 82
⋙ tuṣajaka
○"ṣjaka m. N. of a Śūdra, viii, 2, 83. Kāś
⋙ tuṣadhānya
○dhānya n. husk-corn VarBṛS
⋙ tuṣapakva
○pakva (túṣ○), mf(ā)n. dried by chaff fire MaitrS. iii, 2, 4 Kapishṭh. TS. v ŚBr. vii KātyŚr
⋙ tuṣasāra
○sāra m. = -graha L
⋙ tuṣāgni
tuṣâgni m. chaff fire MBh
⋙ tuṣānala
tuṣânala m. id. Dhūrtas. i, 18
• a capital punishment consisting in twisting dry straw round a criminal's limbs and setting it on fire W
⋙ tuṣāmbu
tuṣâmbu n. sour rice- or barley-gruel Suśr. i, 45
⋙ tuṣottha
tuṣôttha m. id. L
⋙ tuṣodaka
tuṣôdaka n. id. i, iv
tuṣāra
tuṣāra mf(ā)n. cold, frigid Ragh. Naish
• m. sg. and pl. frost, cold, snow, mist, dew, thin rain MBh. &c
• = -kaṇa Śiś. vi, 24
• camphor Bhpr
• pl. for tukh○
⋙ tuṣārakaṇa
○kaṇa m. a dewdrop, icicle, flake of snow Kathās. xix, 50
⋙ tuṣārakara
○kara m. 'cold-rayed', the moon Vcar. Prasannar. vii, 60 Dhūrtan
a-, 'the sun' Śiś. ix, 7
⋙ tuṣārakiraṇa
○kiraṇa m. = -kara Kād. Amar
⋙ tuṣāragiri
○giri m. 'snow-mountain', the Himâlaya MBh. xiii, 836
⋙ tuṣāragaura
○gaura m. camphor Ṛitus. i, 6. [Page 452, Column 2]
⋙ tuṣāragharaṭṭikā
○gharaṭṭikā f. = -kara Alaṃkārav
⋙ tuṣāratviṣ
○tviṣ m. id. ib
⋙ tuṣāradyuti
○dyuti m. id. Naish
⋙ tuṣārapatana
○patana n. snow-fall R
⋙ tuṣāramūrti
○mūrti m. = -kara Śiś. i
⋙ tuṣāraraśmi
○raśmi m. id. Prab. vi, 31
⋙ tuṣārartu
○rtu (ṛt○), m. 'cold season', winter Naish. xxii
⋙ tuṣāravarṣa
○varṣa m. = -patana Rājat
⋙ tuṣāravarṣin
○varṣin mfn. causing snow-fall Ragh. xiv, 84
⋙ tuṣāraśikharin
○śikharin m. = -giri Hcar. Rājat
⋙ tuṣāraśaila
○śaila m. id. Vcar. xiii
⋙ tuṣārasruti
○sruti f. = -patana Kum. i, 5
⋙ tuṣārāṃśu
tuṣārâṃśu m. = ○ra-kara SŚaṃkar. i, 28
⋙ tuṣārādri
tuṣārâdri m. = ○ra-giri Megh. 104 Bhartṛ. ii, 29 Kathās
tuṣita
tuṣita m. pl. a class of celestial beings MBh. xiii, 1371 Buddh. &c. (12 in number Hariv. VP. BhP. iv, 1, 8 VāyuP. ii, 6 ; 36 in number L.)
• sg. Vishṇu in the 3rd Manv-antara Vishṇ. īc, 47 VP. iii, 1, 38
• (ā), f. N. of the wife of Veda-śiras and mother of the Tushitas, 37 BhP. viii, 1, 21
⋙ tuṣitakāyika
○kāyika mfn. belonging to the body of the Tushitas Lalit. v, 6
tuṣṭa
tuṣṭa ○ṣṭi, ○ṣya, √tuṣ
tus
tus cl. 1. tosati, to sound Dhātup
tusta
tusta m. n. dust (= tūs○) L. Sch
tuh
tuh cl. 1. tohati, to pain Dhātup
tuhara
tuhara ○hāra m. N. of two attendants of Skanda MBh. ix, 2573
tuhi
tuhi a cuckoo's cry Subh. 1688
tuhina
tuhina n. (Siddhnapuṃs. 41) frost, cold, mist, dew, snow Pañcat. ii, 58 Ṛitus. Kathās. Rājat. Prab
• moonlight Uṇ. k
• camphor Npr
• (ā), f. the tree śuka-nāsa ib
⋙ tuhinakaṇa
○kaṇa m. = tuṣārak○ Amar
⋙ tuhinakara
○kara m. = tuṣāra-k○ Kād
-sutā f. 'moon-daughter', the river Narmadā Viddh. iv, 18
⋙ tuhinakiraṇa
○kiraṇa m. = -kara VarBṛ
-putra m. 'moonson', Mercury VarBṛS. civ
⋙ tuhinakṣitibhṛt
○kṣiti-bhṛt m. = tuṣāra-giri Alaṃkārav
⋙ tuhinakṣmābhṛt
○kṣmā-bhṛt m. id. Kathās. cxxiv
⋙ tuhinagiri
○giri m. id. Kād. Pañcat. (v. l.)
-maya mfn. formed by the Himâlaya Prasannar. iii, 30
⋙ tuhinagu
○gu m. = -kara VarBṛ
⋙ tuhinadyuti
○dyuti m. id. Śiś. ix, 30
⋙ tuhinadīdhiti
○dīdhiti m. id. Vcar
⋙ tuhinamayūkha
○mayūkha m. id. VP. iii, 7
⋙ tuhinaraśmi
○raśmi m. id. VarBṛ
⋙ tuhinaśarkarā
○śarkarā f. a piece of ice, ice Rājat. iii
⋙ tuhinaśaila
○śaila m. = -giri Hcar. viii
⋙ tuhināṃśu
tuhinâṃśu m. = ○na-kara VarBṛS. VarBṛ
• camphor W
-taila n. camphor-oil L
⋙ tuhinācala
tuhinâcala m. = ○na-giri Kathās. Dev
⋙ tuhinādri
tuhinâdri m. id. Ragh. viii, 53 Kathās. lxxiii, 82
≫ tuhinaya
tuhinaya Nom. P. to cover with ice Śiś. vi, 55
tuhuṇḍa
tuhuṇḍa m. N. of a Dānava MBh. i, 2533 and 2655
• (son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra) 6983 Hariv
tūkha
tūkha m. N. of a man Kāṭh. Anukr
tūḍ
tūḍ (= tuḍ), cl. 1. ○ḍati, to split Dhātup. ix, 67
• to slight, disrespect, 72
tūṇ
tūṇ (cf. kūṇ, cūṇ), cl. 10. ○ṇayati, to contract, xxxii, 99
• xxxv, 42
○te (fr. tūṇa) to fill (also tūlay○ Vop.), xxxiii, 16
tūṇa
tūṇa m. (g. śoṇâdi
• g. gaurâdi, v. l.) 'bearer' (√tul), a quiver MBh. &c. (often du.)
• (ī), f. id. KātyŚr. MBh. &c
• a disease of the anus and the bladder Suśr
• the Indigo plant Npr
⋙ tūṇadhāra
○dhāra v. l. for ○NI-dh○
⋙ tūṇamukha
○mukha n. the cavity of a quiver Ragh. vii, 54
⋙ tūṇavat
○vat mfn. furnished with a quiver MBh. iii, 703 ; 8486 ; 10963 Hariv
≫ tūṇaka
tūṇaka ifc. = ○ṇa Chandom. 77
• n. a metre of 4 X 15 syllables
⋙ tūṇi
tūṇi m. = ○ṇa R. ii, 31, 30
• f. id. R. (B) iii, 8, 19
• m. N. of Yugaṃ-dhara's father Hariv. 9207 VP. iv, 14, 1 (kuṇi BhP. LiṅgaP. KūrmaP. i, 24, 42)
⋙ tūṇika
tūṇika m. = tuṇ○ Npr
⋙ tūṇin
tūṇin mfn. = ○ṇa-vat Hariv. R
• m. = ○ṇika L
≫ tūṇī
tūṇī f. and ind. fr. ○ṇa
⋙ tūṇīkānta
○kānta m. = ○ṇika Gal
⋙ tūṇīkṛ
○√kṛ to use as a quiver Ragh. ix, 63
⋙ tūṇīdhāra
○dhāra m. a quiver-bearer Pāṇ. 6-2, 75 Kāś
⋙ tūṇīśaya
○śaya mfn. lying in the quiver MBh. (ifc.) R. vi
≫ tūṇīka
tūṇīka m. = ○ṇika L
⋙ tūṇīra
tūṇīra m. = ○ṇa MBh. R. Mālav. v, 10
-vat mfn. = ○Na-v○ Hariv
○rāyamāṇa mfn. representing a quiver Daś. v, 112
tūṇava
tū́ṇava m. a flute TS. vi Kāṭh. ĀpŚr. v, 8, 2 Nir. xiii, 9
• ifc. Pāṇ. 2-2, 34 Vārtt. 1
⋙ tūṇavadhma
○dhmá m. a flute-player VS. xxx, 19 f
tūta
tūta m. the mulberry-tree Bhpr. V
tūtaka
tūtaka n. = tuttha, blue vitriol L
tūtujāna
tū́tujāna mfn. (√2. tuj) hastening, eager RV. i, vi f
• (○ná) viii and x
⋙ tūtuji
tū́tuji mfn. id., iv, vi f. x
○jí m. a promoter of (gen.), 22, 3
• cf. á-. [Page 452, Column 3]
tūtuma
tūtumá mfn. strong, 50, 6
• cf. túmra
tūda
tūda m. the cotton tree L
• = tūta (?) Npr
• Thespesia populneoides L
• (ī), f. N. of a district Pāṇ. 4-3, 94
tūpara
tūpará mf(ā́ TS. vii, 5, 1, 2)n. Ved. hornless, (m.) a hornless goat AV. xi, 9, 22 VS. &c
• blunt (yūpa) TBr. i, 3, 7, 2 ĀpŚr. xviii, 1
≫ tūbara
tūbara m. a hornless bull L
• a beardless man (tub○ Uṇ. k.) L
• = ○raka L
• Andropogon bicolor Gal
• mfn. and (ī), f. tub○,
⋙ tūbaraka
tūbaraka m. a eunuch MBh. v, vii f
• (ikā) f. tub○
≫ tūya
tū́ya mfn. (√1. tu) strong RV. x, 28, 3
• (am), ind. quick, iii-viii, x
• n. water Naigh. i, 12
tūr
tūr in comp. for 2. túr
• mfn. (√tvar) hastening Pāṇ. 6-4, 20
• f. instr. ○rā, ○rbhis, hastily MBh. ii, 72, 10 BhP. ii, 7, 37
⋙ tūrghna
tū́r-ghna n. 'racer's death', N. of the northern part of Kurukshetra TĀr. v, 1
⋙ tūrṇāśa
tū́r-ṇāśa n. id. RV. viii, 32, 4
≫ tūrṇa
tūrṇa mfn. (√turv Pāṇ. 6-4, 21 Kāś
• √tvar, 20 ; vii, 2, 28) = ○rtá KātyŚr. x, 1, 9
• (am), ind. quickly, speedily, viii, xxv PraśnUp. Nir. MBh. &c
⋙ tūrṇaga
○ga mfn. running quickly BhP. x, 53, 6
⋙ tūrṇataram
○taram ind. more quickly R. iii, 28
⋙ tūrṇodita
tūrṇôdita mfn. spoken quickly L
⋙ tūrṇaka
tūrṇaka m. 'quickly ripening', a sort of rice Car. i, 27, 4
≫ tūrṇi
tū́rṇi mfn. quick, expeditious, clever, zealous RV. TS. ii ŚBr. i
• m. the mind Uṇ. vṛ
• a Śloka ib
• dirt Uṇ. k
• f. speed L
⋙ tūrṇyartha
tū́rṇy-artha mf(ā)n. pursuing an object RV. iii, 52, 5 ; v, 43
≫ tūrta
tūrtá mfn. quick, expeditious ŚBr. vi, 3
• cf. á-
≫ tūrti
tūrti viśvá-. 1
⋙ tūrya
tūrya ap-, mitra- &c
≫ tūryantī
tūryantī f. N. of a plant ĀpGṛ. xiv, 14
tūra
tūra m. = 2. ○rya L
• cf. ardha-
• (ī), f. a thorn-apple Bhpr. v, 3, 86
≫ tūrya 2
tūrya n. (m. L.) a musical instrument Pāṇ. Mn. vii MBh. &c. (ifc. f. ā KaṭhUp. Hariv.)
• cf. sa-
⋙ tūryakhaṇḍa
○khaṇḍa
⋙ tūryagaṇḍa
○gaṇḍa m. a sort of tabor L
⋙ tūryamaya
○maya mfn. musical Kathās. xxiii, 84
⋙ tūryaugha
tūryâugha m. a band of instruments
tūrya 3
tūrya mfn. = tur○, 4th Rājat. ii, 91
• m. N. of a family W
⋙ tūryāṃśa
tūryâṃśa m. a 4th part L
tūrvayāṇa
tū́rvayāṇa mfn. (√turv) overpowering RV. i, 174, 3 ; x, 61, 2
• m. N. of a man, i, 53, 10 ; vi, 18, 13
⋙ tūrvi
tū́rvi mfn. superior, ix, 42, 3
tūl
tūl cl. 1. 10. ○lati, ○layati, = niṣkṛṣ Dhātup
• also tūṇ
• cf. anu-tūlaya
tūla
tū́la n. a tuft of grass or reeds, panicle of a flower or plant AV. xix, 32, 3 Kāṭh. TāṇḍyaBr. ChUp. (īṣīkā-) Kauś. Āp. Pāṇ. 6-2, 121 (ifc. ind.)
• a pencil Divyâv. v. xxxvi
• = tūta L
• air L
• m. the thorn-apple Npr
• n. (m. L.) cotton MBh. R. &c
• (ā), f. id. L
• a lamp wick L
• (ī), f. id. L
• cotton Sāṃkhyak. 17, Gauḍap
• = ○li Uṇ. Sch
• = -paṭī Subh. RāmatUp. i, 86 Sch
• the Indigo plant L
• cf. ápa-, indra-, udak-, prāk-, bhasma-, śaṇa-, sa-, haṃsa-,
⋙ tūlakaṇa
○kaṇa n. 'a cotton flock', Nom. ○ṇāyate, to appear worthless Dhanaṃj. 7
⋙ tūlakārmuka
○kārmuka n. 'cotton-bow', a bowlike instrument used for cleaning cotton L
⋙ tūlacāpa
○cāpa m. id. L
⋙ tūladāham
○dāham ind. (with √dah, to consume by fire) like cotton Mcar. vi, 5
⋙ tūlanālā
○nālā
⋙ tūlanālikā
○nālikā
⋙ tūlanālī
○nālī f. 'cotton-tube', a cotton rock L
⋙ tūlapaṭikā
○paṭikā f. = ○ṭī Buddh. L
⋙ tūlapaṭī
○paṭī f. a cotton quilt RāmatUp. i, 86 Sch
⋙ tūlapicu
○picu m. cotton Divyâv. xvii, xxvii
⋙ tūlapīṭhī
○pīṭhī f. a spindle Gal
⋙ tūlapūrṇa
○pūrṇa mfn. filled with cotton, (a- neg.) MBh. xi, 23, 19
⋙ tūlaphala
○phala m. Calotropis gigantea L
⋙ tūlamūla
○mūla N. of a district on the Candra-bhāgā Rājat. iv
⋙ tūlalāsikā
○lāsikā f. = -pīṭhī Gal
⋙ tūlavatī
○vatī f. a cotton cover Bhpr. vii, 10, 63
⋙ tūlavṛkṣa
○vṛkṣa m. the cotton tree L
⋙ tūlaśarkarā
○śarkarā f. a cotton seed L
⋙ tūlaśodhana
○śodhana n
⋙ tūlaśodhinī
○śodhinī f. = -kārmuka Gal
⋙ tūlasecana
○secana n. 'cotton-moistening', spinning L
≫ tūlaka
tūlaka n. cotton Bhāshāp
• (ikā), f. a panicle (used as probing-rod) L
• = ○li, Jñātādh. (in Prākṛit) Kum. i, 32 Dharmaśarm. Vcar
• cf. akṣara-
• a wick L
• = ○la-paṭī Pāṇ. 3-3, 116 Kāś. Kathās
• (su-) RāmatUp. i, 86
• an ingot mould L. Sch
⋙ tūli
tūli f. a painter's brush (cf. turī) Uṇ. Sch
-phalā f. the cotton tree (also tul○) L
⋙ tūlika
tūlika m. a cotton trader Kathās. lxi
⋙ tūlinī
tūlinī f. the cotton tree (also tul○ L.) Bhpr
• a kind of bulb L
tūṣ
tūṣ cl. 1. ○ṣati, = √tuṣ Dhātup
tūṣa
tūṣa m. n. the border of a garment Kāṭh. TBr. [Page 453, Column 1]
• cf. kṛṣṇá-, dāma-
⋙ tūṣādhāna
tūṣâdhā́na n. the place where the border is added TS. vi
tūṣṇīṃ
tūṣṇīṃ for ○ṇīm
⋙ tūṣṇīṃviprakramaṇa
○viprakramaṇa n. slipping away silently (without having voted) Buddh. L
⋙ tūṣṇīṃśaṃsa
○śaṃsa m. a verse which requires silent recitation AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ tūṣṇīṃśīla
○śīla mfn. taciturn Pāṇ. 5-3, 72 Vārtt. 2 Pat
⋙ tūṣṇīṃsāra
○sāra mfn. chiefly silent AitBr. ii, 31, 1
⋙ tūṣṇīṃsthāna
○sthāna n. silence Kathās. lxxiv
⋙ tūṣṇīṃhoma
○homá m. an oblation offered silently TS. vi
⋙ tūṣṇīṃgaṅga
○gaṅga n. N. of a Tīrtha Pāṇ. 2-2, 29 Pat
• cf. uṣṇī-g○
⋙ tūṣṇīṃjapa
○japa m. a prayer muttered silently ŚāṅkhŚr. ix, 25, 2 Sch
⋙ tūṣṇīṃdaṇḍa
○daṇḍa m. secret punishment Mcar. iv, 7/8
⋙ tūṣṇīṃbhāva
○bhāva m. the being silent, silence MBh. xii, 3840 Sāh
⋙ tūṣṇīṃbhāvam
○bhāvam ind. silently Pāṇ. 3-4, 63
⋙ tūṣṇīṃbhūta
○bhūta mfn. become silent MBh. i, 7951 R. i, 70, 18
⋙ tūṣṇīṃbhūya
○bhūya ind. p. (Pāṇ. 3-4, 63) silently Pañcat. iii, 14, 0/1
≫ tūṣṇīka
tūṣṇīka mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 72 Vārtt. 2 Pat.) silent R. (G) ii, 117, 3 Kathās. īc, 60 Mālatīm. i, 19 Sch
• (am), ind. silently MānŚr. i, 7, 5 MBh. v R. v
• (ām), ind. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 72 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) id., Bhāgav. (Uṇ. iv, 35 Sch.)
⋙ tūṣṇīm
tūṣṇī́m ind. (g. svar-ādi) silently, quietly RV. ii, 43, 3 TS. &c. (for ○ṇīṃ babhūva, 'became silent' Divyâv.)
tūsta
tūsta n. (Pāṇ. 3-1, 21
• ifc. g. cūrṇâdi) dust, iii, 1, 21 Kāś. Purushôtt. (Uṇ. iii, 86 Sch.)
• sin L
• an atom L
• a braid of hair L
tṛ
tṛ́ (= stṛ́), nom. pl. tā́ras, the stars RV. viii, 55, 2
• cf. tārā
tṛṃhaṇa
tṛṃhaṇa n. (√tṛh) crushing Pāṇ. 8-4, 2 Kāś
• cf. tárh○
⋙ tṛṃhaṇīya
tṛṃhaṇīya to be crushed ib
tṛkṣ
tṛkṣ cl. 1. ○kṣati, to go Dhātup
tṛkṣa
tṛkṣa m. N. of a man, g. gargâdi
tṛkṣas
tṛkṣas for tvákṣ Naigh. ii, 9
tṛkṣāka
tṛkṣāka N. of a man, g. śivâdi
tṛkṣi
tṛkṣí m. N. of a man with the patr. Trāsadasyava RV. vi, 46, 8 ; viii, 22, 7
tṛkha
tṛkha n. nutmeg L
tṛca
tṛcá m. n. (fr. trí and ṛ́c Pāṇ. 6-1, 37 Vārtt. 1) a strophe consisting of 3 verses AV. xix TS. i AitBr. ŚBr. and KātyŚr. (tricá) Nir. RPrāt
• cf. try-ṛca
⋙ tṛcakḷpta
○kḷpta mfn. arranged in strophes of 3 verses each ŚāṅkhŚr. AitBr. iii, 43 Sāy
⋙ tṛcabhāgā
○bhāgā f. (scil. ṛc) verse 1. of the 1st, v. 2. of the 2nd, and v. 3. of the 3rd paryāya of a Tṛica Lāṭy. vi
≫ tṛcin
tṛcin mfn. containing a Tṛica AitBr. iii, 43
tṛḍha
tṛḍhá mfn. (√tṛh) crushed RV. i, vi
tṛṇ
tṛṇ cl. 8. ○ṇoti, ○ṇute, or tarṇ○, ○ṇute, to eat Dhātup. 1
⋙ tṛta
tṛta mfn. eaten, g. tanoty-ādi
tṛṇa
tṛ́ṇa n. (m., g. ardharcâdi
• ifc. f. ā) grass, herb, any gramineous plant, blade of grass, straw (often symbol of minuteness and worthlessness) RV. &c. (ifc. accent, g. ghoṣâdi)
• m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi and naḍâdi ; [Goth. thaurnus.]
⋙ tṛṇakarṇa
○karṇa m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi (v. l.)
• pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi
⋙ tṛṇakāṇḍa
○kāṇḍa n. a heap of grass Pāṇ. 4-2, 51 Kāś
⋙ tṛṇakuṅkuma
○kuṅkuma n. Kaśmir crocus L
⋙ tṛṇakuñcaka
○kuñcaka n. 'attracting grass (electrically when rubbed)', N. of a gem Buddh. L
⋙ tṛṇakuṭi
○kuṭi f. a hut of grass or straw SāmavBr. iii, 9, 1 Sāy
⋙ tṛṇakuṭī
○kuṭī f. id. L
⋙ tṛṇaknṭīra
○knṭīra id. Siṃhâs
⋙ tṛṇakuṭīraka
○kuṭīraka id. Pañcat. i, 4, 7/8
⋙ tṛṇakūṭa
○kūṭa m. n. = -kāṇḍa VarBṛS
⋙ tṛṇakūrcikā
○kūrcikā f. a whisk L
⋙ tṛṇakūrma
○kūrma m. the Tumbī gourd L
⋙ tṛṇaketakī
○ketakī f. a kind of Tabāshīr Npr
⋙ tṛṇaketu
○ketu
⋙ tṛṇaketuka
○ketuka m. a bamboo L
⋙ tṛṇagaḍa
○gaḍa m. a sort of sea crab L
⋙ tṛṇagaṇanā
○gaṇanā f. 'valuing at a straw', thinking anything (loc.) to be of no importance Vcar. vi, 2
⋙ tṛṇagaṇāya
○gaṇāya Nom. ○yate, to represent a heap of grass, have no value whatever Prasaṅg. iv, 4
⋙ tṛṇagandhā
○gandhā f. Batatas paniculata Npr
⋙ tṛṇagodhā
○godhā f. a lizard, chamaeleon L
⋙ tṛṇagaura
○gaura n. = kuṅkuma L
⋙ tṛṇagranthi
○granthi f. N. of a plant L
⋙ tṛṇagrāhin
○grāhin m. 'attracting grass (electrically when rubbed)', sapphire or another gem L
⋙ tṛṇacara
○cara m. N. of a gem Npr
⋙ tṛṇajambhan
○jambhan mfn. graminivorous or having teeth like grass Pāṇ. 5-4, 125
⋙ tṛṇajalāyukā
○jalāyukā́ f. a caterpillar ŚBr. xiv
⋙ tṛṇajalūkā
○jalūkā f. id. BhP. iv, 29, 76
⋙ tṛṇajantu
○jantu m. a blade of grass MBh. xii, 261, 21
⋙ tṛṇajāti
○jāti f. pl. the different kinds of grass Mn. i, 48
⋙ tṛṇajyotis
○jyotis n. N. of a shining grass Kir. xv, 47 Sch. - 1
⋙ tṛṇatā
○tā f
⋙ tṛṇatva
○tva n. the state of grass L
⋙ tṛṇatvaca
○tvaca m. a kind of grass Gal
⋙ tṛṇadruma
○druma m. a palm-tree L. [Page 453, Column 2]
⋙ tṛṇadhānya
○dhānya n. wild rice L
⋙ tṛṇadhvaja
○dhvaja m. = -ketu Bhpr
⋙ tṛṇanimbā
○nimbā f. the Nepalese Nimba L
⋙ tṛṇapa
○pa m. 'grass-swallower', N. of a Gandharva MBh. i Hariv. 14157
⋙ tṛṇapañcamūla
○pañca-mūla n. an aggregate of 5 roots of gramineous plants (rice, sugar-cane, Darbha, Scirpus Kysoor, Saccharum Sara) Suśr. vi, 48, 23
⋙ tṛṇapattrikā
○pattrikā
⋙ tṛṇapattrī
○pattrī f. a kind of reed L
⋙ tṛṇapadī
○padī f. (a woman) having legs as thin as blades of grass, g. kumbhapady-ādi
⋙ tṛṇaparṇī
○parṇī f. = -pattrī Gal
⋙ tṛṇapāṇi
○pāṇi m. N. of a Ṛishi SV. Anukr
⋙ tṛṇapīḍa
○pīḍa n. 'pressing as close as grass', hand to hand fighting MBh. ii, 909
⋙ tṛṇapuruṣaka
○puruṣaka m. a straw-man Kād
⋙ tṛṇapulaka
○pulaka
⋙ tṛṇapulī
○pulī -pūl○
⋙ tṛṇapuṣpa
○puṣpa n. = -kuṅkuma L
• (ī), f. N. of a plant L
⋙ tṛṇapūla
○pūla a tuft of grass L
• (ī), f. id. Kād. v, 986 (v. l. pul○)
⋙ tṛṇapūlaka
○pūlaka id. Hcar. vii (v. l. pul○)
⋙ tṛṇapūlika
○pūlika N. of a human abortion Car. iv, 4, 1
⋙ tṛṇaprāya
○prāya mfn. = -vat (a district) R. iii, 15, 41
• worth a straw, worthless W
⋙ tṛṇabalvajā
○balva-jā f. Eleusine indica L
⋙ tṛṇabindu
○bindu m. N. of an ancient sage and prince MBh. iii f. ix Ragh. VP. BhP. VāyuP. i, 23, 190 DeviibhP
-śaras n. N. of a lake MBh. iii
• cf. tārṇabindaviiya
⋙ tṛṇabīja
○bīja
⋙ tṛṇabījaka
○bījaka
⋙ tṛṇabījottama
○bījôttama m. Panicum frumentaceum L
⋙ tṛṇabhuj
○bhuj mfn. graminivorous Kathās. lx
⋙ tṛṇabhūta
○bhūta mfn. become as thin as a blade of grass R. iv, 9, 95
• deprived of all power MBh. vii, 8303
⋙ tṛṇamaṇi
○maṇi m. = -kuñcaka Subh. 896
⋙ tṛṇamaya
○maya mfn. made of grass ŚārṅgP. (Siṃhâs.)
⋙ tṛṇamuṣṭi
○muṣṭi f. a handful of grass
⋙ tṛṇarāj
○rāj m. 'king of grasses', the vine-palm R. vi
⋙ tṛṇarāja
○rāja m. (cf. Bhpr. iv, 35) id. MBh. iv Hariv. (also ○jan, 3722)
• the cocoa-nut tree L
• a bamboo Npr
• sugar-cane ib
⋙ tṛṇarājan
○rājan m. ○ja
⋙ tṛṇalava
○lava m. a blade of grass Bhartṛ
⋙ tṛṇavat
○vat mfn. abounding in grass MBh. xii Bhartṛ
⋙ tṛṇavistara
○vistara m. = -kāṇḍa
⋙ tṛṇavṛkṣa
○vṛkṣa m. the fanpalm Npr
• the date tree ib
• the cocoa-nut tree ib
• the areca-nut tree ib
• Pandanus odoratissimus ib
⋙ tṛṇaśīta
○śīta n. N. of a fragrant grass L
• (ā), f. Commelina salicifolia L
⋙ tṛṇaśūnya
○śūnya m. Jasminum Sambac Suśr.i, iv
• (śūlya) v, 7, 19
• mf. n. the fruit of Pandanus odoratissimus L
⋙ tṛṇaśūlya
○śūlya -śūnya
⋙ tṛṇaśoṇita
○śoṇita n. 'grass-blood', = -kuṅkuma L
⋙ tṛṇaśoṣaka
○śoṣaka m. N. of a serpent, v, 4, 34
⋙ tṛṇaśauṇḍikā
○śauṇḍikā f. a kind of Achyranthes Npr
⋙ tṛṇaṣaṭpada
○ṣaṭ-pada m. 'grass-infesting six-footed', a wasp L
⋙ tṛṇasaṃvāha
○saṃvāha mfn. grass-moving (wind) Āp
⋙ tṛṇasāra
○sāra mfn. 'as weak as grass'
• (ā), f. Musa sapientum L
○rī-kṛta mfn. rendered weak as grass Kathās
⋙ tṛṇasiṃha
○siṃha m. 'reed-lion', axe Pāṇ. 6-2, 72 Kāś
⋙ tṛṇasomāṅgiras
○somâṅgiras m. N. of one of Yama's 7 sacrificial priests MBh. xiii, 7112
⋙ tṛṇaskanda
○skandá m. N. of a man RV. i, 172, 3
⋙ tṛṇastāraka
○stāraka m. 'covering with grass', leaving unremembered Buddh. L
⋙ tṛṇaharmya
○harmya m. a bower of grass or straw on the top of a house L
⋙ tṛṇāgni
tṛṇâgni m. a grass fire (quickly extinguished) Mn. iii, 168 Pañcat
• burning a criminal wrapped up in straw W
⋙ tṛṇāṅkura
tṛṇâṅkura m. young grass Bhartṛ
⋙ tṛṇāñcana
tṛṇâñcana ṅal.,
⋙ tṛṇāñjana
tṛṇâñjana ḻ., m. = ○ṇa-godhā
⋙ tṛṇāṭavī
tṛṇâṭavī f. a forest abounding in grass L
⋙ tṛṇāḍhya
tṛṇâḍhya m. N. of a grass L
⋙ tṛṇāda
tṛṇâda mfn. = ○ṇa-bhuj Subh
⋙ tṛṇādhipa
tṛṇâdhipa m. 'grass-king', N. of a grass L
⋙ tṛṇānna
tṛṇânna n. = ○ṇa-dhānya Npr
⋙ tṛṇāmla
tṛṇâmla n. N. of a grass L
⋙ tṛṇāri
tṛṇâri m. a kind of Mollugo Npr
⋙ tṛṇāvarta
tṛṇâvarta m. N. of a Daitya BhP. x BrahmaP. iv, 11
⋙ tṛṇāśa
tṛṇâśa mfn. = ○ṇâda Subh
⋙ tṛṇāśana
tṛṇâśana
⋙ tṛṇāśin
tṛṇâśin mfn. id. Kathās. lx
⋙ tṛṇāsṛj
tṛṇâsṛj n. = ○ṇa-śoṇita L
⋙ tṛṇekṣu
tṛṇêkṣu m. N. of a grass L
⋙ tṛṇendra
tṛṇêndra m. = ○ṇa-rāj MBh. xiii
⋙ tṛṇaidha
tṛṇâidha m. a fire for which grass is used instead of fuel ĀpŚr. ix, 9, 12
⋙ tṛṇottama
tṛṇôttama m. 'best of grasses', a kind of Crocus L
⋙ tṛṇottha
tṛṇôttha m. = ○ṇa-kuṅkuma L
⋙ tṛṇodaka
tṛṇôdaká n. sg. grass and water ŚBr. xiv ChUp. MBh. (v. l.)
-bhūmi n. sg. grass, water, and a seat Gaut. v, 35
⋙ tṛṇodbhava
tṛṇôdbhava m. = ○ṇa-dhānya L
• = ○ṇôttha Npr
⋙ tṛṇolapa
tṛṇôlapa n. sg. (g. gavâśvâdi) grass and shrubs MBh. v Kād
⋙ tṛṇolkā
tṛṇôlkā f. a torch of hay MBh. v Hit. i
⋙ tṛṇaukas
tṛṇâukas n. = ○ṇa-kuṭi L
⋙ tṛṇauṣadha
tṛṇâuṣadha n. the fragrant bark of Feronia elephantum L
≫ tṛṇaka
tṛṇaka n. a worthless blade of grass MBh. i
• m. N. of a man, ii, 328
⋙ tṛṇakīyā
tṛṇakīyā f. a grassy place, g. bilvakâdi
⋙ tṛṇaya
tṛṇaya Nom. ○ti, to esteem as lightly as straw Naish. ix, 70
⋙ tṛṇasa
tṛṇasa mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 80) grassy Vop
⋙ tṛṇīkṛ
tṛṇī-√kṛ to make straw of, make light of MBh. i, 7062 ; v, vii Naish. iii, 54 Kathās. xviii, 85 Sāh
⋙ tṛṇīya
tṛṇīya g. utkarâdi
⋙ tṛṇyā
tṛṇyā f. = ○ṇa-kāṇḍa g. pāśâdi
• cf. a-
tṛṇatā 2
tṛṇatā f. = tṛ-ṇ○ L
tṛṇāṅku
tṛṇāṅku m. N. of a sage R. iv. [Page 453, Column 3]
tṛṇāmalla
tṛṇāmalla N. of a temple Rasik. xi, 15
• cf. tri-m○
⋙ tṛṇāvallī
tṛṇāvallī f. id., 30
tṛṇṇa
tṛṇṇa áti-, ava-, ā́-, ví-, sáṃ-
tṛta 1
tṛta. and 2 √tṛṇ and tritá
≫ tṛtīya
tṛtī́ya mf(ā)n. (fr. trí Pāṇ. 5-2, 55
• also vii, 3, 115 ; i, 1, 36 Vārtt.) the 3rd RV. &c
• m. the 3rd consonant of a Varga (g, j, , d, b) RPrāt. VPrāt. APrāt. Pāṇ. Vārtt. and Kāś
• (in music) N. of a measure
• (ā), f. (scil. tithi) = ○yikā Jyot. &c
• (scil. vibhakti) the terminations of the 3rd case, the 3rd case (instrumental) Pāṇ. APrāt. iii, 19
• (am), ind. for the 3rd time, thirdly RV. x, 45, i ŚBr. ix, xi TāṇḍyaBr. &c
• (ena), instr. ind. at the 3rd time PārGṛ. ii, 3, 5
• (tṛ́tīya) mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 48) forming the 3rd part, (n.) a 3rd part TS. TBr. ŚBr. iii f. KātyŚr. Mn. vi, 33 MBh. ; [Zend. thritya, Lat. tertius ; Goth. thridja.]
⋙ tṛtīyakaraṇī
○karaṇī f. the side of a square 3 times smaller than another, Śulb. i, 47
⋙ tṛtīyatā
○tā f. the condition of the 3rd consonant of a Varga RPrāt. xi, 13
⋙ tṛtīyatva
○tva n. the condition of being the 3rd TPrāt. Sch
⋙ tṛtīyadivasa
○divasa m. '3rd day', the day after to-morrow Hit. iii, 8, 1/2
⋙ tṛtīyaprakṛti
○prakṛti f. '3rd nature', a eunuch L. Sch
• the neuter gender ib
⋙ tṛtīyabhikṣā
○bhikṣā f. a 3rd part of alms Pāṇ. 2-2, 3
⋙ tṛtīyasavana
○savaná n. the 3rd Soma preparation (in the evening) TS. ii ŚBr. i-iii AitBr. vi KātyŚr. Nir. vii
○nīya mfn. belonging to ○ná ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ tṛtīyasvara
○svara n. '3rd tune', N. of a Sāman
⋙ tṛtīyāṃśa
tṛtīyâṃśa m. a 3rd part VarBṛS
• mfn. receiving a 3rd as one's share (○yin Sch. on KātyŚr. x, 2, 25 and Nyāyam. iii) Mn. viii, 210
≫ tṛtīyaka
tṛ́tīyaka mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 81) recurring every 3rd day, tertian (fever) AV. i, v, xix Suśr
• occurring for the 3rd time Pāṇ. 5-2, 77 Kāś
• the 3rd, Srut. Sāh. vi, 226 and 239
• (ikā), f. the 3rd day in a half month
⋙ tṛtīyakajvara
○jvara m. tertian ague
≫ tṛtīyā
tṛtīyā f. and ind
⋙ tṛtīyākṛ
○√kṛ to plough for the 3rd time Pāṇ. 5-4, 58
⋙ tṛtīyāsamāsa
○samāsa m. a Tat-purusha compound the former member of which would stand in the instrumental case if separated from the latter, i, 1, 30 ; vi, 1, 89 Vārtt. 6
⋙ tṛtīyika
tṛtīyika mfn. v, 1, 48
• (ā), f. ○yaka
⋙ tṛtīyin
tṛtīyin mfn. holding the 3rd rank ĀśvŚr. Lāṭy. Mn. viii, 210
○yâṃśa
tṛtsu
tṛ́tsu m. sg. and pl. N. of a race RV
tṛd
tṛd cl. 7. (impf. atṛṇat pf. tatarda, p. Ā. tatṛdāná
• aor. atardīt Bhaṭṭ
• fut. tardiṣyati, tartsy○ Pāṇ. 7-2, 57) to cleave, pierce RV. Hariv. Bhaṭṭ
• to split open, let out, set free RV
• to destroy Bhaṭṭ. vi, 38: Desid. titardiṣati, ○rtsati Pāṇ. 7-2, 57
√.tard
≫ tṛdila
tṛdilá mfn. porous RV. x, 94, 11
• cf. á-
tṛp 1
tṛp cl. 4. tṛ́pyati [AV. TS. &c
• metrically also ○te], cl. 5. [Subj. 2. sg. tṛpṇávas Impv. ○ṇuhi, ○ṇutám RV. ( also á-tṛpṇuvat)
○noti Dhātup. and g. kṣubhnâdi], cl. 6. [2. sg. tṛmpási, Impv. ○pá, ○patu, &c. RV. ŚBr
Pāṇ. 7-1, 59 Vārtt. 1 Pat
tṛpati Dhātup
• pf. p. Ā. tātṛpāṇá RV. x, 95, 16
• P. tatarpa
• 3. pl. tātṛpur AV. xi, 7, 13
• aor. atṛpat (iii, 13, 6) or atrāpsīt Pāṇ. 3-1, 44 Vārtt
atarpīt, atārpsīt Vop
• fut. 1st tarpiṣyati (but Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Siddh.), tarpsy○, trapsy○
• Cond. atrapsyat AitUp. iii, 3
• fut. 2nd tarpitā, ○ptā, traptā Kāś. on Pāṇ. 6-1, 59 and vii, 2, 45] to satisfy one's self, become satiated or satisfied, be pleased with (gen., instr., or rarely loc., e.g. nâgnis tṛpyati kāṣṭhānām, 'fire is not satisfied with wood' MBh. xiii
átṛpyan brāhmaṇā́ dhánaiḥ, 'the Brahmans were pleased with wealth' ŚBr. xiii) RV. &c
• to enjoy (with abl.) Mn. iv, 251
• to satisfy, please Bhaṭṭ. i f.: cl. 1. tarpati, to kindle Dhātup.: Caus. tarpayati, rarely ○te (impf. atarpayat RV. &c
• p. tarpáyat ib
• aor. atītṛpat ŚāṅkhGṛ. iii, 12 BhP
átītṛpāma VS
• inf. tárpayitavaí ŚBr. i, 7, 3, 28 ĀpŚr. iv, 16, 17) to satiate, satisfy, refresh, gladden RV. &c
• Ā. to become satiated or satisfied VS. AV. vi
• to kindle Dhātup.: Desid. (Subj. títṛpsāt) to wish to enjoy RV. x, 87, 19: Caus. Desid. (Pot. titarpayiṣet) to wish to satiate or refresh or satisfy ŚāṅkhGṛ. i, 2, 7 Gobh. i, 9, 2: Intens. tarītṛpyate, tarītarpti, ○trapti W
• [√.tṛph
• ?.]
≫ tṛp 2
tṛp asu- and paśu-tṛ́p
śiśnôdara-
≫ tṛpa
tṛpa mfn. a-tṛpá
asu-
• (ā), f. N. of a plant ŚBr. v, 3, 5, 20 Sāy
⋙ tṛpat
tṛpát ind. with pleasure, to one's satisfaction RV. ii f. x
• m. the moon Uṇ. k
• a parasol Uṇ. ii, 85 Sch
⋙ tṛpala
tṛpála mfn. ṣV. or [am], ind. [RV. ix, 97, 8] = ○prá or ○prám
• (ā), f. a creeper Uṇ. i, 106 Sch
• = phalā Uṇ. vṛ. [Page 454, Column 1]
tṛpála-prabharman mfn. (Soma) = tṛpra-prahārin [Nir. v, 12] RV. x, 89, 5
⋙ tṛpāya
tṛpāya Nom. ○yate (fr. ○pát), g. bhṛśâdi
⋙ tṛpita
tṛpita mfn. Pāṇ. 7-1, 59 Vārtt. 2 Pat
⋙ tṛpu
tṛpú m. a thief (cf. asu- and paśu-tṛ́p) Naigh. iii, 24 (v. l. tripú)
≫ tṛpta
tṛptá mfn. satiated, satisfied with (gen., instr., or in comp.) AV. ŚBr. &c
• (am), ind. so as to exhibit satiety AitBr. i, 25, 15
• n. N. of a metre RPrāt. xvii, 5
⋙ tṛptatā
○tā f. satiety Kathās. lxii
• satisfaction, cxix
a-, insatiability Śiś. ix, 64
⋙ tṛptāṃśu
tṛptấṃśu mfn. having well-nourished shoots RV. i, 168
⋙ tṛptātman
tṛptâtman mfn. having a contented mind
≫ tṛpti
tṛ́pti f. satisfaction, contentment RV. viii, 82, 6 (○ptí) and ix, 113, 10 AV. &c
• disgust Suśr. i, 24, 2
• m. N. of a Gandharva Gal
⋙ tṛptikara
○kara mfn. giving satisfaction, 46, 9, 7
⋙ tṛptikāraka
○kāraka mfn. id
⋙ tṛptikṛt
○kṛt mfn. = a-secana L
⋙ tṛptighna
○ghna mfn. removing disgust
⋙ tṛptida
○da mfn. = -kara
⋙ tṛptidīpa
○dīpa m. N. of Bhpañcad. vii
⋙ tṛptimat
○mat mfn. satisfied, finding satisfaction in (loc.) ChUp. vii, 10, 2 Rudray. ii, i, 4
⋙ tṛptiyoga
○yoga m. satisfaction Śiś. ii, 31
≫ tṛptīkṛ
tṛptī-√kṛ to satisfy, gladden Naish. viii
≫ tṛpyat
tṛpyat mfn. a- not becoming satiate Kathās
≫ tṛpra
tṛprá mf(ā)n. KātyŚr. xxv, 11, 30
• (ám), ind. ŚBr. x, 4, 1, 18 ; xii, 5
• m. = puroḍāśa (Uṇ. Sch. and Sāy
• = ghṛta Uṇ. k.) RV. viii, 2, 5
• cf. trapiṣṭha
⋙ tṛpradaṃśin
○daṃśín mfn. biting hastily (?) AV. vii, 56, 3
≫ tṛprāya
tṛprāya Nom. ○yate g. sukhâdi
⋙ tṛprālu
tṛprālu mfn. ○praṃ na sahate Pāṇ. 5-2, 122 Vārtt. 6
≫ tṛprin
tṛprin mfn. g. sukhâdi
tṛph
tṛph cl. 6. ○phati, to satisfy (cf. √tṛp) Dhātup
• to kill (cf. tarphitṛ) W
tṛphalā
tṛphalā tri-ph○
tṛphū
tṛphū f. = sarpa-jāti Uṇ. k
tṛbhi
tṛ́bhi m. a ray TĀr. i, 11, 3
tṛmp
tṛmp cl. 6. ○pati, √tṛp
≫ tṛmpaṇa
tṛmpaṇa n. the act of pleasing Pāṇ. 8-4, 2 Vārtt. 7 f. Pat
⋙ tṛmpaṇīya
tṛmpaṇīya mfn. to be pleased ib
tṛmph
tṛmph (= √tṛp), cl. 6. ○phati, to satisfy, vii, 1, 59 Vārtt. 1 Pat
tṛvṛt
tṛvṛt tri-v○
tṛṣ 1
tṛṣ cl. 4. ○ṣyati (p. tṛ́ṣyat Ā. ○ṣāṇá pf. tātṛṣāṇá RV. [tat○, vi, 15, 5]
• 3. pl. tātṛṣúr, x, 15, 9
• aor. Subj. tṛṣat AV. ii, 29, 4
• ind. p. ○ṣṭvā́, xix, 34, 6
○ṣitvā and tarṣitvā Pāṇ. 1-2, 25) to be thirsty, thirst, thirst for RV. &c.: Caus. (aor. 1. pl. atītṛṣāma) to cause to thirst, iv, 34, 11 ; [Goth. thars, thaursus
• ?] 2
⋙ tṛṣ
tṛṣ mfn. 'longing for', artha-
• f. (Siddhṣtry. 23) thirst MBh. xiv Suśr. VarBṛ. &c
• strong desire L
• Desire as daughter of Love L
≫ tṛṣā
tṛṣā f. thirst Nal. ix, 27 Suśr. Vet. &c
• strong desire Hit. i, 6, 34
• Desire as daughter of Love L
• Methonica superba L
⋙ tṛṣābhū
○bhū f. 'thirstorigin', the bladder L
⋙ tṛṣāroga
○roga m. 'morbid thirst' N. of a disease MBh. xii, 11268
⋙ tṛṣārta
○rta (○ṣâr○), mfn. suffering from thirst, Sinhâs. vi, 7 Hit. iii, 4, 0/1
• affected by desire, i, 6, 34
⋙ tṛṣāha
○ha n. 'thirst-destroying', water L
• a kind of anise L
≫ tṛṣita
tṛṣitá mfn. (fr. 2. tṛṣ g. tārakâdi) thirsty, thirsting, desirous RV. i, 16, 5 MBh. &c. (with inf. Hariv. 5033)
• n. thirst W
• cf. á-
⋙ tṛṣitottarā
tṛṣitôttarā f. the plant aśana-parṇī L
≫ tṛṣu
tṛṣú mfn. greedy, eagerly desirous RV. iv, 4, 1 ; 7, 11
• ind. greedily, rapidly, i, 58 ; iv, 7, 11 ; vii, 3, 4 ; x, 79 ; 91 ; 113 ; 115
⋙ tṛṣucyavas
○cyávas mfn. moving greedily, vi, 66, 10
⋙ tṛṣucyut
○cyút mfn. id., i, 140, 3
≫ tṛṣṭa
tṛṣṭá mf(ā́)n. 'dry', rough, harsh, rugged, hoarse [Lat. tussis fr. turs-ti-s], iii, 9, 3 ; x, 85 and 87 AV. v, 18 f. ; vii, 113, 2
⋙ tṛṣṭajambha
○jambha mfn. having rough teeth, vi, 50, 3
⋙ tṛṣṭadaṃśman
○daṃśman (ṭá-), mfn. biting roughly, xii, 1, 46
⋙ tṛṣṭadhūma
○dhūma (○ṭá-), mfn. having pungent breath (a snake), xix, 47 and 50
⋙ tṛṣṭavandana
○vandana mf(ā)n. having a rough eruption, vii, 113, 1
⋙ tṛṣṭāmā
tṛṣṭấmā f. N. of a river RV. x, 75, 6
≫ tṛṣṭikā
tṛṣṭikā́ f. a rough woman AV. vii, 113, 1 f
≫ tṛṣṇaka
tṛṣṇaka mfn. desirous, eager for L
≫ tṛṣṇaj
tṛṣṇáj mfn. (Nir. Pāṇ.) thirsty RV. i, v, vii
≫ tṛṣṇā
tṛ́ṣṇā f. thirst, i, vii, ix AV. ŚBr. &c
• desire, avidity (chiefly ifc.) R. Ragh. BhP. &c
• Avidity as mother of Dambha (Prab. ii, 11/12), daughter of Death (Mṛityu VP. i, 7, 31
• or Māra Lalit. xxiv, 20), generated by Vedanā and generating Upâdāna (Buddh.)
• cf. ati-
⋙ tṛṣṇākṣaya
○kṣaya m. cessation of desire, tranquillity of mind L
⋙ tṛṣṇāghna
○ghna mfn. quenching thirst Suśr. i, 45
⋙ tṛṣṇāmāra
○mārá m. dying of thirst AV. iv, 17, 6 f. [Page 454, Column 2]
⋙ tṛṣṇāri
○"ṣri (○ṇâr○), m. the plant parpaṭa L
⋙ tṛṣṇāvarūtrī
○varūtrī f. for tvaṣṭā- g. vanaspaty-ādi
≫ tṛṣyāvat
tṛṣyā́-vat mfn. = tarṣ○ RV. vii, 103, 3
tṛṣama
tṛṣama tri-ṣ○
tṛh
tṛh cl. 7. (Impv. tṛṇéḍhu
• Subj. pl. tṛṇáhān
• aor. atṛham AV
atarhīt Bhaṭṭ
atṛkṣat, Durgād
• pf. tatarha AV
• pr. p. nom. m. tṛṃhát RV. x, 102, 4
• f. du. ○hatī́ ŚBr. xii, 2, 2, 2
• ind. p. tṛḍhvā́ Pass. pl. tṛhyánte, p. ○hyámāṇa AV
• cl. 6. tṛhati, tṛṃh○ Dhātup.) to crush, bruise RV. AV. TS. i, 5, 7, 6 ŚBr. Bhaṭṭ.: Desid. titṛkṣati, titṛṃhiṣati Pāṇ. 1-2, 10 Siddh
• cf. vi-
tárhaṇa, tṛṃhaṇa, tṛḍhá
tṝ
tṝ cl. 1. P. (rarely Ā.) tárati (Subj. tárat impf. átarat, p. tárat inf. tarádhyai, ○rīṣáni RV.), cl. 5. tarute (x, 76, 2
• Pot. 1. pl. turyāma, v f.), cl. 3. titarti (BhP
• p. nom. pl. títratas RV. ii, 31, 2
• Pot. tuturyā́t, v f. viii), with prepositions Ved. chiefly cl. 6. P. Ā. (tiráte Subj. tirāti impf. átirat, p. tirát inf. tíram, tíre RV
• -aor. átārīt, i, vii
• 1. pl. ○riṣma i, vii, ○rima viii, 13, 21
táruṣante v, ○ta i, ○ṣema vii [Pāṇ. 3-1, 85 Kāś.]
• Ā. and Pass. -tāri RV
• P. atārṣīt BhP
○ṣam MBh. Daś
• pf. tatāra RV. &c
• 3. pl. titirur, i f
teritha, ○ratur Pāṇ. 6-4, 122
• p. titirvás gen. tatarúṣas RV
• fut. tariṣyati, ○rIS○, taritā, ○rītā [cf. pra-tár○] Pāṇ. 7-2, 38
tárutā RV. i
• Prec. tīryāt, tariṣīṣṭa Vop
• inf. tartum MBh. R
• ○rIt○ iv f. ○rit○ MBh. i Hariv. R. v
• ind. p. tīrtvā́ AV
-tū́rya, vi-) to pass across or over, cross over (a river), sail across RV. &c
• to float, swim VarBṛS. lxxx, 14 Bhaṭṭ. xii Cāṇ
• to get through, attain an end or aim, live through (a definite period), study to the end RV. &c
• to fulfil, accomplish, perform R. i f
• to surpass, overcome, subdue, escape RV. &c
• to acquire, gain, viii, 100, 8 MBh. xii R
• Ā. to contend, compete RV. i, 132, 5
• to carry through or over, save, vii, 18, 6 MBh. i, iii: Caus. tārayati (p. ○ráyat) to carry or lead over or across Kauś. MBh. &c
• to cause to arrive at AV. xviii PraśnUp. vi, 8
• to rescue, save, liberate from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Desid. titīrṣati (also titariṣati, ○rIS○ Pāṇ. 7-2, 41
• p. Ā. titīrṣamāṇa MBh. xiii, 2598) to wish to cross or reach by crossing KaṭhUp. MBh. BhP. iv: Intens. tartarīti (2. du. ○rīthas
• p. gen. tárilratas [Pāṇ. 7-4, 65]
• also vi-
tātarti, 92 Sch.) to reach the end by passing or running or living through RV
• [cf. tára, tirás, tīrṇá ; Lat. termo, trans ; Goth. thairh.]
tekṣṇiṣṭham
tékṣṇiṣṭham ind. (fr. tīkṣṇá) in a most pungent manner TBr. i, 5 f. TĀr. ii
tega
tegá or stegá m. pl. VS. xxv, 1
tej
tej ○jati, to protect Dhātup. vii, 56
teja
teja m. (√tij) sharpness Vop. viii, 132
• m. N. of a man Rājat. viii, 1226
• (ā), f. the 13th night of the Karma-māsa Sūryapr
⋙ tejapattra
○pattra
⋙ tejapāla
○pāla ○jaH-p○
⋙ tejavatī
○vatī ○jo-v○
⋙ tejavalkala
○valkala m. Zanthoxylon Rhetsa Bhpr. v, 1, 169/170
⋙ tejasiṃha
○siṃha m. N. of a man (son of Raṇa-dara)
○jaH-s○.
≫ tejaḥ
tejaḥ = ○jas
⋙ tejaḥpattra
○pattra n. the leaf of Laurus Cassia (also ○ja-p○ L.) W
⋙ tejaḥpāla
○pāla m. N. of a man (also ○ja-p○)
⋙ tejaḥprabha
○prabha n. 'gleaming with lustre', N. of a mythic missile R. i, 29, 18
⋙ tejaḥphala
○phala m. N. of a tree L
⋙ tejaḥsambhava
○sambhava m. (= agni-s○) lymph L
⋙ tejaḥsiṃha
○siṃha m. N. of an astronomer Hāyan
⋙ tejaḥsena
○sena m. N. of a man Rājat. viii, 400 f
⋙ tejāhvā
tejâhvā f. Scindapsus officinalis Suśr. iv, 2, 92
≫ tejana
téjana n. sharpening, whetting Dhātup
• inflammation Suśr. iv, 24
• rendering bright W
• the shaft of an arrow AV. Kāṭh. AitBr. &c
• a reed, bamboo RV. i, 110, 5
• = ○naka L
• (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi) a whetstone, touchstone L
• a number of reeds or straw &c. twisted or matted together, tuft, mat Kāṭh. xxii f. AitBr. ŚBr. PārGṛ. Kauś
• Sanseviera Roxburghiana (also ○jinī Npr.) L
• = ○ja-valkala Bhpr. v, 1, 170
• also ○jo-'hvā
• cf. taij○
⋙ tejanaka
téjanaka m. Saccharum Sara L
⋙ tejanin
téjanin mfn. = vikaṭa Lāṭy. ix, 2, 27 Sch
⋙ tejanīdanta
téjanī-danta m. a prominent tooth (?), 27
⋙ tejita
tejita mfn. sharpened, whetted (arrows) MBh. v f
• excited, stimulated Hariv. 5208 ; 9644
⋙ tejinī
tejinī f. ○janī and ○jo-vatī
≫ tejas
téjas n. (often pl.) the sharp edge (of a knife &c.), point or top of a flame or ray, glow, glare, splendour, brilliance, light, fire RV. &c
• clearness of the eyes VS. xxi AitBr. &c
• the bright appearance of the human body (in health), beauty Nal. Suśr. i, 15 [Page 454, Column 3]
• the heating and strengthening faculty of the human frame seated in the bile, 14 and 26
• the bile L
• fiery energy, ardour, vital power, spirit, efficacy, essence AV. &c
• semen virile MBh. R. Ragh. Śak
• marrow L
• the brain W
• gold L
• (opposed to kṣamā) impatience, fierceness, energetic opposition MBh. iii VarBṛ. Sāh. iii, 50 and 54 Daśar. ii, 3
• (in Sāṃkhya phil.) = rajas (passion)
• spiritual or moral or magical power or influence, majesty, dignity, glory, authority AV. VS. &c
• a venerable or dignified person, person of consequence MBh. v, xiii Śak. vii, 15
• fresh butter L
• a mystical N. of the letter ? RāmatUp. i, 23
• (ase), dat. inf. √tij, q.v
• cf. a-, agni-, ugra- &c
⋙ tejaska
○ka ifc. = ○jas RV. i, 116, 8 Sāy
⋙ tejaskara
○kara mfn. granting vital power
⋙ tejaskāma
○kāma (téj○), mfn. longing for manly strength or vital power Mn. iv, 44
• desiring influence or authority or dignity TS. ii AitBr. i TāṇḍyaBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. ĀśvGṛ
⋙ tejaskāya
○kāya mfn. having light as one's body Āp
⋙ tejastimira
○timira n. du. light and darkness
⋙ tejastejas
○tejas m. whose essence is light W
⋙ tejastva
○tva n. the general notion of tejas Sarvad. x, 42
• the nature or essence of light BhP. iii
⋙ tejaspada
○pada n. a mark of dignity, i, 15, 14
⋙ tejasvat
○vat (téj○), mfn. sharp-edged W
• splendid, bright, glorious, beautiful AV. xviii TS. ii f. TBr. TāṇḍyaBr. ChUp
• energetic, spirited W
• (), f. N. of a princess Kathās. xviii
○jo-v○.
⋙ tejasvin
○vín mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 122 Kāś.) sharp (the eye) Bhartṛ
• brilliant, splendid, bright, powerful, energetic TS. ii f. TBr. &c
• violent VarBṛS. ci, 2
• inspiring respect, dignified, noble Mn. &c
• = -kara TUp. ii, 1
• m. N. of a son of Indra MBh. i, 7304
• (inī), f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum L
mahā-jyotiṣmatī L
○svi-tā f. energy MBh. iii
• majesty, dignity Hcar. v, 435
○svi-tva n. brilliancy MBh. v, 181, 7 Pratāpar
○svini-tamā or ○svínī-t○, Superl. of f. of ○svín Kāṭh. xxiii, 10 TS. vi
○svi-praśaṃsā f. N. of ŚārṅgP. xvii
≫ tejasa
tejasa n. ifc. = ○jas, power MBh. iii, 8681
≫ tejasāmadhīśa
tejasām-adhī7śa m. 'lord of luminaries', the sun Hcar. v, 415
⋙ tejasya
tejasyá mfn. splendid TS. ii, 3
≫ tejiṣṭha
téjiṣṭha mf(ā)n. (Superl. of tigmá) very sharp RV. i, 53, 8
• very hot, i f. vi
• very bright, ix f. ŚBr. i BhP
• (am), ind. with the utmost heat TāṇḍyaBr
⋙ tejīyas
téjīyas mfn. (Compar.) sharper (the mind) RV. iii, 19, 3
• more clever BhP. x, 33, 30 (BrahmaP.)
• higher in rank, dignified BhP. iii f. x
≫ tejeyu
tejeyu N. of a son of Raudrâśva MBh. i, 3701
≫ tejo
tejo = ○jas
⋙ tejoja
○ja n. blood Gal
⋙ tejojala
○jala n. 'lightwater', the lens of the eye Suśr. vi, 1, 16
⋙ tejonāthatīrtha
○nāthatīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh. cxxiv
⋙ tejonidhi
○nidhi mfn. 'treasury of glory', abounding in glory W
⋙ tejobalasamāyukta
○bala-samāyukta mfn. endowed with spirit and strength Nal. xix
⋙ tejobindūpaniṣad
○bindū7paniṣad f. N. of an Up
⋙ tejobīja
○bīja n. marrow Npr
⋙ tejobhaṅga
○bhaṅga m. destruction of dignity, disgrace
⋙ tejobhibhavana
○'bhibhavana m. N. of a village R. (B) ii, 68, 17
⋙ tejobhīru
○bhīru f. 'afraid of light', shadow L
⋙ tejomaṇḍala
○maṇḍala n. a disk or halo of light PraśnUp. iv, 2
⋙ tejomantha
○mantha m. (= agni-m○) Premna spinosa L
⋙ tejomaya
○máya mf(ī)n. consisting of splendour or light, shining, brilliant, clear (the eye) ŚBr. xiv ChUp. ŚvetUp. Mn. &c
⋙ tejomūrti
○mūrti mfn. consisting totally of light, iii, 93
⋙ tejomṛtamaya
○'mṛta-maya mfn. consisting of splendour or nectar Hcat. i, 6, 253
⋙ tejorāśi
○rāśi m. 'mass of splendour', all splendour (mount Meru) MBh. i
• (○jaso ?○ iii, 9900)
• Śiva
⋙ tejorūpa
○rūpa mfn. consisting wholly of splendour (Brahmā) BrahmaP
⋙ tejovat
○vat mfn. sharp, pungent W
• bright VarBṛS. lxxxi, 6
• energetic W
• (), f. Scindapsus officinalis (○ja-v○ Bhpr. v, 1, 170) Suśr. iv, 2 ; 8 ; 15
• vi
• Piper Chaba L
mahā-jyotiṣmatī L
• N. of a √(also ○jinī) Npr
• of a princess Kathās. xvii, 34
⋙ tejovid
○víd mfn. possessing splendour or light TS. iii, 3, 1, 1
⋙ tejovṛkṣa
○vṛkṣa m. = -mantha L
⋙ tejovṛtta
○vṛtta n. dignified behaviour Mn. ix, 303
⋙ tejovṛddhi
○vṛddhi f. increase of glory
⋙ tejohrāsa
○hrāsa m. = -bhaṅga
⋙ tejohvā
○'hvā f. (cf. ○jâh○) = ○ja-valkala Bhpr. v, 1, 170
• Cardiospermum Halicacabum (also ○janī L.) Suśr. iv, 9, 60
tejaura
tejaura N. of a place Rasik. xi
tedanī
tedanī́ f. blood or clotted blood VS. xxv, 2 AV. (?) ŚBr. TāṇḍyaBr. ŚāṅkhGṛ. (○nī)
tena 1
tena m. a note or cadence introductory to a song
tena 2
téna ind. (instr. of 2. ) in that direction, there (correl. to yena, 'in which direction, where') SaddhP. iv Pāṇ. 2-1, 14 Kāś
• in that manner, thus (correl. to yena, 'in what manner'), PārGṛ. ii, 2 Mn. iv, 178 Vop. v, 7 [Page 455, Column 1]
• on that account, for that reason, therefore (correl. to yena ṃn. ṃBh., yád [ŚBr. iv, 1, 5, 7 Mn. i, iii R. ī], yasmāt ṃBh. ṛ., yatas [Sāh. i, 2 Hit.])
tena hi, therefore, now then Śak. Vikr. i, 3/4
tep
tep cl. 1. ○pate, to distil, ooze, drop Dhātup. x, 2
• to tremble, Kavikalpadr
tema
tema ○mana, √tim
tera
tera ○raṇa m. balsamine L
• cf. tair○
tela
tela m. N. of a high number Buddh. L
telu
telu g. rājanyâdi
tev
tev cl. 1. ○vate, to sport Dhātup. xiv
≫ tevana
tevana n. sport L
• a pleasure-garden L
taikāyana
taikāyana m. patr. fr. Tika, g. naḍâdi
⋙ taikāyani
taikāyani m. id. Pāṇ. 4-1, 154
⋙ taikāyanīya
taikāyanīya m. a descendant or pupil of ○ni, 90 Kāś
taikṣṇāyana
taikṣṇāyana m. .patr. fr. Tīkshṇa, g. aśvâdi
⋙ taikṣṇya
taikṣṇya n. sharpness (of a knife) Suśr. i, 5
• pungency (of drugs), i, iii f. R
• fierceness, severity Mn. iv, 163 MBh. R. Sāh
• pain, Priyad. i, 4/5
⋙ taigmya
taigmya n. (fr. tigmá) sharpness, pungency W
⋙ taijana
taijana mfn. coming from the plant tejanī Kāṭh. xxi, 10 (ĀpŚr. xvii, 14)
⋙ taijanitvac
taijani-tvac a kind of lute Lāṭy. iv
⋙ taijasa
taijasá mf(ī)n. originating from or consisting of light (téjas), bright, brilliant ŚBr. xiv MāṇḍUp. MBh. &c
• consisting of any shining substance (as metal), metallic ĀśvGṛ. Gaut. Mn. KātyŚr. Sch
• said of the gastric juice as coloured by digested food Suśr. i, 14
• passionate Sāṃkhyak. Tattvas. Vedântas. Suśr. BhP
• n. metal L
• vigour W
• N. of a Tīrtha MBh. iii, 7035 ; ix, 2723
• (ī), f. Scindapsus officinalis Npr
• long pepper Gal
○sâvartanī, ○tinī f. a crucible L
taitala
taitala ○lāyani, ○li, ○til○
taitikṣa
taitikṣa mfn. (fr. titikṣā) patient, g. chattrâdi
• relating to ○kṣya g. kaṇvâdi
⋙ taitikṣava
taitikṣava m. patr. fr. titikṣu Hariv. 1681
⋙ taitikṣya
taitikṣya m. patr. fr. titikṣa g. gargâdi
taitila
taitila m. N. of a man (v. l. ○tala), g. tikâdi
• a rhinoceros L
• a god Daś. xii, 129
kaliṅga, 129 Sch
• n. (m. Sch.) a pillow KshurUp
• n. N. of the 4th Karaṇa (in astr.) VarBṛS. iiic, 4 and 6
-kadrū Pāṇ. 6-2, 42
⋙ taitilāyani
taitilāyani m. patr. fr. taitila g. tikâdi (v. l. ○tal○)
⋙ taitili
taitili m. N. of a man Pravar. v, 4 (Kāty.)
• (○tali [in Prākṛit teyali Jñātādh. xiv Āv. viii, 182] Jain.)
⋙ taitilin
taitilin m. N. of a man (= ○la) Pāṇ. 6-4, 144 Vārtt. 1
taittiḍīka
taittiḍīka mf(ī)n. prepared with tamarind-sauce, iv, 3, 156 Vārtt. 2 Pat. ; 4, 4 Kāś
taittira
taittira mf(ī)n. produced or coming from a partridge (tittiri) ĀśvGṛ. ŚāṅkhGṛ. R. Suśr
• sprung from the sage Tittiri Uṇ. k
• m. a partridge L
• n. a flock of partridges L
⋙ taittiri
taittiri m. N. of a sage (elder brother of Vaiśampāyana MBh. xii, 12760) Pravar. ii, 2, 3 (v. l. titt○ pl.)
• of a son of Kapota-roman Hariv. 2016 MatsyaP. (not in ed.)
• (titt○) AgP. and BrahmaP
⋙ taittirika
taittirika m. one who catches partridges R. (G) ii, 90, 13
≫ taittirīya
taittirīya m. pl. 'pupils of Tittiri', the Taittirīyas (a school of the Yajur-Veda) Pāṇ. 4-3, 102 R. ii, 32, 15 VP. &c
⋙ taittirīyacaraṇa
○caraṇa n. the school of the Taittirīyas
⋙ taittirīyaprātiśākhya
○prātiśākhya n. the Prātiśākhya of the Taittirīyas (commented on by Tri-bhāshya-ratna)
⋙ taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
○brāhmaṇa n. the Brāhmaṇa of the Taittirīyas
⋙ taittirīyayajurveda
○yajur-veda m. the YV. according to the Taittirīyas
⋙ taittirīyavārttika
○vārttika n. N. of a commentary
⋙ taittirīyaveda
○veda m. the Veda according to the Taittirīyas
⋙ taittirīyaśākhā
○śākhā f. = -caraṇa ĀtrAnukr
⋙ taittirīyaśākhin
○śākhin mfn. belonging to ○khā ib. Sch
⋙ taittirīyasaṃhitā
○saṃhitā f. the Saṃhitā of the Taittirīyas (chief recension of the Black YV., on the origin of which VP. iii, 5, 1-29 has the following legend: the YV. was first taught by Vaiśampāyana to 27 pupils, among whom was Yājñavalkya
• subsequently V. being offended with Y. bade him disgorge the Veda committed to him, which he did in a tangible form
• whereupon the older disciples of V. being commanded to pick it up, took the form of partridges, and swallowed the soiled texts, hence named 'black'
• the other name taittirīya referring to the partridges. Y. then received from the Sun a new or white version of the YV., called from Y.'s patr. vājasaneyin)
⋙ taittirīyāraṇyaka
taittirīyâraṇyaka n. the Āraṇyaka of the Taittirīyas
⋙ taittirīyopaniṣad
taittirīyôpaniṣad f. the Up. of the Taittirīyas
≫ taittirīyaka
taittirīyaka mfn. = ○ya-śākhin, Tprāt
• n. the manual of the Tprāt Sāy. on RV. i, 65, 2 and 5 ; iv, 42, 8. [Page 455, Column 2]
⋙ taittirīyakopaniṣad
taittirīyakôpaniṣad f. = ○rīyôp○ Sarvad. v
≫ taittirya
taittirya mfn. coming from a partridge ĀpGṛ
tainduka
tainduka mf(ī)n. derived from Diospyros embryopteris (tind○) Suśr. vi, 40, 36
taimāta
taimātá m. N. of a snake AV. v
taimitya
taimitya n. fr. timita, dulness Gal
taimira
taimira mfn. fr. timita, with roga, = ○rya Suśr. iv, 13
⋙ taimirika
taimirika mfn. = timira nayana Kād. iii
⋙ taimirya
taimirya n. dimness of the eyes Hāsy. i, 39
taira
taira ○raṇa m. ○raṇī f. = ter○ L
tairabhukta
tairabhukta mfn. fr. tīra-bhukti
tairaścya
tairaścya n. 'melody of the Ṛishi Tiraścī', N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. xii Lāṭy. vi, 8, 12
≫ tairovirāma
tairovirāma m. 'extending beyond (tirás) a pause (vir○)', the dependant Svarita in a compound when the Udātta upon which it depends stands on the last syllable of the 1st member of the compound VPrāt. i, 118
• (called prātihata TPrāt.)
⋙ tairovyañjana
tairovyañjana m. 'extending beyond the consonant (vy○)', the dependant Svarita when separated by one or more consonants from the Udātta syllable upon which it depends RPrāt. iii, 10 APrāt. iii, 62 VPrāt. i, 117
⋙ tairohnya
tairo'hnya mfn. = tir○ ĀśvŚr. v, 5
tairtha
tairtha mf(ī)n. relating to a Tīrtha, g. śuṇḍikâdi and vyuṣṭâdi
⋙ tairthaka
tairthaka mfn. g. dhūmâdi
⋙ tairthika
tairthika mfn. (g. chedâdi) = tīrth○, addicted or relating to another creed, heterodox Kāraṇḍ. xi, 62
• m. a dignified person, authority Prab. ii, 13/14
• n. water from a Tīrtha MBh. iii, 8085
• = tīrthacaryā (?), xiii, 6066
⋙ tairthya
tairthya g. saṃkāśâdi
tairyagayanika
tairyagayanika mfn. measured by the revolution (tiryag-ayana) of the sun (a year) Lāṭy. iv, 8, 7 Nidānas. v, 12
≫ tairyagyona
tairyagyona mfn. = tir○, of animal origin, (m.) animal Mn. vii, 150 Suśr. vi, 39
○nya
⋙ tairyagyoni
tairyagyoni mfn. id. MBh. v, 97, 6
• relating to the animals (creation) Sāṃkhyak. 54, Gauḍap
⋙ tairyagyonya
tairyagyonya mfn. id., 53 (v. l. ○na) VP. i, 5, 21 MārkP. vlī, 33
taila
tailá n. (fr. tíla) sesamum oil, oil AV.i, 7, 2(?) Kauś. Gobh. Mn. &c. (ifc. Pāṇ. 5-2, 29 Vārtt.4 Pat
• ifc. f. ā Kum. vii, 9)
• olibanum VarBṛS. lxxvii, 4 and 6
⋙ tailakanda
○kanda m. N. of a bulb L
⋙ tailakalkaja
○kalka-ja m. = -kiṭṭa L
⋙ tailakalpanā
○kalpanā f. N. of ŚārṅgS. xvi, 90-178
⋙ tailakāra
○kāra m. an oil-miller BrahmaP. i
⋙ tailakiṭṭa
○kiṭṭa n. oil-cake L
⋙ tailakīṭa
○kīṭa m. N. of an insect L
⋙ tailakuṇḍa
○kuṇḍa (taíl○), n. an oil-pot AV. xx, 136, 16 (v. l. -kumbha)
⋙ tailacaurikā
○caurikā f. 'stealing oil', a cock-roach L
⋙ tailatva
○tva n. oily state Suśr. i, 45
⋙ tailadroṇī
○droṇī f. a tub filled with oil R. ii, 66, 14 ff
⋙ tailapa
○pa m. 'oil-drinker', N. of a man
• (ā), f. = -caurikā L
⋙ tailapaka
○paka -pāyika
⋙ tailaparṇa
○parṇa m. camphor Gal
• (ī), f. sandal L
• turpentine L
• olibanum L
⋙ tailaparṇaka
○parṇaka n. N. of a fragrant grass Bhpr. v, 2, 108
• sandal-wood Npr
⋙ tailaparṇika
○parṇika m. N. of a sandal tree Hariv. 12680 Bhpr
• n. the wood of that tree L
⋙ tailapātra
○pātra n. an oil-vessel Gobh. iii, 5, 8
⋙ tailapāyika
○pāyika m. = -pā (or 'N. of a bird' Sch.) Vishṇ. xliv, 23 Mn. xii, 63 (v. l. -paka)
• (ā), f. = -pā MBh. xiv, 5069
⋙ tailapāyin
○pāyin m. id., xiii Yājñ. iii, 211 MārkP. xv, 23
• ? MBh. vii, 6713
• (inī), f. id. Npr
⋙ tailapiñja
○piñja white sesamum ib
⋙ tailapipīlikā
○pipīlikā f. a small red ant L
⋙ tailapīta
○pīta mfn. one who has drunk oil, g. āhitâgny-ādi
⋙ tailapūra
○pūra m. 'oil-filling', a- [Kum. i, 10] or apavarjita- Bhaktâm. 15, mfn. (a lamp) that wants no oil-filling
⋙ tailapeṣam
○peṣam ind. (with √piṣ, to grind) so as to extract oil ('with oil' Sch.) Pāṇ. 3-4, 38 Kāś
⋙ tailapradīpa
○pradīpa m. an oil-lamp Kathās. ic, 4
⋙ tailaphala
○phala m. the sesamum plant Npr
• Terminalia Catappa L
• Terminalia Bellerica L
⋙ tailabīja
○bīja m. Semecarpus Anacardium L
⋙ tailamālin
○mālin m. or a wick L
⋙ tailamālī
○mālī f. a wick L
⋙ tailampātā
○m-pātā f. Pāṇ. 4-2, 58 ; vi, 3, 71
⋙ tailayantra
○yantra n. an oil-mill BhP. v (-cakra n. 'wheel of an oil-mill', 21, 13)
⋙ tailavallī
○vallī f. a kind of Asparagus L
⋙ tailaśālikā
○śālikā f. = -yantra Gal
⋙ tailasādhana
○sādhana n. N. of a perfume L
⋙ tailaspandā
○spandā f. Cucurbita Pepo Npr
• Clitoria ternatea ib
kākolī ib
⋙ tailasphaṭika
○sphaṭika m. N. of a gem L
⋙ tailākhya
tailâkhya m. olibanum L
⋙ tailāguru
tailâguru n. a kind of Agallochum L
⋙ tailāṭī
tailâṭī f. a wasp L
⋙ tailābhyaṅga
tailâbhyaṅga m. anointing with oil
⋙ tailāmbukā
tailâmbukā f. = ○la-pā L
⋙ tailotsava
tailôtsava m. oil-festival (held in honour of Minâkshī) RTL. p. 442
≫ tailaka
tailaka n. a small quantity of oil W
⋙ tailakya
tailakya n. adorning with the Tilaka, g. purohitadi
• the being adorned with the Tailaka ib. [Page 455, Column 3]
⋙ tailika
tailika m. an oilmiller Mn. MBh. VarBṛS. Vīrac
• cf. mūrdha-
• (ī), f. an oil-man's wife Parāś. Paddh
-cakra n. = ○la-yantra-c○ Divyâv. iv
⋙ tailin
tailin m. = ○lika L
• (inī), f. a wick L
• = ○la-kīṭa L
○li-śālā f. = ○la-śālikā L
⋙ tailīna
tailīna mfn. grown with sesamum, (n.) a sṭsesamum field Pāṇ. 5-2, 4
tailaṅga
tailaṅga mfn. relating to the Telinga country
• m. pl. its inhabitants Kuval. Sch
tailavaka
tailavaka mfn. inhabited by the Telus, g. rājanyâdi
tailvaka
tailvaka mfn. coming from or made of the Tilvaka tree ṢaḍvBr. iii, 8 KātyŚr. Suśr
taivraka
taivraka mfn. inhabited by the Tīvras, g. rājanyâdi
⋙ taivradārava
taivradārava mfn. coming from or made of the tree Tīvra-dāru, g. rajatâdi
taiṣa
taiṣa mf(ī)n. (Pāṇ. 6-4, 149) relating to the asterism Tishya Āp
• m. the month (December-January) in which the full moon stands in the asterism Tishya (= pauṣa and sahasya) ŚāṅkhŚr. xiii, 19
• (ī), f. (scil. tithi, or rātri) the day of full moon in month Taisha ĀśvŚr. Gobh. Anup
taisṛka
taisṛka mfn. made in Tisṛikā Kāt. ii, 5, 14 Sch
toka
toká n. (fr. √1. tuc) offspring, children, race, child (often joined with tánaya
• rarely pl. AV. i, v BhP. vi) RV. AV. Kāṭh. ŚBr. AitBr. Pāṇ. 3-3, 1 Kār. BhP
• a new-born child ; ii, x
• m. ifc. the offspring of an animal (e.g. aja-, a young goat), iii, x
• cf. ava-, jīvat- and sa-tokā
• √tvakṣ
⋙ tokatā
○tā f. childhood, 13, 25
⋙ tokavat
○vat (○ká-), mfn. possessing offspring RV. iii, 13, 7
• (), f. (a woman) having children BhP. i
⋙ tokasāti
○sāti (○ká-), f. acquisition of offspring RV. vi, 18, 6 ; x, 25, 9
• (○kásya s○, ii, 30, 5 ; iv, 24 ; vi, ix) TBr. i, 2, 1, 1
≫ tokāya
tokāya Nom. (ind. ○yitvā) to represent a newborn child BhP. x
⋙ tokinī
tokinī f. = ○ka-vatī MānGṛ
≫ tokma
tokma m. ○man
• a young shoot BhP. x
• green colour L
• n. ear-wax L
• a cloud L
⋙ tokman
tókman m. a young blade of corn, esp. of barley, malt RV. x, 62, 8 VS. AitBr. viii, 5 and 16
• (○kma m. KātyŚr. xix, 1 BhP. iv)
• offspring Naigh. ii, 2
toṭaka
toṭaka (= troṭ○), mfn. quarrelsome Chandaþs. vi, 31, Halāy
• m. N. of a venomous insect Suśr. v, 3
• of a pupil of Śaṃkarâcārya SŚaṃkar
• n. angry speech Daśar. i, 40 Pratāpar
• a metre of 4 X 12 syllables
• also troṭ○
toḍ
toḍ cl. 1. ○ḍate, to disregard Dhātup
≫ toḍana
toḍana n. (√tuḍ) splitting (?), viii f. xxviii
≫ toḍikā
toḍikā ○ḍī f. (in music) N. of a Rāgiṇī
toḍarānanda
toḍarânanda for ṭoḍ○
toḍalatantra
toḍala-tantra n. N. of wk
totala
totala m. N. of a writer on med. Toḍar
• (ā), f. N. of a goddess (tott○ ?) W
≫ totilā
totilā f. a form of Durgā Pañcad. ii, 35
tote
tóte [TS. i, 2, 5, 2] and tóto [VS. iv, 22] for táva tava [MaitrS. i, 2, 4 Kāṭh. ii, 5]
tottalā
tottalā f. = totalā BrahmaP. ii
tottāyana
tottāyana m. pl. N. of a branch of the AV. (v. l. tautt○)
tottra
tottra n. (√1. tud) a goad for driving cattle or an elephant MBh. Pāṇ. R. BhP
⋙ tottraprajita
○prajita (tót○), mfn. goad-driven ŚBr. xii, 4, 1, 10
≫ toda
todá m. a driver (of horses &c.) RV. iv, 16, 11 Nir. Kauś
• 'instigator, exciter', the Sun RV. i, 150, 1 ; vi, 6 and 12
• pricking pain BhP. iii, 18, 6 Suśr
gotamasya t○, N. of a Sāman
⋙ todaparṇī
○parṇī f. 'prick leaf', a bad kind of grain, i, 46, 1, 18
≫ todana
todana n. = tottra L
• pricking pain, i, 22, 5
• (m.) N. of a tree and (n.) its fruit, 46, 3, 25 and 29
≫ todita
todita mfn. goaded R. ii, 74, 31
≫ todya
todya n. a kind of cymbal
• cf. ā-
tomara
tomara m. n. (g. ardharcâdi) a lance, javelin MBh. &c
• m. pl. N. of a people, vi, 377
• sg. N. of the ancestor of a commentator on Deviim
• n. a metre of 4 X 9 syllables
⋙ tomaragraha
○graha m. a lancebearer Pāṇ. 3-2, 9 Vārtt. 1
• lance-throwing Divyâv. iii, 59
• viii
⋙ tomaradhara
○dhara m. a lance-bearer L
• fire L
tomarāṇa
tomarāṇa N. of a man Rājat. v
tomarikā
tomarikā f. = tūbar○ L. [Page 456, Column 1]
toya
tóya n. (ifc. f. ā) water Naigh. i, 12 Mn. v, viii f. MBh. &c. (○yaṃ-√kṛ with gen., 'to make offerings of water to the dead', xviii, 32
• (ā), f. N. of a river in Śālmala-dviipa VP. ii, 4, 28
• of another in India)
⋙ toyakaṇa
○kaṇa m. a drop of water
⋙ toyakarman
○karman n. 'water-ceremony', ablution of the body, oblation of water to the dead MBh. i, xii
⋙ toyakāma
○kāma m. 'fond of water', Calamus fasciculatus L
⋙ toyakumbhā
○kumbhā f. = -vṛkṣa Npr
⋙ toyakṛcchra
○kṛcchra m. n. swallowing nothing but water (sort of fast) Yājñ. Sch
⋙ toyakṛt
○kṛt mfn. causing rain VarBṛS. ix, 43
⋙ toyakrīḍā
○krīḍā f. 'water-sport', splashing about in water Megh. 34
• cf. jala-kr○
⋙ toyagarbha
○garbha 'containing water', the cocoa-nut Npr
⋙ toyacara
○cara mfn. moving in water, (m.) an aquatic animal MBh. Hariv. MārkP
⋙ toyaja
○ja mfn. water-born Hariv
• 'lotus', ○jâkṣī f. a lotuseyed woman Daś. iv, 79
⋙ toyaḍimba
○ḍimba
⋙ toyaḍimbha
○ḍimbha m. hail L
⋙ toyada
○da m. 'water-giver', a rain-cloud R. Ragh. &c
• Cyperus rotundus L
• ghee L
○dâtyaya m. 'cloud-departure', the autumn R. ii VarBṛS. xliv, 23
⋙ toyadāna
○dāna n. N. of a gesture PSarv
⋙ toyadhara
○dhara mfn. containing water R. ii
• m. a rain-cloud L
• Cyperus rotundus L
• Marsilea quadrifolia L
⋙ toyadhāra
○dhāra m. a stream of water Hariv
• (ā), f. id. MBh. R
⋙ toyadhi
○dhi m. 'water-receptacle', the ocean Sūryas. xii
• cf. kṣīra t○
-priya n. 'fond of the sea (produced in maritime countries)', cloves L
⋙ toyanidhi
○nidhi m. = -dhi L
⋙ toyanīvī
○nīvī f. ocean-girdled (the earth) BhP. i
⋙ toyapāta
○pāta m. 'waterfall', rain VarBṛS. lxxxix, 19
⋙ toyapāṣāṇajamala
○pāṣāṇa-ja-mala n. calamine Npr
⋙ toyapippalī
○pippalī f. Jussiaea repens L
⋙ toyapuṣpī
○puṣpī f. Bignonia suaveolens L
⋙ toyapraṣṭhā
○praṣṭhā f. id. W
⋙ toyaprasādana
○prasādana m. 'water-purifyer', Strychnos potatorum L
⋙ toyaphalā
○phalā f. Cucumis utilissimus L
⋙ toyamaya
○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of water MBh. Hariv
⋙ toyamala
○mala n. seafoam Npr
⋙ toyamuc
○muc m. 'water-yielder', a cloud R. iii, 79, 4
⋙ toyayantra
○yantra n. a water-clock Sūryas. xiii
⋙ toyarasa
○rasa m. moisture, water MBh. viii
⋙ toyarāj
○rāj m. 'water-king', the ocean Hariv
⋙ toyarāśi
○rāśi m. 'heap of water', a pond, lake R. ii, 63, 17
• the ocean Kād
⋙ toyavat
○vat mfn. surrounded by water MBh. xii
• (), f. Cocculus cordifolius Npr
⋙ toyavallikā
○vallikā f. id. ib
⋙ toyavallī
○vallī f. Momordica Charantia L
⋙ toyavāha
○vāha m. 'water-carrier', a rain-cloud Bālar. ix, 30
⋙ toyavṛkṣa
○vṛkṣa m. Blyxa Saivala Npr
⋙ toyavṛtti
○vṛtti m. Achyranthes aquatica ib
⋙ toyavyatikara
○vyatikara m. blending of the waters (of two rivers)
⋙ toyaśuktikā
○śuktikā f. a bivalve shell, oyster L
⋙ toyaśūka
○śūka m. = -vṛkṣa Npr
⋙ toyasarpikā
○sarpikā f. a frog ib
⋙ toyasūcaka
○sūcaka m. id. L
⋙ toyāgni
toyâgni m. submarine fire MBh. xii, 5178
⋙ toyāñjali
toyâñjali m. the hollowed hands joined and filled with water (offered to the dead) Mudr. iv, 4/5
⋙ toyādhāra
toyâdhāra m. a water reservoir, lake, river Śak. i, 14
⋙ toyādhivāsinī
toyâdhivāsinī f. = ○ya-puṣpī L
⋙ toyāpāmārga
toyâpāmārga m. = ○ya-vṛtti Npr
⋙ toyāmbudhi
toyâmbudhi m. the sea of fresh water PadmaP. v
⋙ toyālaya
toyâlaya m. = ○ya-dhi
• N. of a constellation VarBṛ. xii
⋙ toyāśaya
toyâśaya m. = ○yâdhāra VarBṛS. Ṛitus. Dhūrtas
⋙ toyeśa
toyêśa m. 'water-lord', Varuṇa VP. v, 18
⋙ toyotsarga
toyôtsarga m. discharge of water, rain Megh
⋙ toyodbhavā
toyôdbhavā f. = ○ya-vṛtti Npr
≫ toyikā
toyikā f. N. of a place (known by a festival [maha] called after it) Divyâv. vi, 101
• xxxi, 146
toraṇa
toraṇa n. (g. ardharcadi) an arch, arched doorway, portal, festooned decorations over doorways (with boughs of trees, garlands, &c.) MBh. &c. (ifc. f. ā)
• a mound near a bathing-place W
• a triangle supporting a large balance
• m. Śiva, xiii, 1232
• n. the neck L
• cf. ut-, kapāṭa-, kautuka-
⋙ toraṇamāla
○māla N. of a place Rasik. xii, 24 Romakas
toramāṇa
toramāṇa N. of a prince Rājat
tola
tola mfn. (√tul) 'poising one's self', ghana-
• m. n. = ○laka W
• (ā), f. 'weighing(?)' Vop
⋙ tolaka
tolaka (m. n. L.) a weight of gold or silver (in books = 16 Māshas, in practise only = 12 Māshas) Rājat. iv, 201
• (ikā), f. a wall round a watch-tower BhP. x, 76, 10
⋙ tolana
tolana n. lifting up R. i, 66 f. Sāh. v, 4/5
• weighing Sch. on KātyŚr. i, 3 and Yājñ. Subh
⋙ tolya
tolya mfn. to be weighed Hcat. i, 5, 113
tośa
tośá mfn. (√1. tuś) distilling, trickling RV. iii, 12, 4
• granting, i, 169, 5 (○śá-tama, Superl.)
⋙ tośas
tośás mfn. id., viii, 38, 2
toṣa
toṣa m. (√tuṣ) satisfaction, contentment, pleasure, joy (with loc., gen., or ifc.) MBh. &c
• Contentment as a son of Bhaga-vat and one of the 12 Tushitas BhP. iv, 1, 7
⋙ toṣaka
toṣaka mfn. 'pleasing', sura-
⋙ toṣaṇa
toṣaṇa mf(ī)n. satisfying, gratifying, appeasing, pleasing MBh. BhP
• n. the act of satisfying or appeasing or delighting, i, 2, 13 (ifc.) [Page 456, Column 2]
• (ī), f. Durgā Hariv. 10238
• cf. su-
⋙ toṣaṇīya
toṣaṇīya mfn. to be pleased W
• pleasing Lalit. v, 195
⋙ toṣayitavya
toṣayitavya mfn. to be pleased MBh. ix
⋙ toṣayitṛ
toṣayitṛ mfn. ifc. one who pleases (others, para-) Śiś. xvi, 28 (v. l.)
⋙ toṣita
toṣita mfn. satisfied, gratified, pleased MBh. R. BhP. Śak. vii, 1 Kathās
⋙ toṣin
toṣin mfn. ifc. satisfied with, liking MBh. xiii Hariv
• satisfying, pleasing R. iv Kum. v, 7
⋙ toṣya
toṣya mfn. = ○ṣayitavya MBh
tosala
tosala m. pl. N. of a people AV. Pariś. lvi, 4
• sg. N. of a wrestler (also ○laka) Hariv. ii, 30, 48 ff. BhP. x, 36 ; 42 ; 44, 27
⋙ tosaliputra
tosaliputra m. N. of a Jain teacher HPariś. xiii, 38
taukṣāyaṇa
taukṣāyaṇa fr. Tuksha, g. pakṣâdi
taukṣika
taukṣika m. (fr. ?) the sign Sagittarius VarBṛ. i, 8
taugrya
taugryá m. 'son of Tugra', Bhujyu RV. i, 117 f. ; 158 ; 180 and 182 ; viii, 5, 22 ; x, 39, 4
taucchya
taucchya n. (fr. tuccha) emptiness, meanness, worthlessness Dhātup. vii, 3
tauṇḍikera
tauṇḍikera tuṇḍ○
tautātita
tautātita mfn. taught or composed by Tutātita (or Kumārila) Prab. ii, 3 (v. l. ○tātika, fr. Tutāta)
• m. an adherent of Tutāta Sarvad. iii, 52 ; xiii, 110 SŚaṃkar. x, 119
tautika
tautika m. the pearl-oyster L
• n. a pearl L
tauttāyana
tauttāyana tott○
tauda
taúda n. (fr. tuda, or toda) N. of a Sāman
• (ī), f. N. of a plant (?) AV. x, 4, 24
taudādika
taudādika mfn. belonging to the tud-ādi roots (cl. 6) Siddh
taudeya 1
taudeya m. pl. (fr. tuda g. śubhrâdi) N. of a family Pravar. ii, 1, 2 (v. l. taul○)
taudeya 2
taudeya mfn. produced in or coming from the district called Tūdī Pāṇ. 4-3, 94
taubaraka
taubaraka mfn. coming from the plant TubṭTaubaraka Suśr. i, 46, 3, 58 and 10, 5 ; vi, 16, 6
taubha
taubha n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
taumburava
taumburava n. the story of (Śiva and) Tumburu Bālar. ii, 3/4
⋙ taumburavin
taumburavin m. pl. the pupils of TṭTumburu Pāṇ. 4-3, 104 Kāś
taura
taura n. = turâyaṇa Lāṭy. x Maś
≫ tauraṃgika
tauraṃgika m. (fr. turaṃ-ga) a horseman Kir. Sch
⋙ taurayāṇa
tauráyāṇa mfn. hastening Nir. v, 15
≫ tauraśravasa
tauraśravasa n. (fr. tura-śravas) N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. ix, 4, 10 Lāṭy. vii, 3, 3 f. KātyŚr. xxv, 14, 14
⋙ taurāyaṇika
taurâyaṇika mfn. performing the turâyaṇa Pāṇ. 5-1, 72
taururava
taururava n. the fruit of the Tururu tree, g. plakṣâdi (Kāś.)
tauruṣkika
tauruṣkika mfn. (fr. turuṣka) Turkish Kuṭṭanīm. 64
taurya
taurya mfn. coming from a musical instrument (tūrya) Dharmaśarm. vi, 25
⋙ tauryatrika
○trika n. 'triple symphony', song, dance, and instrumental music Mn. vii, 47
taurvaśa
taurvaśá m. (fr. turváśa) a kind of horse ŚBr. xiii, 5, 4, 16
taula
taula n. = tulā, a balance W
taulakeśi
taulakeśi ○śin m. (fr. tūla-keśa, 'cotton-haired'), N. of a man Pravar. i, 1
≫ taulika 1
taulika
⋙ taulikika
taulikika m. (fr. tūlikā) a painter L
taulika 2
taulika cf. uda-, daśa-, viṃśati-
≫ taulin
taulin m. = tulā-dhara VarYogay. iv, 50
≫ taulya
taulya n. weight Hcat
• equality TPrāt. Sch
taulvalāyana
taulvalāyana m. patr. fr. ○li Pāṇ. 4-1, 101
⋙ taulvali
taulvali m. N. of a teacher ĀśvŚr. ii, v Pravar. ii, 2, 1
• cf. ajā-
○ly-ādi, N. of a Gaṇa of Pāṇ. 2-4, 61 Gaṇar. 171-173)
tauvilikā
tauvilikā f. N. of an animal (?) AV. vi, 16, 3
tauṣāyaṇa
tauṣāyaṇa fr. tuṣa g. pakṣâdi. [Page 456, Column 3]
tauṣāra
tauṣāra mfn. sprung from snow (tuṣ○), snowy Suśr. i, 45, 1, 1
• n. snow, cold W
tta
-tta mfn. fr. √1. and √3.
≫ tti
-tti f. 'gift' (fr. √1. ). bhága-
tman
tmán (= ātmán), m. the vital breath RV. i, 63, 8 (acc. tmánam) ĀśvŚr. vi, 9, 1 (acc. tmānam)
• one's own person, self RV. ;'tman after e, or o for ātman KaṭhUp. iii, 12 MBh. i-iii BhP. vii, 9, 32
tmánā instr. and (at the end of a Pāda) tmán loc. ind. used as an emphatic particle (like ? and ?) 'yet, really, indeed, even, at least, certainly, also' RV. VS. vi, 11
• xi, 31 TS. ii, 1, 11, 2 AV. v, 27, 11
utá tmánā or tmánāca 'and also, and certainly', iva or ná tmánā 'just as', ádha tmánā, 'and even' RV
≫ tmanyā
tmányā ind. (fr. loc. tmáni + ā́ ?) only in the Vanas-pati verse of some Āprī hymns = tmánā, i, 188, 10 ; x, 110, 10 VS. xx, 45 ; xxix, 10
tya
tyá tyád
⋙ tyajapa
○japa (tyá-), m. that (i.e. a lower kind of) muttering (opposed to mahājapá) MaitrS. ii, 9, 1, 12
tyagnāyis
tyagnāyis N. of a Sāman Lāṭy
tyaj 1
tyaj cl. 1. ○jati (metrically also ○te
• pf. Ved. tityā́ja, Class. tat○ Pāṇ. 6-1, 36
tatyaja BhP. iii, 4
• fut. tyakṣyati Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Kār
tyajiṣy○ R. ii, vii MārkP
• aor. atyāhṣīt
• inf. tyaktum) to leave, abandon, quit RV. x, 71, 6 Mn. MBh. &c
• to leave a place, go away from Mn. vi, 77 MBh. &c
• to let go, dismiss, discharge VarBṛS. xvii, 22 Bhaṭṭ
• to give up, surrender, resign, part from, renounce ĪśUp. 1 Mn. MBh. &c. (tanum or deham or kalevaram, 'to abandon the body, die' Mn. vi MBh. &c
prāṇān or śvāsam or jīvitam, 'to give up breath or life, risk or lose one's life' MBh. R. &c.)
• P. Ā. to shun, avoid, get rid of, free one's self from (any passion &c.) MBh. &c
• to give away, distribute, offer (as a sacrifice or oblation to a deity
tyajate etymologically = ?) Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c
• to set aside, leave unnoticed, disregard ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. iii MBh. i, 3098 Hit. ii, 3, 30
• (ind. p. tyaktvā) to except VarBṛS. Caurap. Sch
• Pass. tyajyate, to be abandoned by, get rid of (instr.) Pañcat. i, 10, 0/1: Caus. tyājayati (aor. atityajat Bhaṭṭ.) to cause anyone to quit MBh. xiii, 288
• to cause anyone to give up Kathās. lxxxiii, 34
• to expel, turn out, xx, 126
• to cause any one to lose, deprive of (instr.) Bhaṭṭ. xv, 120
• to empty the body by evacuations Bhpr.: Desid. tityakṣati, to be about to lose (one's life, prāṇān) Car. v, 10 and 12
≫ tyakta
tyakta mfn. left, abandoned
⋙ tyaktajīvita
○jīvita mfn. one who has given up all expectation of life, ready to abandon life Bhag. i, 19 Nal. ii, 16 (in comp.) R. iv
⋙ tyaktaprāṇa
○prâṇa mfn. id. MBh. v, 7204
⋙ tyaktalajja
○lajja mfn. abandoning shame, shameless BhP. v, 26, 23
⋙ tyaktavat
○vat mfn. having left
⋙ tyaktavidhi
○vidhi mfn. transgressing rules, ix, 6, 9
⋙ tyaktaśrī
○śrī mfn. abandoned by fortune
⋙ tyaktāgni
tyaktâgni mfn. (a Brahman) neglecting the household-fire Mn. iii, 153
⋙ tyaktātman
tyaktâtman mfn. despairing Gaut. xv
≫ tyaktavya
tyaktavya mfn. to be left or abandoned Mn. ix, 239
• to be kept off from (abl.) VarBṛS
• to be given up or sacrificed MBh. i, 6183 and 6195 R
• to be given up in despair Subh
⋙ tyaktukāma
tyaktu-kāma mfn. wishing to leave
⋙ tyaktṛ
tyaktṛ mfn. abandoner of any one (gen.) Mn. iii, 245 Sch
• one who abandons or sacrifices (his life, prâṇān) MBh. vii, 378
≫ tyaj 2
tyaj mfn. ifc. leaving, abandoning W
• giving up, offering BhP. viii Rājat. iv
• cf. tanu-, tanū-, su-
⋙ tyaja
tyaja dus-
⋙ tyajana
tyajana n. leaving, abandoning W
• giving W
• excepting, exclusion W
• expelling AV. Paipp. xix, 12, 4
⋙ tyajanīya
tyajanīya mfn. to be left or abandoned W
• to be avoided or excepted W
⋙ tyajas
tyájas n. abandonment, difficulty, danger RV
• alienation, aversion, envy (= krodha Naigh. ii, 13) RV
○jás m. 'offshoot', a descendant, x, 10, 3
⋙ tyajita
tyajita mfn. = tyakta Hariv. ii, 2, 22
≫ tyāga
tyāgá m. (Pāṇ. 6-1, 216) leaving, abandoning, forsaking Mn. &c
• quitting (a place, deśa-) Pañcat
• discharging, secretion MBh. xiv, 630 VarBṛS. giving up, resigning, gift, donation, distribution KātyŚr. Mn. &c
• sacrificing one's life RV. iv, 24, 3
• liberality Mn. ii, 97 R. &c
• a sage L
• cf. ātma-, tanu-, deha-, prâṇa-, śarīra-
⋙ tyāgagatā
○gatā f. N. of a Nāga virgin Kāraṇḍ. i, 47
⋙ tyāgayuta
○yuta mfn. liberal Laghuj
⋙ tyāgaśīla
○śīla mfn. id
-tā f. liberality Hit
≫ tyāgin
tyāgin mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 142) = tyājaka Mn. iii, 245 (with gen.) Yājñ. and Śak. v, 28 (ifc.)
• giving up, resigning (ifc.) Bhag. xviii, 11
• one who has resigned (as an ascetic who abandons worldly objects) MBh. iii, 77 [Page 457, Column 1]
• sacrificing, giving up (life, ātmanaḥ) Mn. 89
• liberal, (m.) donor R. vi Pañcat. Kathās
• m. a hero L
○gi-tā f. liberality Hit. i
⋙ tyāgima
tyāgima mfn. W
⋙ tyājaka
tyājaka mfn. one who abandons or expels Yājñ. ii, 198
⋙ tyājana
tyājana n. abandoning (worldly attachments, saṅgānām) BhP. xi, 20, 26
⋙ tyājita
tyājita mfn. made to abandon (with acc.) Kathās. lxxxvi, 13
• made to give up MārkP. lxxxix, 19
• deprived of (acc.) MBh. xiii Kum. vii, 14 Megh. &c
• expelled Pañcad. iii, 60
• caused to be disregarded Ragh. vi, 56
⋙ tyājya
tyājya mfn. (Pāṇ. 7-3, 66 Vārtt.) to be left or abandoned or quitted or shunned or expelled or removed Mn. ix, 83 MBh. &c
• to be given up Bhag. &c
• to be sacrificed Daś. vii, 211
• to be excepted W
• n. part of an asterism or its duration considered as unlucky W
tyad
tyád nom. syá (s), syā́, tyád, (g. sarvâdi) that (often used like an article, e.g. tyát paṇīnā́ṃ vásu, that i.e. the wealth of the Paṇis' RV. ix, 111, 2
• sometimes strengthened by cíd
• often put after utá, or after another demonstrative in the beginning of a sentence) RV. AV. vii, 14, 1 ŚBr. xiv (tyásya = máma, 4, 1, 26
• n. tyám for tyád, 5, 3, 1 and [in the etymology of satyám] KaushUp.) TUp. ii, 6
tyád ind. indeed, namely, as it is known (always preceded by ha) RV. [Old. Germ. der.]
≫ tyatra
tyatra ind. 'there'
-tya mfn. being there Vop. vii, 111
⋙ tyadam
tyadam ind. ifc. = tyad g. śarad-ādi
⋙ tyāda
tyāda m. (patr. fr. tyad) the son of that person Pāṇ. 4-1, 156 Siddh
⋙ tyādāyani
tyādāyani m. id. ib. (tyad○ ed., but cf. tād○, yād○)
⋙ tyādṛś
tyādṛś
⋙ tyādṛśa
tyādṛśa mfn. such a one as that, iii, 2, 60
tyugra
tyúgra m. for túgra TĀr. i, 10, 2
tra 1
tra mf(ā)n. (√trai Pāṇ. 3-2, 3) ifc. 'protecting', aṃsa-, aṅguli-, ātapa-, kaṭi-, giri-, go-, tanu-, tala-, tvak-, vadha-
kṛta- and jala-trā
tra 2
tra = tri, 'three', dvi-
traṃs
traṃs cl. 1. 10. ○sati, ○sayati, 'to speak' or 'to shine' Dhātup. xxxiii, 88
trakh
trakh cl. 1. ○khati, to go, V, 30
traṅk
traṅk ○ṅkh, ○ṅg, cl. 1. id., iv f
traṅga
traṅga m. ○gā f. a kind of town or N. of a town L
• cf. dr○, udr○, kudr○
traṭat
traṭat ind. (onomat.)
⋙ traṭatkāra
○kāra m. crackling (of fire) Alaṃkārat
⋙ traṭattraṭiti
○traṭ-iti ind. crack! HPariś. iv, xi
⋙ traṭatraṭa
traṭatraṭa ind. id. Pañcad
trada
tradá m. (√tṛd) one who cleaves or opens RV. viii, 45, 25
trand
trand cl. 1. to be busy Dhātup. iii
trap
trap cl. 1. ○pate (pf. trepe Pāṇ. 6-4, 122) to become perplexed, be ashamed Rājat. iii, 94: Caus. trapayati, or trāp○, id. Dhātup
trap○, to make perplexed or ashamed, Śāntiś. iv, 15
• cf. apa-, vy-apa-
tṛpála and tṛ́prá (?)
≫ trapā
trapā f. (Pāṇ. 3-3, 104) perplexity, bashfulness, shame MBh. ii BhP. Ratnâv. &c.: (ifc. f. ā Sāh.)
• an unchaste woman L
• family L
• fame L
⋙ trapānvita
○"ṣnvita (○pân○), mfn. bashful
⋙ trapāyukta
○yukta mfn. id
⋙ trapāraṇḍā
○raṇḍā f. a harlot L
⋙ trapāvat
○vat mfn. = -yukta
⋙ trapāhīna
○hīna mfn. shameless
trapāka
trapāka m. pl. N. of a barbarous tribe Uṇ. k
trapiṣṭha
trapiṣṭha mfn. Superl. fr. tṛprá Pāṇ. 6-4, 157
⋙ trapīyas
trapīyas mfn. Compar. ib
trapu
trápu n. (1, 177 Kāś.) tin AV. xi, 3, 8 VS. xviii Kapishṭh. ChUp. Mn. &c
⋙ trapukarkaṭī
○karkaṭī f. a kind of cucumber L
⋙ trapukarṇin
○karṇin m. 'having tin ear-ornaments', Bhava-nandin Avadānaś
⋙ trapupaṭṭa
○paṭṭa m
⋙ trapupaṭṭṭikā
○paṭṭṭikā f. N. of an ear-ornament L
≫ trapula
trapula n. tin L. Sch
⋙ trapuṣa
trapuṣa m. N. of a merchant Lalit. xxiv
• n. tin L. Sch
○pusa
⋙ trapus
trápus n. tin TS. iv, 7, 5, 1
⋙ trapusa
trapusa n. id. L
• the fruit of ○sī (also ○puṣa L.) Kauś. Suśr
• (ī), f. coloquintida (and other cucumbers L.), vi, 47
trapsya
trapsya drapsya
traya
trayá mf(ī́)n. (fr. trí Pāṇ. 5-2, 43) triple, threefold, consisting of 3, of 3 kinds RV. x, 45, 2 AV. iv, 11, 2 VS. &c. (○yī́ vidyā́), 'the triple sacred science', reciting hymns, performing sacrifices, and chanting [RV., YV., and SV.] ŚBr. AitBr. &c. [Page 457, Column 2]
• n. a triad (chiefly ifc.) ChUp. KaṭhUp. Mn. &c
• (ī), f. id., śata-
• = ○yī́ vidyā́ Gaut. Mn. &c
• the Buddh. triad (Buddha, Dharma, and Saṃgha) Hcar. viii
• summit Bālar. i, 28
• a woman whose husband and children are living L
• Venonia anthelminthica L
su-mati L
≫ trayaḥ
trayaḥ = ○yas
⋙ trayaḥpañcāśat
○pañcāśat (tráy○), f. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 35 and 3, 49) 53 ŚBr. xii, 3, 5, 12
⋙ trayaḥṣaṣṭi
○ṣaṣṭi f. 63 Pāṇ
⋙ trayaḥśataśatārdha
○śata-śatârdha mf(ā)n. 350 R. (B) ii, 39, 36
⋙ trayaḥsaptati
○saptati f. 73 Pāṇ
≫ trayaś
trayaś = ○yas
⋙ trayaścatvāriṃśa
○catvāriṃśa mfn. the 43rd (ch. of MBh. i-iii)
⋙ trayaścatvāriṃśat
○catvāriṃśat f. 43 Pāṇ
≫ trayas
tráyas pl. of trí
• in comp. with any decad except aśītí and interchangeable with trí before catvāriṃśát &c. Pāṇ. 6-3, 48 f
• [Gk. ? for Gk. ? ; Lat. tre1decim for tre1s-decem.]
⋙ trayastriṃśa
○triṃśá mf(ī́)n. the 33rd ŚBr. (du. 'the 32nd and 33rd', iv, xi)
• (chs. of MBh. and R.)
• + 33 ŚBr. xiii, 5, 4, 12 f
• consisting of 33 parts (stóma, sometimes to be supplied) VS. AV. TBr. ŚBr. TāṇḍyaBr. MaitrUp
• numbering 33 (the gods) VS. xx AV. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. iv
• celebrated with the ○śá Stoma VS. ŚBr. KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhSr
○sa-pati m. 'lord of the gods', Indra L
○śá-vartani mfn. forming the path for the ○śá Stoma TS. iv
○śá-stoma mfn. containing the ○śá Stoma ŚBr. xiii ŚāṅkhŚr. x
⋙ trayastriṃśat
○triṃśat (tráy○), f. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 35 and 3, 49) 33 VS. xiv AV. &c. (acc. ○śat R. iii, 20, 15
• pl. ○śatas MBh. i, 2601)
śad-akṣara (tráy○), mf(ā)n. having 33 syllables ŚBr. AitBr
○śad-rātra n. an observance lasting 33 days KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr
prajāpates trayastriṃśat-saṃmita n. N. of a Sāman
⋙ trayastriṃśati
○triṃśati f. 33 AitBr. =
⋙ trayastriṃśin
○triṃśín mfn. containing 33 TBr. i
≫ trayī
trayī́ f. of
⋙ trayītanu
○tanu m. = -deha Hcat. i, 8, 425
• Śiva
• = -mukha Gal
⋙ trayīdeha
○deha m. 'having the 3 Vedas for a body', the sun, 11, 374
⋙ trayīdharma
○dharma m. the duty enjoined by the 3 Vedas MBh. iii Bhag. ix MārkP. xxi
⋙ trayīdhāmavat
○dhāma-vat m. = -deha VP. iii, 5, 15
⋙ trayībhāṣya
○bhāṣya n. a commentary on the 3 Vedas SŚaṃkar. xiii, 63
⋙ trayīmaya
○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of or containing or resting on the 3 Vedas BhP. (the sun, v, 20, 4
• the sun's chariot, 21, 12) MārkP. xxix KūrmaP. i, 20, 66 (Rudra) Siṃhâs. xviii
⋙ trayīmukha
○mukha m. 'having the 3 Vedas in his mouth', a Brahman L
⋙ trayīvida
○vidá mfn. knowing the triple science TBr. i, 2, 1, 26
≫ trayo
trayo = ○yas
⋙ trayodaśa
○daśa (tráy○), mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 35 and 3, 48) 13 VS. xiv, 29 (instr. ○śábhis) ŚBr. Mn. ix
○śá mf(ī)n. the 13th VS. AV. ŚBr. R. VarBṛS
• (śata, 100) + 13 ŚāṅkhŚr
• consisting of 13 parts (stóma) VS. Lāṭy
• (ī), f. the 13th day of a half-moon Mn. &c
• N. of a kind of gesture PSarv
-dviipa-vatī mfn. consisting of 13 islands (the earth) MBh. iii, 3, 52 and 134, 20
-dhā́ ind. into 13 parts ŚBr. x Rājat. v
-māsika mfn. consisting of 13 months Kāraṇḍ. xix, 96
-rātra n. an observance lasting 13 days KātyŚr. xii Sch
-rcá mfn. containing 13 Ṛic verses (a hymn) AV. xix, 23, 10
-varjya-saptamī f. N. of a 7th day BhavP. ii, 41
-vārṣika mfn. 13 years old MBh. vii, 197, 7
-vidha mfn. of 13 kinds Car. vi, 3 Sāṃkhyak
tráyodaśâkṣara mfn. having 13 syllables VS. ix
tráyodaśâratni mfn. 13 yards long ŚBr. iii, xiii
○śâha m. = ○śa-rātra R. (G) ii, 86, 4
⋙ trayodaśaka
○"ṣdaśaka n. the number 13 Ṣaguruś
⋙ trayodaśama
○"ṣdaśama m. the 13th BhP. i, 3, 17
⋙ trayodaśika
○"ṣdaśika mfn. happening on the 13th day of a half-moon R. (G) ii, 86, 1
⋙ trayodaśin
○"ṣdaśin mfn. containing 13 Lāṭy. Nidānas
⋙ trayonavati
○navati f. 93 Pāṇ
⋙ trayoviṃśa
○viṃśá mf(ī́)n. the 23rd VS. ŚBr. VarBṛS
• (chs. of MBh. and R.)
• consisting of 23 parts (stóma) Lāṭy
⋙ trayoviṃśat
○viṃśat f. 23 BhP. xii, 13
⋙ trayoviṃśati
○viṃśati (tráy○), f. Pāṇ.) id. VS. ŚBr. KātyŚr. BhP. x (instr. ○tibhis)
-tattva n. pl. 23 Tattvas. iii
-tama mfn. the 23rd (ch. of R. iii f.)
-dāru mfn. consisting of 23 pieces of wood ĀpŚr. vii, 7, 7
-dhā́ ind. into 23 parts ŚBr. x, 4
-rātra n. an observance lasting 23 days KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ trayoviṃśatika
○"ṣviṃśatika mfn. consisting of 23 (gaṇa) BhP. iii
≫ trayyanta
trayy-anta m. = vedânta Sarvad. xiii, 171
≫ trayyāruṇa
trayyāruṇa m. (for try-āruṇa) N. of a prince (son of Tri-dhanvan Hariv. 716 ff. VP. iv, 3, 13 LiṅgaP. i, 66, 2 KūrmaP. i, 21, 1
• of Uru-kshaya VP. iv, 19, 10
○ṇi BhP. ix, 21, 19 VāyuP. ii, 37, 159
try-aruṇa MatsyaP. il, 39)
⋙ trayyāruṇi
trayyāruṇi m. N. of the Vyāsa of the 15th Dvāpara BhP. xii, 7, 5 KūrmaP. i, 52, 6 VāyuP. i, 23, 155 (try-āruṇi)
• (○ṇa) VP. iii, 3, 15 and DevibhP. i, 3
○ṇa
trayayāyya
trayayā́yya mfn. (√trai) to be protected (= trātavya Sāy.) RV. vi, 2, 7. [Page 457, Column 3]
tras 1
tras cl. 10. P. trāsayati (ind. p. ○sayitvā) to seize Mṛicch. iii, 17/18
• to prevent Dhātup
tras 2
tras cl. 1. trásati (Pāṇ. 3-1, 70), 4. trasyati (MBh. &c
• ep. also Ā
• pf. 3. tatrasur BhP. vi or tresur [Deviim. ix, 21] Pāṇ. 6-4, 124) to tremble, quiver, be afraid of (abl., gen., rarely instr.) RV. vi, 14, 4 and (p. f. tarásantī) x, 85, 8 AV. v, 21, 8 ŚBr. &c.: Caus. trāsayati (ep. also Ā.) to cause to tremble, frighten, scare MBh. &c. ; [Zend. √tares
• ? ; Lat. terreo.]
≫ trasa
trasa mfn. moving, n. the collective body of moving or living beings (opposed to sthāvara) MBh. xii f. Jain
• m. 'quivering', the heart L
• n. a wood L
⋙ trasadasyu
○dasyu (○sá-), m. (formed like ? &c.) 'before whom the Dasyus tremble', N. of a prince (son of Puru-kutsa
• celebrated for his liberality and favoured by the gods
• author of RV. iv, 42), i, iv f. vii f. x TS. TāṇḍyaBr. MBh. Hariv. VP. iv, 3, 13
⋙ trasareṇu
○reṇu m. the mote or atom of dust moving in a sun-beam (considered as an ideal weight either of the lowest denomination [Mn. viii, 132 f. Yājñ. i, 361] or equal to 3 [BrahmaP. iv, 96, 49 BhP. iii, 11, 5] or 30 Vaidyakaparibh. invisible atoms)
• f. N. of a wife of the sun L
≫ trasaddasyu
trasad-dasyu m. for ○sa-d○ BhP. ix, 6, 33 ff
≫ trasana
trasana n. a quivering ornament (?) Kauś. 14
≫ trasara
trasara m. for tás○, a shuttle Bālar. iii, 85
≫ trasura
trasura mfn. timid, fearful Uṇ. vṛ
⋙ trasta
trasta mfn. quivering, trembling, frighted MBh. &c
• (in music) quick ; [Lat. tristis.]
⋙ trasnu
trasnu mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 140) = ○sura Bhaṭṭ. vi, 7 Rājat. v
• cf. á-
trā
trā́ m. (√trai) a protector, defender RV. i, 100, 7 ; iv, 24, 3
• cf. án-agni-
• 1. tra
≫ trāṇa
trāṇa mfn. protected Pāṇ. 8-2, 56
• n. protecting, preserving, protection, defence, shelter, help (often ifc.) ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c
• protection for the body, armour, helmet &c., iii, 12092
• = trāyamāṇā́ L
• (ā), f. id. L
• cf. aṅguli-, udara-, uras- &c
⋙ trāṇakartṛ
○kartṛ m. a protector, saviour W
⋙ trāṇakārin
○kārin m. id. W
⋙ trāṇasārin
○sārin mfn. having an excellent helmet Kām. xiii, 12
⋙ trāṇana
trāṇana n. protecting RāmatUp
≫ trāta
trāta mfn. (Pāṇ. 8-2, 56) 'protected', bhava
• m. (vi, 1, 205 Kāś.) N. of a man VBr. i, 3
• n. protection W
○tra
⋙ trātavya
trātavya mfn. to be protected or guarded MBh. iii, vii
⋙ trātṛ
trātṛ́ m. a protector, defender, one who saves from (abl. or gen.) RV. (with devá applied to Bhaga or Savitṛi) VS. AV. TS. (Indra) MBh. &c
⋙ trātra
trātra mfn. addressed to Trātṛi (Indra) ĀpŚr. iii, 15, 10 Sch
• n. 'defence', indrasya, N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
≫ trāman
trā́man n. protection RV. i, 53, 10 ; v, 46, 6
≫ trāyantikā
trāyantikā f. = ○tī Suśr. iv
⋙ trāyantī
trāyantī f. (fr. p. ○yat) = ○yamāṇā́, vi
• (metrically ○ti) Car. vi, 17
⋙ trāyamāṇa
trā́yamāṇa mfn. preserving, protecting RV. AV. &c
• (ā́-), f. Ficus heterophylla, vi, 107, 1 f. ; viii, 2, 6 Suśr. i, 38 and 42 ; iv, vi VarBṛS. xliv, 10 (○ṇa m. or n.) and iii, 39
⋙ trāyamānikā
trāyamānikā f. id. L
trāṭaka
trāṭaka n. (an ascetic's) method of fixing the eye on one object, Hathapr. ii, 32 f
trāpuṣa
trāpuṣa mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-3, 138) made of tin (trápus) Kād
• n. tin Gal
• silver L
⋙ trāpusa
trāpusa mf(ī)n. coming from the plant Trapusī Śāntik
trāpya
trāpya mfn. fr. √trap Vop. xxvi, 12
trāyodaśa
trāyodaśa mfn. relating to the trayodaśī g. saṃdhivelâdi
trāsa
trāsa m. fear, terror, anxiety MBh. &c
• a flaw in a jewel L
⋙ trāsakara
○kara mfn. causing fear, alarming
⋙ trāsakṛt
○kṛt mfn. id. VarBṛS. civ, 4
⋙ trāsadāyin
○dāyin mfn. id. Hemac
≫ trāsadasyava
trā́sadasyava m. patr. fr. Trasa-dasyu RV. viii, 19, 32 and (○vá) 22, 7 ; x, 33, 4
• n. N. of a Sāman
≫ trāsana
trāsana mf(ī)n. terrifying, alarming, frightening (with gen. or ifc.) MBh. ('Śiva', xiii, 1207) Hariv. R
• n. frightening, alarming MBh. iv Daś. vii Kathās
• cause of alarm or fright Hariv. BhP
⋙ trāsanīya
trāsanīya mfn. frightening Hariv. 2430
• to be frightened W
⋙ trāsin
trāsin mfn. fearful MBh. xii, 5904
tri
trí m. tráyas f. nom. acc. tisrás n. trī́ṇi [trī́ RV. ŚBr. xi], 3 RV. &c. (tribhís & tisṛ́bhis, &c. RV
• only once tríbhis [viii, 59, 5] with the later accentuation, Pāṇ. 6-1, 177 and 180 f
• gen. trīṇā́m [RV. x, 185, 1
Pāṇ. 7-1, 53 Kāś.] and tisṝṇā́m [RV. viii, 19, 37 and 101, 6], later on [fr. ○yá] trayāṇām āitBr. ṃn. and tisṛṇā́m [RV. v, 69, 2 against metre
Pāṇ. 6-4, 4 f.]
• ifc., vii, 2, 99 f. Kāś.) [Page 458, Column 1] ; [cf. ?, Lat. tres ; Goth. threis
• &c.]
⋙ trikakud
○kakúd mfn. having 3 peaks or points or horns TS. vii (○kúd evá samānā́nām [○kup sam○ TāṇḍyaBr. xxii, 14] 'thrice excelling one's equals') AV. v, 23, 9
• m. N. of a Himâlaya mountain (cf. tri-kūṭa), iv, 9, 8 ŚBr. iii Pāṇ. 5-4, 147
• [○kúbh VS. xv Kāṭh. xxiii]
• of a Daśâha ceremony TS. vii ŚāṅkhŚr. Vait
• [○kubh TāṇḍyaBr. xxii KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr. Maś.]
• Vishṇu or Kṛishṇa MBh. xii f. Hariv. 14115
• Brahmā R. vii, 36, 7
• N. of a prince BhP. ix, 17
⋙ trikakuda
○kakuda mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-4, 147 Kāś.) three-peaked MBh. xii
⋙ trikakubh
○kakúbh mfn. three-pointed, (Indra's thunderbolt) RV. i, 121
• m. Indra TāṇḍyaBr. viii, 1
○kúd
⋙ trikaṭa
○kaṭa m. Asteracantha longifolia L
⋙ trikaṭu
○kaṭu
⋙ trikaṭuka
○kaṭuka n. the 3 spices (black and long pepper and dry ginger) Suśr
• cf. kaṭu-traya
⋙ trikaṇṭa
○kaṇṭa n. the 3 thorny plants (3 kinds of Solanum) L
• = -kaṭa L
pattra-gupta L
• N. of a fish L
⋙ trikaṇṭaka
○kaṇṭaka m. (g. rajatâdi) 'threethorn', = -kaṭa Suśr
• N. of a venomous insect, v, 8
• N. of a fish (Silurus) L
• a kind of weapon R. iii, 28, 25
⋙ trikadruka
○kadruka (trí-), m. pl. the 3 Soma vessels RV. 1 f. viii, x
• the first 3 days of the Abhi-plava festival ŚBr. xiii, 5 KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr. Lāṭy
• mfn. containing the word trí-kadruka (RV. ii, 22, 1) TāṇḍyaBr. xvi, 3
○drukīya mfn. id. ŚāṅkhŚr. (pratipad) RPrāt. xvii, 29 (scil. ṛc)
⋙ trikapardin
○kapardin mfn. wearing 3 braids of hair Gṛihyās. ii, 40
⋙ trikapāla
○kapāla mfn. distributed in 3 receptacles AitBr. i, 1
⋙ trikaraṇī
○karaṇī f. the side of a square 3 times as great as another (i.e. the diagonal of a quadrangle, the sides of which are formed by the side and the diagonal of the smaller square), Śulbas
⋙ trikarṇa
○karṇa mf(ī) n. having 3 ears R. v
⋙ trikarman
○karman mfn. performing (a Brāhman's) 3 chief duties (viz. performing ceremonies, repeating the Veda, and gifts) MBh. xiii
○ma-kṛt mfn. id. KaṭhUp
⋙ trikarṣa
○karṣa n. = -kārṣika Npr
⋙ trikalā
○kalā f. N. of a female deity produced by the union of 3 gods for the destruction of Andhaka VarP. xc ff
⋙ trikaliṅga
○kaliṅga m. pl. N. of a people Sāh. iv, 9 a/b
⋙ trikaśa
○kaśá mfn. having 3 whips (a chariot) RV. ii, 18, 1
⋙ trikāṇḍa
○kāṇḍa (trí-), mf(ā)n. consisting of three parts or divisions (an arrow or asterism) AitBr. iii, 33 ŚBr. ii ; 3 Kāṇḍas in measure (48 cubits long W.) Vop. vi, 55
• n. N. of wk. KātyŚr. iii, 2, 1 Sch
• of Amarasiṃha's dictionary (commented on by ○ḍa-cintāmaṇi and -viveka and supplemented by -śeṣa)
-maṇḍana n. N. of wk
⋙ trikāya
○kāya m. 'having 3 bodies', a Buddha MWB. 246
⋙ trikārṣika
○kārṣika n. the 3 astringent substances (dry ginger, Ati-vishā, and Mustā) L
⋙ trikāla
○kāla n. the 3 times or tenses (pf., pr., fut.) ŚvetUp. BhP. v RāmatUp
• mfn. relating to them Sāṃkhyak. 33
• m. a Buddha W
• (am), ind. 3 times, thrice BhP. v
• in the morning, at noon, and in the evening MBh. xiii
• (○la-) Kām
-jña mfn. knowing the 3 times, omniscient R. i VarBṛS
• m. a Buddha L
-darśin mfn. omniscient R. i VarBṛS
• a sage L
-nātha m. N. of a Yogin Siṃhâs. xx, 0/1
-rūpa mfn. three-shaped at the 3 times (of day, i.e. the sun) VP. iii, 5, 19
-vid mfn. omniscient R. v
• a Buddha L
• an Arhat of the Jainas L
⋙ trikuṇḍīśvara
○kuṇḍī7śvara n. N. of a Tantra, Ānandal. 31 Sch
⋙ trikumārīka
○kumārīka mfn. (the place) where the 3 virgins (Umā, Eka-parṇā, and Eka-pāṭalā) reside Hariv. 948
⋙ trikulā
○kulā f. the plant yava-tiktā Car. vii, 11
⋙ trikūṭa
○kūṭa mfn. having 3 peaks or humps or elevations MBh. xii
• N. of a mountain (= -kakúd), ii, 1484 (Hariv. 12782) BhP. v
• of another mountain, viii, 2, 1
• of a peak of mount Meru VP. ii, 2, 26
• of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which Laṅkā was situated MBh. iii R. Pañcat. v
• n. sea-salt prepared by evaporation L
-lavaṇa n. id. L
-vat m. N. of a mountain MBh. xiv
⋙ trikūrcaka
○kūrcaka n. a sort of knife with 3 edges Suśr. i, 8, 1
⋙ trikṛtvas
○kṛtvas ind. 3 times Hcat. i, 10, 106
⋙ trikoṇa
○koṇa mf(ā)n. (fr. ?) triangular MBh. xiv VarBṛS. Phetk
• forming a triangle VarBṛS
• n. a triangle RāmatUp. i, 29
• = ○ṇa-bhavana VarBṛS. VarBṛ. Laghuj
• (ā), f. Trapa bispinosa Npr
-phala n. id. L
-bhavana n. the 5th and 9th mansion VarBṛS
⋙ trikoṇaka
○"ṣkoṇaka n. a triangle RāmatUp. i, 50
⋙ trikauśeya
○kauśeya n. 'thrice silken', a kind of garment MBh. xiii
⋙ trikrama
○krama m. a Krama word composed of 3 members (the middle one being a single vowel) RPrāt. xi, 10 VPrāt. iv, 182
⋙ trikṣāra
○kṣāra n. pl. (sg. L.) the 3 acrid substances (natron, saltpetre, and borax) Bhpr. v, 26, 234
⋙ trikṣura
○kṣura m. = -kaṭa L
⋙ trikṣeptṛ
○kṣeptṛ m. = -pura-ghna Bālar. iii, 81
⋙ trikha
○kha n. 'having 3 cavities', a cucumber L
⋙ trikhaṭva
○khaṭva n. ○ṭvii f. 3 beds collectively L. [Page 458, Column 2]
⋙ trikhaṇḍa
○khaṇḍa the inhabited earth as divided into 3 portions (the first 2 continents and half of the 3rd) Śatr. x, 318 ; xiv, 309
⋙ trikharva
○kharva m. pl. N. of a Vedic school TāṇḍyaBr. ii, 8
• n. a particular high number MBh. ii, 1749 and 1826
⋙ trigaṅga
○gaṅga n. N. of a Tīrtha, iii
• xiii
⋙ trigaṇa
○gaṇa m. the triad of duties (dharma, kāma, and artha) Kir. i, 11
⋙ trigata
○gata n. 'tripled', (in dram.) triple meaning given to the same word Bhar. xviii, 115 Daśar. iii, 16 Pratāpar. Sāh. vi
⋙ trigandhaka
○gandhaka n. = -jāta Npr
⋙ trigambhīra
○gambhīra g○
⋙ trigarta
○garta pl. (g. yaudheyâdi) N. of a people inhabiting modern Lahore AV. Pariś. lvi, 8 MBh. (ifc. f. ā, vii, 688) Hariv. &c
• sg. a T prince MBh. &c
• the Tīrtha country Daś. xi, 119 a particular method of calculation L
• (ā), f. a lascivious woman L
• a woman L
• a kind of cricket L
• a pearl L
• N. of a town Kathās. lxxiii, 21
-ṣaṣṭha m. pl. a collective N. of six warrior tribes Pāṇ. 5-3, 116 Kāś
⋙ trigartaka
○"ṣgartaka m. pl. the Tīrtha people BhP. x
⋙ trigartika
○"ṣgartika m. the Tīrtha country L
⋙ triguṇa
○guṇa n. sg. the 3 Guṇas (sattva, rajas, and tamas) BhP. iv
• m. pl. id. Tattvas
• mf(ā)n. containing them ŚvetUp. Mn. i, 15 Sāṃkhyak. Kap
• consisting of 3 threads or strings ŚāṅkhŚr. KātyŚr. Kum. v, 10
• threefold, thrice as great or as much, triple KātyŚr. Mn
• (sapta tri-guṇāni dināni, 3 x 7 days) Ragh. ii, 25
• (am), ind. in 3 ways Caraṇ
-parivāra n. the trident Kir. xviii, 45
○ṇā-karṇa mfn. whose ear-lobes are slit into 3 divisions (as a mark of distinction) Pāṇ. 6-3, 115 Kāś
○ṇā-kṛta mfn. = tṛtīyā-k○ L
○ṇâkhya mfn. said of different mixtures and of a kind of oil Rasêndrac. Rasar
○ṇâtmaka mfn. possessing the 3 Guṇas Vedântas. 37
○ṇī-kṛtya ind. p. making threefold AgP. xxxiii, 5
⋙ trigūḍha
○gūḍha
⋙ trigūḍhaka
○gūḍhaka n. a dance of men in female attire Sāh. vi, 213 and 219
⋙ trigrāmī
○grāmī f. '3 villages', N. of a place Rājat. iv f
⋙ trigrāhin
○grāhin mfn. extending to the length of 3 (padyās). -ghana, m
⋙ trighana
○ghana m. 3P3 (= 27) Laghuj. i, xiii
⋙ tricakra
○cakrá mfn. having 3 wheels RV. i, iv, viii, x (scil. rátha, 85, 14)
⋙ tricakṣus
○cakṣus mfn. three-eyed (Kṛishṇa, more properly Śiva) MBh. xii, 1505
⋙ tricatura
○catura mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-4, 77 Vārtt.) 3 or 4 Daś. vii Kathās. Sāh
⋙ tricaturdaśa
○caturdaśa mfn. du. the 13th and 14th, Śrut
⋙ tricatvāriṃśa
○catvāriṃśa mf(ī)n. the 43rd (ch. of MBh. iv ff. Hariv. R.)
⋙ tricatvāriṃśat
○catvāriṃśat f. 43 Pāṇ. 6
⋙ tricit
○cít mfn. consisting of 3 layers of fuel ŚBr. vii KātyŚr
⋙ tricitīka
○citīka (trí-), mfn. id. TS. v, 2, 3, 6
⋙ tricīvara
○cīvara n. the 3 vestments of a Buddh. monk MWB. 83
⋙ trijagat
○jagat n. sg. = jagat traya BhP. viii Caurap. Kathās. Vet
• pl. Ānand. Sch. Introd. 1
• (), f. id. BhP. v
○gaj-jananī f. 'the 3 worlds' mother', Pārvatī Kathās. i, 14
○gad-īśvara m. lord of the 3 worlds (a Jina) Bhaktâm. 14
○gan-mohinī f. 'beguiling the 3 worlds', Durgā (?) BrahmaP. ii, 18, 18
⋙ trijaṭa
○jaṭa mf(ā)n. = -kapardin MBh. iii, (Śiva) xii
• m. N. of a Brāhman R. ii
• (ā), f. AEgle Marmelos, Jñānabhair
• N. of a Rākshasī (who was friendly to Sītā) R. iii, v f. Ragh. xii, 74
• of a Nāga virgin Kāraṇḍ. i, 43
○ṭā-svapna-darśana n. 'dream of Tri-jaṭā', N. of R. v, 23
⋙ trijaya
○jaya mf(ā)n. the 13th Dharmaśarm. vi, 13
⋙ trijāta
○jāta
⋙ trijātaka
○jātaka n. the 3 spices (mace, cardamoms, and cinnamon) Suśr. Daś
⋙ trijīvā
○jīvā f. the sine of 3 signs or 90 degrees, radius Sūryas
⋙ trijyā
○jyā f. id. ib
⋙ triṇata
○ṇata mfn. bent in 3 places (a bow) R. vi, 20, 28
• (ā), f. a bow Śiś. xix, 61
⋙ triṇava
○ṇavá mfn. consisting of 3 X 9 parts (stóma) VS. TS. TBr. ŚBr. TāṇḍyaBr
• connected with the TāṇḍyaBr stóma VS. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. Nidānas
• in comp. 27 BhP. ix
-rātra mfn. lasting 27 days, x
○vá-vartani mfn. forming the path for the TṭTāṇḍyaBr stóma TS. iv, 3, 3, 2
-sāhasra mf(ī)n. 27000 BhP. ix
○vâtmaka mfn. 27 fold Jyot. 11 Sch. (Garga)
⋙ triṇāka
○ṇāka for -nāka
⋙ triṇāciketa
○ṇāciketa mfn. one who has thrice kindled the Nāciketa fire or studied the Nāciketa section of Kāṭh. Āp. KaṭhUp. Mn. Yājñ. MBh. (Nārāyaṇa, xii) VP. iii, 15, 1 MārkP
• m. pl. N. of 3 Anuvākas of Kāṭh. Mn. iii, 185 Kull
⋙ triṇāman
○ṇāman mfn. having 3 names (Agni ?) AV. vi, 74, 3
TS. ii, 1, 11, 3
⋙ triṇidhana
○ṇidhana n. N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. (v. l. nidh○) ṢaḍvBr. Lāṭy
agneḥ ĀrshBr
⋙ triṇītā
○ṇītā f. 'thrice married (to Soma, Gandharva, and Agni)', a wife Npr
⋙ triṇemi
○ṇemi mfn. with 3 fellies BhP. iii, 8, 20. (v. l. -nemi)
⋙ tritakṣa
○takṣa n. an association of 3 carpenters L
• (ī), f. id. L
⋙ tritanti
○tanti mfn. having 3 chords (a lute) Sch. on ŚBr. and KātyŚr
⋙ tritantu
○tántu mfn. thrice woven (?) RV. x, 30, 9
⋙ tritantrikā
○tantrikā f. (a lute) having 3 chords
⋙ tritas
○tas ind. on 3 sides W
⋙ tritā
○tā f. a triad Nir
⋙ tritāmra
○tāmra mfn. red on 3 parts of the body R. (B) v. 35, 17
⋙ tritrika
○trika mfn. ? (Rāma), 32, 13. [Page 458, Column 3]
⋙ tritrikoṇa
○tri-koṇa n. (= tri-k○) the 9th mansion VarBṛ. Laghuj
⋙ tritva
○tva n. = -tā MBh. xiv BhP. i, 15
⋙ tridaṇḍa
○daṇḍa n. = ○ṇḍaka Mn. &c
• triple control (i.e. of thoughts, words, and acts), xii, 11
⋙ tridaṇḍaka
○daṇḍaka n. the 3 staves of a Parivrājaka MBh. xii Up
⋙ tridaṇḍin
○daṇḍin m. 'carrying the 3 staves tied together', a Parivrājaka Yājñ. iii, 58 MBh. &c
• a triple commander (i.e. controlling his own thoughts, words and deeds) Mn. xii, 10 MārkP. xli
⋙ tridat
○dat mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 197) grown as old as to possess three teeth, v, 4, 141 Kāś
⋙ tridanta
○danta mfn. having 3 teeth ib
• (ī), f. the plant mahā-medā Bhpr. v, 1, 130
⋙ tridamathavastukuśala
○damatha-vastu-kuśala m. 'skilled in the threefold self-control (cf. -daṇḍa)', Buddha Divyâv. ix, 13 ; xix, 50
⋙ tridalā
○dalā f. 'three-leaved', Cissus pedata L
⋙ tridalikā
○dalikā f. Mimosa abstergens L
⋙ tridaśa
○daśa mf(ā)n. 3 X 10 (= 30) MBh. i, 4445
• m. pl. (cf. Pāṇ. 2-2, 25 ; v, 4, 73 ; vi, 3, 48 Kāś. and dvi-d○) the 3 X 10 (in round number for 3 X 11) deities (12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras, and 2 Aśvins
RV. ix, 92, 24) MBh. &c
• du. the Aśvins, iii, 10345
• mfn. divine R. iii, 41, 21
• n. heaven MBh. xiii, 3327 (tri-diva, B)
-guru m. 'thirty-god-preceptor', Bṛihaspati (regent of Jupiter) VarBṛS. VarBṛ
-gopa m. = indra-g○, a fire-fly Ragh. xi, 42
-gopaka m. id. Npr
-tā f. divine nature Bālar
-tva n. id. Ragh. xviii, 30
-dīrghikā f. 'heavenly lake', Gaṅgā L
-nadī f. 'heavenly river', Gaṅgā W
-pati m. 'lord of the gods', Indra Mṛicch. Ratnâv. iv, 11 VP. v, 18
-puṃgava m. 'god-chief', Vishṇu R. i, 14, 42
-pratipakṣa m. = ○śâri
-mañjarī f. 'heavenly plant', the Tulasī L
-vadhū f. 'wife of the gods', an Apsaras W
-vanitā f. id. Megh
-śaila m. 'heavenly mountain', the Kailāsa Kathās. cxiv
-śreṣṭha mfn. best of gods (Brahmā, Agni) R. vi, 102 f
-sarṣapa m. = deva-s○ Npr
○śâṅkuśa m. 'divine goad', a thunderbolt L
○śâṅganā f. = ○śa-vadhū Bhaktâm. 15
○śâcārya m. = ○śa-guru L
○śâdhipa m. a lord of the gods, 28
○śâdhipati m. Śiva
○śâyana mfn. 'resort of the gods', Nārāyaṇa Hariv
○śâyudha n. 'divine weapon', the rainbow Ragh. ix, 54
• the thunderbolt L
○śâri m. an enemy of the gods, Asura R. vi, 36, 78
○śâlaya m. 'abode of the gods', heaven MBh. iii R. i Vet
• the mountain Su-meru L
• a heaven-dweller, god MBh. iii, 1725
○śâvāsa m. = ○śâlaya, heaven L
○śâhāra m. 'divine food', nectar L
○śī-bhūta mfn. become divine Ragh. xv, 102
○śêdra m. 'god-chief', Indra Pañcat. i
○śêndra-śatru m. 'Indra's foe', Rāvaṇa R. vi, 36, 6
○śêśa m. = ○śêndra MBh. iii
○śêśadviṣ m. = ○śâri MBh
○śêśvara m. = ○śêndra MBh. R. ii
• Śiva MBh
• pl. Indra, Agni, Varuṇa, and Yama Nal. iv, 31
• (ī), f. Durgā, DeviiP
• N. of a female attendant of Durgā W
○śêśvara-dviṣ m. = ○śêndra-śatru R. i, 14, 47
⋙ tridinaspṛś
○dina-spṛś m. conjunction of 3 lunations with one solar day Jyot
⋙ tridiva
○divá n. (m. L.) the 3rd or most sacred heaven, heaven (in general) RV. ix, 113, 9 & AV. (with gen. divás) GopBr. PraśnUp. Mn. &c
• (ā), f. cardamoms Npr
• N. of a river in India MBh. vi, 324 ; xiii, 7654
• of a river in the Plaksha-dviipa VP. ii, 4, 11
• (○vii) BrahmâṇḍaP. [Hcat. i, 5, 1070]
-gata mfn. 'heaven-departed', dead Vcar. vi, 62
○vâdhī7śa, ○vêśa m. 'lord of heaven', a god L
○vêśāna m. id. Gal
○vêśvara m. 'lord of heaven', Indra R. i
○vôdbhavā f. large cardamoms L
○vâukas m. 'heaven-residing', a god Vcar. xv, 72
⋙ tridivasa
○divasa mfn. tertian (fever) AgP. xxxi, 18
⋙ tridṛś
○dṛś m. = -netra, Śiva L
⋙ tridoṣa
○doṣa in comp., disorder of the 3 humours of the body
• mfn. causing the TayāḍyaBr Suśr. i. 45, 10, 11 and 46, 4, 28
-kṛt mfn. id., 45, 8, 10
-ghna mfn. removing the TayāḍyaBr, 45, 1, 16
-ja mfn. resulting from the TayāḍyaBr L
-śamana mfn. = -ghna, 46, 4, 32
-hārin mfn. id. (a kind of mixture) Rasêndrac
○ṣâpaha m. 'keeping-off 3 kinds of sins (cf. -daṇḍa)', Buddha Buddh. L
⋙ tridvāra
○dvāra mf(ā)n. 'having 3 doors', reachable in 3 ways MBh. iii
⋙ tridhanvan
○dhanvan m. N. of the father of Trayyāruṇa (q.v.)
⋙ tridharman
○dharman m. Śiva R. vii
⋙ tridhā
○dhā (trí-), ind. (VPrāt. ii, 44) in 3 ways, in 3 parts, in 3 places, triply RV. i f. iv ChUp. MBh. &c
-√kṛ, to treble, xiii, 6467
-tva n. tripartition ChUp. vi, 3, 3 Śaṃk
• (e), loc. ind. in 3 cases, APrāt. Sch
-mūrti f. a girl 3 years of age representing Durgā at her festivals
⋙ tridhātu
○dhā́tu mfn. consisting of 3 parts, triple, threefold (used like Lat. triplex to denote excessive) RV. ŚBr. v, 5, 5, 6
• m. (scil. puroḍā́śa) N. of an oblation TS. ii, 3, 6. 1 (-tvá n. abstr.)
• Gaṇêśa L
• N. of a man TāṇḍyaBr. xiii, 3, 12 Sch. [Page 459, Column 1]
• n. the triple world RV
• the aggregate of the 3 minerals or of the 3 humours W
tridhā́tu-śṛṅga mfn. having a tripartite horn (Agni), v, 43, 13
⋙ tridhātuka
○"ṣdhātuka mfn. consisting of 3 humours BhP. x
• m. Gaṇesa L
⋙ tridhāman
○dhāman n. = -divá BhP. iii, 24, 20
• mfn. shining in the 3 worlds, 8, 31 VP. ii, 8, 54 ('triple-gloried')
• tripartite MBh. xiii
• m. Vishṇu, xii Hariv. R. vii BhP. vi
• Brahmā R. vii, 36, 7
• Śiva L.: fire, Agni L
• death L
• N. of the Vyāsa (= Vishṇu) of the 10th Dvāpara VP. iii, 3, 13 VāyuP. i, 23, 136
• DeviibhP. i, 3 KūrmaP. i, 52, 4
⋙ tridhāra
○dhāra mf(ā)n. three-streamed (Gaṅgā) Hariv. 3189
• (ā), f. Euphorbia antiquorum Gal
-snuhī f. id. Npr
• the plant dhārā-snuhī L
⋙ tridhāraka
○dhāraka m. 'three-edged' Scirpus Kysoor L
• = ○rā Npr
⋙ trinagarītīrtha
○nagarī-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xi, 28
⋙ trinayana
○nayana m. = -dṛś MBh. xiv R. PāṇŚ. Megh. &c
• n. N. of a town, Kṛishṇakrīḍ
• (ā), f. Durgā, DeviiP
⋙ trinavata
○navata mfn. the 93rd (chs. of MBh.)
⋙ trinavati
○navati f. 93 Pāṇ. 6
-tama mfn. = ○vata (chs. of R.)
⋙ trinavaha
○nava-'ha n. pl. (metrically for ○vâha, cf. triṇavá) 27 days BhP. x, 83, 10
⋙ trināka
○nāká n. = -divá RV. ix, 113, 9 AV. ix, 5, 10 BhP. vi
⋙ trinābha
○nābha mfn. whose navel supports the 3 worlds (Vishṇu), viii, 17, 26
⋙ trinābhi
○nā́bhi mfn. three-naved (a wheel) RV. i, 164, 2 MBh. xiii BhP
⋙ trināli
○nāli mfn. 3 X 24 minutes long Sāh. vi, 303
⋙ trinidhana
○nidhana -ṇidh○
⋙ trinivitka
○nivit-ka mfn. containing 3 Nivid verses AitĀr. i, 5, 2, 4
⋙ triniṣka
○niṣka mfn. worth 3 Nishkas Pāṇ. 5-1, 30
⋙ trinetra
○netra m. 'three-eyed', Śiva MBh. &c
• (with rasa) N. of different mixtures Rasêndrac. Bhpr. vii, 8, 157
• 'Siva's asterism', Ārdrā VarBṛS. xv, 29
• N. of a prince MatsyaP. cclxx, 27
• (ā), f. Durgā Kathās. cvii
• the √of Yam Gal
• (ī), f. id. L
-cūḍāmaṇi m. 'Śiva's crest', the moon L
-phala m. the cocoa-nut tree Gal
○trôdbhava m. 'Śiva's son', Kumāra, Alaṃkārar
⋙ trinemi
○nemi -ṇemi
⋙ trinaiṣkika
○naiṣkika mfn. = -niṣka Pāṇ
⋙ tripakṣa
○pakṣa n. 3 fortnights ŚāṅkhGṛ. iv, 3 VarBṛS. xxxii, 32
⋙ tripakṣaka
○pakṣaka m. Butea frondosa L
⋙ tripacchas
○pacchas (pad + śas), ind. by 3 Pādas ŚāṅkhŚr. xi
⋙ tripañcaka
○pañcaka mfn. pl. of 3 X 5 kinds Yājñ. ii, 181/182, 11
⋙ tripañcāśa
○pañcāśá mf(ī́)n. the 53rd (chs. of MBh. and R.)
• numbering 53 (dice) RV. x, 34, 8 AV. xix
⋙ tripañcāśat
○pañcāśat f. 53 Pāṇ. 6
-tama mfn. the 53rd (ch. of MBh. ī)
⋙ tripaṭu
○paṭu n. 3 saline substances (stone-salt, Viḍ-lavaṇa, and black salt) Npr
⋙ tripatat
○patat in comp. = -dhāra BhP. xi, 6, 13
⋙ tripatāka
○patāka mfn. (with kara, hasta, the hand) with 3 fingers stretched out (in dram. introductory to words meant janântikam) Bālar. iii, 4/5 Sāh. vi, 139 PSarv. Hastar
• (○kākara) Daśar
• (with lalāṭa, the forehead) marked naturally with 3 wrinkles L
⋙ tripatī
○patī f. N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xi, 25
⋙ tripattra
○pattra m. 'three-leaf', AEgle Marmelos, BṛihaddhP
• N. of a bulb Npr
⋙ tripattraka
○pattraka m. = -pakṣaka L
⋙ tripatha
○patha in comp. '= -jagat'
• n. a place where 3 roads meet L
• mf(ā)n. reached by 3 roads (Mathurā) Rasik. xi, 21
-gā f. 'flowing through heaven, earth, and the lower regions', the Ganges MBh. &c
-gāminī f. id., i, 3903 R
⋙ tripathaka
○pathaka m. (in music) a kind of composition
⋙ tripad
○pád m. (pā́d) f. (pād Pāṇ. 4f.
pádī g. kumbhapady-ādi)n. three-footed RV. x, 117, 8 VS. ChUp. Ragh. (Dharma) BhP. (Vishṇu, Yajña, Jvara)
• making 3 steps ĀśvGṛ. ŚāṅkhGṛ
• having 3 divisions (a stanza) ŚBr. xiv BhP. (Sāvitrī, Gāyatrī) Chandaþs
• trinomial
• three-fourths RV. x, 90, 3 f
• m. N. of a Daitya MBh. ix, 2693
• (), f. an elephant's fetter Ragh. iv, 48 Dharmaśarm. xi, 51
• a kind of elephant's gait Kād. Vcar. xv
• Cissus pedata L
• N. of a Prākṛit metre
• of a composition (in music)
⋙ tripada
○pada mfn. three-footed MBh. vi, 71
• extending over 3 squares Hcat
• (Pāṇ. 4-1, 9) having 3 divisions (a stanza) VS. and ŚBr. (f. trípadā) TS. (f. ○pádā) AitBr. &c
• measuring 3 feet KātyŚr
• containing 3 words VPrāt. APrāt. Sch
• n. 3 words VPrāt
• (ā), f. Cissus pedata L
• the Gāyatrī metre Gal
-prabhṛti mfn. containing 3 or more words TPrāt
⋙ tripadikā
○padikā f. a tripod stand Tantras
⋙ tripadya
○padya mf(ā)n. tripartite Jyot. (YV) 15
⋙ tripanna
○panna m. N. of one of the moon's horses L. Sch
⋙ triparikrānta
○parikrānta mfn. one who has overcome the 3 internal foes (kāma, krodha, and lobha) MBh. xiii, 6455
⋙ triparivarta
○parivarta mfn. (the wheel of the law) turning thrice Lalit. xiii, 14 Divyâv. xxvii, 189
• xxxv, 218
⋙ triparṇa
○parṇa m. = -pakṣaka L
• (ā), f. wild hemp Npr
• (ī), f. Desmodium gangeticum Bhpr. vii, 2, 16
• the wild cotton tree, v, 3, 31
○ṇā Npr
• Sanseviera zeylanica L
• N. of a bulb L. [Page 459, Column 2]
⋙ triparṇikā
○parṇikā f. id. L
• Carpopogon pruriens Npr
• Alhagi Maurorum L
⋙ triparus
○parus mfn. consisting of 3 divisions BhP
⋙ triparyāya
○paryāya mfn. having 3 turns (a stóma) KātyŚr. ix f
⋙ triparva
○parva mfn. consisting of 3 parts (an arrow, cf. -kāṇḍa) Hariv. 12238
⋙ triparvata
○parvata '3 mountains', N. of a place
⋙ triparvan
○parvan mfn. = ○va MBh. iv, 43, 18
⋙ tripala
○pala mf(ā)n. weighing 3 Palas Yājñ. ii, 179
⋙ tripaśu
○paśu mfn. having 3 victims KātyŚr. xv
⋙ tripastya
○pastyá mfn. having 3 dwellings (Agni) RV. viii, 39, 8
⋙ tripājasya
○pājasyá mfn. having 3 flanks, iii, 56, 3
⋙ tripāṭa
○pāṭa m. intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure), figure formed by such intersection
⋙ tripāṭikā
○pāṭikā f. a beak Gal
⋙ tripāṭhin
○pāṭhin m. familiar with the 3 Vedas (epithet of a commentator on Vās. and of several copyists)
⋙ tripāṇa
○pāṇa mfn. (irreg.) made of the plant Tri-parṇi KātyŚr. xv, 5, 9
⋙ tripāda
○pāda m. an asterism of which three-fourths are included under one zodiacal sign W
• = -padikā Kauś
• (ī), f. a kind of Mimosa Npr
-vigraha mfn. three-footed Hariv. 2626
⋙ tripād
○pād -pád
-vibhūti-kathana n. N. of PadmaP. v, 29
⋙ tripādaka
○pādaka mf(ikā)n. threefooted R. v
• (ikā), f. Cissus pedata L
• = ○dī Npr
⋙ tripiṭa
○piṭa mfn. knowing ○ṭaka Divyâv. xvii
• xxxv
⋙ tripiṭaka
○piṭaka n. the 3 baskets or collections of sacred writings (Sūtra-, Vinaya-, and Abhidharma-piṭaka) Buddh
• mfn. = ○ṭa Divyâv. ii, 575
⋙ tripiṇḍaka
○piṇḍaka mfn. consisting of ○ṇḍī Śrāddhac
⋙ tripiṇḍī
○piṇḍī f. the 3 sacrificial cakes (cf. Mn. iii, 215)
⋙ tripiba
○piba mfn. drinking with 3 members of the body (with the 2 pendent ears and tongue, as a long-eared goat), 271 Kull
⋙ tripiṣṭapa
○piṣṭapa n. (m. Uṇ. Sch.) = -divá, Indra's heaven MBh. i, 7580 and 7657 R. i, vi MārkP. xviii, 27
• the sky L
• cf. -viṣṭ○
-sad m. 'heavendweller', a god L
⋙ tripuṭa
○puṭa mfn. threefold Buddh. L
• m. a kind of pulse VarBṛS
• = -kaṭa L
• N. of a measure of length (hasta-bheda) L
• (in music) a kind of measure
• a shore L
• (ā), f. Arabian jasmine L
• Durgā Tantras. ii f
• (ā, ī), f. = -puṣā L
• large cardamoms L
⋙ tripuṭaka
○puṭaka mfn. triangular (a wound) Suśr. i, 22
• m. a kind of pulse, 46
⋙ tripuṭin
○puṭin m. Ricinus communis L
○ṭi-phala id. L
⋙ tripuṇḍra
○puṇḍra
⋙ tripuṇḍraka
○puṇḍraka n. a triple sectarial mark consisting of 3 lines or marks on the forehead (or on back, heart, shoulders &c. RTL. 400) Vas. Hariv. BrahmâṇḍaP. Tithyād
⋙ tripuṇḍrin
○puṇḍrin mfn. furnished with ○ra SŚaṃkar. xi, 30
⋙ tripuṇḍhra
○puṇḍhra n. = ○ḍra ŚāṅkhGṛ. ii, 10 BrahmôttKh. xxviii
⋙ tripur
○pur f. pl. '?', the 3 strong cities, triple fortification BhP. vii
⋙ tripura
○purá n. sg. id. (built of gold, silver, and iron, in the sky, air, and earth, by Maya for the Asuras, and burnt by Śiva MBh. &c
TS. vi, 2, 3, 1) ŚBr. vi, 3, 3, 25 AitBr. ii, 11 Śāṅkh Br., N. of an Up
• of a town Kshitîś. iii, 17
• m. Śiva Śaktir. v
• the Asura Bāṇa RevāKh
• (ā), f. a kind of cardamoms (cf. -puṭā) Gal
• a kind of rice ib
• a kind of sorcery Śārad. xii
• N. of an Up
• Durgā KālP. Tantras. Pañcad
• (ī), f. N. of an Up
• of the capital of the Cedis MBh. iii, 254, 10 VarBṛS. xiv, 9 Bālar. iii, 38
-kumāra m. N. of a pupil of Śaṃkarâcārya Śaṃkar. lxx
-ghātin m. 'destroyer of Tantras', Śiva Kathās. cxv
-ghna m. id. MBh. R. i
-jit m. id. W
-dahana m. id. L
• n. N. of a drama
-dāha m. 'burning of Tantras', N. of PadmaP. iv, 5
• of a drama
-druh m. 'enemy of Tantras', Śiva Bālar
-dviṣ m. id. Ragh. xvii, 14
-pramāthin m. = -ghna Dhanaṃj. 37
-bhairava m. N. of a mixture Bhpr
• (ī), f. Durgā KālP. Śārad. xii
-mallikā f. a kind of jasmine L
-mālī f. id. L
-vadha m. 'destruction of Tantras' (○rasya v○ MBh. vii, 9570), N. of ŚivaP. ii, 5-7
-vijaya m. conquest of Tantras. Megh. 56
• N. of LiṅgaP. i, 71 f
-vijayin m. 'Tantras-conqueror', Śiva Mudr. i, 2
-vidhvaṃsaka m. id. Buddh. L
-sundarī f. Durgā Rudray. ii, 1 Tantras. iii f
-han m. = -ghna R. vi BhP. iv
-hara m. id. Prasannar. ii, 35 Hāsy
• N. of LiṅgaP. i, 72
○râdhipati m. 'Tantras-lord', Maya BhP. v, viii
○rântaká m. = ○ra-ghna MBh. ii Hariv. 1579 ŚatarUp. (interpol.) Kathās. ciii
○rântakara m. id. MBh. ii, 754
○rânta-kṛt m. id., Āryav
• Rāma's bow Mcar. i, 52
○rârāti m. = ○radruh Kathās. lvi
○râri m. id. Suśr. vi Kathās. ix, 7
○rârṇava m. N. of wk. Sch. on Ānand. 1 and 3
○rârdana m. = ○ra-ghna MBh. iii
○rêśâdri m. N. of a mountain Rājat. v
○rêśvara, N. of a place, v f
○rôpākhyāna n. N. of ŚivaP. iii, 52 - 54
⋙ tripurā
○purā ○ra
-tapana n. -tāpanī f. N. of an Up
-bhairavii f. = ○ra-bh○, Tantr
-sāra m. N. of wk. Tantras. ii
-samuccaya m. N. of wk., Tantr
⋙ tripurāṇaka
○purāṇaka mf(ikā)n. (a coin) worth 3 Purāṇas. [Page 459, Column 3]
⋙ tripurāṇīya
○purāṇīya mfn. id. Mn. xi, 228 Kull
⋙ tripurī
○purī ○ra
-kṣetra n. the district of Tripurī
prakaraṇa n. N. of a Vedântic work (ascribed to Śamkara)
⋙ tripuruṣa
○puruṣa n. sg. 3 generations Gaut
• (ī), f. id. ĀpŚr. x Sch. Introd
• (am), ind. through 3 generations ŚāṅkhŚr. PārGṛ
○ṣá mfn. having the length of 3 men ŚBr. x
• (-pūr○) TBr. i
• having 3 assistants ĀśvŚr. iv, 1
⋙ tripuṣā
○puṣā f. dark-blossomed Convolvulus Turpethum L
⋙ tripuṣkara
○puṣkara mfn. decorated with 3 lotus flowers Lāṭy. ix, 2, 9
• pl. 'the 3 lakes', N. of a Tīrtha Ragh. xviii, 30
• m. N. of a man Siṃhâs. ix, 2/3
⋙ tripūruṣa
○pūruṣá -pur○
⋙ tripṛṣṭha
○pṛṣṭhá mfn. having 3 backs or surfaces (Soma compared with a chariot or bull or horse) RV. vii, ix
• m. Vishṇu BhP. vii f
• the first of the black Vāsu-devas Jain. L
• n. = -divá AV. ix, 5, 10 BhP. i f
⋙ tripauruṣa
○pauruṣa mf(ī)n. extending over 3 generations KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ tripratiṣṭhita
○pratiṣṭhita (trí-), mfn. having a threefold footing AV. x, 2, 32
⋙ tripralamba
○pralamba
⋙ tripralambin
○pralambin mfn. having 3 pendent parts of the body R. v
⋙ triprasruta
○prasruta mfn. having 3 fluid streams flowing from the forehead (a rutting elephant), ii Hcar. vii
⋙ triprātihāryasampanna
○prātihārya-sampanna mfn. 'possessed of magical power of 3 kinds', a Buddha Buddh. L
⋙ triplakṣa
○plakṣa m. pl. 'the 3 fig-trees', a place near the Yamunā where the Dṛishad-vatī disappears TāṇḍyaBr. xxv, 13 ŚāṅkhŚr. xiii
○kṣâvaharaṇa n. id. KātyŚr. xxiv Lāṭy. x
⋙ triphala
○phala mfn. having 3 fruits Kām. viii, 42
• (ā), f. (Pāṇ. 4-1, 64 Vārtt. 3) the 3 Myrobalans (fruits of Tertminalia Chebula, Tantras Bellerica, and Phyllanthus Emblica
• also tṛph○ L.) Suśr. VarBṛS. xvi Kathās. lxx KātyŚr. Sch
• the 3 sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date) Npr
• the 3 fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca-nut, and cloves) ib
• (ī), f. id. L
⋙ tribandhana
○bandhana m. N. of a son of Aruṇa BhP. ix, 7, 4 (v. l. ni-b○)
⋙ tribandhu
○bandhú mfn. being the friend of the 3 worlds (Indra) RV. vii, 37, 7
⋙ tribarhis
○barhís mfn. having 3 seats of sacrificial grass, i, 181, 8
⋙ tribāhu
○bāhu m. 'three-armed', N. of a goblin Hariv. 14852
• a kind of fighting, 15980
⋙ tribīja
○bīja m. 'three-seeded', Panicum frumentaceum L
⋙ tribrahman
○brahman mfn. with Brahmā, Vishṇu, and Śiva DhyānabUp
⋙ tribha
○bha mfn. containing 3 zodiacal signs Sūryas. xiv
• n. 3 zodiacal signs, quadrant, 90 degrees, vii
-jīvā, -jyā, -maurvikā f. = tri-j○, iii
tribhôna-lagna n. 'part of the ecliptic which does not reach the eastern point by 90 degrees', the highest point of the ecliptic above the horizon, v Sch
⋙ tribhaṅgi
○bhaṅgi m. (in music) a kind of measure
⋙ tribhaṅgī
○bhaṅgī f. a metre of 4 X 32 syllabic instants
⋙ tribhaṇḍī
○bhaṇḍī f. = -puṣā Suśr. (metrically ○ḍi, vi, 56)
⋙ tribhava
○bhava mfn. said of a kind of fever Bhpr. vii, 8, 70
⋙ tribhāga
○bhāga m. the 3rd part Hariv. VarBṛS. Rājat. KātyŚr. Sch
• the 3rd part (of the eye sending a particular side-glance) Kād. Hcar. vii Bālar. iii, 49
• the 3rd part of a zodiacal sign VarBṛ
• threefourths Pañcar. i, 14, 50
⋙ tribhāj
○bhāj mfn. receiving 3 shares AitBr. ii, 24
⋙ tribhāṇḍī
○bhāṇḍī f. = -bhaṇḍī Car. vii, 7
⋙ tribhānu
○bhānu m. N. of a descendant of Yayāti and father of Karaṃ-dhama BhP. ix
• (-sānu VāyuP. ii, 37, 1f.)
⋙ tribhāva
○bhāva g. brāhmaṇâdi
⋙ tribhāṣyaratna
○bhāṣyaratna n. N. of a commentary on TPrāt
⋙ tribhinna
○bhinna m. (in music) N. of a measure
⋙ tribhuktirāja
○bhukti-rāja m. N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xii, 2
⋙ tribhuj
○bhúj mfn. threefold AV. viii, 9, 2
⋙ tribhuja
○bhuja mfn. triangular
• m. a triangle Āryabh. ii, 11
⋙ tribhuvana
○bhuvana n. (Pāṇ. 2-4, 30 Vārtt. 3 Sch.) = -jagat Bhartṛ. BhP. &c
• N. of a town Kathās. lvi
• m. N. of a prince ib. Rājat. vi f
-guru m. 'the 3 worlds' master', Śiva Megh
-pati m. Vishṇu Dhūrtas. i, 13
-pāla-deva m. N. of a prince, Dūtâṅg. i, 2/3
-prabhā f. N. of the daughter of a Dānava Kathās. cxviii
-malla-deva m. the hero of Vcar
-māṇikya-carita n. N. of wk. Gaṇar
○nâbhoga m. the extension of the 3 worlds Prasannar. i, 8/9
○nêśvara m. = ○na-guru ŚivaP. ii, 28
• Indra BrahmaP
○nêśvara-liṅga n. N. of a Liṅga KapSaṃh
⋙ tribhūma
○bhūma mfn. threestoried Pāṇ. 5-4, 75 Sch
⋙ tribhauma
○bhauma mfn. id. Hcat. i, 9, 330
⋙ trimaṇḍalapariśuddha
○maṇḍala-pariśuddha mfn. ? Buddh. L
⋙ trimaṇḍalā
○maṇḍalā f. (scil. lūtā), N. of a venomous spider Suśr. v
⋙ trimada
○mada m. the 3 narcotic plants (Cyperus rotundus, Plumbago zeylanica, and Embelia Ribes)
• the threefold haughtiness BhP. iii, 1, 43
⋙ trimadhu
○madhu mfn. knowing or reciting the 3 verses beginning with mádhu (RV. i, 90, 6, 8) Gaut. Yājñ. i VP. iii, 15, 1 MārkP. xxxi
• n. = ○dhura L
⋙ trimadhura
○madhura n. the 3 sweet substances (sugar, honey, ghee) VarBṛS. Śārad. ix
• (madhuratraya Tantras. iv)
⋙ trimantu
○mántu mfn. 'offering threefold advice' or m. 'N. of a man' RV. i, 112, 4. [Page 460, Column 1]
⋙ trimala
○mala mfn. affected by 3 kinds of uncleanness GarbhUp. 1
⋙ trimalla
○malla N. of a sacred place Rasik. xi, 25
-candra m. N. of a prince
⋙ trimātṛ
○mātṛ́ mfn. having 3 mothers (m. 'creator of the 3 worlds' Sāy.) RV. iii, 56, 5
⋙ trimātra
○mātra mf(ā)n. = ○trā-kāla RPrāt. APrāt. ŚāṅkhŚr. ; 3 in number MBh. vii
○trā-kāla mfn. containing or sounding 3 syllabic instants Bhāshik. ii, 32 Sch
○trika m. (unmetrically for ○tra) the syllable om, Prapañcas. (RāmatUp. ii, 2, 3 Sch.)
⋙ trimārikā
○mārikā f. 'three-killer', N. of a woman Kathās. lxvi
⋙ trimārga
○mārga in comp. = -patha
• mfn. with 3 ways DhyānabUp. 17
• (ī), f. 3 ways L
-gamana n. going by 3 ways (through heaven, earth, and the lower regions) R. (G) i, 45, 40
-gā f. = tripatha-gā Ragh. xiii, 20 Śiś. xii
⋙ trimukuṭa
○mukuṭa m. 'three-peaked', the Tri-kūṭa mountain L
⋙ trimukha
○mukha m. 'three-faced', the 3rd Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī L
• (ā), f. Śākya-muni's mother L
⋙ trimuni
○muni mfn. (grammar) produced by the 3 Munis (Pāṇ. Kāty. Pat.) Pāṇ. 2-1, 19 Kāś. Madhus
⋙ trimūḍha
○mūḍha
⋙ trimūḍhaka
○mūḍhaka n. = -gūḍha Bhar. xviii
⋙ trimūrti
○mūrti mfn. having 3 forms or shapes (as Brahmā, Vishṇu. _ Śiva) Kum. ii, 4
• Gaṅgêś. RāmatUp. i, 16 Sch
• in comp. Brahmā, Vishṇu, Śiva Hcat. i, 11, 547
• m. the sun (cf. trayī-deha), 8, 221
• a Buddha L
• one of the 8 Vidyêśvaras, 8, 406 ; 11, 857 ; ii, 1, 941 Śaktir. v
• (○tika) Sarvad. vii, 75
⋙ trimūrdha
○mūrdha mfn. three-headed Pāṇ. 5f
⋙ trimūrdhan
○mūrdhán mfn. id. RV. i, 146, 1
• m. N. of a Rakshas Uttarar. ii, 15
⋙ triyājña
○yājña triy-akṣa
⋙ triyava
○yava mfn. weighing 3 barley-corns Mn. viii, 134 Śulbas
⋙ triyaṣṭi
○yaṣṭi m. Oldenlandia biflora (?) L
⋙ triyāna
○yāna n. the 3 Vehicles (leading to Nirvāṇa) Buddh
⋙ triyāma
○yāma mf(ā)n. (the night) containing 3 watches (or 9 hours) R. (G) ii, 10, 7
• (ā), f. night Hariv. 5768 R. &c
• turmeric W
• = -puṣā Uṇ. k
• the Indigo plant ib
• the river Yamunā ib
⋙ triyāmaka
○yāmaka n. sin L
⋙ triyukta
○yukta mfn. (a cart) drawn by 3 KātyŚr. xv
⋙ triyuga
○yugá n. (= -puruṣa) 3 generations (Nir
• 'spring, rainy-season, and autumn ŚBr. vii) RV. x, 97, 1
• mfn. appearing in the first 3 Yugas (Kṛishṇa) MBh. BhP
⋙ triyugma
○yugma mfn. possessing 3 pairs (yaśo-viirye, aiśvarya-śriyau, jñāna-vairāgye) R. vii
⋙ triyūpa
○yūpa mfn. with 3 sacrificial posts KātyŚr
⋙ triyojana
○yojaná n. 3 Yojanas AV. vi, 131, 3
⋙ triyoni
○yoni mfn. (a lawsuit) resulting from 3 reasons (anger, covetousness, or infatuation) W
⋙ triratna
○ratna n. the 3 gems: Buddha, the law, and the monkish brotherhood Buddh
⋙ trirasaka
○rasaka n. 'tripleflavoured', a spirituous liquor Śiś. x, 12 (Sāh. iii, 148/149)
-saraka
⋙ trirātra
○rātrá n. sg. 3 (nights or) days ŚBr. KātyŚr. Kauś
• (pl. MBh. iii, 82, 18)
• mfn. lasting (3 nights or) days ŚBr. xiii ŚāṅkhŚr
• m. a sacrificial performance of 3 days TāṇḍyaBr
• cf. aśva-, garga-, baida-
• (am), ind. for 3 days, during 3 days KātyŚr. ĀśvGṛ. Mn. &c
• (āt, eṇa), ind. after 3 days, v
○trais tribhiḥ, after 3 X 3 days, 64
○trâvaram ind. at least 3 days KātyŚr. iv, 11, 3 Gaut
⋙ trirātrīṇā
○rātrīṇā f. (a woman) 3 days after her courses ĀpŚr. ix, 2, 3
⋙ trirāva
○rāva m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh. v, 101, 11 (v. l. -vāra)
⋙ trirāśipa
○rāśi-pa mfn. governing 3 zodiacal signs
⋙ trirūpa
○rūpa (trí-), mfn. three-formed NṛisUp. ii, 9, 6
• three-coloured ŚBr. iv, xiii KātyŚr
• having 3 syllabic instants TPrāt. Sch
⋙ trirekha
○rekha mf(ā)n. three-lined (the neck) L
• m. a conch (or some other animal) L
○khâṅkita m. N. of a fish Gal
○khā-puṭa, a sexangle RāmatUp. i, 58
⋙ trilava
○lava m. a third part Līl
⋙ trilavaṇa
○lavaṇa n. = -paṭu L
⋙ triliṅga
○liṅga mfn. possessing the 3 Guṇas (cf. -guṇa) BhP. iii
• = ○gaka
• n. 'the 3 Liṅgas', the country Telinga
• (ī), f. the 3 genders (in Gram.) L
⋙ triliṅgaka
○liṅgaka mfn. having 3 genders, adjective L
⋙ triloka
○loka n. sg. ṃBh. xiii ḥariv. 11303, m. pl. ṛ. iii the 3 worlds (= -patha)
• m. sg. the inhabitants of the 3 worlds BhP. iii, 2, 13
• (ī), f. the 3 worlds, i-iii Rājat. Prab
-nātha m. 'Telinga-lord', Indra Ragh. iii, 45
• Śiva Kum. v, 77
-rakṣin mfn. protecting the 3 worlds Vikr. i, 5
-vaśaṃ-kara m. N. of a Lokêśvara
-viira m. N. of a Buddh. deity
-sāra m. N. of wk
○kâtman m. 'Telinga-soul', Śiva
○kêśa m. 'Telinga-lord', Vishṇu Siṃhâs
• Siva MBh. xiv
• the sun L
⋙ trilokī
○lokī f. of ○ka
-kṛti f. the creation of the 3 worlds Dhūrtan
-jit mfn. conquering the 3 worlds Dhanaṃj. 4
-nātha m. 'Telinga-lord', Vishṇu, Śāntiś
-pati m. id. Siṃhâs. xii, 3
-rāja m. Indra Gal
⋙ trilocana
○locana mfn. three-eyed (Śiva) DhyānabUp. KaivUp. R. i Ragh. &c
• m. (with rasa) a kind of mixture Rasar
• m. N. of a poet ŚārṅgP
-dāsa Hemac. Sch
• = -pāla Rājat. vii Kshitîś
• (ā), f. a disloyal wife L
• N. of a goddess (also ○nī W.) BrahmaP. ii, 18, 20 [Page 460, Column 2]
-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha KapSaṃh
-dāsa m. N. of a grammarian
-pāla m. N. of a prince Rājat. vii
○nâṣṭamī f. the 8th day in the dark half of month Jyaishṭha W
○nêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh. clxxxviii
⋙ triloha
○loha n. the 3 metals (copper, brass, and bellmetal) Hcat. i, 11
• mf(ī)n. made of one of the 3 metals (v. l. -lauh○) Tantras. i
⋙ trilohaka
○lohaka n. the 3 metals (gold, silver, copper) L
⋙ trilauha
○lauha -loha
⋙ trivakrā
○vakrā f. 'thrice crooked', N. of a woman BhP. x, 42, 3
⋙ trivaṇasaṃjñikā
○vaṇa-saṃjñikā
⋙ trivaṇī
○vaṇī f. (in music) N. of a Rāgiṇī
⋙ trivat
○vat (trí-), mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-1, 176 Vārtt. 2 ; viii, 2, 15 Kāś.) containing the word trí TS. ii, 4, 11, 2
⋙ trivatsa
○vatsá mf(ā́)n. 3 years old (ox or cow) VS. TāṇḍyaBr. Lāṭy. Kāty
⋙ trivandhura
○vandhurá mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 199 Vārtt. Pat.) having 3 seats (the Aśvins' chariot) RV. i, vii-ix
⋙ trivayas
○vayas (trí-), mfn. having threefold food (or texture ?), ii, 31, 5
⋙ trivarūtha
○várūtha mfn. protecting in 3 ways RV. AV. vii-ix
• (○thá) VS. & TBr. ii
⋙ trivarga
○varga m. the three things KātyŚr. Lāṭy. &c. (= -gaṇa Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c
• = -guṇa L
• the 3 conditions, 'progress, stationariness, and decline', xii, 2664
• the 3 higher castes, xiii
• = -madhura Suśr. vi, 41
• = -kaṭu L
• = -phalā L.)
-cintana n. N. of a ch. of Psarv
pārīṇa mfn. having passed through the 3 conditions or attained the tri-gaṇa Bhaṭṭ. ii, 46
⋙ trivarṇa
○varṇa mfn. three-coloured ŚāṅkhGṛ
-kṛt m. the chameleon Npr
⋙ trivarṇaka
○varṇaka m. n. = -kaṭa L
• n. = -kaṭu Suśr. i, 44
• the 3 Myrobalans (-phalā) L
⋙ trivartu
○vártu mfn. threefold RV. vii, 101, 2
⋙ trivartman
○vartman mfn. going by 3 paths ŚvetUp. v, 7
○tma-gā f. = tripatha-gā MBh. xiii, 1842
⋙ trivarṣa
○varṣa mfn. = -vatsá Lāṭy. viii
• n. 3 years Suśr. ii, 1
a-, not yet 3 years old Mn. v, 70
trivarṣa-pūrv4a mfn. known less than 3 years Āp
⋙ trivarṣaka
○varṣaka mf(ikā)n. = -vatsá Hemac
⋙ trivarṣīya
○"ṣvarṣīya mfn. used for 3 years MBh. xiii, 4467
⋙ trivali
○vali mfn. having 3 folds or incisions KātyŚr. vii, 3, 29
• f. in comp. the 3 folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a beauty) VarBṛS. lxx, 5 Ṛitus. GarP
⋙ trivalī
○valī f. id. MBh. iii, 1824 Hariv. 3625 Bhartṛ
• the anus L
• N. of a drum
-vat, -valīka
⋙ trivalīka
○"ṣvalīka mfn. (Rāma) having 3 folds (on the belly or neck) R. v, 32, 12 (v. l. ○līvat)
• n. the anus W
⋙ trivācika
○vācika mfn. effected by 3 words Pañcat. iv, 5, 0/1
⋙ trivāra
○vāra -rāva
• (am), ind. thrice Śāktân. ii
⋙ trivārṣika
○vārṣika mfn. 3 years old Pañcat. iii, 2, 17/18
⋙ trivikrama
○vikrama n. the 3 steps (of Vishṇu) R. vi Kum. (in comp.)
• mfn. or m. who strided over the 3 worlds in 3 steps (Vishṇu) Hariv. 2641 R. i &c
• m. N. of a Brāhman Śukas
• of the author of a work (called after him Traivikramī) Nirṇayas. iii
• of a medical author and of a mixture (called after him) Rasêndrac
• = -bhaṭṭa
-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh. cclxxi
-deva m. N. of an author Rasar
-bhaṭṭa m. N. of the author of Nalac
-sena m. N. of a prince Kathās
○mâcārya m. N. of an astronomer
⋙ trivitasta
○vitastá mfn. 3 spans long TBr. i, 5, 10, 1
• n. 3 spans ĀpŚr. vii, 4, 2
⋙ trividya
○vidya mfn. containing the 3 Vedas (Śiva
• cf. trayī-tanu)
• (ā), f. threefold knowledge (cf. trayī́vidyā́ Pāṇ. 4-1, 88 Pat
⋙ trividha
○vidha (trí-), mfn. of 3 kinds, triple, threefold ŚBr. xii ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. &c
-damatha-vastu-kuśala m. = tri-dam○ Divyâv. viii, 79
⋙ trivinata
○vinata mfn. bent in 3 ways R. v, 32, 13 (v. l. try-avan○)
⋙ trivibudhī
○vibudhī f. 3 deities Naish
⋙ triviṣṭapa
○viṣṭapa n. = -piṣṭ○ GopBr. Yājñ. MBh. &c
• N. of a Liṅga LiṅgaP. i, 1, 4
• for ○ṣṭabdha SaṃnyUp. iv, 1
-sad m. = -piṣṭ○ L
⋙ triviṣṭabdha
○viṣṭabdha n. the 3 staves of a Parivrājaka (= -daṇḍa) MBh. xii
⋙ triviṣṭabdhaka
○viṣṭabdhaka n. id. Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 1 Vārtt. 8 ; ii, 1, 1 Vārtt. 4
• and iii, 2, 124 Vārtt. 2
⋙ triviṣṭi
○viṣṭí ind. thrice RV. iv, 6, 4 and 15, 2
-dhā́tu mfn. threefold, i, 102, 8
⋙ trivista
○vista mfn. weighing 3 Vistas Pāṇ. 5-1, 31
⋙ trivṛt
○vṛ́t mfn. threefold, triple, triform, consisting of 3 parts or folds &c. RV. &c
• connected with the Tri-vṛit Stoma ŚBr. xiii KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr
• (n. pl. -vṛnti) ĀśvŚr
• m. (with or without stóma) a threefold Stoma (in which first the three 1st verses of each Tṛica of RV. ix, II are sung together, then the 2nd verses, and lastly the 3rd) VS. &c
• m. a triple cord, SāṅkhGṛ. Mn. iii, 43
• an amulet of 3 strings AV. v, 28
• N. of a Vyāsa ( -vṛṣa)
• f. = ○tā Suśr. (generally written tṛ-v○)
trivṛc-chiras mfn. Telinga-headed MBh. xii, 1632 ; xiii, 7379
trivṛt-karaṇa n. making threefold Vedântas. 116 (ChUp. vi, 3, 2 f.)
trivṛ́t-tā f. triplicity ŚBr. vi
-parṇī f. Hingcha repens L
trivṛ́t-prāya mfn. similar to the Telinga, xii, 3, 1, 5
-stoma mfn. connected with the Telinga Stoma Hariv. 7435. [Page 460, Column 3]
⋙ trivṛtā
○vṛtā f. Ipomoea Turpethum Suśr. VarBṛS
⋙ trivṛtti
○vṛtti f. livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study, and alms) MBh. xiii, 1541
⋙ trivṛnta
○vṛnta m. = pakṣaka Npr
⋙ trivṛntikā
○vṛntikā f. = -vṛtā L
⋙ trivṛṣa
○vṛṣá mfn. having 3 bulls AV. v, 16, 3
• m. N. of the Vyāsa in the 11th Dvāpara, DeviibhP. i, 3 KūrmaP. i, 52, 5 (v. l. ṛṣabha)
• (○ṣan) VP. iii, 3, 14
• (○vṛt) VāyuP. i, 23, 140
⋙ trivṛṣan
○vṛṣan m. N. of Try-aruṇa's father (cf. traivṛṣṇá). RV. v, 27, 1 Sāy
○ṣa
⋙ triveṇi
○veṇi f. = ○ṇī Uṇ. Sch
⋙ triveṇikā
○veṇikā f. N. of a grammar
⋙ triveṇī
○veṇī f. (g. śivâdi) 'triple-braided', the place of confluence (Prayāga, now Allāhābād) of the Ganges with the Yamunā (Jumnā) and the subterranean Sarasvatī
• N. of another place
⋙ triveṇu
○veṇu mfn. three-bannered (a chariot) BhP. iv, 26, 1
• m. N. of part of a chariot MBh. iii f. vii (also ○ṇuka) -ix BhP. xi
⋙ triveda
○veda in comp. the 3 Vedas KātyŚr. xxv
• (ī), f. id. L
• mfn. familiar with the 3 Vedas Mn. ii, 118
• m. = trayī-deha Hcat. i
○dī-tanu m. (with deva) id. Bālar. iii, 85
⋙ trivedin
○vedin mfn. familiar with the 3 Vedas W
• = trayīmūrti-mat R. vii
⋙ trivelā
○velā f. = -vṛtā L
⋙ trivaistika
○vaistika mfn. = -vista Pāṇ
⋙ trivyāma
○vyāma mf(ā)n. 3 cords long KātyŚr. vi, 3, 5
⋙ trivrata
○vrata (trí-), mfn. eating thrice a day TS. vi, 2, 5, 3
⋙ triśakala
○śakala m. having 3 Śakalas Pāṇ. 6-2, 47 Kāś
⋙ triśakti
○śakti f. = -kalā VarP. xc ff
⋙ triśaṅku
○śaṅku m. N. of a sage TUp. i, 10
• of a king of Ayodhyā (aspiring to ascend to heaven in his mortal body, he first requested Vasishṭha to perform a great sacrifice for him
• on Vasishṭha's refusing he applied to Vasishṭha's hundred sons, who cursed and degraded him to the rank of a Caṇḍāla hence called a Caṇḍāla king ḍivyâv. xxxiii
• Viśvā-mitra then undertook the sacrifice for him and invited all the gods, who declined to come and thereby so enraged the sage that, by his own power, he transported Telinga to heaven
• on his being hurled down again head foremost by the gods, he was arrested in his course by Viśvā-mitra and remained suspended in the sky, forming the southern cross constellation R. i, 57 (59 G) ff. son of Pṛithu Hariv. 730 ff. and VP. iv, 3, 13 f. son of ṭrayyāruṇa
son of ṭri-bandhana BhP. ix, 7) MBh. i, xiii &c
• a cat L
• the civetcat Npr
• a grasshopper L
• a fire-fly L
• = ○ṅkha L
• N. of a mythical mountain Divyâv. viii, 293 ff
• f. N. of a mythical river, 223 and 295
• (○kukā) 298
• m. pl. N. of thorns, 293
-ja m. 'Telinga's son', Hari-ścandra L
-tilaka mf(ā)n. adorned with the Telinga constellation (the southern region, diś) Kād
-yājin m. sacrificing for Telinga', Viśvā-mitra L
⋙ triśaṅkuka
○śaṅkuka m. a wag-tail Gal
• (ā), f. ○ṅku
⋙ triśaṅkha
○śaṅkha m. the Cātaka bird Gal
⋙ triśata
○śatá mfn. 103 ŚāṅkhBr. xiv ŚāṅkhŚr. ; 300 RV. i, 164, 48 AV. xi, 5, 2
• the 300th (chs. of MBh. iii, xii and R. ii, vi)
• = ○taka Hariv. 512 (f. ī) Kām
• n. 300 MBh. xiii R. i, vii
• (ī), f. 300 MBh. xiv Jyot. (YV.) 29
○taṃ-ṣaṣṭi-parvan mfn. consisting of 360 sections BhP. iii
○ta-tama mfn. the 300th (ch. of Hariv.)
⋙ triśataka
○śataka mf(ikā)n. consisting of 300 Buddh
⋙ triśaraṇa
○śaraṇa n. 'threefold refuge', = -ratna Buddh
• the three-refuge formula of Buddhists MWB. 78
⋙ triśarīra
○śarīra m. three-bodied NṛisUp. ii, 1, 4
⋙ triśarīrin
○śarīrin mfn. id. (Vishṇu) Hariv. 14982
⋙ triśarkarā
○śarkarā f. 3 kinds of sugar (guḍôtpannā, himôtthā, madhurā) L
⋙ triśala
○śalá mfn. 3 bristles long TBr. i, 5, 10, 1
• (ā), f. the mother of Mahāviira Jain
⋙ triśalya
○śalya mfn. three-pointed (an arrow) MBh. vii, 202, 82
⋙ triśas
○śas ind. by threes RPrāt. xviii
⋙ triśākha
○śākha mf(ā)n. three-wrinkled (bhru-kuṭī) MBh. viii Kathās. cī, 72
-pattra m. AEgle Marmelos L
⋙ triśāṇa
○śāṇa
⋙ triśāṇya
○śāṇya mfn. weighing 3, Śāṇas Pāṇ. 5-1, 36
⋙ triśānu
○śānu m. for -bhānu Hariv. BrahmaP
⋙ triśāla
○śāla n. a house with 3 halls MatsyaP. ccliii
⋙ triśālaka
○śālaka n. id. VarBṛS. liii, 37 f
⋙ triśikha
○śikha mf(ā)n. three-pointed, trident-shaped BhP. iii, v f
• threeflamed Hariv. 12292
• = -śākha MBh. i Hariv. Pañcat. i, 15, 24/25 ; iv, 4, 4/5
• m. = -śākha-pattra L
• a Rakshas L
• Indra in Tāmasa's Manv-antara BhP. viii, 1
• n. a trident Kathās. lv, ci, cvii
• a threepointed tiara L
• (ī), f. N. of an Up
⋙ triśikhara
○śikhara m. 'three-peaked', (with śaila) N. of a mountain R. iv, 44, 50
⋙ triśikhidalā
○śikhi-dalā f. 'trident-leaved', N. of a bulb L
⋙ triśira
○śira mfn. (for ○ras) three-pointed MBh. xiii, 7379 (v. l. catur-aśva)
• m. ○ras
• (ā), f. Clypea hernandifolia L
-giri m. N. of a mountain SkandaP
⋙ triśiras
○śiras mfn. three-headed (Tvāshṭra, author of RV. x, 8.) TāṇḍyaBr. xvii Bṛih. KaushUp. MBh. Kām
• (Jvara) BhP. x, 63, 22
• three-pointed MBh. xiii R. iv
• m. N. of an Asura killed by Vishṇu MBh. ix, 1755
• of a Rākshasa killed by Rāma R. Ragh. [Page 461, Column 1]
• (○ra) BhP. ix, 10, 9
• n. (with rakṣas) id. R. i, 1, 45
• a Rakshas L
• Kubera L
⋙ triśila
○śila n. 3 stones Kauś
⋙ triśīrṣa
○śīrṣa mfn. three-headed MBh. (Śiva, xii) Hariv
-guhā and ○ṣâkhya-g○ f. N. of a cavern in Kailāsa Kathās. cviii f
○ṣa-vat mfn. having 3 crowns (or vertices) R. (B) v, 35, 18
⋙ triśīrṣaka
○śīrṣaka n. a trident L
⋙ triśīrṣan
○śīrṣán mfn. three-headed (Tvāshṭra, dā́sa, &c.) RV. x AV. v, 23, 9 Kāṭh. ŚBr. (trí-ś○) ŚāṅkhŚr. xiv
⋙ triśukra
○śukra (trí-), mfn. triply pure TBr. ii
⋙ triśukriya
○śukriya mfn. id. Kāṭh. ṢaḍvBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ triśukla
○śukla m. (= ○kra) Śiva MBh
⋙ triśuc
○śúc mfn. triply shining VS. xxxviii
• (-śrut ĀśvŚr. v, 13, 6)
⋙ triśūla
○śūla n. a trident MBh. &c. (Śiva's weapon, iii, 5009 Hariv. MatsyaP. xi, 29)
• m. N. of a mountain
-khāta n. N. of a Tīrtha MBh. iii
-gaṅgā f. N. of a river
-purī f. N. of a town
-vara-pāṇin and -hasta mfn. bearing the trident in his hand (Śiva), xii, xiv
○lâṅka m. 'trident-marked', Śiva Ṣaguruś
○lāya Nom. Ā. to resemble Śiva's trident Veṇis. i, 8/9
⋙ triśūlikā
○śūlikā f. a small trident Kād
⋙ triśūlin
○śūlin m. 'bearing the trident', Śiva W
• (inī), f. Durgā Hariv. 9428 Tantras. ii
⋙ triśṛṅga
○śṛṅga m. 'three-horned', a triangle, Sārasam
• N. of a mountain (= -kūṭa L.) Hariv. 12853 R. BhP
• the membrum virile MantraBr. i, 1, 4 Sch
⋙ triśṛṅgin
○śṛṅgin m. the fish Cyprinus Rohita L
⋙ triśoka
○śóka mfn. = -śúc RV. x, 29, 2
• m. N. of a Ṛishi (author of viii, 45), i, 112, 12 ; viii, 45, 30 AV. iv, 29, 6
⋙ triśyeta
○śyeta mf(ā)n. = triḥ-śveta MānŚr. i, 7, 2
⋙ triśrut
○śrut -śúc
⋙ triśruti
○śruti mfn. (in music) containing 3 intervals
⋙ triṣaṃyukta
○ṣaṃyuktá (saṃ-), mfn. triply connected ŚBr. xii
• (n. scil. havís or kárman) v and KātyŚr. xv
⋙ triṣaṃvatsara
○ṣaṃvatsara mfn. lasting 3 years KātyŚr
• (-saṃv○) Lāṭy. and ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ triṣatya
○ṣatya (trí-), mfn. trebly truthful (in thought, word, and deed) MaitrS. TS. vi TBr. iii Kāṭh. (also -satya) ṢaḍvBr
⋙ triṣadhastha
○ṣadhasthá mf(ā)n. having a triple seat (sadh○ = barhís) RV. (also ○dhástha, vi)
• n. a triple seat, v, x
⋙ triṣaṃdhi
○ṣaṃdhi (trí-), mfn. 'having 3 joints (saṃdhí)', composed of 3 parts AV. xi, 9 f. (also m. a kind of snake) ŚBr. xi AitBr. i, 25 Kauś
• n. N. of a Sāman
⋙ triṣapta
○ṣaptá pl. m(ā́s)fn. = -saptá AV. i, xiii Kāṭh. xxxvii
○ptīya n. the hymn AV. i, 1 Kauś
⋙ triṣama
○ṣama mfn. 'triply even', small Naigh. iii, 2 (v. l.)
⋙ triṣavaṇa
○ṣavaṇa mfn. connected with 3 Soma libations ŚBr. xii, 2 (-sav○) ŚāṅkhŚr
• n. pl. the 3 Soma libations MBh. iii (-sav○)
• sg. (with or without snāna) the 3 ablutions (at dawn, noon, and sunset (also triḥ-snāna Kām. ii, 28), xiii Mn. &c. (-sav○ MārkP. xxiii)
• (am), ind. at dawn, noon, and sunset Āp. MānGṛ
• m. N. of a man BrahmaP. ii, 12 and 18, 19
-snāyin mfn. performing the 3 ablutions MBh. xiii Yājñ. iii
⋙ triṣaṣ
○ṣaṣ mfn. pl. 3 X 6 BhP. xii, 7, 24
⋙ triṣaṣṭa
○ṣaṣṭa mf(ī)n. the 63rd (chs. of MBh.)
⋙ triṣaṣṭi
○ṣaṣṭi f. 63 Pāṇ. 6
-tama mfn. = ○ṣṭa (chs. of MBh. ii and R.)
-dhā ind. in 63 parts Suśr. i
-śalākā-puruṣa-carita n. 'lives of the 63 great personages', N. of wk. by Hemac
⋙ triṣāhasra
○ṣāhasra (trí-), mfn. (= -sāh○) consisting of 3000 TS. v Śulbas
⋙ triṣuvarcaka
○ṣuvarcaka -suv○
⋙ triṣṭāvarūtrī
○ṣṭā́-várūtrī tvaṣṭ○
⋙ triṣṭuk
○ṣṭúk &c. (in the nom. and before consonantic terminations as well as in comp.) for -ṣṭúp &c
triṣṭúṇ-mukha mfn. beginning with a Tri-shṭubh TS. vii
⋙ triṣṭupchandas
○ṣṭúp-chandas mfn. having Tri-shṭubh as metre MaitrS. ii, 3, 3 AV. vi, 48, 3
⋙ triṣṭubh
○ṣṭúbh f. a metre of 4 X 11 syllables (RPrāt. xvi, 41 ff. Nir. vii, 12) RV. viii ff. VS. &c. (○bhām arkau, N. of 2 Sāmans)
• (in the later metrical system) any metre of 4 X 11 syllables
⋙ triṣṭoma
○ṣṭoma mfn. containing 3 Stomas ŚāṅkhŚr. xvi
• m. N. of an Ekâha sacrifice, xv KātyŚr. xv, 9
⋙ triṣṭha
○ṣṭhá mfn. (Pāṇ. 8-3, 97) = -vandhurá RV. i, 34, 5
⋙ triṣṭhin
○"ṣṣṭhín mfn. = -pratiṣṭhita VS. xxx, 14
⋙ trisaṃvatsara
○saṃvatsara -ṣaṃv○
⋙ trisatya
○satya ṣatya
• n. a triple oath Pañcat. (v. l.)
⋙ trisaṃdhi
○saṃdhi mfn. -ṣaṃdhi
• f. = ○dhya-kusumā L
⋙ trisaṃdhika
○saṃdhika mfn. occurring at the 3 divisions of the day, Yavanêśv
⋙ trisaṃdhī
○saṃdhī f. = ○dhya-kusumā Npr
⋙ trisaṃdhya
○saṃdhya n. the 3 divisions of the day (dawn, noon, and sunset), Tithyād
• (ī), f. id. L. Sch
• (ā), f. id. W
• = -kusumā L
• Durgā MatsyaP. xiii, 37
• (am), ind. at dawn, noon, and sunset ŚāṅkhGṛ. PārGṛ. MBh. iii. Kathās. Śatr
-kusumā f. Hibiscus rosa sinensis L
⋙ trisapta
○saptá mfn. pl. 3 X 7 RV. i, 133, 6 and TS. v (instr. ○ptaís) MBh. ix (instr. ○ptabhis)
• (in comp.) Hcat. i, 6, 331
triḥ-s○
⋙ trisaptaka
○saptaka in comp. 3 X 7 VarBṛS. lvi
⋙ trisaptata
○saptata mfn. the 73rd (chs. of MBh. and Hariv.)
⋙ trisaptati
○saptati f. (Pāṇ. 6) 73 KātyŚr. Sch
-tama mfn. = ○ptata (chs. of MBh. ii and R.)
⋙ trisama
○sama mfn. having 3 equal sides (a quadrangle) [Page 461, Column 2]
• having 3 equal parts of the body R. (B) v, 35, 17
• n. an aggregate of equal parts of 3 substances (yellow myrobalan, ginger, and molasses) L
⋙ trisamṛddha
○samṛddha (for triḥ-s○), mfn. (a cow) triply fortunate (not obstinate, milk-giving, and fertile) Hcat. i, 7
⋙ trisara
○sara m. n. = kṛs○ L
• a triple pearl-string (in Prākṛit tis○ and tisaraya [tri-saraka] Jain.) Pañcad
• (ī), f. N. of a stringed instrument
⋙ trisaraka
○saraka ○ra
• n. 'thrice enjoying spirituous liquors', v. l. for -rasaka
⋙ trisarga
○sarga m. the creation of the 3 Guṇas BhP. i, 1, 1
⋙ trisavana
○savana -ṣav○
⋙ trisāṃvatsara
○sāṃvatsara mfn. = -vatsá ŚāṅkhBr
⋙ trisādhana
○sādhana mf(ā)n. having a threefold causality Ragh. iii, 13
⋙ trisānu
○sānu -bhānu
⋙ trisāman
○sāman mfn. singing 3 Sāmans MBh. xii
⋙ trisāmā
○sāmā f. N. of a river VP. ii, 3, 13 BhP. v, 19
⋙ trisāmya
○sāmya n. equilibrium of the 3 Guṇas, ii, 7, 40
⋙ trisāhasra
○sāhasra n. 3000, x, 58, 50
• mf(ī)n. consisting of 3000 KātySr
-mahā-sāhasra m. (with or without loka-dhātu) N. of a world Lalit. xix, xxi
-makāsāhasrika mfn. governing that world, xix
⋙ trisitā
○sitā f. = -śarkarā L
⋙ trisītya
○sītya mfn. thrice ploughed L
⋙ trisugandha
○sugandha m. n. = -jāta Hcat. ii
⋙ trisugandhi
○sugandhi (n. L.),
⋙ trisugandhika
○sugandhika id. Suśr. vi Bhpr
⋙ trisundara
○sundara m. N. of a mixture Rasêndrac
⋙ trisuparṇa
○suparṇa (trí-), m. n. N. of RV. x, 114, 3-5 (or of TĀr. x, 48-50) TĀr. x, 48-50
• mfn. familiar with or reciting those verses Āp. ii Gaut. Mn. iii, 185 Yājñ. i (○rṇaka) MBh. xiii VP. iii, 15, 1 MārkP
⋙ trisuvarcaka
○suvarcaka m. 'triply splendid', N. of a man MBh. iii (-ṣuv○ B)
⋙ trisūtra
○sūtra mfn. having 3 threads MaitrUp. vi CūlUp
• (ī), f. 3 Sūtras Nyāyas. Sch
○trī-karaṇa n. N. of a performance Śārad. v, 5
⋙ trisaugandhya
○saugandhya n. = -sugandha Suśr. i, 44, 19
⋙ trisauparṇa
○sauparṇa mfn. relating to the Tri-suparṇa verses MBh. xii
⋙ triskandha
○skandha n. 'consisting of 3 Skandhas', the Jyotiþ-śāstra Āryabh. Sch. Introd
-patha-daiśika m. Buddha Buddh. L
⋙ triskandhaka
○skandhaka N. of a Buddh. Sūtra Buddh. L
⋙ tristana
○stana mfn. milked from 3 nipples KātyŚr
• (ī), f. (a woman) having 3 breasts MBh. iii Pañcat. v
• (a cow) having 3 nipples Hcat. i, 7, 469
⋙ tristhalī
○sthalī f. the 3 (sacred) places
-setu m. N. of wk
⋙ tristhāna
○sthāna mfn. having 3 dwelling-places DhyānabUp
• extending through the 3 worlds Nir. ix, 25
• n. mahêśvarasya, N. of a Tīrtha MBh. xiii, 702
⋙ tristhūṇa
○sthūṇa mfn. having (the humours as the) 3 supports, v, 1070 Suśr. i, 21, 1 Laghuj. ii, 16
⋙ trisrotas
○srotas f. 'threestreamed', the Ganges Śak. vii Kum. vii, 15 Ragh. x, 64
• N. of another river L
⋙ trisrotasī
○srotasī f. N. of a river MBh. ii, 375
⋙ trihalikāgrāma
○halikā-grāma m. N. of a Tīrtha Vishṇ. lxxxv, 24
⋙ trihalya
○halya mfn. = -sītya L
⋙ trihaviṣka
○haviṣ-ka mf(ā)n. = ○vis ĀśvŚr. Sch
⋙ trihavis
○havis (trí-), mfn. connected with 3 oblations ŚBr. xiii ĀśvŚr. ii
⋙ trihāyaṇa
○hāyaṇa mf(ī)n. = -vatsá KātyŚr. Kauś. Anup. Śulbas. Yājñ. MBh. iii f. vii: ? BrahmaP
⋙ trīndriya
trī7ndriya mfn. having 3 organs of sensation Hemac
⋙ trīrāvatīka
trī7rāvatīka mfn. watered by 3 Irāvatī rivers Pāṇ. 1-4, 1 Vārtt., 19 Pat
⋙ trīṣu
trī7ṣu mfn. furnished with 3 arrows ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ trīṣuka
trī7ṣuka mfn. id. KātyŚr. xxv, 4, 47
⋙ trīṣṭaka
trī7ṣṭaká mfn. furnished with 3 bricks ŚBr. x, 5, 2, 21
≫ triṃśa
triṃśa mf(ī)n., the 30th (chs. of MBh. and R.)
• + 30 Pāṇ. 5-2, 46
• m. 'a Stoma consisting of 30 parts', mfn. connected with that Stoma TāṇḍyaBr. Lāṭy
• m. = ○śâṃśa Laghuj
⋙ triṃśāṃśa
triṃśâṃśa
⋙ triṃśāṃśaka
triṃśâṃśaka m. 1/30 of a zodiacal sign, degree VarBṛ. Laghuj. iv
≫ triṃśaka
triṃśaka mfn. consisting of 30 parts MBh. iii, 10644
• bought for or worth 30 &c. Pāṇ. 5-1, 24
• n. 30, Supadm
• (ikā), f. N. of wk. Param. Sch
≫ triṃśacchata
triṃśác-chata (○t-z○)', n. 130 RV. vi, 27, 6
⋙ triṃśacchlokī
triṃśac-chlokī f. '30 Ślokas', N. of wk
≫ triṃśat
triṃśát f. (Pāṇ. 5-1, 59) 30 RV. &c. (pl. MBh. vi, xiii
• with the objects in the same case, once [Rājat. i, 286] in the gen
• acc. ○śat Hcat. i, 8)
⋙ triṃśattama
○tamá mf(ī́)n. the 30th ŚBr. viii-x
• (chs. of MBh. xii, xv and Hariv.)
⋙ triṃśattva
○tvá n. the condition of 30 MaitrS. i, 10 Kāṭh. xxxvi, 10
⋙ triṃśatpattra
○pattra n. 'thirty-leaved', the blossom of Nymphaea esculenta L
⋙ triṃśatsāhasra
○sāhasra mf(ā)n. pl. 30, 000 R. (G) ii, 100, 44
≫ triṃśati
triṃśati f. 30 Kām. viii, 38 Rājat. i, 348 (with gen.)
⋙ triṃśatka
triṃśatka n. id. Kām. viii, 37
≫ triṃśad
triṃśad = ○śát
⋙ triṃśadakṣara
○akṣara (○śád-), mf(ā)n. having 30 syllables ŚBr. iii, vii
⋙ triṃśadaṅga
○aṅga (○śád-), mfn. having 30 parts AV. xiii, 3, 8
⋙ triṃśadara
○ara (○śád-), mfn. having 30 fellies, iv, 35, 4
⋙ triṃśadyogāvali
○yogâvali f. N. of wk
⋙ triṃśadrātra
○rātra n. a ceremony lasting 30 days ŚāṅkhŚr. xiii
⋙ triṃśadviṃśa
○viṃśa mfn. pl. between 20 and 30 Rājat. v, 214 ; viii, 1084
⋙ triṃśadvikrama
○vikrama (○śád-), mf(ā)n. 30 paces long ŚBr. iii, 5, 1, 7
⋙ triṃśadvarṣa
○varṣa mfn. 30 years old Mn. ix, 94. [Page 461, Column 3]
≫ triṃśin
triṃśin mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 37 Kār. Pat.) containing 30 TāṇḍyaBr. xvi, xxiv (Vi-rāj) Lāṭy. x, 10 (month)
≫ triḥ
triḥ = trís
⋙ triḥpratihāram
○pratihāram ind. so as to touch thrice Kauś
⋙ triḥprasrutamada
○prasruta-mada mfn. = tri-prasruta MBh. i, 151, 4
⋙ triḥśukla
○śukla mfn. 'triply white', having 3 white lines Kauś. 29
⋙ triḥśrāvaṇa
○śrāvaṇa n. N. of wk. Āp
⋙ triḥśreṇi
○śreṇi mfn. forming 3 rows AitBr. iii, 39, 2
⋙ triḥśveta
○śveta mf(ā)n. white on 3 spots ŚāṅkhGṛ. i, 22, 8 Gobh. ii, 7, 8
⋙ triḥṣamṛddha
○ṣamṛddha mfn. 'well furnished with 3 things', only abstr. -tvá (also triḥsam○ Pāṇ. 8-3, 106 Kāś.) TS. ii, 4, 11, 5
⋙ triḥsapta
○sapta mfn. pl. = tri-s○ ĀpGṛ. ix, 5
-kṛtvas ind. 21 times MBh. i Hariv. (v. l. tri-s○) R. v BhP. i
⋙ triḥsamṛddhatva
○samṛddha-tva -ṣam○
⋙ triḥsahavacana
○saha-vacana n. N. of a text Āp
⋙ triḥsnāna
○snāna n. tri-ṣavaṇa
≫ trika
triká mfn. triple, threefold, forming a triad RV. x, 59, 9. Lāṭy. (Stoma
• cf. eka-) Śulbas. i Suśr. &c
• happening the 3rd time Pāṇ. 5-2, 77
• (with or without śata) 3 per cent. Mn. viii, 152 Kull
• m. (n. L.) a place where 3 roads meet Hariv. Jain
• m. = tri-kaṭa Npr
• Trapa bispinosa ib
• n. a triad (cf. kaṭu-, taurya-, tri-, pañca-) Mn. ii, vii Pat. and Kāś. VarBṛS
• the loins, regio sacra, hips Hariv. Pañcat. Suśr. (also 'the part between the shoulder-blades') &c
• the triple Vyāhṛiti W
• (ā), f. a triangular frame across the mouth of a well L
⋙ trikatraya
○traya n. the 3 triads (tri-phalā, -kaṭu, and -mada) L
⋙ trikavedanā
○vedanā f. pain in the loins Suśr
⋙ trikasāra
○sāra N. of wk
⋙ trikasthāna
○sthāna n. the loins L
⋙ trikahṛdaya
○hṛdaya n. N. of wk
⋙ trikāgnikāla
trikâgni-kālá m. Rudra ŚatarUp. (interpol.)
⋙ trikaīka
trikaī7ka m. = ekatrika ŚāṅkhŚr. xiv, 42, 7
⋙ trica
tricá tṛcá
≫ trita
tritá m. 'third' (?), N. of a Vedic deity (associated with the Maruts, Vāyu, and Indra
• fighting like the latter with Tvāshṭra, Vṛitra, and other demons
• called Āptya [q.v.), 'water-deity', and supposed to reside in the remotest regions of the world, whence [RV. viii, 47, 13-15 AV.] the idea of wishing to remove calamity to TṭTvāshṭra, and the view of the Tritas being the keepers of nectar [RV. vi, 44, 23], similarly L. RV. ii, 34, 10 TS. i TBr. i] the notion of Trita's bestowing long life
• also conceived as an inferior deity conquering the demons by order and with the help of Indra [RV. ii ; viii, 52, 1
• x]
• fallen into a well he begged aid from the gods [i, 105, 17 ; x, 8, 7]
• as to this last myth Sāy. on i, 105 relates that 3 Ṛishis, Ekata, Dvita, and Trita, parched with thirst, looked about and found a well, and when Tvāshṭra began to draw water, the other two, desirous of his property, pushed him down and closed up the well with a wheel
• shut up there, Tvāshṭra composed a hymn to the gods, and managed miraculously to prepare the sacrificial Soma, that he might drink it himself, or offer it to the deities and so be extricated: this is alluded to in RV. ix, 34, 4 [32,. 2 ; 38, 2 ; 102, 2] and described in MBh. ix, 2095
• also Nir. iv, 6 makes him a Ṛishi, and he is the supposed author of RV. i, 105 ; viii, 36 ; ix, 33 f. and 102 ; x, 1-7
• in epic legends [MBh. ix, xii f. ] Ekata, Dvita, and TṭTvāshṭra are described as 3 brothers, sons of Gautama or of Prajā-pati or Brahmā
• elsewhere Tvāshṭra is one of the 12 sons of Manu Cākshusha by Naḍvalā BhP. iv, 13, 16
• cf. traitaná ; Zd. ṭhrita
• ?, ?, &c.)
• n. triplet of young (three-twin) TS. Sch
⋙ tritakūpa
○kūpa m. 'Tvāshṭra's well', N. of a Tīrtha BhP. x, 78, 19
≫ tritaya
tritaya n. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 42 f.) a triad Yājñ. &c
≫ triy
triy for try
⋙ triyakṣa
○akṣa try-
⋙ triyadhvan
○adhvan n. the 3 times (pf., p., fut.) Buddh. L
⋙ triyambaka
○ambaka try-
⋙ triyavastha
○avastha mfn. having 3 conditions BhP. xi
⋙ triyavi
○ávi try-
⋙ triyṛca
○ṛca n. = tṛcá Kāṭh. xxxiv, 1
≫ trir
trir = trís
⋙ trirakṣara
○akṣara mfn. consisting of 3 sounds DhyānabUp
⋙ triraśri
○áśri mfn. three-cornered RV. i, 152, 2
⋙ trirunnata
○unnata mfn. having 3 parts of the body stretched upwards ŚvetUp. ii, 8
⋙ trirvyūha
○vyūha mfn. triply appearing MBh. xii, 348, 57
≫ tris
trís ind. (Pāṇ. 5-4, 18) thrice, 3 times RV. (saptá, 3 X 7, i, iv, vii ff
áhnas or áhan, 'thrice a day', i, iii f. ix f
Pāṇ. 2-3, 64) ŚBr. KātyŚr. Mn. (abdasya, 'thrice a year', iii, xi) &c
• before gutturals and palatals [RV. viii, 91, 7] may be substituted by Pāṇ. 8-3, 43
⋙ tristāvā
○tāvā f. (a Vedi) 3 times as great (fr. tā́vat) Pāṇ. 5-4, 84
triṅkh
triṅkh cl. 1. P. for traṅkh W
trica
tricá tṛcá
triṇa
triṇa n. for tṛṇa, grass VarP
triṇata
tri-ṇata -ṇavá, &c. trí. [Page 462, Column 1]
tripu
tripú tṛpú
triyūha
triyūha m. a chestnut-coloured horse L
• cf. ukanāha, urāha, kiyāha, kokāha
trillaka
trillaka N. of a man Rājat. viii, 1684 ; 1709 ; 2497
⋙ trilllasena
trillla-sena another man's N., vii
trīśaṭa
trīśaṭa m. = tīsaṭa
truṭ
truṭ cl. 6. 4. ○ṭati, ○ṭyati (Pāṇ. 3-1, 70) to be torn or split, tear, break, fall asunder Bhartṛ. Mālatīm. Bālar. Rājat. (pf. tutroṭa) Hit. Kuval.: Caus. troṭayati (ind. ○yitvā
• Ā. ○yate Dhātup. xxxiii, 25) to tear, break Pañcat. ii, 6, 55/56 ; v, 10, 4/5 Rājat. vi, 248 Pañcad
• cf. ut-
≫ truṭi
truṭi f. (Siddhṣtry. 26) an atom (= 7 Reṇus Lalit. xii, 176)
• a very minute space of time MBh. i, 1292 Hariv. 9529 VarBṛS. ii, 0/1 Sūryas. BhP. iii, 11, 6
• x
• small cardamoms Suśr. vi
• doubt L
• cutting, breaking W
• loss, destruction W
• breaking a promise W
• N. of one of the mothers attending on Skanda MBh. ix, 2635
troṭi
⋙ truṭipattra
○pattra n. (?) Kapishṭh. xxx, 7
⋙ truṭibīja
○bīja m. Arum Colocasia L
⋙ truṭiśas
○śas ind. in very short spaces of time MBh. v, xii
⋙ truṭyavayava
truṭy-avayava m. half a Truṭi VarBṛS. ii, 0/1
≫ truṭita
truṭita mfn. broken, divided, chapped Pañcat. Uttarar. i, 29 Kathās. Sāh. iii, 60/61
• n. mṛṇālikā and bāhu-rakṣikā, Śīl
⋙ truṭī
truṭī f. = ○ṭi L. Sch
trup
trup cI. 1. tropati, to hurt Dhātup
⋙ truph
truph
⋙ trump
trump
⋙ trumph
trumph trophati, trump○, ○ph○ id
treṇī
treṇī try-eṇī
tretā
trétā f. (fr. trayá) and triad, triplet MBh. xiv, 2759
• the 3 sacred fires (= agni-), v, 1559 Hariv. 1410
• trey (throw at dice or the side of a die marked with 3 spots) VS. xxx, 18 TS. iv Mṛicch. ii, 9
• 'age of triads', the 2nd Yuga (or silver age) AitBr. MuṇḍUp. ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. &c
⋙ tretāgni
○"ṣgni (○tâg○), m. = agni-tretā Hariv. 1409 MBh. xiii Ragh. xiii
-hotra n. id. MBh. xii, 6001
⋙ tretāchandas
○chandas n. pl. a class of metres Nidānas. i, 6, 3
⋙ tretātva
○tva n. the condition of the fire-triad Hariv. 11863
⋙ tretāya
○"ṣya (tâya), m. the cast trey ChUp. Sch
⋙ tretāyuga
○yuga n. the Trétā age MBh. &c
⋙ tretāstoma
○stoma m. pl. a class of Stomas Nidānas. i, 9
⋙ tretinī
tretinī f. the threefold flame of the 3 fires of the altar RV. x, 105, 9
≫ tredhā
tredhā́ ind. = trí-dhā RV. VS. &c
⋙ tredhābhāva
○bhāva m. dwelling in 3 places Nir. vii, xii
⋙ tredhāvihita
○vihitá mfn. divided into 3 parts ŚBr
⋙ tredhāsaṃnaddha
○saṃnaddhá mfn. triply bound MaitrS. i
⋙ tredhāsthita
○sthita mfn. = -vihitá Ragh
trai
trai cl. 1. Ā. trā́yate (Impv. ○yatām, 2. sg. ○yasva and trā́sva pl. ○yadhvam and trā́dhvam RV
• ep. trāti, trātu, trāhi
• aor. Subj. trāsate, 2. du. trā́sāthe Prec. trā́sīthām RV
• inf. trātum MBh. &c
• ind. p. trātvā BhP. ii, 7, 9) to protect, preserve, cherish, defend, rescue from (gen. or abl.)
• cf. pari-, saṃ-
traiṃśa
traiṃśa n. a Brāhmaṇa containing 30 (triṃśát) Adhyāyas (ŚāṅkhBr.) Pāṇ. 5-1, 62
⋙ traiṃśika
traiṃśika mf(ā)n. consisting of 30 ĀtrAnukr. i, 16 ; 23 ; 25
≫ traikakuda
traikakudá mfn. coming from the mountain Tri-kakud AV. ŚBr. TĀr. KātyŚr
⋙ traikakakubha
traikakakubha mfn. coming from the mountain Tri-kakubh MānGṛ. i, 11
• n. N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. Lāṭy
⋙ kaṇṭaka
kaṇṭaka mfn. coming from the plant Tri-kaṇṭaka, g. rajatâdi
⋙ kaṇṭakālika
kaṇṭakālika mf(ī)n. relating to the 3 tenses (pf., pr., fut.) MBh. xii BhP. iii, xi KāśīKh. Tarkas
⋙ kaṇṭakālya
kaṇṭakālya n. the 3 tenses (pf., pr., fut.) VPrāt. MBh. xii Hariv
• dawn, noon, and sunset Yājñ. iii, 308
• growth, maintenance, and decay Hariv. 7446
⋙ kaṇṭakuntaka
kaṇṭakuntaka a kind of ornament Buddh. L
≫ traigarta
traigarta mfn. = ○taka MBh. iv, 1117
• m. (g. yaudheyâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 111) a Trigarta prince MBh. iv, vi Rājat. v
• pl. the Trigartas VarBṛS. x, xvi f
• (ī), f. (g. yaudheyâdi) a Trigarta princess MBh. i
⋙ traigartaka
traigartaka mfn. belonging to the Trigartas, vii, 726
• xiv VarBṛS. iv, 24 Pāṇ. 4-2, 124 Kāś
⋙ traigartāyana
traigartāyana mfn
⋙ traigartāyanaka
traigartāyanaka n. fr. ○ta g. arīhaṇâdi
≫ traiguṇika
traiguṇika mfn. relating to the 3 Guṇas W
• thrice repeated W
⋙ traiguṇya
traiguḍṇya n. the state of consisting of 3 threads, tripleness Mn. ii, 42 Kull. ; 3 qualities (śaitya, saugandhya, māndya), Śivarātrivr
• the 3 Guṇas MBh. Sāṃkhyak. 14 ; 18 Tattvas. Mālav. i, 4 MārkP. l, 3
• mfn. having the 3 Guṇas BhP. xi, 25, 30
-vat mfn. id. Sarvad. xiv, 63
≫ traicīvarika
traicīvarika mfn. possessing the tri-cīvara L
≫ traita
traitá m. (fr. tritá) a triplet (one of three at a birth) TS. ii, 1, 1, 6 MaitrS. ii, 5, 1
• n. 'relating to Trita', N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. xiv Lāṭy. vii, 3. [Page 462, Column 2]
⋙ traitana
traitaná m. N. of a deity (connected with Trita ; = Zd. ṭhraetaona, Pers. Feridun) RV. i, 158, 5
≫ traidaśika
traidaśika mfn. relating to the (tri-daśa) gods Mn. ii, 58 (○śaka Hcat. iii, 1, 10)
≫ traidha
traidha mfn. (fr. trí-dhā or tredhā́) triple Pāṇ. 5-3, 45 Vārtt. Sch
• (am), ind. (v, 3, 45) = tredhā́ KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr. Lāṭy. Kauś. MBh
≫ traidhātavī
traidhātavī́ f. (scil. iṣṭí) N. of a closing ceremony (fr. tri-dhā́tu) ŚBr. v, xiii KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ traidhātavīya
traidhātavīya n. (scil. kárman) id. TS. ii, 4, 11
• (ā), f. id. Nyāyam. ix Sch
⋙ traidhātavyā
traidhātavyā́ f. id. MaitrS. ii, 4, 3
≫ traidhātuka
traidhātuka n. the 3 worlds SaddhP. iv
⋙ traidhātva
traidhāḍtva m. 'son of Tri-dhātu', = traivṛṣṇá TāṇḍyaBr
≫ trainiṣkika
trainiṣkika mfn. = tri-niṣka Pāṇ. 5-1, 30
≫ traipakṣika
traipakṣika mfn. lasting 3 half months, Prāyaśc
⋙ traipatha
traipatha n. N. of a manner of sitting BṛNārP. xxxi, 115
⋙ traipada
traipada n. three-fourths TāṇḍyaBr. xvi, 13, 12 ŚāṅkhŚr.xiv, 41, 11
≫ traipārāyaṇika
traipārāyaṇika mfn. performing the Pārāyaṇa 3 times Pāṇ. 5-1, 20 Vārtt. 2 Pat
⋙ traipiṣṭapa
traipiṣṭapa n. (fr. tri-p○) N. of a Liṅga KāśīKh
≫ traipura
traipura mfn. relating to Tri-pura Śārad. xii
• n. Śiva's conquest of Tri-pura Bālar. ii, 3/4
• m. pl. the inhabitants of Tri-pura Hariv. 7443
• the inhabitants of Tripurī or the Cedis MBh. vi, 3855
• sg. a Cedi prince, ii, 1164
⋙ traipurīya
traipurīya n. N. of an Up
≫ traipuruṣa
traipuruṣa mfn. = tri-paur○, xiii, 4322
≫ traiphala
traiphala mfn. coming from (tri-phalā) the 3 myrobalans Suśr. iv, 5 and 9 ; vi, 17 and 39
⋙ traibali
traibali m. (fr. tri-bala) N. of a man MBh. ii, 108
≫ traibhāvya
traibhāvya n. threefold nature, g. brāhmaṇâdi
≫ traimātura
traimātura mfn. having 3 (mātṛ) mothers Pāṇ. 6-3, 48 Kāś
⋙ traimāsika
traimāsika mfn. 3 months old, lasting 3 months, quarterly BhP. ii, 7, 27 Mn. xi, 127 Kull
⋙ traimāsī
traimāsī mfn. 3 months Divyâv. xix
⋙ traimāsya
traimāsya n. id. KātyŚr. xx, 3, 6
⋙ traiyakṣa
traiyakṣa mfn. belonging to (try-) Śiva Bālar. vii, 30
≫ traiyambaka
traiyambaká mfn. relating or belonging or sacred to Try-ambaka VS. xxiv Lāṭy. KātyŚr. and Gobh. iii, 10, 14 (scil. apūpa, 'cake') MBh. vii, 169 and 2778
⋙ traiyambakamantra
○mantra m. N. of a Mantra Śārad. xxiii
⋙ traiyambakasaras
○saras n. N. of a lake ŚrīmMāh. xiv f
≫ traiyalinda
traiyalinda mfn. fr. try- Pāṇ. 7-3, 3 Kār. Pat
≫ traiyāhāvaka
traiyāhāvaka mfn. coming from or relating to a try-āhāva village, g. dhūmâdi
≫ trairātrika
trairātrika mfn. of 3 days, 15 Vārtt. 2 Pat
≫ trairāśika
trairāśika mfn. 'relating to 3 (rāśi) numbers', with or without gaṇita or karman, the rule of three (in arithm
• cf. krama-, viloma-, vyasta-) Laghuj. Sch. Sūryapr. Sch
• relating to 3 zodiacal signs Hāyan
⋙ trairāśya
trairāśya n. sg. the 3 groups Nyāyad. iv, 1, 3
≫ trairūpya
trairūpya n. tripleness of (rūpa) form, threefold change of form Pāṇ. 7-3, 49 Sch. (not in Kāś.)
≫ trailāṭa
trailāṭa a sort of horse-fly Buddh. L
≫ trailiṅga
trailiṅga mfn. having 3 (liṅga) sexes MBh. xii, 11353 (v. l. ○gya n. 'triplicity of sex')
≫ trailokya
trailokya n. (g. caturvarṇâdi) the 3 Lokas or worlds Mn. xi, 237 MBh. &c
• a mystic N. of some part of the body
• m. N. of a man Rājat. vii f
⋙ trailokyakartṛ
○kartṛ m. 'TṭTrailokya-creator', Śiva MBh
⋙ trailokyacintāmaṇirasa
○cintāmaṇi-rasa m. N. of a mixture
⋙ trailokyaḍambara
○ḍambara N. of a med. work
⋙ trailokyadīpikā
○dīpikā f. N. of a Jaina work
⋙ trailokyadevī
○devī f. N. of the wife of King Yaśaþ-kara Rājat. vi
⋙ trailokyanātha
○nātha m. 'TṭTrailokya-lord', Rāma R. i, 76, 19
• N. of a mixture
⋙ trailokyaprakāśa
○prakāśa m. N. of an astron. work
⋙ trailokyaprabhava
○prabhava m. 'TṭTrailokya-son', Rāma Ragh. x, 54
⋙ trailokyaprabhā
○prabhā f. N. of the daughter of a Dānava Kathās. cviii
⋙ trailokyabandhu
○bandhu m. 'TṭTrailokya-friend', the sun Prasannar. vi, 39
⋙ trailokyabhayakāraka
○bhaya-kāraka mfn. causing fear to the 3 worlds
⋙ trailokyamālin
○mālin m. N. of a Daitya Kathās. cviii
⋙ trailokyarāja
○rāja m. N. of a man Rājat. vii f
⋙ trailokyarājya
○rājya n. TṭTrailokya-sovereignty Bhartṛ
⋙ trailokyavikramin
○vikramin m. 'striding through the 3 worlds', N. of a Bodhi-sattva SaddhP. i
⋙ trailokyavijayā
○vijayā f. 'TṭTrailokya-conqueror', a sort of hemp (from which an intoxicating infusion is prepared) L
⋙ trailokyasāgara
○sāgara m. N. of wk., Dvaitanirn
⋙ trailokyasāra
○sāra N. of wk. Hcat. i, 3, 932 ff
⋙ trailokyasundara
○sundara m. N. of a mixture Rasar
• (ī), f. N. of wk. Gaṇar
⋙ trailokyādhipatitva
trailokyâdhipati-tva
⋙ trailokyādhipatya
trailokyâdhipatya n. for kya-rājya
⋙ trailocana
trailocana n. fr. tri-l○, = traipiṣṭapa KāśīKh
≫ traivaṇa
traivaṇa m. (g. śivâdi) metron. fr. tri-veṇī Pravar. vi, 2 (v. l. ○varṇa)
⋙ traivaṇi
traívaṇi m. id. ŚBr. xiv, 5, 5 and 7, 4
⋙ traivaṇīya
traívaṇīya fr. ○ṇa g. utkarâdi
≫ traivargika
traivargika mf(ī)n. relating to tri-gaṇa BhP. ii f. vi, xi f
⋙ traivargya
traivargya mfn. belonging to tri-gaṇa, iv
≫ traivarṇa
traivarṇa m. a member of the first 3 (varṇa) castes Hcat
⋙ traivarṇika
traivarṇika m. id. Mn. Āryabh. Sch
≫ traivarṣika
traivarṣika n. a triennial performance ĀśvŚr. xii, 5, 6
• mfn. sufficient for 3 years Pāṇ. 7-3, 16 Kāś
⋙ traivārṣ
traivārṣ○
mfn. id. Gaut. Mn. Yājñ. MBh. [Page 462, Column 3]
⋙ traivikrama
traivikrama mfn. belonging to (tri-v○) Vishṇu Ragh. vii, 32
• m. a kind of cohabitation Hāl. 411 Sch
• n. (Vishṇu's) act of taking the 3 strides Hariv. 3168
• (ī), f. tri-vikrama
≫ traivida
traivida v. l. for trayī-v○ Sch. on TS. and KātyŚr
≫ traividya
traividya mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 60 Pat.) familiar with tri-vidyā Lāṭy. viii, 6, 29 Mn. Yājñ. MBh
• n. = tri-vidyā Āp. Gaut. Gṛihyās. Mn. &c
• an assembly of Brāhmans familiar with tri-vidyā Yājñ. Hariv. 9578 MārkP. xxiii, 35
⋙ traividyaka
traividyaka mfn. practised by Brāhmans familiar with tri-vidyā Āp. i, 1, 23 and 2, 6
• n. = tri-vidyā MānGṛ. i, 23
≫ traividhya
traividhya n. triplicity Bādar. i, 31 Suśr. v KapS. i, 70 Bhāshāp. &c
• mfn. triple BhP. vi, 3, 4
≫ traiviṣṭapa
traiviṣṭapa m. pl. 'inhabitants of tri-v○', the gods Ratnâv. iv, 22 BhP. i f
⋙ traiviṣṭapeya
traiviṣṭapeya m. pl. id., viii
≫ traivṛta
traivṛta mfn. coming from (tri-vṛt) Ipomoea Turpethum Suśr. i, 44, 3 ; vi, 17, 3 and 26, 8
⋙ traivṛṣṇa
traivṛṣṇá m. (fr. tri-vṛṣan) patr. of Try-aruṇa RV. v, 27, 1
⋙ traivedika
traivedika mf(ī)n. relating to the 3 Vedas Mn. iii, 1 VāyuP. i, 1, 65
≫ traiśaṅkava
traiśaṅkava mfn. belonging to Tri-śaṅku Hcar. Bālar
• m. patr. of Hari-ścandra Hariv. 755 BhP. ix
⋙ traiśabdya
traiśabdya n. 3 kinds of (śabda) expression Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 74 Vārtt. 4 and iii, 1, 44 Vārtt. 7
⋙ traiśāṇa
traiśāṇa mf(ī)n. = tri-ś○ Pāṇ
⋙ traiśāni
traiśāni m. patr. fr. tri-śānu Hariv
⋙ traiśāmba
traiśāmba for ○śāni VP. iv, 16, 2
⋙ traiśāli
traiśāli id. AgP
⋙ traiśīrṣa
traiśīrṣa mf(ā)n. relating to (i.e. committed against) the three-headed (tri-śīrṣan) Viśva-rūpa (a murder) MBh. v, 335
⋙ traiśṛṅga
traiśṛṅga m. patr. fr. tri-ś○ Pravar. vi, 4 (○gāyana MatsyaP.)
• n. 'coming from tri-ś○', (with ājya) semen virile MantraBr
⋙ traiśaṅkavaśoka
○"ṣśoka n. 'Tri-śoka's melody', N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. viii, xii, xviii, xxi Lāṭy. vi, 11
≫ traiṣṭubha
traíṣṭubha mf(ī)n. (g. utsâdi) relating to or composed in the Tri-shṭubh metre RV. v, 29, 6 VS. &c
• n. (= tri-ṣṭubh Pāṇ. 4-2, 55 Vārtt. Pat.) the Tri-shṭubh metre RV. i, 164, 23 f. ; ii, 43, 1
≫ traisamika
traisamika mfn. (fr. samā) triennial Pāṇ. 7-3, 15 Vārtt. 2 Pat
⋙ sānu
sānu v. l. for ○śāni
⋙ srotasa
srotasa mfn. belonging to (tri-srotas) the Ganges Ragh. xvi, 34
⋙ svarya
svarya n. (g. caturvarṇâdi) the 3 accents Pāṇ. 1-2, 33 Kāś. Nyāyam. ix, 2, 15 Sch. on VPrāt. i, 129 ; 132 and Bhāshik. ii, 36
≫ traihāyaṇa
traihāyaṇá n. (v. l. ○yana Pāṇ. 5-1, 130 Kāś.) a period of 3 years AV. x, 5, 22 ; xii, 4, 16
troṭaka
troṭaka (= toṭ○), mfn. destroying (fr. √truṭ) Chandaþs. vi, 31 Sch
• m. N. of a venomous insect Suśr. v, 8
• of a pupil of Śaṃkarâcārya SŚaṃkar. xii
• n. a kind of drama Vikr. i, 1/2 Sāh. vi, 273 (v. l. toṭ○)
• angry speech, 99
• (ī), f. (in music) N. of a Rāgiṇī L
⋙ troṭi
troṭi f. a beak L
• the mouth of a fish L
• N. of a bird L
• = kaṅka- L
• the Kaṭphala tree (also truṭi Npr.) L
⋙ troṭakahasta
○hasta m. 'beak-handed', a bird L
⋙ troṭita
troṭita mfn. broken Kathās
trotala
trotala n. N. of a Tantra Ānand. 31 Sch
• cf. toḍala
⋙ trotalottara
trotalôttara n. another Tantra ib
trotra
trotra n. a weapon Uṇ. Sch
• (= tóttra) a goad W
• N. of a disease Uṇ. vṛ
ārūpa-kriyā ib
trauk
trauk (= ḍhauk), cl. 1. Ā. (pf. tutrauke Kāś.) to go Dhātup. iv, 25: Caus. aor. atutraukat Pāṇ. 7-4, 59 Kāś.: Desid. tutrokiṣate ib.: Intens. totraukyate, 82 Vārtt. 1 Pat
try
try before vowels = trí, sometimes resolved into triy, q.v
⋙ tryaṃśa
○aṃśa m. sg. 3 shares Mn. ix, 151
• mfn. having 3 shares Jyot. Sch
• m. a 3rd part VarBṛS. Laghuj
• the 3rd part of a zodiacal sign (= dṛkāṇa) xii, 2 ff. and VarBṛ. xxiii, 14f. (also -nātha m. 'the regent of a Dṛikāṇa')
⋙ tryakṣa
○akṣa mf(ī, or [Hcat. i, 5, 1202] ā)n. three-eyed MBh. ii f. Hariv. Kathās. cxviii
• m. Śiva MBh. Hariv. 15415 (triy-, v. l. tri-yajña) BhP. Kathās. Kaśyapa Gal
• N. of an Asura BhP. vii, 2, 4
-patnī f. 'Śiva's wife', Pārvatī Hariv. 10000
⋙ tryakṣaka
○akṣaka m. Śiva ŚivaP
⋙ tryakṣan
○akṣan m. id. MBh. xiv, 193
⋙ tryakṣara
○ákṣara mfn. (or n. a word) consisting of 3 sounds or syllables VS. ix ŚBr. vi, xiv TāṇḍyaBr. Lāṭy. Mn. xi, 266
• m. a matchmaker ('a genealogist' W.) L
⋙ tryaṅkaṭa
○aṅkaṭa v. l. for -aṅgaṭa
⋙ tryaṅga
○aṅgá n. pl. the 3 portions of a victim belonging to Svishṭakṛit (upper part of the right fore-foot, part of the left thigh, and part of the intestines) TS. vi ŚBr. iii Kauś. KātyŚr. Sch
• sg. a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry, and infantry) MBh. viii, 2526
• (ix, 1388 ?)
⋙ tryaṅgaṭa
○aṅgaṭa n. 3 strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens L
• a kind of collyrium L. [Page 463, Column 1]
• m. Śiva L
⋙ tryaṅgula
○aṅgulá n. 3 fingers' breadth ŚBr. iii, 3, 2, 4 and 7, 1, 25
• xiv KātyŚr. vii
-áṅg○ mfn. 3 fingers broad ŚBr. i, 2, 5, 9 KātyŚr. ii, vi
⋙ tryaṅgya
○"ṣaṅgyá mfn. belonging to the -aṅgá portions ŚBr. iii
⋙ tryañjana
○añjana n. the 3 kinds of collyrium (kālâñj○, puṣpâñj○, rasâñj○) L
⋙ tryañjala
○añjala n. 3 handfuls Pāṇ. 5-4, 102
⋙ tryañjali
○añjali m. a handful belonging to 3 persons, 102 Kāś
• mfn. bought for 3 handfuls ib
⋙ tryadhipati
○adhipati m. the lord of the 3 Guṇas or of the 3 worlds (Kṛishṇa) BhP. iii, 16, 24 (v. l.)
⋙ tryadhiṣṭhāna
○adhiṣṭhāna mfn. having 3 stations Mn. xii, 4
⋙ tryadhīśa
○adhī7śa m. = ○dhipati BhP. iii f. viii
⋙ tryadhvagā
○adhvagā f. = tri-patha-gā W
⋙ tryanīka
○anīká mfn. threefaced RV. iii, 56, 3 Kāṭh. xxx, 2
• triple-arrayed AitBr. iii, 39, 2 Pāṇ. 4-1, 21 Siddh. (f. ā)
• (ā), f. N. of a ceremony ĀpŚr. xxi, 14
⋙ tryanta
○anta n. with tvāṣṭrī-sāman, N. of a Sāman
⋙ tryabda
○abda n. 3 years Mn. viii
• mf(ā)n. 3 years old L
• (am), ind. during 3 years, xi
-pūrva mfn. existing for 3 years, ii, 134, Āp. i, 14, 13
⋙ tryambaka
○ámbaka m. 'three-eyed' (originally probably 'three-mothered' fr. the threefold expression ámbe ámbiké' mbālike VS. &c
• cf. tri-mātṛ́ and traimātura) Rudra or (later on) Śiva RV. vii, 59, 12 VS. &c. (triy- Kapishṭh. viii, 10 R. vii Kum. iii, 44
Pāṇ. 6-4, 77 Vārtt. Pat.)
• N. of one of the 11 Rudras MBh. iii Hariv. VP. i, 15, 123 NarasP. v, 9
• pl. (= traiy○) the cakes sacred to Rudra Try-ambaka TS. iii TBr. i Kāṭh. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhBr. KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr
• sg. the ceremony in which those cakes, are offered ŚāṅkhŚr. xiv, 10, 21
• n. N. of a L2iṅga ŚivaP. i, 38, 19
• mfn. knowing the 3 Vedas or pervading the 3 worlds TejobUp. 6
• (ā), f. Pārvatī, DeviiP
-parvata m. N. of a mountain, Vaidyaj
-māhātmya n. N. of part of PadmaP. iv
-vṛṣabha m. Śiva's bull Kād
-sakha m. 'Śiva's friend', Kubera L
kêśvarapurī f. = śaiva-nagara
⋙ tryambuka
○ambuka a kind of fly Buddh. L
⋙ tryara
○ara mfn. having 3 fellies AV. x, 2, 32
⋙ tryaratni
○aratni mfn. 3 arms long Kauś
⋙ tryaruṇa
○áruṇa m. N. of a man RV. v, 27, 1 f. TāṇḍyaBr. xiii, 3
• later on called trayyār○, q.v
⋙ tryaruṣa
○áruṣa mf(ī)n. marked red in 3 places RV. viii, 46, 22
⋙ tryartha
○artha mfn. having 3 meanings L
⋙ tryalinda
○alinda N. of a village Pāṇ. 7-3, 3 Kār. Pat
⋙ tryavanata
○avanata tri-vin○
⋙ tryavara
○avara mfn. pl. at least 3 Mn. iii, viii Yājñ. ii, 69
• (am), ind. at least thrice Gaut. Mn. xi, 81
○rârdhyam ind. id. ĀpŚr. iii, 16, 9 ĀpGṛ. xxi, 9
⋙ tryavi
○ávi m. '3 sheep times old', a calf 18 months old RV. iii, 55, 14 VS. (f. ○vií, xviii, 26) MaitrS
• cf. páñcâvi
⋙ tryaśīta
○aśīta mf(ī)n. the 83rd (chs. of MBh. and Hariv.)
⋙ tryaśīti
○aśīti f. 83 Pāṇ. 6
-tama mfn. the 83rd (chs. of R.)
⋙ tryaśra
○aśra mfn. triangular Suśr. iv, 2, 3
• n. a triangle RāmatUp. i, 52
• m. a triplet Sāh. vi, 283
• a kind of jasmine L
-kuṇḍa n. N. of a mystical diagram, Tantr
-phalā f. Boswellia thurifera L
⋙ tryaṣṭaka
○aṣṭaka mfn. containing 3 Ashṭakā days Gobh. iii, 10, 7
• n. N. of a vessel Suśr. i, 45
⋙ tryaṣṭavarṣa
○aṣṭa-varṣa mfn. 3 x 8 years old Mn. ix, 94
⋙ tryasra
○asra = -aśra
⋙ tryaha
○ahá m. 3 days ŚBr. &c. [chiefly (am), ind. 'during 3 days', (āt, e, ena), ind. 'after 3 days']
• mfn. ○hīṇa R. i, 13, 43
• m. a performance lasting 3 days ŚBr. iv, xii ĀśvŚr. KātyŚr
-vṛtta mfn. happened 3 days ago Pāṇ. 3-2, 115 Pat
-sparśa m. -spṛśa n. = tri-dina-spṛś Jyot
hâihika mfn. furnished with food for 3 days Mn. iv, 7
⋙ tryahīna
○"ṣahīna mfn. lasting 3 days Lāṭy. viii
⋙ tryahna
○ahna mfn. happened after 3 days Vop. vi, 38 f
⋙ tryāyuṣa
○āyuṣá n. (Pāṇ. 5-4, 77) threefold vital power ('threefold period of life, i.e. childhood, youth, and old age' Sch.) VS. iii, 62
ŚBr. xii, 9, 1, 8
⋙ tryāruṇi
○āruṇi trayyāruṇa
⋙ tryārṣeya
○ārṣeya mfn. having 3 sacred ancestors MānŚr. xi Pravar
• m. pl. a blind, a deaf, and a dumb person W
⋙ tryālikhita
○ālikhitá mfn. indented or marked in 3 places (a brick) TS. v ŚBr. vi Śulbas
tá-vat mfn. consisting of bricks so marked ŚBr. viii
⋙ tryāvrit
○ā́vrit mfn. consisting of 3 series, xii f. TBr. ii, 1
⋙ tryāśir
○ā́śir mfn. mixed with 3 products of milk RV. v, 27, 5
⋙ tryāhala
○āhala m. 'triplecrower (cf. āhálak)', a cock Suśr. i, 46
⋙ tryāhāva
○āhāva mfn. having 3 watering-places, g. dhūmâdi
⋙ tryāhika
○āhika mfn. = tri-divasa, Aparāj
• = -ahâihika Yājñ. i, 128 (v. l. -aih○)
⋙ tryuttarībhāva
○uttarī-bhāva m. progression by 3 Lāṭy. vi, 5, 17
⋙ tryudāya
○udâyá m. thrice approaching the altar (at dawn, noon, and sunset) RV. iv, 37, 3
⋙ tryuddhi
○úddhi mfn. having a triple stand TS. v MaitrS. i, 6, 8 ĀpŚr. v, 22, 6
⋙ tryudhan
○udhán mfn. three-uddered RV. iii, 56, 3
⋙ tryunnata
○únnata mfn. having 3 elevations TS. vi
⋙ tryupasatka
○upasat-ka mfn. containing 3 upasád ceremonies ĀpŚr. xv
⋙ tryuṣaṇa
○uṣaṇa n. = -ūṣ○ L
⋙ tryūṣaṇa
○ūṣaṇa n. = tri-kaṭu Suśr
⋙ tryṛca
○ṛca n. = tṛcá Mn. Yājñ. [Page 463, Column 2]
⋙ tryeṇī
○eṇī f. (the śalalī́ bristle) being variegated in 3 places KātyŚr. v ĀpŚr. viii and ĀpGṛ. (treṇī) ĀśvGṛ. i, 14, 4 PārGṛ. i, 15, 4 ; ii, 1, 10
⋙ tryenī
○énī f. id. ŚBr. ii, 6, 4, 5
⋙ tryaihika
○aihika see. -āh○
≫ tryakṣāyaṇa
tryakṣāyaṇa for tryākṣ○ Gaṇar. 269 Sch
⋙ tryākṣ
tryākṣ○ m. fr. try-akṣa g. aiṣukāry-ādi
tva 1
tva mfn. (tvad). one, several RV
tva-tva, one-the other RV. AV. viii, 9, 9
tvad, partly RV. x, 72, 9 ŚāṅkhBr. xvii, 4
tvadtvad, partly-partly RV. vii, 101, 3 ŚBr
≫ tvadānīm
tvadānīm ind. sometimes MaitrS. iv, 2, 2
tva 2
tvá base of the 2nd personal pron.: nom. tvám acc. tvā́m instr. tváyā [ and tvā́ RV., also in comp., tvā́-datta, -dāta, -vṛd